diff options
| author | Kenichi Handa | 2004-10-12 02:51:32 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Kenichi Handa | 2004-10-12 02:51:32 +0000 |
| commit | 9a6e87fb6fee35e1cb6df791f00ba91783183655 (patch) | |
| tree | 16675f81f5cc1874cb19a9f3e089b00917883a88 | |
| parent | 6bad844c143b0a0ff3334be221c3e7e385a7bd16 (diff) | |
| download | emacs-9a6e87fb6fee35e1cb6df791f00ba91783183655.tar.gz emacs-9a6e87fb6fee35e1cb6df791f00ba91783183655.zip | |
*** empty log message ***
| -rw-r--r-- | lisp/ChangeLog.22 | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lisp/loaddefs.el | 26182 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/ChangeLog.22 | 9 |
3 files changed, 12 insertions, 26182 deletions
diff --git a/lisp/ChangeLog.22 b/lisp/ChangeLog.22 index 9605df23bee..a907179c098 100644 --- a/lisp/ChangeLog.22 +++ b/lisp/ChangeLog.22 | |||
| @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@ | |||
| 1 | 2004-10-12 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> | 1 | 2004-10-12 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> |
| 2 | 2 | ||
| 3 | * language/china-util.el (hz-set-msb-table): Turn chars beyond 128 | ||
| 4 | to eight-bit chars. | ||
| 5 | |||
| 3 | * international/mule-conf.el: Dont' define coding system | 6 | * international/mule-conf.el: Dont' define coding system |
| 4 | `undecided' here. | 7 | `undecided' here. |
| 5 | 8 | ||
diff --git a/lisp/loaddefs.el b/lisp/loaddefs.el deleted file mode 100644 index 5e02ac5c593..00000000000 --- a/lisp/loaddefs.el +++ /dev/null | |||
| @@ -1,26182 +0,0 @@ | |||
| 1 | ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads | ||
| 2 | ;; | ||
| 3 | ;;; Code: | ||
| 4 | |||
| 5 | ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best | ||
| 6 | ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | ||
| 7 | ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16511 32591)) | ||
| 8 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | ||
| 9 | |||
| 10 | (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | ||
| 11 | Play 5x5. | ||
| 12 | |||
| 13 | The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | ||
| 14 | squares you must fill the grid. | ||
| 15 | |||
| 16 | 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | ||
| 17 | \\<5x5-mode-map> | ||
| 18 | Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | ||
| 19 | Move up \\[5x5-up] | ||
| 20 | Move down \\[5x5-down] | ||
| 21 | Move left \\[5x5-left] | ||
| 22 | Move right \\[5x5-right] | ||
| 23 | Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | ||
| 24 | New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | ||
| 25 | Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | ||
| 26 | Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | ||
| 27 | Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | ||
| 28 | Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | ||
| 29 | Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game] | ||
| 30 | |||
| 31 | \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil) | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | ||
| 34 | Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions. | ||
| 35 | |||
| 36 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 37 | |||
| 38 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | ||
| 39 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution. | ||
| 40 | |||
| 41 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 42 | |||
| 43 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | ||
| 44 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution. | ||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 47 | |||
| 48 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | ||
| 49 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution. | ||
| 50 | Mutate the result. | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 53 | |||
| 54 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | ||
| 55 | Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | ||
| 56 | |||
| 57 | 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | ||
| 58 | two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | ||
| 59 | solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | ||
| 60 | should return a grid vector array that is the new solution. | ||
| 61 | |||
| 62 | \(fn BREEDER)" t nil) | ||
| 63 | |||
| 64 | ;;;*** | ||
| 65 | |||
| 66 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | ||
| 67 | ;;;;;; (16511 35592)) | ||
| 68 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el | ||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ | ||
| 71 | Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. | ||
| 72 | Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | ||
| 73 | extensions. | ||
| 74 | SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | ||
| 75 | name | ||
| 76 | |||
| 77 | \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil) | ||
| 78 | |||
| 79 | (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ | ||
| 80 | Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | ||
| 81 | |||
| 82 | Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | ||
| 83 | \\{ada-mode-map} | ||
| 84 | |||
| 85 | Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | ||
| 86 | Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | ||
| 89 | Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | ||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | ||
| 92 | Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | ||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' | ||
| 95 | |||
| 96 | Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | ||
| 97 | Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | ||
| 98 | |||
| 99 | Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | ||
| 100 | Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | ||
| 101 | |||
| 102 | Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | ||
| 103 | Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | ||
| 104 | Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | ||
| 105 | Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | ||
| 106 | Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | ||
| 107 | |||
| 108 | If you use imenu.el: | ||
| 109 | Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | If you use find-file.el: | ||
| 112 | Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | ||
| 113 | or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | ||
| 114 | Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | ||
| 115 | or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | ||
| 116 | If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. | ||
| 117 | |||
| 118 | If you use ada-xref.el: | ||
| 119 | Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | ||
| 120 | or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | ||
| 121 | Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'. | ||
| 122 | |||
| 123 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 124 | |||
| 125 | ;;;*** | ||
| 126 | |||
| 127 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | ||
| 128 | ;;;;;; (16511 35617)) | ||
| 129 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el | ||
| 130 | |||
| 131 | (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | ||
| 132 | Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file. | ||
| 133 | |||
| 134 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 135 | |||
| 136 | ;;;*** | ||
| 137 | |||
| 138 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" | ||
| 139 | ;;;;;; (16511 32597)) | ||
| 140 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el | ||
| 141 | |||
| 142 | (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\ | ||
| 143 | Open a file anywhere in the source path. | ||
| 144 | Completion is available. | ||
| 145 | |||
| 146 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 147 | |||
| 148 | ;;;*** | ||
| 149 | |||
| 150 | ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun | ||
| 151 | ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | ||
| 152 | ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | ||
| 153 | ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" | ||
| 154 | ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16511 32420)) | ||
| 155 | ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el | ||
| 156 | |||
| 157 | (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\ | ||
| 158 | *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function. | ||
| 159 | It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules. | ||
| 160 | Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.") | ||
| 161 | |||
| 162 | (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log") | ||
| 163 | |||
| 164 | (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | ||
| 165 | *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | ||
| 166 | This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") | ||
| 167 | |||
| 168 | (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log") | ||
| 169 | |||
| 170 | (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | ||
| 171 | *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers. | ||
| 172 | This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to | ||
| 173 | being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements | ||
| 174 | will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new | ||
| 175 | ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.") | ||
| 176 | |||
| 177 | (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log") | ||
| 178 | |||
| 179 | (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 180 | Prompt for a change log name. | ||
| 181 | |||
| 182 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 183 | |||
| 184 | (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 185 | Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | ||
| 186 | |||
| 187 | Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | ||
| 188 | If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | ||
| 189 | If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | ||
| 190 | \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | ||
| 191 | |||
| 192 | If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | ||
| 193 | simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | ||
| 194 | directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | ||
| 195 | |||
| 196 | Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | ||
| 197 | current buffer to the complete file name. | ||
| 198 | Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'. | ||
| 199 | |||
| 200 | \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil) | ||
| 201 | |||
| 202 | (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 203 | Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file. | ||
| 204 | Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | ||
| 205 | name and site. | ||
| 206 | |||
| 207 | Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log. | ||
| 208 | If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | ||
| 209 | |||
| 210 | Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | ||
| 211 | |||
| 212 | Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | ||
| 213 | never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | ||
| 214 | otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | ||
| 215 | |||
| 216 | Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a | ||
| 217 | new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by | ||
| 218 | the same person. | ||
| 219 | |||
| 220 | The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying | ||
| 221 | permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these | ||
| 222 | notices. | ||
| 223 | |||
| 224 | Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | ||
| 225 | non-nil, otherwise in local time. | ||
| 226 | |||
| 227 | \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil) | ||
| 228 | |||
| 229 | (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 230 | Find change log file in other window and add entry and item. | ||
| 231 | This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays | ||
| 232 | the change log file in another window. | ||
| 233 | |||
| 234 | \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 235 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | ||
| 236 | |||
| 237 | (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 238 | Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | ||
| 239 | Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | ||
| 240 | New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | ||
| 241 | Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | ||
| 242 | Runs `change-log-mode-hook'. | ||
| 243 | \\{change-log-mode-map} | ||
| 244 | |||
| 245 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 246 | |||
| 247 | (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | ||
| 248 | *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | ||
| 249 | |||
| 250 | (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | ||
| 251 | *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | ||
| 252 | |||
| 253 | (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | ||
| 254 | *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | ||
| 255 | |||
| 256 | (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 257 | Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | ||
| 258 | |||
| 259 | Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | ||
| 260 | Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. | ||
| 261 | |||
| 262 | Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | ||
| 263 | point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | ||
| 264 | identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables | ||
| 265 | `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and | ||
| 266 | `add-log-current-defun-function'. | ||
| 267 | |||
| 268 | Has a preference of looking backwards. | ||
| 269 | |||
| 270 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 271 | |||
| 272 | (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 273 | Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | ||
| 274 | Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | ||
| 275 | the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name | ||
| 276 | or a buffer. | ||
| 277 | |||
| 278 | Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and | ||
| 279 | old-style time formats for entries are supported. | ||
| 280 | |||
| 281 | \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil) | ||
| 282 | |||
| 283 | (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ | ||
| 284 | Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format. | ||
| 285 | |||
| 286 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 287 | |||
| 288 | ;;;*** | ||
| 289 | |||
| 290 | ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | ||
| 291 | ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16511 | ||
| 292 | ;;;;;; 32533)) | ||
| 293 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el | ||
| 294 | |||
| 295 | (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | ||
| 296 | *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | ||
| 297 | Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | ||
| 298 | original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | ||
| 299 | In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | ||
| 300 | original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | ||
| 301 | old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | ||
| 302 | `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | ||
| 303 | it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | ||
| 304 | interpreted as `error'.") | ||
| 305 | |||
| 306 | (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice") | ||
| 307 | |||
| 308 | (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | ||
| 309 | *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | ||
| 310 | A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | ||
| 311 | always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | ||
| 312 | loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | ||
| 313 | advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will | ||
| 314 | be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | ||
| 315 | COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") | ||
| 316 | |||
| 317 | (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice") | ||
| 318 | |||
| 319 | (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | ||
| 320 | Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. | ||
| 321 | If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified | ||
| 322 | CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | ||
| 323 | of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | ||
| 324 | to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | ||
| 325 | extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | ||
| 326 | name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | ||
| 327 | will be overwritten with the new one. | ||
| 328 | If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be | ||
| 329 | initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id | ||
| 330 | will clear the cache. | ||
| 331 | |||
| 332 | \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil) | ||
| 333 | |||
| 334 | (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | ||
| 335 | Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). | ||
| 336 | The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: | ||
| 337 | |||
| 338 | (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | ||
| 339 | [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | ||
| 340 | BODY... ) | ||
| 341 | |||
| 342 | FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | ||
| 343 | CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | ||
| 344 | NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | ||
| 345 | POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | ||
| 346 | see also `ad-add-advice'. | ||
| 347 | ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | ||
| 348 | instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | ||
| 349 | before/around/after-advices will be used. | ||
| 350 | FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | ||
| 351 | All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | ||
| 352 | DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | ||
| 353 | INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | ||
| 354 | function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | ||
| 355 | BODY ::= Any s-expression. | ||
| 356 | |||
| 357 | Semantics of the various flags: | ||
| 358 | `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | ||
| 359 | any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | ||
| 360 | then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | ||
| 361 | |||
| 362 | `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | ||
| 363 | FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | ||
| 364 | |||
| 365 | `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | ||
| 366 | advised function should be compiled. | ||
| 367 | |||
| 368 | `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used | ||
| 369 | during activation until somebody enables it. | ||
| 370 | |||
| 371 | `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | ||
| 372 | time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | ||
| 373 | advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | ||
| 374 | this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | ||
| 375 | |||
| 376 | `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | ||
| 377 | to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | ||
| 378 | Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | ||
| 379 | the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | ||
| 380 | documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | ||
| 381 | during preloading. | ||
| 382 | |||
| 383 | See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation. | ||
| 384 | |||
| 385 | \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 386 | |||
| 387 | ;;;*** | ||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule | ||
| 390 | ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | ||
| 391 | ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16511 32421)) | ||
| 392 | ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el | ||
| 393 | |||
| 394 | (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | ||
| 395 | Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | ||
| 396 | BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | ||
| 397 | nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | ||
| 398 | the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | ||
| 399 | of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | ||
| 400 | rule's `separate' attribute). | ||
| 401 | |||
| 402 | If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | ||
| 403 | `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | ||
| 404 | `separate' attribute set. | ||
| 405 | |||
| 406 | RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | ||
| 407 | default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | ||
| 408 | `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | ||
| 409 | on the format of these lists. | ||
| 410 | |||
| 411 | \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | ||
| 412 | |||
| 413 | (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | ||
| 414 | Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | ||
| 415 | BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | ||
| 416 | for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | ||
| 417 | only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | ||
| 418 | whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | ||
| 419 | regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | ||
| 420 | prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | ||
| 421 | of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | ||
| 422 | the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | ||
| 423 | options. | ||
| 424 | |||
| 425 | For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | ||
| 426 | align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | ||
| 427 | |||
| 428 | Fred (123) 456-7890 | ||
| 429 | Alice (123) 456-7890 | ||
| 430 | Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | ||
| 431 | Joe (123) 456-7890 | ||
| 432 | |||
| 433 | There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | ||
| 434 | using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | ||
| 435 | region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression. | ||
| 436 | |||
| 437 | \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil) | ||
| 438 | |||
| 439 | (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | ||
| 440 | Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | ||
| 441 | BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | ||
| 442 | is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | ||
| 443 | override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | ||
| 444 | align that section. | ||
| 445 | |||
| 446 | \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | ||
| 447 | |||
| 448 | (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | ||
| 449 | Call `align' on the current alignment section. | ||
| 450 | This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | ||
| 451 | so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | ||
| 452 | EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | ||
| 453 | can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | ||
| 454 | been used to align that section. | ||
| 455 | |||
| 456 | \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | ||
| 457 | |||
| 458 | (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | ||
| 459 | Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | ||
| 460 | BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | ||
| 461 | that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | ||
| 462 | list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | ||
| 463 | default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | ||
| 464 | to be colored. | ||
| 465 | |||
| 466 | \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) | ||
| 467 | |||
| 468 | (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | ||
| 469 | Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'. | ||
| 470 | |||
| 471 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 472 | |||
| 473 | (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ | ||
| 474 | A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes. | ||
| 475 | |||
| 476 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | ;;;*** | ||
| 479 | |||
| 480 | ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16511 36149)) | ||
| 481 | ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el | ||
| 482 | |||
| 483 | (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\ | ||
| 484 | Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'. | ||
| 485 | |||
| 486 | MODE is one of the following symbols: | ||
| 487 | |||
| 488 | - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout; | ||
| 489 | - `activate', enable auto-activation only; | ||
| 490 | - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with | ||
| 491 | confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time; | ||
| 492 | - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state; | ||
| 493 | - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without | ||
| 494 | any confirmation check. | ||
| 495 | |||
| 496 | Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation | ||
| 497 | of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of | ||
| 498 | the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and | ||
| 499 | `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout). | ||
| 500 | |||
| 501 | `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing) | ||
| 502 | `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving | ||
| 503 | `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting. | ||
| 504 | |||
| 505 | To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include | ||
| 506 | the following two lines in your emacs init file: | ||
| 507 | |||
| 508 | \(require 'allout) | ||
| 509 | \(allout-init t) | ||
| 510 | |||
| 511 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 512 | |||
| 513 | ;;;*** | ||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" | ||
| 516 | ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16511 32584)) | ||
| 517 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el | ||
| 518 | |||
| 519 | (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir)) | ||
| 520 | |||
| 521 | (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | ||
| 522 | Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | ||
| 523 | The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | ||
| 524 | for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | ||
| 525 | may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | ||
| 526 | directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents. | ||
| 527 | |||
| 528 | \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 529 | |||
| 530 | (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\ | ||
| 531 | Not documented | ||
| 532 | |||
| 533 | \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 534 | |||
| 535 | (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t) | ||
| 536 | |||
| 537 | ;;;*** | ||
| 538 | |||
| 539 | ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string) | ||
| 540 | ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16511 32591)) | ||
| 541 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el | ||
| 542 | |||
| 543 | (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\ | ||
| 544 | Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation. | ||
| 545 | The characters start at randomly chosen places, | ||
| 546 | and all slide in parallel to their final positions, | ||
| 547 | passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones. | ||
| 548 | If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally | ||
| 549 | in the current window. | ||
| 550 | |||
| 551 | \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil) | ||
| 552 | |||
| 553 | (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\ | ||
| 554 | Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer. | ||
| 555 | Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines. | ||
| 556 | |||
| 557 | \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil) | ||
| 558 | |||
| 559 | (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\ | ||
| 560 | Display one's birthday present in a new buffer. | ||
| 561 | You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\". | ||
| 562 | |||
| 563 | \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 564 | |||
| 565 | ;;;*** | ||
| 566 | |||
| 567 | ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) | ||
| 568 | ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16511 32422)) | ||
| 569 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el | ||
| 570 | |||
| 571 | (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\ | ||
| 572 | Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t. | ||
| 573 | |||
| 574 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 575 | |||
| 576 | (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\ | ||
| 577 | Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. | ||
| 578 | |||
| 579 | Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is | ||
| 580 | either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using | ||
| 581 | `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into | ||
| 582 | text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. | ||
| 583 | |||
| 584 | The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker | ||
| 585 | `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. | ||
| 586 | |||
| 587 | This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'. | ||
| 588 | |||
| 589 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 590 | |||
| 591 | ;;;*** | ||
| 592 | |||
| 593 | ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules) | ||
| 594 | ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16511 32598)) | ||
| 595 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el | ||
| 596 | |||
| 597 | (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\ | ||
| 598 | Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. | ||
| 599 | If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', | ||
| 600 | the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer | ||
| 601 | is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for | ||
| 602 | \\[yank]. | ||
| 603 | |||
| 604 | This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar | ||
| 605 | inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary. | ||
| 606 | Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of | ||
| 607 | the rules. | ||
| 608 | |||
| 609 | If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names | ||
| 610 | are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a | ||
| 611 | commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The | ||
| 612 | *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'. | ||
| 613 | |||
| 614 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 615 | |||
| 616 | (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | ||
| 617 | Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | ||
| 618 | \\{antlr-mode-map} | ||
| 619 | |||
| 620 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 621 | |||
| 622 | (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | ||
| 623 | Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | ||
| 624 | Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'. | ||
| 625 | |||
| 626 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 627 | |||
| 628 | ;;;*** | ||
| 629 | |||
| 630 | ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add | ||
| 631 | ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line | ||
| 632 | ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time | ||
| 633 | ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16511 32527)) | ||
| 634 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el | ||
| 635 | |||
| 636 | (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | ||
| 637 | *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | ||
| 638 | To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the | ||
| 639 | documentation of the function `appt-check'.") | ||
| 640 | |||
| 641 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt") | ||
| 642 | |||
| 643 | (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | ||
| 644 | *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | ||
| 645 | |||
| 646 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt") | ||
| 647 | |||
| 648 | (defvar appt-audible t "\ | ||
| 649 | *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | ||
| 650 | |||
| 651 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt") | ||
| 652 | |||
| 653 | (defvar appt-visible t "\ | ||
| 654 | *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area. | ||
| 655 | This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.") | ||
| 656 | |||
| 657 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt") | ||
| 658 | |||
| 659 | (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | ||
| 660 | *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window. | ||
| 661 | If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.") | ||
| 662 | |||
| 663 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt") | ||
| 664 | |||
| 665 | (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | ||
| 666 | *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line. | ||
| 667 | This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.") | ||
| 668 | |||
| 669 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt") | ||
| 670 | |||
| 671 | (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | ||
| 672 | *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed. | ||
| 673 | Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.") | ||
| 674 | |||
| 675 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt") | ||
| 676 | |||
| 677 | (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | ||
| 678 | *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized. | ||
| 679 | This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | ||
| 680 | |||
| 681 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt") | ||
| 682 | |||
| 683 | (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | ||
| 684 | Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. | ||
| 685 | The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format. | ||
| 686 | |||
| 687 | \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil) | ||
| 688 | |||
| 689 | (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | ||
| 690 | Delete an appointment from the list of appointments. | ||
| 691 | |||
| 692 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 693 | |||
| 694 | (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ | ||
| 695 | Create the appointments list from today's diary buffer. | ||
| 696 | The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | ||
| 697 | put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of | ||
| 698 | the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and | ||
| 699 | NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | ||
| 700 | They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for. | ||
| 701 | |||
| 702 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 703 | |||
| 704 | (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\ | ||
| 705 | Toggle checking of appointments. | ||
| 706 | With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if | ||
| 707 | ARG is positive, otherwise off. | ||
| 708 | |||
| 709 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 710 | |||
| 711 | ;;;*** | ||
| 712 | |||
| 713 | ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property | ||
| 714 | ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el" | ||
| 715 | ;;;;;; (16511 32422)) | ||
| 716 | ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el | ||
| 717 | |||
| 718 | (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ | ||
| 719 | Show user variables that match REGEXP. | ||
| 720 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | ||
| 721 | normal variables. | ||
| 722 | |||
| 723 | \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | ||
| 724 | |||
| 725 | (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | ||
| 726 | |||
| 727 | (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | ||
| 728 | Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. | ||
| 729 | With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | ||
| 730 | noninteractive functions. | ||
| 731 | |||
| 732 | If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | ||
| 733 | satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE. | ||
| 734 | |||
| 735 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil) | ||
| 736 | |||
| 737 | (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\ | ||
| 738 | Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors. | ||
| 739 | |||
| 740 | \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil) | ||
| 741 | |||
| 742 | (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | ||
| 743 | Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. | ||
| 744 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | ||
| 745 | show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | ||
| 746 | time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found. | ||
| 747 | |||
| 748 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | ||
| 749 | |||
| 750 | (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | ||
| 751 | Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. | ||
| 752 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | ||
| 753 | at the function and at the names and values of properties. | ||
| 754 | Returns list of symbols and values found. | ||
| 755 | |||
| 756 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | ||
| 757 | |||
| 758 | (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | ||
| 759 | Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. | ||
| 760 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | ||
| 761 | documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key | ||
| 762 | bindings. | ||
| 763 | Returns list of symbols and documentation found. | ||
| 764 | |||
| 765 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) | ||
| 766 | |||
| 767 | ;;;*** | ||
| 768 | |||
| 769 | ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16511 | ||
| 770 | ;;;;;; 32423)) | ||
| 771 | ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el | ||
| 772 | |||
| 773 | (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | ||
| 774 | Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | ||
| 775 | You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | ||
| 776 | Letters no longer insert themselves. | ||
| 777 | Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | ||
| 778 | or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | ||
| 779 | |||
| 780 | If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | ||
| 781 | save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | ||
| 782 | archive. | ||
| 783 | |||
| 784 | \\{archive-mode-map} | ||
| 785 | |||
| 786 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil) | ||
| 787 | |||
| 788 | ;;;*** | ||
| 789 | |||
| 790 | ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16511 32423)) | ||
| 791 | ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el | ||
| 792 | |||
| 793 | (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | ||
| 794 | Major mode for editing arrays. | ||
| 795 | |||
| 796 | Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | ||
| 797 | considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | ||
| 798 | NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | ||
| 799 | |||
| 800 | The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. | ||
| 801 | |||
| 802 | TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | ||
| 803 | Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, | ||
| 804 | but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. | ||
| 805 | |||
| 806 | Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | ||
| 807 | several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | ||
| 808 | supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer | ||
| 809 | in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | ||
| 810 | The variables are: | ||
| 811 | |||
| 812 | Variables you assign: | ||
| 813 | array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. | ||
| 814 | array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | ||
| 815 | array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | ||
| 816 | array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | ||
| 817 | array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | ||
| 818 | row numbers in the buffer. | ||
| 819 | |||
| 820 | Variables which are calculated: | ||
| 821 | array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. | ||
| 822 | array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | ||
| 823 | |||
| 824 | The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | ||
| 825 | take a numeric prefix argument): | ||
| 826 | |||
| 827 | * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | ||
| 828 | * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | ||
| 829 | * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | ||
| 830 | * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | ||
| 831 | |||
| 832 | * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | ||
| 833 | * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | ||
| 834 | * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | ||
| 835 | * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | ||
| 836 | |||
| 837 | * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | ||
| 838 | * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | ||
| 839 | * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | ||
| 840 | * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | ||
| 841 | |||
| 842 | \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | ||
| 843 | between that of point and mark. | ||
| 844 | |||
| 845 | \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | ||
| 846 | \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | ||
| 847 | |||
| 848 | \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | ||
| 849 | \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | ||
| 850 | \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | ||
| 851 | newlines inside rows) | ||
| 852 | |||
| 853 | \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | ||
| 854 | |||
| 855 | Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'. | ||
| 856 | |||
| 857 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 858 | |||
| 859 | ;;;*** | ||
| 860 | |||
| 861 | ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16511 | ||
| 862 | ;;;;;; 32636)) | ||
| 863 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el | ||
| 864 | |||
| 865 | (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\ | ||
| 866 | Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. | ||
| 867 | Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses | ||
| 868 | and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. | ||
| 869 | |||
| 870 | How to quit artist mode | ||
| 871 | |||
| 872 | Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. | ||
| 873 | |||
| 874 | |||
| 875 | How to submit a bug report | ||
| 876 | |||
| 877 | Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. | ||
| 878 | |||
| 879 | |||
| 880 | Drawing with the mouse: | ||
| 881 | |||
| 882 | mouse-2 | ||
| 883 | shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with | ||
| 884 | mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described | ||
| 885 | below). | ||
| 886 | |||
| 887 | mouse-1 | ||
| 888 | shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies | ||
| 889 | or pastes: | ||
| 890 | |||
| 891 | Operation Not shifted Shifted | ||
| 892 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 893 | Pen fill-char at point line from last point | ||
| 894 | to new point | ||
| 895 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 896 | Line Line in any direction Straight line | ||
| 897 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 898 | Rectangle Rectangle Square | ||
| 899 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 900 | Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines | ||
| 901 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 902 | Ellipses Ellipses Circles | ||
| 903 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 904 | Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) | ||
| 905 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 906 | Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray | ||
| 907 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 908 | Erase Erase character Erase rectangle | ||
| 909 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 910 | Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected | ||
| 911 | lines | ||
| 912 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 913 | Cut Cut rectangle Cut square | ||
| 914 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 915 | Copy Copy rectangle Copy square | ||
| 916 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 917 | Paste Paste Paste | ||
| 918 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 919 | Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill | ||
| 920 | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 921 | |||
| 922 | * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically | ||
| 923 | or diagonally. | ||
| 924 | |||
| 925 | * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you | ||
| 926 | release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment | ||
| 927 | to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the | ||
| 928 | mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing | ||
| 929 | poly-lines. | ||
| 930 | |||
| 931 | * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer | ||
| 932 | will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while | ||
| 933 | overwrite means the opposite. | ||
| 934 | |||
| 935 | * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose | ||
| 936 | _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable | ||
| 937 | `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. | ||
| 938 | |||
| 939 | * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. | ||
| 940 | |||
| 941 | * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. | ||
| 942 | See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. | ||
| 943 | |||
| 944 | * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. | ||
| 945 | In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you | ||
| 946 | are currently drawing something. | ||
| 947 | |||
| 948 | * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite | ||
| 949 | some time to fill. | ||
| 950 | |||
| 951 | |||
| 952 | mouse-3 Erases character under pointer | ||
| 953 | shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle | ||
| 954 | |||
| 955 | |||
| 956 | Settings | ||
| 957 | |||
| 958 | Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares | ||
| 959 | |||
| 960 | Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines | ||
| 961 | |||
| 962 | Erase char Sets the character used when erasing | ||
| 963 | |||
| 964 | Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding | ||
| 965 | |||
| 966 | Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape | ||
| 967 | is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) | ||
| 968 | |||
| 969 | Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. | ||
| 970 | |||
| 971 | |||
| 972 | Drawing with keys | ||
| 973 | |||
| 974 | \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: | ||
| 975 | For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint | ||
| 976 | For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) | ||
| 977 | When erase characters: toggles erasing | ||
| 978 | When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square | ||
| 979 | When pasting: Pastes | ||
| 980 | |||
| 981 | \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw | ||
| 982 | |||
| 983 | Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char]. | ||
| 984 | |||
| 985 | \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling | ||
| 986 | \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing | ||
| 987 | \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing | ||
| 988 | \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding | ||
| 989 | \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings | ||
| 990 | \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes | ||
| 991 | |||
| 992 | |||
| 993 | Arrows | ||
| 994 | |||
| 995 | \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning | ||
| 996 | of the line/poly-line | ||
| 997 | |||
| 998 | \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end | ||
| 999 | of the line/poly-line | ||
| 1000 | |||
| 1001 | |||
| 1002 | Selecting operation | ||
| 1003 | |||
| 1004 | There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: | ||
| 1005 | |||
| 1006 | \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines | ||
| 1007 | \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines | ||
| 1008 | \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles | ||
| 1009 | \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares | ||
| 1010 | \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines | ||
| 1011 | \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines | ||
| 1012 | \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses | ||
| 1013 | \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles | ||
| 1014 | \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) | ||
| 1015 | \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) | ||
| 1016 | \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can | ||
| 1017 | \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can | ||
| 1018 | \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters | ||
| 1019 | \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles | ||
| 1020 | \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines | ||
| 1021 | \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines | ||
| 1022 | \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles | ||
| 1023 | \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles | ||
| 1024 | \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting | ||
| 1025 | \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling | ||
| 1026 | |||
| 1027 | |||
| 1028 | Variables | ||
| 1029 | |||
| 1030 | This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, | ||
| 1031 | see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET). | ||
| 1032 | |||
| 1033 | artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not | ||
| 1034 | artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... | ||
| 1035 | artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding | ||
| 1036 | artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect | ||
| 1037 | artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows | ||
| 1038 | artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares | ||
| 1039 | artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings | ||
| 1040 | artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling | ||
| 1041 | artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling | ||
| 1042 | artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing | ||
| 1043 | artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | ||
| 1044 | artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | ||
| 1045 | artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders | ||
| 1046 | artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible | ||
| 1047 | artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines | ||
| 1048 | artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings | ||
| 1049 | artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area | ||
| 1050 | artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' | ||
| 1051 | artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' | ||
| 1052 | |||
| 1053 | Hooks | ||
| 1054 | |||
| 1055 | When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. | ||
| 1056 | When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. | ||
| 1057 | |||
| 1058 | |||
| 1059 | Keymap summary | ||
| 1060 | |||
| 1061 | \\{artist-mode-map} | ||
| 1062 | |||
| 1063 | \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil) | ||
| 1064 | |||
| 1065 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1066 | |||
| 1067 | ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16511 | ||
| 1068 | ;;;;;; 32602)) | ||
| 1069 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el | ||
| 1070 | |||
| 1071 | (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | ||
| 1072 | Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | ||
| 1073 | Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | ||
| 1074 | |||
| 1075 | \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | ||
| 1076 | \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | ||
| 1077 | \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | ||
| 1078 | \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | ||
| 1079 | |||
| 1080 | The character used for making comments is set by the variable | ||
| 1081 | `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | ||
| 1082 | |||
| 1083 | Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | ||
| 1084 | which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | ||
| 1085 | |||
| 1086 | Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | ||
| 1087 | |||
| 1088 | Special commands: | ||
| 1089 | \\{asm-mode-map} | ||
| 1090 | |||
| 1091 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1092 | |||
| 1093 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1094 | |||
| 1095 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el" | ||
| 1096 | ;;;;;; (16511 32589)) | ||
| 1097 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el | ||
| 1098 | |||
| 1099 | (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | ||
| 1100 | Obsolete.") | ||
| 1101 | |||
| 1102 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show") | ||
| 1103 | |||
| 1104 | (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | ||
| 1105 | This command is obsolete. | ||
| 1106 | |||
| 1107 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1108 | |||
| 1109 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1110 | |||
| 1111 | ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" | ||
| 1112 | ;;;;;; (16511 32423)) | ||
| 1113 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el | ||
| 1114 | |||
| 1115 | (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ | ||
| 1116 | Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled. | ||
| 1117 | See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 1118 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 1119 | use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.") | ||
| 1120 | |||
| 1121 | (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg") | ||
| 1122 | |||
| 1123 | (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ | ||
| 1124 | Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. | ||
| 1125 | With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 1126 | \\<autoarg-mode-map> | ||
| 1127 | In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | ||
| 1128 | supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | ||
| 1129 | C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | ||
| 1130 | and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | ||
| 1131 | Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | ||
| 1132 | invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | ||
| 1133 | |||
| 1134 | For example: | ||
| 1135 | `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | ||
| 1136 | `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | ||
| 1137 | `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | ||
| 1138 | then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | ||
| 1139 | `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | ||
| 1140 | |||
| 1141 | \\{autoarg-mode-map} | ||
| 1142 | |||
| 1143 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1144 | |||
| 1145 | (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\ | ||
| 1146 | Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled. | ||
| 1147 | See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 1148 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 1149 | use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.") | ||
| 1150 | |||
| 1151 | (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg") | ||
| 1152 | |||
| 1153 | (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ | ||
| 1154 | Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | ||
| 1155 | With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 1156 | \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | ||
| 1157 | This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | ||
| 1158 | &c to supply digit arguments. | ||
| 1159 | |||
| 1160 | \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map} | ||
| 1161 | |||
| 1162 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1163 | |||
| 1164 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1165 | |||
| 1166 | ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" | ||
| 1167 | ;;;;;; (16511 35631)) | ||
| 1168 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el | ||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | ||
| 1171 | Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files. | ||
| 1172 | |||
| 1173 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1174 | |||
| 1175 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1176 | |||
| 1177 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) | ||
| 1178 | ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16511 32423)) | ||
| 1179 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el | ||
| 1180 | |||
| 1181 | (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | ||
| 1182 | Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. | ||
| 1183 | Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'. | ||
| 1184 | |||
| 1185 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1186 | |||
| 1187 | (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | ||
| 1188 | Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | ||
| 1189 | Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | ||
| 1190 | or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs. | ||
| 1191 | |||
| 1192 | \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil) | ||
| 1193 | |||
| 1194 | (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ | ||
| 1195 | Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled. | ||
| 1196 | See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 1197 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 1198 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") | ||
| 1199 | |||
| 1200 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert") | ||
| 1201 | |||
| 1202 | (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | ||
| 1203 | Toggle Auto-insert mode. | ||
| 1204 | With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 1205 | Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | ||
| 1206 | |||
| 1207 | When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | ||
| 1208 | insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer. | ||
| 1209 | |||
| 1210 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1211 | |||
| 1212 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1213 | |||
| 1214 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads | ||
| 1215 | ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | ||
| 1216 | ;;;;;; (16511 32533)) | ||
| 1217 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el | ||
| 1218 | |||
| 1219 | (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | ||
| 1220 | Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | ||
| 1221 | \(which FILE might bind in its local variables). | ||
| 1222 | Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it. | ||
| 1223 | |||
| 1224 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 1225 | |||
| 1226 | (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | ||
| 1227 | Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | ||
| 1228 | This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work. | ||
| 1229 | In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name | ||
| 1230 | of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple | ||
| 1231 | directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged. | ||
| 1232 | |||
| 1233 | The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the | ||
| 1234 | directory or directories specified. | ||
| 1235 | |||
| 1236 | \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil) | ||
| 1237 | |||
| 1238 | (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | ||
| 1239 | Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | ||
| 1240 | Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments. | ||
| 1241 | |||
| 1242 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 1243 | |||
| 1244 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1245 | |||
| 1246 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | ||
| 1247 | ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16511 32423)) | ||
| 1248 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el | ||
| 1249 | |||
| 1250 | (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ | ||
| 1251 | *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | ||
| 1252 | Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.") | ||
| 1253 | |||
| 1254 | (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | ||
| 1255 | Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | ||
| 1256 | |||
| 1257 | With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 1258 | This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | ||
| 1259 | Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers. | ||
| 1260 | |||
| 1261 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1262 | |||
| 1263 | (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | ||
| 1264 | Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | ||
| 1265 | |||
| 1266 | This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | ||
| 1267 | (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode) | ||
| 1268 | |||
| 1269 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 1270 | |||
| 1271 | (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ | ||
| 1272 | Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled. | ||
| 1273 | See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 1274 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 1275 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | ||
| 1276 | |||
| 1277 | (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert") | ||
| 1278 | |||
| 1279 | (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | ||
| 1280 | Revert any buffer when file on disk changes. | ||
| 1281 | |||
| 1282 | With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 1283 | This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | ||
| 1284 | Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer. | ||
| 1285 | |||
| 1286 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1287 | |||
| 1288 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1289 | |||
| 1290 | ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" | ||
| 1291 | ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16511 32423)) | ||
| 1292 | ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el | ||
| 1293 | |||
| 1294 | (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ | ||
| 1295 | Activate mouse avoidance mode. | ||
| 1296 | See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. | ||
| 1297 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 1298 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | ||
| 1299 | |||
| 1300 | (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid") | ||
| 1301 | |||
| 1302 | (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ | ||
| 1303 | Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | ||
| 1304 | MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | ||
| 1305 | `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | ||
| 1306 | |||
| 1307 | If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' | ||
| 1308 | modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated | ||
| 1309 | as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | ||
| 1310 | |||
| 1311 | Effects of the different modes: | ||
| 1312 | * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. | ||
| 1313 | * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | ||
| 1314 | and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | ||
| 1315 | * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | ||
| 1316 | a random distance & direction. | ||
| 1317 | * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | ||
| 1318 | * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | ||
| 1319 | * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | ||
| 1320 | |||
| 1321 | Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | ||
| 1322 | |||
| 1323 | \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | ||
| 1324 | and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | ||
| 1325 | definition of \"random distance\".) | ||
| 1326 | |||
| 1327 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 1328 | |||
| 1329 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1330 | |||
| 1331 | ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | ||
| 1332 | ;;;;;; (16511 32533)) | ||
| 1333 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el | ||
| 1334 | |||
| 1335 | (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | ||
| 1336 | Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | ||
| 1337 | |||
| 1338 | The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | ||
| 1339 | places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | ||
| 1340 | |||
| 1341 | For example: | ||
| 1342 | |||
| 1343 | b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | ||
| 1344 | `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | ||
| 1345 | `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | ||
| 1346 | `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | ||
| 1347 | |||
| 1348 | Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted. | ||
| 1349 | |||
| 1350 | \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 1351 | |||
| 1352 | (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | ||
| 1353 | |||
| 1354 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1355 | |||
| 1356 | ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | ||
| 1357 | ;;;;;; (16511 32423)) | ||
| 1358 | ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el | ||
| 1359 | |||
| 1360 | (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | ||
| 1361 | Display battery status information in the echo area. | ||
| 1362 | The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables | ||
| 1363 | `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'. | ||
| 1364 | |||
| 1365 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1366 | |||
| 1367 | (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | ||
| 1368 | Display battery status information in the mode line. | ||
| 1369 | The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | ||
| 1370 | `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | ||
| 1371 | The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | ||
| 1372 | seconds. | ||
| 1373 | |||
| 1374 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1375 | |||
| 1376 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1377 | |||
| 1378 | ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run) | ||
| 1379 | ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16511 32533)) | ||
| 1380 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el | ||
| 1381 | |||
| 1382 | (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\ | ||
| 1383 | Time execution of FORMS. | ||
| 1384 | If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times, | ||
| 1385 | accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run | ||
| 1386 | FORMS once. | ||
| 1387 | Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of | ||
| 1388 | garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection. | ||
| 1389 | See also `benchmark-run-compiled'. | ||
| 1390 | |||
| 1391 | \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 1392 | |||
| 1393 | (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\ | ||
| 1394 | Time execution of compiled version of FORMS. | ||
| 1395 | This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the | ||
| 1396 | byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the | ||
| 1397 | result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for. | ||
| 1398 | |||
| 1399 | \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 1400 | |||
| 1401 | (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\ | ||
| 1402 | Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM. | ||
| 1403 | Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For | ||
| 1404 | non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and | ||
| 1405 | `benchmark-run-compiled'. | ||
| 1406 | |||
| 1407 | \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil) | ||
| 1408 | |||
| 1409 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1410 | |||
| 1411 | ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16511 | ||
| 1412 | ;;;;;; 32637)) | ||
| 1413 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el | ||
| 1414 | |||
| 1415 | (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | ||
| 1416 | Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | ||
| 1417 | |||
| 1418 | General information on working with BibTeX mode: | ||
| 1419 | |||
| 1420 | You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | ||
| 1421 | specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | ||
| 1422 | \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | ||
| 1423 | in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | ||
| 1424 | with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | ||
| 1425 | |||
| 1426 | Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable | ||
| 1427 | `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will | ||
| 1428 | work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries | ||
| 1429 | and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | ||
| 1430 | created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | ||
| 1431 | entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | ||
| 1432 | |||
| 1433 | For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien' | ||
| 1434 | to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode. | ||
| 1435 | |||
| 1436 | |||
| 1437 | Special information: | ||
| 1438 | |||
| 1439 | A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | ||
| 1440 | |||
| 1441 | The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | ||
| 1442 | Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | ||
| 1443 | The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | ||
| 1444 | \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | ||
| 1445 | \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | ||
| 1446 | \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field. | ||
| 1447 | \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | ||
| 1448 | \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | ||
| 1449 | |||
| 1450 | The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | ||
| 1451 | from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | ||
| 1452 | fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | ||
| 1453 | `bibtex-entry-format'. | ||
| 1454 | Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | ||
| 1455 | format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | ||
| 1456 | idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'. | ||
| 1457 | |||
| 1458 | Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | ||
| 1459 | Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | ||
| 1460 | |||
| 1461 | The following may be of interest as well: | ||
| 1462 | |||
| 1463 | Functions: | ||
| 1464 | `bibtex-entry' | ||
| 1465 | `bibtex-kill-entry' | ||
| 1466 | `bibtex-yank-pop' | ||
| 1467 | `bibtex-pop-previous' | ||
| 1468 | `bibtex-pop-next' | ||
| 1469 | `bibtex-complete' | ||
| 1470 | `bibtex-print-help-message' | ||
| 1471 | `bibtex-generate-autokey' | ||
| 1472 | `bibtex-beginning-of-entry' | ||
| 1473 | `bibtex-end-of-entry' | ||
| 1474 | `bibtex-reposition-window' | ||
| 1475 | `bibtex-mark-entry' | ||
| 1476 | `bibtex-ispell-abstract' | ||
| 1477 | `bibtex-ispell-entry' | ||
| 1478 | `bibtex-narrow-to-entry' | ||
| 1479 | `bibtex-sort-buffer' | ||
| 1480 | `bibtex-validate' | ||
| 1481 | `bibtex-count' | ||
| 1482 | `bibtex-fill-entry' | ||
| 1483 | `bibtex-reformat' | ||
| 1484 | `bibtex-convert-alien' | ||
| 1485 | |||
| 1486 | Variables: | ||
| 1487 | `bibtex-field-delimiters' | ||
| 1488 | `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref' | ||
| 1489 | `bibtex-include-OPTkey' | ||
| 1490 | `bibtex-user-optional-fields' | ||
| 1491 | `bibtex-entry-format' | ||
| 1492 | `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries' | ||
| 1493 | `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' | ||
| 1494 | `bibtex-entry-field-alist' | ||
| 1495 | `bibtex-predefined-strings' | ||
| 1496 | `bibtex-string-files' | ||
| 1497 | |||
| 1498 | --------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1499 | Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | ||
| 1500 | non-nil. | ||
| 1501 | |||
| 1502 | \\{bibtex-mode-map} | ||
| 1503 | |||
| 1504 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1505 | |||
| 1506 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1507 | |||
| 1508 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16464 65072)) | ||
| 1509 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el | ||
| 1510 | |||
| 1511 | (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") | ||
| 1512 | |||
| 1513 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1514 | |||
| 1515 | ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16511 | ||
| 1516 | ;;;;;; 32591)) | ||
| 1517 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el | ||
| 1518 | |||
| 1519 | (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | ||
| 1520 | Play blackbox. | ||
| 1521 | Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4. | ||
| 1522 | |||
| 1523 | What is blackbox? | ||
| 1524 | |||
| 1525 | Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | ||
| 1526 | Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | ||
| 1527 | balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | ||
| 1528 | observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | ||
| 1529 | the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | ||
| 1530 | your score. | ||
| 1531 | |||
| 1532 | Overview of play: | ||
| 1533 | |||
| 1534 | \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | ||
| 1535 | specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | ||
| 1536 | four. | ||
| 1537 | |||
| 1538 | The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | ||
| 1539 | movement keys. | ||
| 1540 | |||
| 1541 | To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | ||
| 1542 | The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | ||
| 1543 | |||
| 1544 | You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | ||
| 1545 | box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | ||
| 1546 | |||
| 1547 | When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | ||
| 1548 | press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | ||
| 1549 | not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | ||
| 1550 | numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | ||
| 1551 | placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | ||
| 1552 | indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | ||
| 1553 | |||
| 1554 | Details: | ||
| 1555 | |||
| 1556 | There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | ||
| 1557 | |||
| 1558 | Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | ||
| 1559 | where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | ||
| 1560 | denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | ||
| 1561 | ray went in, and the other where it came out. | ||
| 1562 | |||
| 1563 | Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | ||
| 1564 | it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | ||
| 1565 | denoted by the letter `R'. | ||
| 1566 | |||
| 1567 | Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | ||
| 1568 | not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | ||
| 1569 | denoted by the letter `H'. | ||
| 1570 | |||
| 1571 | The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | ||
| 1572 | example. | ||
| 1573 | |||
| 1574 | As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | ||
| 1575 | be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | ||
| 1576 | represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | ||
| 1577 | The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | ||
| 1578 | described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | ||
| 1579 | points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | ||
| 1580 | ray. | ||
| 1581 | |||
| 1582 | Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | ||
| 1583 | degree deflection it causes. | ||
| 1584 | |||
| 1585 | 1 | ||
| 1586 | - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1587 | - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1588 | 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | ||
| 1589 | - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | ||
| 1590 | - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | ||
| 1591 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | ||
| 1592 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | ||
| 1593 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | ||
| 1594 | 2 3 | ||
| 1595 | |||
| 1596 | As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | ||
| 1597 | it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | ||
| 1598 | |||
| 1599 | |||
| 1600 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1601 | - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1602 | R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | ||
| 1603 | - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1604 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1605 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1606 | - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1607 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1608 | |||
| 1609 | In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | ||
| 1610 | ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | ||
| 1611 | its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | ||
| 1612 | example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | ||
| 1613 | ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | ||
| 1614 | can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | ||
| 1615 | emerging from the box. | ||
| 1616 | |||
| 1617 | A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | ||
| 1618 | |||
| 1619 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1620 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | ||
| 1621 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | ||
| 1622 | - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | ||
| 1623 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | ||
| 1624 | H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1625 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1626 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | ||
| 1627 | |||
| 1628 | Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | ||
| 1629 | a reflection. | ||
| 1630 | |||
| 1631 | \(fn NUM)" t nil) | ||
| 1632 | |||
| 1633 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1634 | |||
| 1635 | ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save | ||
| 1636 | ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename | ||
| 1637 | ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump | ||
| 1638 | ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16511 32424)) | ||
| 1639 | ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el | ||
| 1640 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | ||
| 1641 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | ||
| 1642 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | ||
| 1643 | |||
| 1644 | (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | ||
| 1645 | Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | ||
| 1646 | It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | ||
| 1647 | so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | ||
| 1648 | key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | ||
| 1649 | functions have a binding in this keymap.") | ||
| 1650 | (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map) | ||
| 1651 | (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set) | ||
| 1652 | (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark" | ||
| 1653 | (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump) | ||
| 1654 | (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go" | ||
| 1655 | (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert) | ||
| 1656 | (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) | ||
| 1657 | (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find" | ||
| 1658 | (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename) | ||
| 1659 | (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete) | ||
| 1660 | (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load) | ||
| 1661 | (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write) | ||
| 1662 | (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save) | ||
| 1663 | |||
| 1664 | (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1665 | Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | ||
| 1666 | If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | ||
| 1667 | With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | ||
| 1668 | as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | ||
| 1669 | the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | ||
| 1670 | bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | ||
| 1671 | but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | ||
| 1672 | recent one. | ||
| 1673 | |||
| 1674 | To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | ||
| 1675 | bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | ||
| 1676 | yank successive words. | ||
| 1677 | |||
| 1678 | Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | ||
| 1679 | \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | ||
| 1680 | through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | ||
| 1681 | name of the file being visited. | ||
| 1682 | |||
| 1683 | Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | ||
| 1684 | and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | ||
| 1685 | the list of bookmarks.) | ||
| 1686 | |||
| 1687 | \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1688 | |||
| 1689 | (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1690 | Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | ||
| 1691 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | ||
| 1692 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | ||
| 1693 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | ||
| 1694 | this. | ||
| 1695 | |||
| 1696 | If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | ||
| 1697 | if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | ||
| 1698 | will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | ||
| 1699 | of the old one in the permanent bookmark record. | ||
| 1700 | |||
| 1701 | \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) | ||
| 1702 | |||
| 1703 | (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1704 | Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | ||
| 1705 | This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | ||
| 1706 | the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | ||
| 1707 | after a bookmark was set in it. | ||
| 1708 | |||
| 1709 | \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) | ||
| 1710 | |||
| 1711 | (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1712 | Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | ||
| 1713 | Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | ||
| 1714 | minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'. | ||
| 1715 | |||
| 1716 | \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 1717 | |||
| 1718 | (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | ||
| 1719 | |||
| 1720 | (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1721 | Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | ||
| 1722 | If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | ||
| 1723 | menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | ||
| 1724 | |||
| 1725 | If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | ||
| 1726 | argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | ||
| 1727 | must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | ||
| 1728 | |||
| 1729 | While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | ||
| 1730 | consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | ||
| 1731 | name. | ||
| 1732 | |||
| 1733 | \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil) | ||
| 1734 | |||
| 1735 | (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1736 | Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | ||
| 1737 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | ||
| 1738 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | ||
| 1739 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | ||
| 1740 | this. | ||
| 1741 | |||
| 1742 | \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) | ||
| 1743 | |||
| 1744 | (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1745 | Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | ||
| 1746 | Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | ||
| 1747 | there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | ||
| 1748 | not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | ||
| 1749 | one most recently used in this file, if any). | ||
| 1750 | Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | ||
| 1751 | probably because we were called from there. | ||
| 1752 | |||
| 1753 | \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil) | ||
| 1754 | |||
| 1755 | (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1756 | Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | ||
| 1757 | Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead. | ||
| 1758 | |||
| 1759 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1760 | |||
| 1761 | (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1762 | Save currently defined bookmarks. | ||
| 1763 | Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | ||
| 1764 | `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | ||
| 1765 | \(second argument). | ||
| 1766 | |||
| 1767 | If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | ||
| 1768 | and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | ||
| 1769 | pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | ||
| 1770 | instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | ||
| 1771 | user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | ||
| 1772 | |||
| 1773 | When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | ||
| 1774 | `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | ||
| 1775 | for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | ||
| 1776 | `bookmark-default-file'. | ||
| 1777 | |||
| 1778 | \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 1779 | |||
| 1780 | (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1781 | Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | ||
| 1782 | Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | ||
| 1783 | optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | ||
| 1784 | destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | ||
| 1785 | while loading. | ||
| 1786 | |||
| 1787 | If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | ||
| 1788 | will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | ||
| 1789 | in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | ||
| 1790 | place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | ||
| 1791 | maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | ||
| 1792 | explicitly. | ||
| 1793 | |||
| 1794 | If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | ||
| 1795 | bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | ||
| 1796 | unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | ||
| 1797 | method buffers use to resolve name collisions. | ||
| 1798 | |||
| 1799 | \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil) | ||
| 1800 | |||
| 1801 | (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | ||
| 1802 | Display a list of existing bookmarks. | ||
| 1803 | The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | ||
| 1804 | The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | ||
| 1805 | deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying. | ||
| 1806 | |||
| 1807 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1808 | |||
| 1809 | (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | ||
| 1810 | |||
| 1811 | (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | ||
| 1812 | |||
| 1813 | (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map)) | ||
| 1814 | |||
| 1815 | (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map) | ||
| 1816 | |||
| 1817 | ;;;*** | ||
| 1818 | |||
| 1819 | ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail | ||
| 1820 | ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm | ||
| 1821 | ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic | ||
| 1822 | ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz | ||
| 1823 | ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape | ||
| 1824 | ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point | ||
| 1825 | ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | ||
| 1826 | ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function) | ||
| 1827 | ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16511 32585)) | ||
| 1828 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el | ||
| 1829 | |||
| 1830 | (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\ | ||
| 1831 | *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | ||
| 1832 | This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | ||
| 1833 | `browse-url-of-file' commands. | ||
| 1834 | |||
| 1835 | If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | ||
| 1836 | \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | ||
| 1837 | associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | ||
| 1838 | function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | ||
| 1839 | regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | ||
| 1840 | |||
| 1841 | (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url") | ||
| 1842 | |||
| 1843 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1844 | Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | ||
| 1845 | Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | ||
| 1846 | interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | ||
| 1847 | `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | ||
| 1848 | `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'. | ||
| 1849 | |||
| 1850 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 1851 | |||
| 1852 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1853 | Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | ||
| 1854 | Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | ||
| 1855 | currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | ||
| 1856 | narrowed. | ||
| 1857 | |||
| 1858 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 1859 | |||
| 1860 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1861 | In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line. | ||
| 1862 | |||
| 1863 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 1864 | |||
| 1865 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1866 | Ask a WWW browser to display the current region. | ||
| 1867 | |||
| 1868 | \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil) | ||
| 1869 | |||
| 1870 | (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1871 | Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 1872 | Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | ||
| 1873 | `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use. | ||
| 1874 | |||
| 1875 | \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 1876 | |||
| 1877 | (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1878 | Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | ||
| 1879 | Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | ||
| 1880 | `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use. | ||
| 1881 | |||
| 1882 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 1883 | |||
| 1884 | (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1885 | Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | ||
| 1886 | The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | ||
| 1887 | but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | ||
| 1888 | `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | ||
| 1889 | to use. | ||
| 1890 | |||
| 1891 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 1892 | |||
| 1893 | (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1894 | Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL. | ||
| 1895 | Default to the URL around or before point. | ||
| 1896 | |||
| 1897 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 1898 | non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use | ||
| 1899 | a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | ||
| 1900 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1901 | |||
| 1902 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 1903 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1904 | |||
| 1905 | The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape, | ||
| 1906 | Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3. | ||
| 1907 | |||
| 1908 | \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 1909 | |||
| 1910 | (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1911 | Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 1912 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | ||
| 1913 | `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | ||
| 1914 | |||
| 1915 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 1916 | non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | ||
| 1917 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | ||
| 1918 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1919 | |||
| 1920 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 1921 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1922 | |||
| 1923 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 1924 | |||
| 1925 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1926 | Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 1927 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | ||
| 1928 | `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla. | ||
| 1929 | |||
| 1930 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 1931 | non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a | ||
| 1932 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | ||
| 1933 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1934 | |||
| 1935 | If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a | ||
| 1936 | document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a | ||
| 1937 | new tab in an existing window instead. | ||
| 1938 | |||
| 1939 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 1940 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1941 | |||
| 1942 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 1943 | |||
| 1944 | (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1945 | Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 1946 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | ||
| 1947 | `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon. | ||
| 1948 | |||
| 1949 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 1950 | non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a | ||
| 1951 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | ||
| 1952 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1953 | |||
| 1954 | If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a | ||
| 1955 | document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a | ||
| 1956 | new tab in an existing window instead. | ||
| 1957 | |||
| 1958 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 1959 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1960 | |||
| 1961 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 1962 | |||
| 1963 | (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1964 | Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. | ||
| 1965 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | ||
| 1966 | `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. | ||
| 1967 | |||
| 1968 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 1969 | non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an | ||
| 1970 | existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the | ||
| 1971 | effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1972 | |||
| 1973 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 1974 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1975 | |||
| 1976 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 1977 | |||
| 1978 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1979 | Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 1980 | |||
| 1981 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | ||
| 1982 | `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | ||
| 1983 | program is invoked according to the variable | ||
| 1984 | `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | ||
| 1985 | |||
| 1986 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 1987 | non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | ||
| 1988 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | ||
| 1989 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1990 | |||
| 1991 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 1992 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 1993 | |||
| 1994 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 1995 | |||
| 1996 | (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 1997 | Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 1998 | Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | ||
| 1999 | variable `browse-url-grail'. | ||
| 2000 | |||
| 2001 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2002 | |||
| 2003 | (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2004 | Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 2005 | Default to the URL around or before point. | ||
| 2006 | |||
| 2007 | This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | ||
| 2008 | select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | ||
| 2009 | value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | ||
| 2010 | |||
| 2011 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 2012 | non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | ||
| 2013 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | ||
| 2014 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2015 | |||
| 2016 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 2017 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2018 | |||
| 2019 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2020 | |||
| 2021 | (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2022 | Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 2023 | Default to the URL around or before point. | ||
| 2024 | |||
| 2025 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2026 | |||
| 2027 | (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2028 | Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 2029 | Default to the URL around or before point. | ||
| 2030 | |||
| 2031 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 2032 | non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | ||
| 2033 | prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2034 | |||
| 2035 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 2036 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2037 | |||
| 2038 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2039 | |||
| 2040 | (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2041 | Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | ||
| 2042 | The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | ||
| 2043 | `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point. | ||
| 2044 | |||
| 2045 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2046 | |||
| 2047 | (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2048 | Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 2049 | Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | ||
| 2050 | in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | ||
| 2051 | with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'. | ||
| 2052 | |||
| 2053 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2054 | |||
| 2055 | (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2056 | Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 2057 | Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | ||
| 2058 | a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | ||
| 2059 | |||
| 2060 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 2061 | non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | ||
| 2062 | otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | ||
| 2063 | reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2064 | |||
| 2065 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 2066 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2067 | |||
| 2068 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 2069 | |||
| 2070 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2071 | Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 2072 | Default to the URL around or before point. | ||
| 2073 | |||
| 2074 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2075 | |||
| 2076 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2077 | Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL. | ||
| 2078 | Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | ||
| 2079 | recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | ||
| 2080 | will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | ||
| 2081 | current one. | ||
| 2082 | |||
| 2083 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is | ||
| 2084 | non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | ||
| 2085 | non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | ||
| 2086 | `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2087 | |||
| 2088 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | ||
| 2089 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. | ||
| 2090 | |||
| 2091 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2092 | |||
| 2093 | (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2094 | Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | ||
| 2095 | Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | ||
| 2096 | browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | ||
| 2097 | `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | ||
| 2098 | don't offer a form of remote control. | ||
| 2099 | |||
| 2100 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2101 | |||
| 2102 | (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\ | ||
| 2103 | Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL. | ||
| 2104 | Default to the URL around or before point. | ||
| 2105 | |||
| 2106 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 2107 | |||
| 2108 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2109 | |||
| 2110 | ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16511 | ||
| 2111 | ;;;;;; 32591)) | ||
| 2112 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el | ||
| 2113 | |||
| 2114 | (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | ||
| 2115 | Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail. | ||
| 2116 | |||
| 2117 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2118 | |||
| 2119 | (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | ||
| 2120 | Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'. | ||
| 2121 | |||
| 2122 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 2123 | |||
| 2124 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2125 | |||
| 2126 | ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) | ||
| 2127 | ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16511 32424)) | ||
| 2128 | ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el | ||
| 2129 | |||
| 2130 | (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | ||
| 2131 | Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | ||
| 2132 | The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | ||
| 2133 | by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'. | ||
| 2134 | |||
| 2135 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2136 | |||
| 2137 | (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | ||
| 2138 | Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | ||
| 2139 | The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | ||
| 2140 | by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'. | ||
| 2141 | |||
| 2142 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2143 | |||
| 2144 | (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | ||
| 2145 | Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu. | ||
| 2146 | |||
| 2147 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2148 | |||
| 2149 | (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | ||
| 2150 | Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. | ||
| 2151 | \\<bs-mode-map> | ||
| 2152 | There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | ||
| 2153 | manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | ||
| 2154 | User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | ||
| 2155 | by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | ||
| 2156 | |||
| 2157 | Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | ||
| 2158 | Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | ||
| 2159 | With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | ||
| 2160 | `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | ||
| 2161 | name of buffer configuration. | ||
| 2162 | |||
| 2163 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 2164 | |||
| 2165 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2166 | |||
| 2167 | ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button | ||
| 2168 | ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16511 | ||
| 2169 | ;;;;;; 32425)) | ||
| 2170 | ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el | ||
| 2171 | |||
| 2172 | (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\ | ||
| 2173 | Keymap used by buttons.") | ||
| 2174 | |||
| 2175 | (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\ | ||
| 2176 | Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons. | ||
| 2177 | Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.") | ||
| 2178 | |||
| 2179 | (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\ | ||
| 2180 | Define a `button type' called NAME. | ||
| 2181 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | ||
| 2182 | specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type | ||
| 2183 | \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when | ||
| 2184 | creating the button, using the :type keyword argument). | ||
| 2185 | |||
| 2186 | In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a | ||
| 2187 | button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values | ||
| 2188 | \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent | ||
| 2189 | changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes). | ||
| 2190 | |||
| 2191 | \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | ||
| 2192 | |||
| 2193 | (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\ | ||
| 2194 | Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | ||
| 2195 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | ||
| 2196 | specifying properties to add to the button. | ||
| 2197 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | ||
| 2198 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | ||
| 2199 | `define-button-type'. | ||
| 2200 | |||
| 2201 | Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'. | ||
| 2202 | |||
| 2203 | \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | ||
| 2204 | |||
| 2205 | (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\ | ||
| 2206 | Insert a button with the label LABEL. | ||
| 2207 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | ||
| 2208 | specifying properties to add to the button. | ||
| 2209 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | ||
| 2210 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | ||
| 2211 | `define-button-type'. | ||
| 2212 | |||
| 2213 | Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'. | ||
| 2214 | |||
| 2215 | \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | ||
| 2216 | |||
| 2217 | (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\ | ||
| 2218 | Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | ||
| 2219 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | ||
| 2220 | specifying properties to add to the button. | ||
| 2221 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | ||
| 2222 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | ||
| 2223 | `define-button-type'. | ||
| 2224 | |||
| 2225 | This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually | ||
| 2226 | part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating | ||
| 2227 | large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | ||
| 2228 | `make-text-button'. | ||
| 2229 | |||
| 2230 | Also see `insert-text-button'. | ||
| 2231 | |||
| 2232 | \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | ||
| 2233 | |||
| 2234 | (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\ | ||
| 2235 | Insert a button with the label LABEL. | ||
| 2236 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | ||
| 2237 | specifying properties to add to the button. | ||
| 2238 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | ||
| 2239 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | ||
| 2240 | `define-button-type'. | ||
| 2241 | |||
| 2242 | This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is | ||
| 2243 | actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. | ||
| 2244 | Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | ||
| 2245 | `insert-text-button'. | ||
| 2246 | |||
| 2247 | Also see `make-text-button'. | ||
| 2248 | |||
| 2249 | \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) | ||
| 2250 | |||
| 2251 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2252 | |||
| 2253 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile | ||
| 2254 | ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile | ||
| 2255 | ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory | ||
| 2256 | ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" | ||
| 2257 | ;;;;;; (16511 35244)) | ||
| 2258 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el | ||
| 2259 | |||
| 2260 | (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2261 | Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | ||
| 2262 | Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | ||
| 2263 | |||
| 2264 | \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 2265 | |||
| 2266 | (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2267 | Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | ||
| 2268 | This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | ||
| 2269 | Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | ||
| 2270 | |||
| 2271 | If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not* | ||
| 2272 | compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, | ||
| 2273 | if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files. | ||
| 2274 | A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, | ||
| 2275 | whether to compile it. | ||
| 2276 | |||
| 2277 | A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it. | ||
| 2278 | |||
| 2279 | If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | ||
| 2280 | recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file. | ||
| 2281 | |||
| 2282 | \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 2283 | |||
| 2284 | (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2285 | Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | ||
| 2286 | The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | ||
| 2287 | With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling. | ||
| 2288 | The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors. | ||
| 2289 | |||
| 2290 | \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil) | ||
| 2291 | |||
| 2292 | (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2293 | Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | ||
| 2294 | Print the result in the echo area. | ||
| 2295 | With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form. | ||
| 2296 | |||
| 2297 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 2298 | |||
| 2299 | (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2300 | If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | ||
| 2301 | If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function. | ||
| 2302 | |||
| 2303 | \(fn FORM)" nil nil) | ||
| 2304 | |||
| 2305 | (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2306 | Display a call graph of a specified file. | ||
| 2307 | This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | ||
| 2308 | them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | ||
| 2309 | whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | ||
| 2310 | all functions called by those functions. | ||
| 2311 | |||
| 2312 | The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | ||
| 2313 | primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | ||
| 2314 | cons, etc.). | ||
| 2315 | |||
| 2316 | The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | ||
| 2317 | \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | ||
| 2318 | invoked interactively. | ||
| 2319 | |||
| 2320 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 2321 | |||
| 2322 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2323 | Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date. | ||
| 2324 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | ||
| 2325 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | ||
| 2326 | |||
| 2327 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 2328 | |||
| 2329 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2330 | Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | ||
| 2331 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | ||
| 2332 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | ||
| 2333 | Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | ||
| 2334 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\". | ||
| 2335 | If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be | ||
| 2336 | already up-to-date. | ||
| 2337 | |||
| 2338 | \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil) | ||
| 2339 | |||
| 2340 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | ||
| 2341 | Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | ||
| 2342 | Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | ||
| 2343 | For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'. | ||
| 2344 | |||
| 2345 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 2346 | |||
| 2347 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2348 | |||
| 2349 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16511 32527)) | ||
| 2350 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | ||
| 2351 | |||
| 2352 | (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 2353 | |||
| 2354 | (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 2355 | |||
| 2356 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2357 | |||
| 2358 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | ||
| 2359 | ;;;;;; (16511 32528)) | ||
| 2360 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el | ||
| 2361 | |||
| 2362 | (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | ||
| 2363 | List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | ||
| 2364 | When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | ||
| 2365 | from the cursor position. | ||
| 2366 | |||
| 2367 | \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil) | ||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2370 | |||
| 2371 | ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle | ||
| 2372 | ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc | ||
| 2373 | ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16511 | ||
| 2374 | ;;;;;; 32526)) | ||
| 2375 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el | ||
| 2376 | |||
| 2377 | (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\ | ||
| 2378 | *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.") | ||
| 2379 | |||
| 2380 | (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\ | ||
| 2381 | *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.") | ||
| 2382 | |||
| 2383 | (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\ | ||
| 2384 | Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be | ||
| 2385 | loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\". | ||
| 2386 | If nil, use original installation directory. | ||
| 2387 | This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.") | ||
| 2388 | |||
| 2389 | (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\ | ||
| 2390 | *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.") | ||
| 2391 | |||
| 2392 | (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\ | ||
| 2393 | *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.") | ||
| 2394 | |||
| 2395 | (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\ | ||
| 2396 | *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.") | ||
| 2397 | (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch) | ||
| 2398 | |||
| 2399 | (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2400 | Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details. | ||
| 2401 | |||
| 2402 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 2403 | |||
| 2404 | (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2405 | The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\". | ||
| 2406 | |||
| 2407 | \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil) | ||
| 2408 | |||
| 2409 | (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2410 | Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window. | ||
| 2411 | |||
| 2412 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2413 | |||
| 2414 | (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2415 | Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator. | ||
| 2416 | |||
| 2417 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2418 | |||
| 2419 | (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2420 | Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string. | ||
| 2421 | Return value will either be the formatted result in string form, | ||
| 2422 | or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form. | ||
| 2423 | |||
| 2424 | \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 2425 | |||
| 2426 | (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2427 | Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode. | ||
| 2428 | This is most useful in the X window system. | ||
| 2429 | In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button. | ||
| 2430 | Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press. | ||
| 2431 | |||
| 2432 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2433 | |||
| 2434 | (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2435 | Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode. | ||
| 2436 | See calc-keypad for details. | ||
| 2437 | |||
| 2438 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2439 | |||
| 2440 | (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2441 | Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack. | ||
| 2442 | |||
| 2443 | \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 2444 | |||
| 2445 | (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2446 | Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack. | ||
| 2447 | |||
| 2448 | \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 2449 | |||
| 2450 | (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2451 | Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point. | ||
| 2452 | |||
| 2453 | \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil) | ||
| 2454 | |||
| 2455 | (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2456 | Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas. | ||
| 2457 | Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto. | ||
| 2458 | |||
| 2459 | \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil) | ||
| 2460 | |||
| 2461 | (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\ | ||
| 2462 | Not documented | ||
| 2463 | |||
| 2464 | \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 2465 | |||
| 2466 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2467 | |||
| 2468 | ;;;### (autoloads (calc-do-embedded-activate) "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el" | ||
| 2469 | ;;;;;; (16511 32514)) | ||
| 2470 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el | ||
| 2471 | |||
| 2472 | (autoload (quote calc-do-embedded-activate) "calc-embed" "\ | ||
| 2473 | Not documented | ||
| 2474 | |||
| 2475 | \(fn ARG CBUF)" nil nil) | ||
| 2476 | |||
| 2477 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2478 | |||
| 2479 | ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" | ||
| 2480 | ;;;;;; (16511 32514)) | ||
| 2481 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el | ||
| 2482 | |||
| 2483 | (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\ | ||
| 2484 | This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc. | ||
| 2485 | |||
| 2486 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 2487 | |||
| 2488 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2489 | |||
| 2490 | ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16511 | ||
| 2491 | ;;;;;; 32425)) | ||
| 2492 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el | ||
| 2493 | |||
| 2494 | (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | ||
| 2495 | Run the Emacs calculator. | ||
| 2496 | See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information. | ||
| 2497 | |||
| 2498 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 2499 | |||
| 2500 | ;;;*** | ||
| 2501 | |||
| 2502 | ;;;### (autoloads (calendar calendar-setup solar-holidays islamic-holidays | ||
| 2503 | ;;;;;; christian-holidays hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays | ||
| 2504 | ;;;;;; oriental-holidays general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer | ||
| 2505 | ;;;;;; diary-list-include-blanks nongregorian-diary-marking-hook | ||
| 2506 | ;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook diary-display-hook | ||
| 2507 | ;;;;;; diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | ||
| 2508 | ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | ||
| 2509 | ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | ||
| 2510 | ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | ||
| 2511 | ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | ||
| 2512 | ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook | ||
| 2513 | ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | ||
| 2514 | ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | ||
| 2515 | ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | ||
| 2516 | ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar | ||
| 2517 | ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | ||
| 2518 | ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | ||
| 2519 | ;;;;;; (16511 32530)) | ||
| 2520 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el | ||
| 2521 | |||
| 2522 | (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | ||
| 2523 | *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | ||
| 2524 | 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | ||
| 2525 | |||
| 2526 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar") | ||
| 2527 | |||
| 2528 | (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | ||
| 2529 | *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | ||
| 2530 | 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | ||
| 2531 | +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | ||
| 2532 | the screen.") | ||
| 2533 | |||
| 2534 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar") | ||
| 2535 | |||
| 2536 | (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | ||
| 2537 | *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar. | ||
| 2538 | The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | ||
| 2539 | if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | ||
| 2540 | is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can | ||
| 2541 | be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.") | ||
| 2542 | |||
| 2543 | (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar") | ||
| 2544 | |||
| 2545 | (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | ||
| 2546 | *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | ||
| 2547 | This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, | ||
| 2548 | or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | ||
| 2549 | example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | ||
| 2550 | entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | ||
| 2551 | day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | ||
| 2552 | |||
| 2553 | The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | ||
| 2554 | says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | ||
| 2555 | for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | ||
| 2556 | display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | ||
| 2557 | Saturday's entries on Saturday. | ||
| 2558 | |||
| 2559 | This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | ||
| 2560 | from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | ||
| 2561 | number of days of diary entries displayed.") | ||
| 2562 | |||
| 2563 | (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar") | ||
| 2564 | |||
| 2565 | (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | ||
| 2566 | *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | ||
| 2567 | The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | ||
| 2568 | |||
| 2569 | (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar") | ||
| 2570 | |||
| 2571 | (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ | ||
| 2572 | *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | ||
| 2573 | If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | ||
| 2574 | |||
| 2575 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar") | ||
| 2576 | |||
| 2577 | (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ | ||
| 2578 | *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | ||
| 2579 | The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | ||
| 2580 | displayed.") | ||
| 2581 | |||
| 2582 | (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar") | ||
| 2583 | |||
| 2584 | (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | ||
| 2585 | *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | ||
| 2586 | The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | ||
| 2587 | |||
| 2588 | (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar") | ||
| 2589 | |||
| 2590 | (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | ||
| 2591 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | ||
| 2592 | This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | ||
| 2593 | |||
| 2594 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | ||
| 2595 | |||
| 2596 | (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 2597 | |||
| 2598 | (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | ||
| 2599 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | ||
| 2600 | This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | ||
| 2601 | |||
| 2602 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | ||
| 2603 | calendar.") | ||
| 2604 | |||
| 2605 | (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 2606 | |||
| 2607 | (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | ||
| 2608 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | ||
| 2609 | This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | ||
| 2610 | |||
| 2611 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | ||
| 2612 | calendar.") | ||
| 2613 | |||
| 2614 | (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 2615 | |||
| 2616 | (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2617 | *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | ||
| 2618 | This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | ||
| 2619 | |||
| 2620 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2621 | |||
| 2622 | (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2623 | *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | ||
| 2624 | The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | ||
| 2625 | once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | ||
| 2626 | and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | ||
| 2627 | |||
| 2628 | (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2629 | |||
| 2630 | (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2631 | *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | ||
| 2632 | This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | ||
| 2633 | function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | ||
| 2634 | (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | ||
| 2635 | It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | ||
| 2636 | a function is also provided for this: | ||
| 2637 | (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | ||
| 2638 | |||
| 2639 | The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | ||
| 2640 | functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | ||
| 2641 | date is not visible in the window. | ||
| 2642 | |||
| 2643 | Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | ||
| 2644 | characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | ||
| 2645 | functions that move by days and weeks.") | ||
| 2646 | |||
| 2647 | (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2648 | |||
| 2649 | (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2650 | *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | ||
| 2651 | |||
| 2652 | The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | ||
| 2653 | functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | ||
| 2654 | date is visible in the window. | ||
| 2655 | |||
| 2656 | Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | ||
| 2657 | characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | ||
| 2658 | functions that move by days and weeks.") | ||
| 2659 | |||
| 2660 | (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2661 | |||
| 2662 | (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2663 | *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | ||
| 2664 | |||
| 2665 | For example, | ||
| 2666 | |||
| 2667 | (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | ||
| 2668 | |||
| 2669 | redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | ||
| 2670 | |||
| 2671 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2672 | |||
| 2673 | (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ | ||
| 2674 | *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | ||
| 2675 | |||
| 2676 | The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms | ||
| 2677 | specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default: | ||
| 2678 | |||
| 2679 | MONTH/DAY | ||
| 2680 | MONTH/DAY/YEAR | ||
| 2681 | MONTHNAME DAY | ||
| 2682 | MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | ||
| 2683 | DAYNAME | ||
| 2684 | |||
| 2685 | with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for | ||
| 2686 | that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a | ||
| 2687 | number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two | ||
| 2688 | digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME | ||
| 2689 | and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables | ||
| 2690 | `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'), | ||
| 2691 | abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and | ||
| 2692 | `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period, | ||
| 2693 | capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be | ||
| 2694 | `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the | ||
| 2695 | date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any | ||
| 2696 | year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week | ||
| 2697 | in every week. | ||
| 2698 | |||
| 2699 | The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be | ||
| 2700 | used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the | ||
| 2701 | calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs | ||
| 2702 | file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are | ||
| 2703 | |||
| 2704 | DAY/MONTH | ||
| 2705 | DAY/MONTH/YEAR | ||
| 2706 | DAY MONTHNAME | ||
| 2707 | DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | ||
| 2708 | DAYNAME | ||
| 2709 | |||
| 2710 | To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | ||
| 2711 | `american-calendar' in the calendar. | ||
| 2712 | |||
| 2713 | A diary entry can be preceded by the character | ||
| 2714 | `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | ||
| 2715 | nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | ||
| 2716 | window but will appear in a diary window. | ||
| 2717 | |||
| 2718 | Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | ||
| 2719 | either a TAB or one or more spaces. | ||
| 2720 | |||
| 2721 | Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | ||
| 2722 | entries (in the default American style): | ||
| 2723 | |||
| 2724 | 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | ||
| 2725 | &1/1. Happy New Year! | ||
| 2726 | 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | ||
| 2727 | 21: Payday | ||
| 2728 | Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | ||
| 2729 | Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | ||
| 2730 | 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | ||
| 2731 | &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | ||
| 2732 | mar 16 Dad's birthday | ||
| 2733 | April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | ||
| 2734 | &* 15 time cards due. | ||
| 2735 | |||
| 2736 | If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | ||
| 2737 | no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | ||
| 2738 | diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | ||
| 2739 | single diary entry | ||
| 2740 | |||
| 2741 | 02/11/1989 | ||
| 2742 | Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | ||
| 2743 | 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | ||
| 2744 | 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | ||
| 2745 | 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | ||
| 2746 | 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | ||
| 2747 | 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | ||
| 2748 | |||
| 2749 | will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | ||
| 2750 | facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | ||
| 2751 | used with more than one day's entries displayed. | ||
| 2752 | |||
| 2753 | Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | ||
| 2754 | |||
| 2755 | %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | ||
| 2756 | |||
| 2757 | causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | ||
| 2758 | 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | ||
| 2759 | `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | ||
| 2760 | `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | ||
| 2761 | `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | ||
| 2762 | `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | ||
| 2763 | `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | ||
| 2764 | and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | ||
| 2765 | `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | ||
| 2766 | |||
| 2767 | Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | ||
| 2768 | possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | ||
| 2769 | unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | ||
| 2770 | `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | ||
| 2771 | for these functions for details. | ||
| 2772 | |||
| 2773 | Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | ||
| 2774 | details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | ||
| 2775 | |||
| 2776 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar") | ||
| 2777 | |||
| 2778 | (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | ||
| 2779 | *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | ||
| 2780 | |||
| 2781 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar") | ||
| 2782 | |||
| 2783 | (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | ||
| 2784 | *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | ||
| 2785 | |||
| 2786 | (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") | ||
| 2787 | |||
| 2788 | (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | ||
| 2789 | *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | ||
| 2790 | |||
| 2791 | (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") | ||
| 2792 | |||
| 2793 | (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | ||
| 2794 | *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | ||
| 2795 | See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | ||
| 2796 | |||
| 2797 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar") | ||
| 2798 | |||
| 2799 | (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | ||
| 2800 | *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. | ||
| 2801 | See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | ||
| 2802 | |||
| 2803 | (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") | ||
| 2804 | |||
| 2805 | (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | ||
| 2806 | *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | ||
| 2807 | For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | ||
| 2808 | If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | ||
| 2809 | |||
| 2810 | (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar") | ||
| 2811 | |||
| 2812 | (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | ||
| 2813 | *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | ||
| 2814 | If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | ||
| 2815 | 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern') | ||
| 2816 | are | ||
| 2817 | |||
| 2818 | DAY/MONTH | ||
| 2819 | DAY/MONTH/YEAR | ||
| 2820 | DAY MONTHNAME | ||
| 2821 | DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | ||
| 2822 | DAYNAME | ||
| 2823 | |||
| 2824 | Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the | ||
| 2825 | variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by | ||
| 2826 | `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect, | ||
| 2827 | this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates | ||
| 2828 | are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or | ||
| 2829 | `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.") | ||
| 2830 | |||
| 2831 | (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar") | ||
| 2832 | |||
| 2833 | (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | ||
| 2834 | *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | ||
| 2835 | See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | ||
| 2836 | |||
| 2837 | (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar") | ||
| 2838 | |||
| 2839 | (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | ||
| 2840 | *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. | ||
| 2841 | See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | ||
| 2842 | |||
| 2843 | (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar") | ||
| 2844 | |||
| 2845 | (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | ||
| 2846 | *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | ||
| 2847 | See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | ||
| 2848 | |||
| 2849 | (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar") | ||
| 2850 | |||
| 2851 | (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | ||
| 2852 | *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | ||
| 2853 | See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | ||
| 2854 | |||
| 2855 | (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar") | ||
| 2856 | |||
| 2857 | (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | ||
| 2858 | *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | ||
| 2859 | The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | ||
| 2860 | buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | ||
| 2861 | example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | ||
| 2862 | instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | ||
| 2863 | |||
| 2864 | (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2865 | |||
| 2866 | (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2867 | *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | ||
| 2868 | It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | ||
| 2869 | |||
| 2870 | A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | ||
| 2871 | this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | ||
| 2872 | with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | ||
| 2873 | of the form | ||
| 2874 | |||
| 2875 | #include \"filename\" | ||
| 2876 | |||
| 2877 | This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | ||
| 2878 | obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | ||
| 2879 | the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | ||
| 2880 | as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | ||
| 2881 | function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | ||
| 2882 | |||
| 2883 | For example, you could use | ||
| 2884 | |||
| 2885 | (setq list-diary-entries-hook | ||
| 2886 | '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | ||
| 2887 | (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | ||
| 2888 | |||
| 2889 | in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | ||
| 2890 | diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | ||
| 2891 | lexicographic order.") | ||
| 2892 | |||
| 2893 | (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2894 | |||
| 2895 | (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2896 | *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | ||
| 2897 | Can be used for appointment notification.") | ||
| 2898 | |||
| 2899 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2900 | |||
| 2901 | (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2902 | *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | ||
| 2903 | If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | ||
| 2904 | diary display. | ||
| 2905 | |||
| 2906 | Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | ||
| 2907 | the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | ||
| 2908 | functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | ||
| 2909 | by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | ||
| 2910 | STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | ||
| 2911 | used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | ||
| 2912 | holidays), or produce hard copy output. | ||
| 2913 | |||
| 2914 | A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | ||
| 2915 | choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | ||
| 2916 | buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | ||
| 2917 | with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | ||
| 2918 | variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | ||
| 2919 | diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | ||
| 2920 | if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | ||
| 2921 | diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | ||
| 2922 | |||
| 2923 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2924 | |||
| 2925 | (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2926 | *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | ||
| 2927 | As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | ||
| 2928 | relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | ||
| 2929 | and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | ||
| 2930 | describes the style of such diary entries.") | ||
| 2931 | |||
| 2932 | (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2933 | |||
| 2934 | (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2935 | *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | ||
| 2936 | |||
| 2937 | A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | ||
| 2938 | `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together | ||
| 2939 | with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | ||
| 2940 | of the form | ||
| 2941 | #include \"filename\" | ||
| 2942 | This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | ||
| 2943 | obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | ||
| 2944 | variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | ||
| 2945 | part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | ||
| 2946 | function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | ||
| 2947 | |||
| 2948 | (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2949 | |||
| 2950 | (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | ||
| 2951 | *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | ||
| 2952 | As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | ||
| 2953 | relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | ||
| 2954 | and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | ||
| 2955 | describes the style of such diary entries.") | ||
| 2956 | |||
| 2957 | (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar") | ||
| 2958 | |||
| 2959 | (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | ||
| 2960 | *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | ||
| 2961 | Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | ||
| 2962 | are holidays.") | ||
| 2963 | |||
| 2964 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar") | ||
| 2965 | |||
| 2966 | (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | ||
| 2967 | *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | ||
| 2968 | The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | ||
| 2969 | fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | ||
| 2970 | somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | ||
| 2971 | |||
| 2972 | (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar") | ||
| 2973 | |||
| 2974 | (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 2975 | |||
| 2976 | (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | ||
| 2977 | *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | ||
| 2978 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 2979 | |||
| 2980 | (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 2981 | |||
| 2982 | (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 2983 | |||
| 2984 | (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | ||
| 2985 | *Oriental holidays. | ||
| 2986 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 2987 | |||
| 2988 | (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 2989 | |||
| 2990 | (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 2991 | |||
| 2992 | (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | ||
| 2993 | *Local holidays. | ||
| 2994 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 2995 | |||
| 2996 | (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 2997 | |||
| 2998 | (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 2999 | |||
| 3000 | (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | ||
| 3001 | *User defined holidays. | ||
| 3002 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 3003 | |||
| 3004 | (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 3005 | |||
| 3006 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3007 | |||
| 3008 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | ||
| 3009 | |||
| 3010 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3011 | |||
| 3012 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | ||
| 3013 | |||
| 3014 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3015 | |||
| 3016 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | ||
| 3017 | |||
| 3018 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3019 | |||
| 3020 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | ||
| 3021 | |||
| 3022 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3023 | |||
| 3024 | (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | ||
| 3025 | *Jewish holidays. | ||
| 3026 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 3027 | |||
| 3028 | (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 3029 | |||
| 3030 | (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3031 | |||
| 3032 | (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | ||
| 3033 | *Christian holidays. | ||
| 3034 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 3035 | |||
| 3036 | (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 3037 | |||
| 3038 | (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3039 | |||
| 3040 | (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | ||
| 3041 | *Islamic holidays. | ||
| 3042 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 3043 | |||
| 3044 | (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 3045 | |||
| 3046 | (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3047 | |||
| 3048 | (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | ||
| 3049 | *Sun-related holidays. | ||
| 3050 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | ||
| 3051 | |||
| 3052 | (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar") | ||
| 3053 | |||
| 3054 | (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 3055 | |||
| 3056 | (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | ||
| 3057 | The frame setup of the calendar. | ||
| 3058 | The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | ||
| 3059 | dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | ||
| 3060 | frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | ||
| 3061 | any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first | ||
| 3062 | three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.") | ||
| 3063 | |||
| 3064 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar") | ||
| 3065 | |||
| 3066 | (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | ||
| 3067 | Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | ||
| 3068 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | ||
| 3069 | |||
| 3070 | The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'. | ||
| 3071 | See the documentation of that function for more information. | ||
| 3072 | |||
| 3073 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 3074 | |||
| 3075 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3076 | |||
| 3077 | ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" | ||
| 3078 | ;;;;;; (16224 16317)) | ||
| 3079 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el | ||
| 3080 | |||
| 3081 | (autoload (quote capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "\ | ||
| 3082 | Toggle Capitalized- Words mode. | ||
| 3083 | |||
| 3084 | In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an | ||
| 3085 | uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal | ||
| 3086 | boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no | ||
| 3087 | restriction to ASCII. | ||
| 3088 | |||
| 3089 | E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked: | ||
| 3090 | |||
| 3091 | capitalizedWorDD | ||
| 3092 | ^ ^ ^^ | ||
| 3093 | |||
| 3094 | Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and | ||
| 3095 | marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word | ||
| 3096 | boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c). | ||
| 3097 | |||
| 3098 | This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones, | ||
| 3099 | where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are | ||
| 3100 | sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage | ||
| 3101 | such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to | ||
| 3102 | the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter | ||
| 3103 | variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause | ||
| 3104 | trouble if such identifiers aren't used. | ||
| 3105 | |||
| 3106 | See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'. | ||
| 3107 | Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'. | ||
| 3108 | |||
| 3109 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 3110 | |||
| 3111 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3112 | |||
| 3113 | ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | ||
| 3114 | ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | ||
| 3115 | ;;;;;; (16511 32608)) | ||
| 3116 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el | ||
| 3117 | |||
| 3118 | (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | ||
| 3119 | Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer. | ||
| 3120 | If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary | ||
| 3121 | initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise | ||
| 3122 | only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or | ||
| 3123 | `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more | ||
| 3124 | control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info. | ||
| 3125 | |||
| 3126 | \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil) | ||
| 3127 | |||
| 3128 | (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | ||
| 3129 | Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | ||
| 3130 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) | ||
| 3131 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) | ||
| 3132 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) | ||
| 3133 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode)) | ||
| 3134 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode)) | ||
| 3135 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode)) | ||
| 3136 | |||
| 3137 | (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | ||
| 3138 | Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | ||
| 3139 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | ||
| 3140 | c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | ||
| 3141 | information already added. You just need to add a description of the | ||
| 3142 | problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message. | ||
| 3143 | |||
| 3144 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | ||
| 3145 | |||
| 3146 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | ||
| 3147 | initialization, then `c-mode-hook'. | ||
| 3148 | |||
| 3149 | Key bindings: | ||
| 3150 | \\{c-mode-map} | ||
| 3151 | |||
| 3152 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3153 | |||
| 3154 | (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | ||
| 3155 | Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | ||
| 3156 | |||
| 3157 | (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | ||
| 3158 | Major mode for editing C++ code. | ||
| 3159 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | ||
| 3160 | c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | ||
| 3161 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | ||
| 3162 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | ||
| 3163 | message. | ||
| 3164 | |||
| 3165 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | ||
| 3166 | |||
| 3167 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | ||
| 3168 | initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'. | ||
| 3169 | |||
| 3170 | Key bindings: | ||
| 3171 | \\{c++-mode-map} | ||
| 3172 | |||
| 3173 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3174 | |||
| 3175 | (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | ||
| 3176 | Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | ||
| 3177 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode)) | ||
| 3178 | |||
| 3179 | (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | ||
| 3180 | Major mode for editing Objective C code. | ||
| 3181 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | ||
| 3182 | objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | ||
| 3183 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | ||
| 3184 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | ||
| 3185 | message. | ||
| 3186 | |||
| 3187 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | ||
| 3188 | |||
| 3189 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | ||
| 3190 | initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'. | ||
| 3191 | |||
| 3192 | Key bindings: | ||
| 3193 | \\{objc-mode-map} | ||
| 3194 | |||
| 3195 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3196 | |||
| 3197 | (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | ||
| 3198 | Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | ||
| 3199 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode)) | ||
| 3200 | |||
| 3201 | (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | ||
| 3202 | Major mode for editing Java code. | ||
| 3203 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | ||
| 3204 | java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | ||
| 3205 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | ||
| 3206 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | ||
| 3207 | message. | ||
| 3208 | |||
| 3209 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | ||
| 3210 | |||
| 3211 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | ||
| 3212 | initialization, then `java-mode-hook'. | ||
| 3213 | |||
| 3214 | Key bindings: | ||
| 3215 | \\{java-mode-map} | ||
| 3216 | |||
| 3217 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3218 | |||
| 3219 | (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | ||
| 3220 | Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | ||
| 3221 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode)) | ||
| 3222 | |||
| 3223 | (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | ||
| 3224 | Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code. | ||
| 3225 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | ||
| 3226 | idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | ||
| 3227 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | ||
| 3228 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | ||
| 3229 | message. | ||
| 3230 | |||
| 3231 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | ||
| 3232 | |||
| 3233 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | ||
| 3234 | initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'. | ||
| 3235 | |||
| 3236 | Key bindings: | ||
| 3237 | \\{idl-mode-map} | ||
| 3238 | |||
| 3239 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3240 | |||
| 3241 | (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | ||
| 3242 | Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | ||
| 3243 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode)) | ||
| 3244 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode)) | ||
| 3245 | |||
| 3246 | (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | ||
| 3247 | Major mode for editing Pike code. | ||
| 3248 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | ||
| 3249 | pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | ||
| 3250 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | ||
| 3251 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | ||
| 3252 | message. | ||
| 3253 | |||
| 3254 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | ||
| 3255 | |||
| 3256 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode | ||
| 3257 | initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'. | ||
| 3258 | |||
| 3259 | Key bindings: | ||
| 3260 | \\{pike-mode-map} | ||
| 3261 | |||
| 3262 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3263 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode)) | ||
| 3264 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode)) | ||
| 3265 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode)) | ||
| 3266 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode)) | ||
| 3267 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode)) | ||
| 3268 | (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.") | ||
| 3269 | |||
| 3270 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3271 | |||
| 3272 | ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | ||
| 3273 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16511 32608)) | ||
| 3274 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el | ||
| 3275 | |||
| 3276 | (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | ||
| 3277 | Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | ||
| 3278 | STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | ||
| 3279 | styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | ||
| 3280 | for details of setting up styles. | ||
| 3281 | |||
| 3282 | The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | ||
| 3283 | style name. | ||
| 3284 | |||
| 3285 | If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that | ||
| 3286 | already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | ||
| 3287 | `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | ||
| 3288 | case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | ||
| 3289 | will be reassigned. | ||
| 3290 | |||
| 3291 | If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that | ||
| 3292 | have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings | ||
| 3293 | while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding | ||
| 3294 | global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook | ||
| 3295 | \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the | ||
| 3296 | default). | ||
| 3297 | |||
| 3298 | Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the | ||
| 3299 | initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since | ||
| 3300 | that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect | ||
| 3301 | when used elsewhere. | ||
| 3302 | |||
| 3303 | \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil) | ||
| 3304 | |||
| 3305 | (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | ||
| 3306 | Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | ||
| 3307 | STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION | ||
| 3308 | is an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | ||
| 3309 | |||
| 3310 | ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | ||
| 3311 | |||
| 3312 | See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | ||
| 3313 | VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | ||
| 3314 | STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil. | ||
| 3315 | |||
| 3316 | \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil) | ||
| 3317 | |||
| 3318 | (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | ||
| 3319 | Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | ||
| 3320 | SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | ||
| 3321 | offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used | ||
| 3322 | and exists only for compatibility reasons. | ||
| 3323 | |||
| 3324 | \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil) | ||
| 3325 | |||
| 3326 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3327 | |||
| 3328 | ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | ||
| 3329 | ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | ||
| 3330 | ;;;;;; (16511 30641)) | ||
| 3331 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el | ||
| 3332 | |||
| 3333 | (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | ||
| 3334 | Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers. | ||
| 3335 | |||
| 3336 | \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil) | ||
| 3337 | |||
| 3338 | (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | ||
| 3339 | Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE. | ||
| 3340 | |||
| 3341 | \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil) | ||
| 3342 | |||
| 3343 | (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | ||
| 3344 | Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | ||
| 3345 | |||
| 3346 | This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | ||
| 3347 | Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | ||
| 3348 | yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | ||
| 3349 | now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | ||
| 3350 | execution. | ||
| 3351 | |||
| 3352 | Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program. | ||
| 3353 | |||
| 3354 | \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 3355 | |||
| 3356 | (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | ||
| 3357 | Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | ||
| 3358 | |||
| 3359 | CCL-PROGRAM has this form: | ||
| 3360 | (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION | ||
| 3361 | CCL_MAIN_CODE | ||
| 3362 | [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | ||
| 3363 | |||
| 3364 | BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | ||
| 3365 | output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | ||
| 3366 | text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | ||
| 3367 | `write' commands. | ||
| 3368 | |||
| 3369 | CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | ||
| 3370 | executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | ||
| 3371 | is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | ||
| 3372 | CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | ||
| 3373 | |||
| 3374 | Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | ||
| 3375 | starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | ||
| 3376 | semantics. | ||
| 3377 | |||
| 3378 | CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | ||
| 3379 | |||
| 3380 | CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | ||
| 3381 | |||
| 3382 | CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | ||
| 3383 | |||
| 3384 | STATEMENT := | ||
| 3385 | SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | ||
| 3386 | | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END | ||
| 3387 | |||
| 3388 | SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | ||
| 3389 | | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | ||
| 3390 | ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | ||
| 3391 | | integer | ||
| 3392 | |||
| 3393 | EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | ||
| 3394 | |||
| 3395 | ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute | ||
| 3396 | ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. | ||
| 3397 | IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | ||
| 3398 | |||
| 3399 | ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | ||
| 3400 | ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | ||
| 3401 | BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | ||
| 3402 | |||
| 3403 | ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | ||
| 3404 | LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | ||
| 3405 | |||
| 3406 | ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | ||
| 3407 | BREAK := (break) | ||
| 3408 | |||
| 3409 | REPEAT := | ||
| 3410 | ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | ||
| 3411 | (repeat) | ||
| 3412 | ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | ||
| 3413 | ;; (repeat)) | ||
| 3414 | | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | ||
| 3415 | ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | ||
| 3416 | ;; (read REG) | ||
| 3417 | ;; (repeat)) | ||
| 3418 | | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | ||
| 3419 | ;; Same as: ((write integer) | ||
| 3420 | ;; (read REG) | ||
| 3421 | ;; (repeat)) | ||
| 3422 | | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | ||
| 3423 | |||
| 3424 | READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | ||
| 3425 | ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | ||
| 3426 | (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | ||
| 3427 | ;; Same as: ((read REG) | ||
| 3428 | ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | ||
| 3429 | | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | ||
| 3430 | ;; Same as: ((read REG) | ||
| 3431 | ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | ||
| 3432 | | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | ||
| 3433 | ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | ||
| 3434 | ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | ||
| 3435 | ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | ||
| 3436 | ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | ||
| 3437 | ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code | ||
| 3438 | ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. | ||
| 3439 | | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | ||
| 3440 | |||
| 3441 | WRITE := | ||
| 3442 | ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | ||
| 3443 | ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | ||
| 3444 | ;; representation. | ||
| 3445 | (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | ||
| 3446 | ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | ||
| 3447 | ;; (write r7)) | ||
| 3448 | | (write EXPRESSION) | ||
| 3449 | ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | ||
| 3450 | ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | ||
| 3451 | ;; representation. | ||
| 3452 | | (write integer) | ||
| 3453 | ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | ||
| 3454 | ;; buffer. | ||
| 3455 | | (write string) | ||
| 3456 | ;; Same as: (write string) | ||
| 3457 | | string | ||
| 3458 | ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | ||
| 3459 | ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | ||
| 3460 | ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | ||
| 3461 | ;; representation. | ||
| 3462 | | (write REG ARRAY) | ||
| 3463 | ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | ||
| 3464 | ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | ||
| 3465 | ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | ||
| 3466 | ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 | ||
| 3467 | ;; is the second code point of the character. | ||
| 3468 | | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | ||
| 3469 | |||
| 3470 | ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | ||
| 3471 | CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | ||
| 3472 | |||
| 3473 | ;; Terminate the CCL program. | ||
| 3474 | END := (end) | ||
| 3475 | |||
| 3476 | ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | ||
| 3477 | ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | ||
| 3478 | REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | ||
| 3479 | |||
| 3480 | ARG := REG | integer | ||
| 3481 | |||
| 3482 | OPERATOR := | ||
| 3483 | ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | ||
| 3484 | + | - | * | / | % | ||
| 3485 | |||
| 3486 | ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | ||
| 3487 | | & | `|' | ^ | ||
| 3488 | |||
| 3489 | ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | ||
| 3490 | | << | >> | ||
| 3491 | |||
| 3492 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | ||
| 3493 | ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | ||
| 3494 | | <8 | ||
| 3495 | |||
| 3496 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | ||
| 3497 | ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | ||
| 3498 | ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | ||
| 3499 | | >8 | ||
| 3500 | |||
| 3501 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | ||
| 3502 | ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | ||
| 3503 | ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | ||
| 3504 | | // | ||
| 3505 | |||
| 3506 | ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | ||
| 3507 | | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | ||
| 3508 | |||
| 3509 | ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | ||
| 3510 | ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | ||
| 3511 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | ||
| 3512 | ;; ((REG = CODE0) | ||
| 3513 | ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | ||
| 3514 | ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | ||
| 3515 | ;; second code point of CHAR. | ||
| 3516 | | de-sjis | ||
| 3517 | |||
| 3518 | ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | ||
| 3519 | ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | ||
| 3520 | ;; Shift-JIS code, | ||
| 3521 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | ||
| 3522 | ;; ((REG = HIGH) | ||
| 3523 | ;; (r7 = LOW)) | ||
| 3524 | ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | ||
| 3525 | ;; byte of SJIS. | ||
| 3526 | | en-sjis | ||
| 3527 | |||
| 3528 | ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | ||
| 3529 | ;; Same meaning as C code | ||
| 3530 | += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | ||
| 3531 | |||
| 3532 | ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | ||
| 3533 | ;; ((REG <<= 8) | ||
| 3534 | ;; (REG |= ARG)) | ||
| 3535 | | <8= | ||
| 3536 | |||
| 3537 | ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | ||
| 3538 | ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | ||
| 3539 | ;; (REG >>= 8)) | ||
| 3540 | |||
| 3541 | ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | ||
| 3542 | ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | ||
| 3543 | ;; (REG /= ARG)) | ||
| 3544 | | //= | ||
| 3545 | |||
| 3546 | ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | ||
| 3547 | |||
| 3548 | |||
| 3549 | TRANSLATE := | ||
| 3550 | (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | ||
| 3551 | | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | ||
| 3552 | ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. | ||
| 3553 | LOOKUP := | ||
| 3554 | (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | ||
| 3555 | | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer)) | ||
| 3556 | ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'. | ||
| 3557 | MAP := | ||
| 3558 | (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | ||
| 3559 | | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | ||
| 3560 | | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | ||
| 3561 | MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | ||
| 3562 | MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | ||
| 3563 | MAP-ID := integer | ||
| 3564 | |||
| 3565 | \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 3566 | |||
| 3567 | (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | ||
| 3568 | Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | ||
| 3569 | If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | ||
| 3570 | CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | ||
| 3571 | If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | ||
| 3572 | register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME. | ||
| 3573 | |||
| 3574 | \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 3575 | |||
| 3576 | (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | ||
| 3577 | Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | ||
| 3578 | The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. | ||
| 3579 | |||
| 3580 | See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program. | ||
| 3581 | |||
| 3582 | \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 3583 | |||
| 3584 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3585 | |||
| 3586 | ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" | ||
| 3587 | ;;;;;; (16511 32608)) | ||
| 3588 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el | ||
| 3589 | |||
| 3590 | (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\ | ||
| 3591 | Major mode for editing cfengine input. | ||
| 3592 | There are no special keybindings by default. | ||
| 3593 | |||
| 3594 | Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves | ||
| 3595 | to the action header. | ||
| 3596 | |||
| 3597 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3598 | |||
| 3599 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3600 | |||
| 3601 | ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | ||
| 3602 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | ||
| 3603 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | ||
| 3604 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | ||
| 3605 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | ||
| 3606 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | ||
| 3607 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | ||
| 3608 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | ||
| 3609 | ;;;;;; (16511 32535)) | ||
| 3610 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el | ||
| 3611 | |||
| 3612 | (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3613 | Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors. | ||
| 3614 | The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which | ||
| 3615 | the users will view as each check is completed. | ||
| 3616 | |||
| 3617 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3618 | |||
| 3619 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3620 | Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | ||
| 3621 | Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | ||
| 3622 | point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | ||
| 3623 | buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | ||
| 3624 | errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | ||
| 3625 | Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | ||
| 3626 | checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior. | ||
| 3627 | |||
| 3628 | \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil) | ||
| 3629 | |||
| 3630 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3631 | Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | ||
| 3632 | Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | ||
| 3633 | point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | ||
| 3634 | buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | ||
| 3635 | errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | ||
| 3636 | Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | ||
| 3637 | checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior. | ||
| 3638 | |||
| 3639 | \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil) | ||
| 3640 | |||
| 3641 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3642 | Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | ||
| 3643 | Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | ||
| 3644 | doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | ||
| 3645 | spacing are all verified. | ||
| 3646 | |||
| 3647 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3648 | |||
| 3649 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3650 | Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | ||
| 3651 | With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | ||
| 3652 | store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | ||
| 3653 | otherwise stop after the first error. | ||
| 3654 | |||
| 3655 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3656 | |||
| 3657 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3658 | Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | ||
| 3659 | Only documentation strings are checked. | ||
| 3660 | Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | ||
| 3661 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | ||
| 3662 | a separate buffer. | ||
| 3663 | |||
| 3664 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3665 | |||
| 3666 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3667 | Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | ||
| 3668 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | ||
| 3669 | save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | ||
| 3670 | is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead. | ||
| 3671 | |||
| 3672 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3673 | |||
| 3674 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3675 | Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file. | ||
| 3676 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | ||
| 3677 | separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | ||
| 3678 | if there is one. | ||
| 3679 | |||
| 3680 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3681 | |||
| 3682 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3683 | Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | ||
| 3684 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | ||
| 3685 | separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | ||
| 3686 | if there is one. | ||
| 3687 | Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing. | ||
| 3688 | |||
| 3689 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil) | ||
| 3690 | |||
| 3691 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3692 | Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | ||
| 3693 | Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged. | ||
| 3694 | |||
| 3695 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3696 | |||
| 3697 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3698 | Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | ||
| 3699 | Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | ||
| 3700 | documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | ||
| 3701 | of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message. | ||
| 3702 | |||
| 3703 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3704 | |||
| 3705 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3706 | Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | ||
| 3707 | Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | ||
| 3708 | non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | ||
| 3709 | If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | ||
| 3710 | space at the end of each line. | ||
| 3711 | |||
| 3712 | \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil) | ||
| 3713 | |||
| 3714 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3715 | Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | ||
| 3716 | Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3717 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc' | ||
| 3718 | |||
| 3719 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3720 | |||
| 3721 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3722 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | ||
| 3723 | Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3724 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer' | ||
| 3725 | |||
| 3726 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3727 | |||
| 3728 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3729 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | ||
| 3730 | Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3731 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive' | ||
| 3732 | |||
| 3733 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3734 | |||
| 3735 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3736 | Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | ||
| 3737 | Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3738 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive' | ||
| 3739 | |||
| 3740 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3741 | |||
| 3742 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3743 | Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | ||
| 3744 | Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3745 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text' | ||
| 3746 | |||
| 3747 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3748 | |||
| 3749 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3750 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | ||
| 3751 | Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3752 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start' | ||
| 3753 | |||
| 3754 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3755 | |||
| 3756 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3757 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | ||
| 3758 | Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3759 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue' | ||
| 3760 | |||
| 3761 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3762 | |||
| 3763 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3764 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | ||
| 3765 | Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3766 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments' | ||
| 3767 | |||
| 3768 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3769 | |||
| 3770 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3771 | Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | ||
| 3772 | Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | ||
| 3773 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun' | ||
| 3774 | |||
| 3775 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) | ||
| 3776 | |||
| 3777 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | ||
| 3778 | Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | ||
| 3779 | With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | ||
| 3780 | |||
| 3781 | In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | ||
| 3782 | bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | ||
| 3783 | checking of documentation strings. | ||
| 3784 | |||
| 3785 | \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map} | ||
| 3786 | |||
| 3787 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 3788 | |||
| 3789 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3790 | |||
| 3791 | ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer | ||
| 3792 | ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util" | ||
| 3793 | ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (16511 25842)) | ||
| 3794 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el | ||
| 3795 | |||
| 3796 | (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | ||
| 3797 | Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | ||
| 3798 | Return the length of resulting text. | ||
| 3799 | |||
| 3800 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 3801 | |||
| 3802 | (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | ||
| 3803 | Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer. | ||
| 3804 | |||
| 3805 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3806 | |||
| 3807 | (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | ||
| 3808 | Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | ||
| 3809 | Return the length of resulting text. | ||
| 3810 | |||
| 3811 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 3812 | |||
| 3813 | (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | ||
| 3814 | Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ. | ||
| 3815 | |||
| 3816 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3817 | |||
| 3818 | (autoload (quote post-read-decode-hz) "china-util" "\ | ||
| 3819 | Not documented | ||
| 3820 | |||
| 3821 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 3822 | |||
| 3823 | (autoload (quote pre-write-encode-hz) "china-util" "\ | ||
| 3824 | Not documented | ||
| 3825 | |||
| 3826 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 3827 | |||
| 3828 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3829 | |||
| 3830 | ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) | ||
| 3831 | ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16511 32425)) | ||
| 3832 | ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el | ||
| 3833 | |||
| 3834 | (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | ||
| 3835 | Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | ||
| 3836 | Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | ||
| 3837 | a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | ||
| 3838 | command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | ||
| 3839 | editing and the result is evaluated. | ||
| 3840 | |||
| 3841 | \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil) | ||
| 3842 | |||
| 3843 | (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | ||
| 3844 | List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | ||
| 3845 | The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | ||
| 3846 | Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | ||
| 3847 | element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | ||
| 3848 | |||
| 3849 | The buffer is left in Command History mode. | ||
| 3850 | |||
| 3851 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3852 | |||
| 3853 | (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ | ||
| 3854 | Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | ||
| 3855 | The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | ||
| 3856 | The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | ||
| 3857 | Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | ||
| 3858 | |||
| 3859 | Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | ||
| 3860 | and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | ||
| 3861 | \\{command-history-map} | ||
| 3862 | |||
| 3863 | This command always recompiles the Command History listing | ||
| 3864 | and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'. | ||
| 3865 | |||
| 3866 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 3867 | |||
| 3868 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3869 | |||
| 3870 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16511 32537)) | ||
| 3871 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el | ||
| 3872 | |||
| 3873 | (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | ||
| 3874 | This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | ||
| 3875 | Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | ||
| 3876 | stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | ||
| 3877 | print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | ||
| 3878 | printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | ||
| 3879 | |||
| 3880 | This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | ||
| 3881 | a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | ||
| 3882 | |||
| 3883 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3884 | |||
| 3885 | ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | ||
| 3886 | ;;;;;; (16511 32535)) | ||
| 3887 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el | ||
| 3888 | |||
| 3889 | (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\ | ||
| 3890 | Not documented | ||
| 3891 | |||
| 3892 | \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil) | ||
| 3893 | |||
| 3894 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3895 | |||
| 3896 | ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | ||
| 3897 | ;;;;;; (16511 32608)) | ||
| 3898 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el | ||
| 3899 | |||
| 3900 | (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | ||
| 3901 | Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | ||
| 3902 | Normally display output in temp buffer, but | ||
| 3903 | prefix arg means replace the region with it. | ||
| 3904 | |||
| 3905 | `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | ||
| 3906 | Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | ||
| 3907 | if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | ||
| 3908 | |||
| 3909 | Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | ||
| 3910 | For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'. | ||
| 3911 | |||
| 3912 | \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil) | ||
| 3913 | |||
| 3914 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3915 | |||
| 3916 | ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16511 | ||
| 3917 | ;;;;;; 32425)) | ||
| 3918 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el | ||
| 3919 | |||
| 3920 | (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | ||
| 3921 | Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | ||
| 3922 | If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | ||
| 3923 | With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | ||
| 3924 | of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | ||
| 3925 | \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | ||
| 3926 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 3927 | |||
| 3928 | \(fn CMD)" t nil) | ||
| 3929 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | ||
| 3930 | |||
| 3931 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3932 | |||
| 3933 | ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el" | ||
| 3934 | ;;;;;; (16511 28888)) | ||
| 3935 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el | ||
| 3936 | |||
| 3937 | (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | ||
| 3938 | Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially. | ||
| 3939 | |||
| 3940 | \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil) | ||
| 3941 | |||
| 3942 | ;;;*** | ||
| 3943 | |||
| 3944 | ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list | ||
| 3945 | ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | ||
| 3946 | ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" | ||
| 3947 | ;;;;;; (16511 32426)) | ||
| 3948 | ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el | ||
| 3949 | |||
| 3950 | (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ | ||
| 3951 | Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. | ||
| 3952 | If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. | ||
| 3953 | PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | ||
| 3954 | via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | ||
| 3955 | connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | ||
| 3956 | running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | ||
| 3957 | STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | ||
| 3958 | |||
| 3959 | If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. | ||
| 3960 | |||
| 3961 | \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) | ||
| 3962 | |||
| 3963 | (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | ||
| 3964 | Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | ||
| 3965 | The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | ||
| 3966 | PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | ||
| 3967 | via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | ||
| 3968 | connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | ||
| 3969 | running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | ||
| 3970 | STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to. | ||
| 3971 | |||
| 3972 | If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. | ||
| 3973 | |||
| 3974 | \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) | ||
| 3975 | |||
| 3976 | (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | ||
| 3977 | Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it. | ||
| 3978 | The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | ||
| 3979 | The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | ||
| 3980 | hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | ||
| 3981 | See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'. | ||
| 3982 | |||
| 3983 | \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil) | ||
| 3984 | |||
| 3985 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ | ||
| 3986 | Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | ||
| 3987 | With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer. | ||
| 3988 | |||
| 3989 | If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer. | ||
| 3990 | |||
| 3991 | \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil) | ||
| 3992 | |||
| 3993 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | ||
| 3994 | Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | ||
| 3995 | With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | ||
| 3996 | |||
| 3997 | If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer. | ||
| 3998 | |||
| 3999 | \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil) | ||
| 4000 | |||
| 4001 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | ||
| 4002 | Send COMMAND to current process. | ||
| 4003 | Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | ||
| 4004 | REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use. | ||
| 4005 | |||
| 4006 | \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil) | ||
| 4007 | |||
| 4008 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | ||
| 4009 | Send COMMAND to PROCESS. | ||
| 4010 | Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | ||
| 4011 | REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use. | ||
| 4012 | |||
| 4013 | \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil) | ||
| 4014 | |||
| 4015 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4016 | |||
| 4017 | ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16511 | ||
| 4018 | ;;;;;; 32426)) | ||
| 4019 | ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el | ||
| 4020 | |||
| 4021 | (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | ||
| 4022 | Compare text in current window with text in next window. | ||
| 4023 | Compares the text starting at point in each window, | ||
| 4024 | moving over text in each one as far as they match. | ||
| 4025 | |||
| 4026 | This command pushes the mark in each window | ||
| 4027 | at the prior location of point in that window. | ||
| 4028 | If both windows display the same buffer, | ||
| 4029 | the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | ||
| 4030 | first in the other window, then in the selected window. | ||
| 4031 | |||
| 4032 | A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable | ||
| 4033 | `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is | ||
| 4034 | nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If | ||
| 4035 | `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means | ||
| 4036 | don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable | ||
| 4037 | `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | ||
| 4038 | If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also | ||
| 4039 | ignored. | ||
| 4040 | |||
| 4041 | If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of | ||
| 4042 | this command work in interlaced mode: | ||
| 4043 | on first call it advances points to the next difference, | ||
| 4044 | on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference, | ||
| 4045 | on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on. | ||
| 4046 | |||
| 4047 | \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil) | ||
| 4048 | |||
| 4049 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4050 | |||
| 4051 | ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | ||
| 4052 | ;;;;;; compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path compilation-ask-about-save | ||
| 4053 | ;;;;;; compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) "compile" | ||
| 4054 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/compile.el" (16511 32609)) | ||
| 4055 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el | ||
| 4056 | |||
| 4057 | (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | ||
| 4058 | *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | ||
| 4059 | |||
| 4060 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile") | ||
| 4061 | |||
| 4062 | (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | ||
| 4063 | *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | ||
| 4064 | |||
| 4065 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile") | ||
| 4066 | |||
| 4067 | (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | ||
| 4068 | *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | ||
| 4069 | This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | ||
| 4070 | started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | ||
| 4071 | while processing the output of the compilation process. The function | ||
| 4072 | is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window' | ||
| 4073 | bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.") | ||
| 4074 | |||
| 4075 | (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | ||
| 4076 | Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | ||
| 4077 | The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | ||
| 4078 | compilation buffer. It should return a string. | ||
| 4079 | nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | ||
| 4080 | |||
| 4081 | (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | ||
| 4082 | Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | ||
| 4083 | It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | ||
| 4084 | describing how the process finished.") | ||
| 4085 | |||
| 4086 | (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | ||
| 4087 | Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | ||
| 4088 | Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | ||
| 4089 | and a string describing how the process finished.") | ||
| 4090 | |||
| 4091 | (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | ||
| 4092 | *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. | ||
| 4093 | Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") | ||
| 4094 | |||
| 4095 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile") | ||
| 4096 | |||
| 4097 | (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | ||
| 4098 | *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | ||
| 4099 | Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | ||
| 4100 | nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | ||
| 4101 | |||
| 4102 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile") | ||
| 4103 | |||
| 4104 | (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | ||
| 4105 | Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | ||
| 4106 | Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | ||
| 4107 | with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | ||
| 4108 | |||
| 4109 | If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in comint mode with | ||
| 4110 | `compilation-shell-minor-mode'. | ||
| 4111 | |||
| 4112 | You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | ||
| 4113 | and move to the source code that caused it. | ||
| 4114 | |||
| 4115 | Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | ||
| 4116 | non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | ||
| 4117 | |||
| 4118 | To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename | ||
| 4119 | the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with | ||
| 4120 | \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems, | ||
| 4121 | termination of the main compilation process kills its | ||
| 4122 | subprocesses. | ||
| 4123 | |||
| 4124 | The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | ||
| 4125 | the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | ||
| 4126 | to a function that generates a unique name. | ||
| 4127 | |||
| 4128 | \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil) | ||
| 4129 | |||
| 4130 | (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | ||
| 4131 | Major mode for compilation log buffers. | ||
| 4132 | \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | ||
| 4133 | move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | ||
| 4134 | To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | ||
| 4135 | |||
| 4136 | Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see). | ||
| 4137 | |||
| 4138 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4139 | |||
| 4140 | (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | ||
| 4141 | Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | ||
| 4142 | With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 4143 | In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the | ||
| 4144 | Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't | ||
| 4145 | collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'. | ||
| 4146 | Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'. | ||
| 4147 | |||
| 4148 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4149 | |||
| 4150 | (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | ||
| 4151 | Toggle compilation minor mode. | ||
| 4152 | With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 4153 | In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the | ||
| 4154 | Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'. | ||
| 4155 | Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'. | ||
| 4156 | |||
| 4157 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4158 | |||
| 4159 | (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | ||
| 4160 | Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | ||
| 4161 | Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move forwards (or | ||
| 4162 | backwards, if negative). | ||
| 4163 | |||
| 4164 | \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | ||
| 4165 | grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | ||
| 4166 | the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | ||
| 4167 | buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | ||
| 4168 | specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | ||
| 4169 | \\[next-error] in that buffer. | ||
| 4170 | |||
| 4171 | Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | ||
| 4172 | it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | ||
| 4173 | uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | ||
| 4174 | |||
| 4175 | See variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas. | ||
| 4176 | |||
| 4177 | \(fn &optional N)" t nil) | ||
| 4178 | (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | ||
| 4179 | |||
| 4180 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4181 | |||
| 4182 | ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" | ||
| 4183 | ;;;;;; (16511 32427)) | ||
| 4184 | ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el | ||
| 4185 | |||
| 4186 | (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ | ||
| 4187 | Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled. | ||
| 4188 | See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 4189 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 4190 | use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | ||
| 4191 | |||
| 4192 | (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete") | ||
| 4193 | |||
| 4194 | (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ | ||
| 4195 | Toggle Partial Completion mode. | ||
| 4196 | With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | ||
| 4197 | |||
| 4198 | When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | ||
| 4199 | nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | ||
| 4200 | delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | ||
| 4201 | as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. | ||
| 4202 | |||
| 4203 | For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | ||
| 4204 | command begins with that sequence of characters, and | ||
| 4205 | \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | ||
| 4206 | other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | ||
| 4207 | |||
| 4208 | Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted | ||
| 4209 | specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | ||
| 4210 | \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'. | ||
| 4211 | See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'. | ||
| 4212 | |||
| 4213 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4214 | |||
| 4215 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4216 | |||
| 4217 | ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | ||
| 4218 | ;;;;;; (16511 32427)) | ||
| 4219 | ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el | ||
| 4220 | |||
| 4221 | (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | ||
| 4222 | Enable dynamic word-completion. | ||
| 4223 | |||
| 4224 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4225 | |||
| 4226 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4227 | |||
| 4228 | ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) | ||
| 4229 | ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16511 32591)) | ||
| 4230 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el | ||
| 4231 | |||
| 4232 | (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | ||
| 4233 | Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. | ||
| 4234 | When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning | ||
| 4235 | of load, ENDMSG at the end. | ||
| 4236 | |||
| 4237 | \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) | ||
| 4238 | |||
| 4239 | (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | ||
| 4240 | Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. | ||
| 4241 | When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning | ||
| 4242 | of load, ENDMSG at the end. | ||
| 4243 | |||
| 4244 | \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) | ||
| 4245 | |||
| 4246 | (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | ||
| 4247 | Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | ||
| 4248 | Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | ||
| 4249 | and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk. | ||
| 4250 | |||
| 4251 | \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) | ||
| 4252 | |||
| 4253 | (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | ||
| 4254 | Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely). | ||
| 4255 | |||
| 4256 | \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil) | ||
| 4257 | |||
| 4258 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4259 | |||
| 4260 | ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | ||
| 4261 | ;;;;;; (16511 35414)) | ||
| 4262 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el | ||
| 4263 | |||
| 4264 | (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | ||
| 4265 | Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year. | ||
| 4266 | With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding | ||
| 4267 | the current year after them. If necessary, and | ||
| 4268 | `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions | ||
| 4269 | following the copyright are updated as well. | ||
| 4270 | If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called | ||
| 4271 | interactively. | ||
| 4272 | |||
| 4273 | \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil) | ||
| 4274 | |||
| 4275 | (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | ||
| 4276 | Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor. | ||
| 4277 | |||
| 4278 | \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4279 | |||
| 4280 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4281 | |||
| 4282 | ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | ||
| 4283 | ;;;;;; (16511 32611)) | ||
| 4284 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el | ||
| 4285 | |||
| 4286 | (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | ||
| 4287 | Major mode for editing Perl code. | ||
| 4288 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | ||
| 4289 | Tab indents for Perl code. | ||
| 4290 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | ||
| 4291 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 4292 | |||
| 4293 | Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | ||
| 4294 | sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | ||
| 4295 | well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | ||
| 4296 | default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | ||
| 4297 | \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | ||
| 4298 | since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess | ||
| 4299 | whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | ||
| 4300 | appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | ||
| 4301 | contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | ||
| 4302 | Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | ||
| 4303 | You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | ||
| 4304 | look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | ||
| 4305 | |||
| 4306 | CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | ||
| 4307 | |||
| 4308 | if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | ||
| 4309 | for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | ||
| 4310 | |||
| 4311 | and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | ||
| 4312 | |||
| 4313 | The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | ||
| 4314 | causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | ||
| 4315 | she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | ||
| 4316 | following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | ||
| 4317 | } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | ||
| 4318 | type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | ||
| 4319 | typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | ||
| 4320 | new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | ||
| 4321 | directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | ||
| 4322 | |||
| 4323 | If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | ||
| 4324 | |||
| 4325 | bite if angry; | ||
| 4326 | |||
| 4327 | it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | ||
| 4328 | `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | ||
| 4329 | help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | ||
| 4330 | to nil.) | ||
| 4331 | |||
| 4332 | \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | ||
| 4333 | return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | ||
| 4334 | you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | ||
| 4335 | |||
| 4336 | foreach (@lines) {print; print} | ||
| 4337 | |||
| 4338 | and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | ||
| 4339 | transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | ||
| 4340 | appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | ||
| 4341 | `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | ||
| 4342 | see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | ||
| 4343 | |||
| 4344 | Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | ||
| 4345 | |||
| 4346 | if (A) { B } | ||
| 4347 | |||
| 4348 | into | ||
| 4349 | |||
| 4350 | B if A; | ||
| 4351 | |||
| 4352 | \\{cperl-mode-map} | ||
| 4353 | |||
| 4354 | Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | ||
| 4355 | \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | ||
| 4356 | on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | ||
| 4357 | the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | ||
| 4358 | \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | ||
| 4359 | setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | ||
| 4360 | control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | ||
| 4361 | one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | ||
| 4362 | options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | ||
| 4363 | `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | ||
| 4364 | by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | ||
| 4365 | whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | ||
| 4366 | consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | ||
| 4367 | |||
| 4368 | If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | ||
| 4369 | \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | ||
| 4370 | These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | ||
| 4371 | `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | ||
| 4372 | `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | ||
| 4373 | \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | ||
| 4374 | |||
| 4375 | Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | ||
| 4376 | help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | ||
| 4377 | man via menu. | ||
| 4378 | |||
| 4379 | It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | ||
| 4380 | This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | ||
| 4381 | `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | ||
| 4382 | secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | ||
| 4383 | menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | ||
| 4384 | |||
| 4385 | Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | ||
| 4386 | beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | ||
| 4387 | span the needed amount of lines. | ||
| 4388 | |||
| 4389 | Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | ||
| 4390 | `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and | ||
| 4391 | here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | ||
| 4392 | for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | ||
| 4393 | |||
| 4394 | Variables controlling indentation style: | ||
| 4395 | `cperl-tab-always-indent' | ||
| 4396 | Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | ||
| 4397 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | ||
| 4398 | `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | ||
| 4399 | Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | ||
| 4400 | `cperl-auto-newline' | ||
| 4401 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | ||
| 4402 | and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | ||
| 4403 | \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | ||
| 4404 | Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | ||
| 4405 | `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | ||
| 4406 | `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | ||
| 4407 | Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | ||
| 4408 | Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | ||
| 4409 | `cperl-indent-level' | ||
| 4410 | Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | ||
| 4411 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | ||
| 4412 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. | ||
| 4413 | `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | ||
| 4414 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | ||
| 4415 | then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | ||
| 4416 | `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | ||
| 4417 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | ||
| 4418 | This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | ||
| 4419 | `cperl-brace-offset' | ||
| 4420 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | ||
| 4421 | `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | ||
| 4422 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | ||
| 4423 | this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | ||
| 4424 | `cperl-label-offset' | ||
| 4425 | Extra indentation for line that is a label. | ||
| 4426 | `cperl-min-label-indent' | ||
| 4427 | Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | ||
| 4428 | |||
| 4429 | Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | ||
| 4430 | `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | ||
| 4431 | `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | ||
| 4432 | `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | ||
| 4433 | `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | ||
| 4434 | |||
| 4435 | CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | ||
| 4436 | corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | ||
| 4437 | \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | ||
| 4438 | \(both available from menu). | ||
| 4439 | |||
| 4440 | If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | ||
| 4441 | column 0 is indented on | ||
| 4442 | `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | ||
| 4443 | |||
| 4444 | Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | ||
| 4445 | with no args. | ||
| 4446 | |||
| 4447 | DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | ||
| 4448 | or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | ||
| 4449 | `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'. | ||
| 4450 | |||
| 4451 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4452 | |||
| 4453 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4454 | |||
| 4455 | ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | ||
| 4456 | ;;;;;; (16511 32611)) | ||
| 4457 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el | ||
| 4458 | |||
| 4459 | (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | ||
| 4460 | Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | ||
| 4461 | This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | ||
| 4462 | what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | ||
| 4463 | A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer. | ||
| 4464 | |||
| 4465 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4466 | |||
| 4467 | (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | ||
| 4468 | Edit display information for cpp conditionals. | ||
| 4469 | |||
| 4470 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4471 | |||
| 4472 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4473 | |||
| 4474 | ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | ||
| 4475 | ;;;;;; (16511 32547)) | ||
| 4476 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el | ||
| 4477 | |||
| 4478 | (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | ||
| 4479 | Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | ||
| 4480 | A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | ||
| 4481 | indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | ||
| 4482 | |||
| 4483 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 4484 | use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | ||
| 4485 | |||
| 4486 | (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp") | ||
| 4487 | |||
| 4488 | (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | ||
| 4489 | Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. | ||
| 4490 | With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 4491 | |||
| 4492 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4493 | |||
| 4494 | (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) | ||
| 4495 | |||
| 4496 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4497 | |||
| 4498 | ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" | ||
| 4499 | ;;;;;; (16511 32537)) | ||
| 4500 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el | ||
| 4501 | |||
| 4502 | (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | ||
| 4503 | Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | ||
| 4504 | By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | ||
| 4505 | single prompt, optionally using completion. | ||
| 4506 | |||
| 4507 | Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | ||
| 4508 | a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | ||
| 4509 | character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | ||
| 4510 | specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | ||
| 4511 | |||
| 4512 | The default value for the separator character is the value of | ||
| 4513 | `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | ||
| 4514 | changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | ||
| 4515 | |||
| 4516 | Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | ||
| 4517 | 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | ||
| 4518 | 'bob', and 'eve'. | ||
| 4519 | |||
| 4520 | Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | ||
| 4521 | contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | ||
| 4522 | 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | ||
| 4523 | |||
| 4524 | The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | ||
| 4525 | |||
| 4526 | See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | ||
| 4527 | PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | ||
| 4528 | INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. | ||
| 4529 | |||
| 4530 | \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil) | ||
| 4531 | |||
| 4532 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4533 | |||
| 4534 | ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16511 | ||
| 4535 | ;;;;;; 32547)) | ||
| 4536 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el | ||
| 4537 | |||
| 4538 | (defvar cua-mode nil "\ | ||
| 4539 | Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled. | ||
| 4540 | See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 4541 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 4542 | use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.") | ||
| 4543 | |||
| 4544 | (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base") | ||
| 4545 | |||
| 4546 | (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\ | ||
| 4547 | Toggle CUA key-binding mode. | ||
| 4548 | When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and | ||
| 4549 | highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces | ||
| 4550 | the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and | ||
| 4551 | paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings). | ||
| 4552 | |||
| 4553 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4554 | (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode | ||
| 4555 | '(error (concat "\n\n" | ||
| 4556 | "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n" | ||
| 4557 | "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n" | ||
| 4558 | "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n" | ||
| 4559 | "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n" | ||
| 4560 | "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n" | ||
| 4561 | "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n"))) | ||
| 4562 | |||
| 4563 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4564 | |||
| 4565 | ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all | ||
| 4566 | ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | ||
| 4567 | ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | ||
| 4568 | ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | ||
| 4569 | ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window | ||
| 4570 | ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window | ||
| 4571 | ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group | ||
| 4572 | ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable | ||
| 4573 | ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16511 32428)) | ||
| 4574 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el | ||
| 4575 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | ||
| 4576 | |||
| 4577 | (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4578 | Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | ||
| 4579 | |||
| 4580 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | ||
| 4581 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | ||
| 4582 | |||
| 4583 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | ||
| 4584 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. | ||
| 4585 | |||
| 4586 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. | ||
| 4587 | |||
| 4588 | \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) | ||
| 4589 | |||
| 4590 | (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4591 | Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. | ||
| 4592 | VALUE is a Lisp object. | ||
| 4593 | |||
| 4594 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | ||
| 4595 | VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | ||
| 4596 | |||
| 4597 | The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | ||
| 4598 | with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | ||
| 4599 | |||
| 4600 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | ||
| 4601 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | ||
| 4602 | |||
| 4603 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | ||
| 4604 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. | ||
| 4605 | |||
| 4606 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. | ||
| 4607 | |||
| 4608 | \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) | ||
| 4609 | |||
| 4610 | (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4611 | Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | ||
| 4612 | Return VALUE. | ||
| 4613 | |||
| 4614 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | ||
| 4615 | VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | ||
| 4616 | |||
| 4617 | The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | ||
| 4618 | with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | ||
| 4619 | |||
| 4620 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | ||
| 4621 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | ||
| 4622 | |||
| 4623 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | ||
| 4624 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. | ||
| 4625 | |||
| 4626 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. | ||
| 4627 | |||
| 4628 | \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) | ||
| 4629 | |||
| 4630 | (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4631 | Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | ||
| 4632 | User options are structured into \"groups\". | ||
| 4633 | Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | ||
| 4634 | are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden. | ||
| 4635 | |||
| 4636 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4637 | |||
| 4638 | (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4639 | Customize options related to the current major mode. | ||
| 4640 | If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group), | ||
| 4641 | then prompt for the MODE to customize. | ||
| 4642 | |||
| 4643 | \(fn MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 4644 | |||
| 4645 | (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4646 | Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group. | ||
| 4647 | |||
| 4648 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | ||
| 4649 | |||
| 4650 | (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4651 | Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group. | ||
| 4652 | |||
| 4653 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | ||
| 4654 | |||
| 4655 | (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | ||
| 4656 | |||
| 4657 | (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4658 | Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | ||
| 4659 | |||
| 4660 | \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) | ||
| 4661 | |||
| 4662 | (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | ||
| 4663 | |||
| 4664 | (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4665 | Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | ||
| 4666 | Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it. | ||
| 4667 | |||
| 4668 | \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) | ||
| 4669 | |||
| 4670 | (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4671 | Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | ||
| 4672 | This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | ||
| 4673 | customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | ||
| 4674 | values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | ||
| 4675 | |||
| 4676 | With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | ||
| 4677 | variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | ||
| 4678 | version. | ||
| 4679 | |||
| 4680 | \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil) | ||
| 4681 | |||
| 4682 | (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4683 | Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | ||
| 4684 | If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces. | ||
| 4685 | |||
| 4686 | Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified, | ||
| 4687 | suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable. | ||
| 4688 | |||
| 4689 | \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil) | ||
| 4690 | |||
| 4691 | (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4692 | Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window. | ||
| 4693 | |||
| 4694 | Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified, | ||
| 4695 | suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable. | ||
| 4696 | |||
| 4697 | \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil) | ||
| 4698 | |||
| 4699 | (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4700 | Customize all user options set since the last save in this session. | ||
| 4701 | |||
| 4702 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4703 | |||
| 4704 | (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4705 | Customize all user variable modified outside customize. | ||
| 4706 | |||
| 4707 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4708 | |||
| 4709 | (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4710 | Customize all already saved user options. | ||
| 4711 | |||
| 4712 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4713 | |||
| 4714 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4715 | Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | ||
| 4716 | If ALL is `options', include only options. | ||
| 4717 | If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | ||
| 4718 | If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | ||
| 4719 | If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | ||
| 4720 | user-settable, as well as faces and groups. | ||
| 4721 | |||
| 4722 | \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil) | ||
| 4723 | |||
| 4724 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4725 | Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | ||
| 4726 | With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable. | ||
| 4727 | |||
| 4728 | \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4729 | |||
| 4730 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4731 | Customize all user faces matching REGEXP. | ||
| 4732 | |||
| 4733 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 4734 | |||
| 4735 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4736 | Customize all user groups matching REGEXP. | ||
| 4737 | |||
| 4738 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 4739 | |||
| 4740 | (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4741 | Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | ||
| 4742 | Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | ||
| 4743 | OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | ||
| 4744 | SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | ||
| 4745 | that option. | ||
| 4746 | |||
| 4747 | \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) | ||
| 4748 | |||
| 4749 | (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4750 | Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | ||
| 4751 | Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | ||
| 4752 | OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | ||
| 4753 | SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | ||
| 4754 | that option. | ||
| 4755 | |||
| 4756 | \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) | ||
| 4757 | |||
| 4758 | (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4759 | Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy. | ||
| 4760 | |||
| 4761 | \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil) | ||
| 4762 | |||
| 4763 | (defvar custom-file nil "\ | ||
| 4764 | File used for storing customization information. | ||
| 4765 | The default is nil, which means to use your init file | ||
| 4766 | as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | ||
| 4767 | you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. | ||
| 4768 | |||
| 4769 | When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | ||
| 4770 | \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | ||
| 4771 | and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | ||
| 4772 | to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | ||
| 4773 | |||
| 4774 | (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit") | ||
| 4775 | |||
| 4776 | (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4777 | Save all user options which have been set in this session. | ||
| 4778 | |||
| 4779 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4780 | |||
| 4781 | (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4782 | Save all customizations in `custom-file'. | ||
| 4783 | |||
| 4784 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 4785 | |||
| 4786 | (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4787 | Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | ||
| 4788 | The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'. | ||
| 4789 | |||
| 4790 | \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil) | ||
| 4791 | |||
| 4792 | (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | ||
| 4793 | Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | ||
| 4794 | If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. | ||
| 4795 | Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. | ||
| 4796 | The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'. | ||
| 4797 | |||
| 4798 | \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil) | ||
| 4799 | |||
| 4800 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4801 | |||
| 4802 | ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value | ||
| 4803 | ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" | ||
| 4804 | ;;;;;; (16511 32428)) | ||
| 4805 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el | ||
| 4806 | |||
| 4807 | (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | ||
| 4808 | Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument. | ||
| 4809 | |||
| 4810 | \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 4811 | |||
| 4812 | (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | ||
| 4813 | Initialize faces according to user preferences. | ||
| 4814 | This associates the settings with the `user' theme. | ||
| 4815 | The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | ||
| 4816 | |||
| 4817 | (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) | ||
| 4818 | |||
| 4819 | SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the | ||
| 4820 | `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs. | ||
| 4821 | See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes. | ||
| 4822 | See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay | ||
| 4823 | between themes and faces. | ||
| 4824 | See `defface' for the format of SPEC. | ||
| 4825 | |||
| 4826 | If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | ||
| 4827 | COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. | ||
| 4828 | |||
| 4829 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 4830 | |||
| 4831 | (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\ | ||
| 4832 | Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE. | ||
| 4833 | Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE | ||
| 4834 | is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face | ||
| 4835 | is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'. | ||
| 4836 | |||
| 4837 | \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil) | ||
| 4838 | |||
| 4839 | (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\ | ||
| 4840 | Reset the value of the face to values previously defined. | ||
| 4841 | Associate this setting with THEME. | ||
| 4842 | |||
| 4843 | ARGS is a list of lists of the form | ||
| 4844 | |||
| 4845 | (FACE TO-THEME) | ||
| 4846 | |||
| 4847 | This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME. | ||
| 4848 | |||
| 4849 | \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 4850 | |||
| 4851 | (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\ | ||
| 4852 | Reset the value of the face to values previously saved. | ||
| 4853 | This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme. | ||
| 4854 | |||
| 4855 | ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces' | ||
| 4856 | |||
| 4857 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 4858 | |||
| 4859 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4860 | |||
| 4861 | ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" | ||
| 4862 | ;;;;;; (16511 32428)) | ||
| 4863 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el | ||
| 4864 | |||
| 4865 | (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\ | ||
| 4866 | Create a custom theme. | ||
| 4867 | |||
| 4868 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4869 | |||
| 4870 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4871 | |||
| 4872 | ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" | ||
| 4873 | ;;;;;; (16511 32429)) | ||
| 4874 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el | ||
| 4875 | |||
| 4876 | (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | ||
| 4877 | Mode used for cvs status output. | ||
| 4878 | |||
| 4879 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 4880 | |||
| 4881 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4882 | |||
| 4883 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) | ||
| 4884 | ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16511 32611)) | ||
| 4885 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el | ||
| 4886 | |||
| 4887 | (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | ||
| 4888 | Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. | ||
| 4889 | |||
| 4890 | Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | ||
| 4891 | be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | ||
| 4892 | C++ modes are included. | ||
| 4893 | |||
| 4894 | With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 4895 | |||
| 4896 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4897 | |||
| 4898 | (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | ||
| 4899 | Turn on CWarn mode. | ||
| 4900 | |||
| 4901 | This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | ||
| 4902 | (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode) | ||
| 4903 | |||
| 4904 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 4905 | |||
| 4906 | (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\ | ||
| 4907 | Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled. | ||
| 4908 | See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 4909 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 4910 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.") | ||
| 4911 | |||
| 4912 | (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn") | ||
| 4913 | |||
| 4914 | (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | ||
| 4915 | Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer. | ||
| 4916 | With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 4917 | Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | ||
| 4918 | in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on. | ||
| 4919 | |||
| 4920 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4921 | |||
| 4922 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4923 | |||
| 4924 | ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char | ||
| 4925 | ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" | ||
| 4926 | ;;;;;; (16511 25842)) | ||
| 4927 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el | ||
| 4928 | |||
| 4929 | (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | ||
| 4930 | Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate. | ||
| 4931 | |||
| 4932 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 4933 | |||
| 4934 | (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | ||
| 4935 | Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate. | ||
| 4936 | |||
| 4937 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 4938 | |||
| 4939 | (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | ||
| 4940 | Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | ||
| 4941 | For readability, the table is slightly | ||
| 4942 | different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | ||
| 4943 | |||
| 4944 | The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | ||
| 4945 | that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | ||
| 4946 | Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'. | ||
| 4947 | If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | ||
| 4948 | If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state. | ||
| 4949 | |||
| 4950 | \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil) | ||
| 4951 | |||
| 4952 | ;;;*** | ||
| 4953 | |||
| 4954 | ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | ||
| 4955 | ;;;;;; (16511 32429)) | ||
| 4956 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el | ||
| 4957 | (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand) | ||
| 4958 | (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion) | ||
| 4959 | |||
| 4960 | (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | ||
| 4961 | Completion on current word. | ||
| 4962 | Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | ||
| 4963 | and presents suggestions for completion. | ||
| 4964 | |||
| 4965 | With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | ||
| 4966 | function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | ||
| 4967 | completions. | ||
| 4968 | |||
| 4969 | If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | ||
| 4970 | then it searches *all* buffers. | ||
| 4971 | |||
| 4972 | With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | ||
| 4973 | if there is a suitable one already. | ||
| 4974 | |||
| 4975 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4976 | |||
| 4977 | (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | ||
| 4978 | Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | ||
| 4979 | |||
| 4980 | Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | ||
| 4981 | If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | ||
| 4982 | considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | ||
| 4983 | buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | ||
| 4984 | `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | ||
| 4985 | |||
| 4986 | A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | ||
| 4987 | possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | ||
| 4988 | |||
| 4989 | If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | ||
| 4990 | no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | ||
| 4991 | with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | ||
| 4992 | |||
| 4993 | The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | ||
| 4994 | direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | ||
| 4995 | |||
| 4996 | See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]. | ||
| 4997 | |||
| 4998 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 4999 | |||
| 5000 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5001 | |||
| 5002 | ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16511 | ||
| 5003 | ;;;;;; 32611)) | ||
| 5004 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el | ||
| 5005 | |||
| 5006 | (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | ||
| 5007 | Major mode for editing DCL-files. | ||
| 5008 | |||
| 5009 | This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | ||
| 5010 | THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | ||
| 5011 | dcl-block-end-regexp.) | ||
| 5012 | |||
| 5013 | Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | ||
| 5014 | Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | ||
| 5015 | Data lines are not indented. | ||
| 5016 | |||
| 5017 | Key bindings: | ||
| 5018 | |||
| 5019 | \\{dcl-mode-map} | ||
| 5020 | Commands not usually bound to keys: | ||
| 5021 | |||
| 5022 | \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | ||
| 5023 | \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | ||
| 5024 | \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | ||
| 5025 | \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | ||
| 5026 | |||
| 5027 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | ||
| 5028 | |||
| 5029 | dcl-basic-offset | ||
| 5030 | Extra indentation within blocks. | ||
| 5031 | |||
| 5032 | dcl-continuation-offset | ||
| 5033 | Extra indentation for continued lines. | ||
| 5034 | |||
| 5035 | dcl-margin-offset | ||
| 5036 | Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | ||
| 5037 | |||
| 5038 | dcl-margin-label-offset | ||
| 5039 | Indentation for a label. | ||
| 5040 | |||
| 5041 | dcl-comment-line-regexp | ||
| 5042 | Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | ||
| 5043 | |||
| 5044 | dcl-block-begin-regexp | ||
| 5045 | dcl-block-end-regexp | ||
| 5046 | Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | ||
| 5047 | a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | ||
| 5048 | Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | ||
| 5049 | make it possible to define other places to indent. | ||
| 5050 | Set to nil to disable this feature. | ||
| 5051 | |||
| 5052 | dcl-calc-command-indent-function | ||
| 5053 | Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | ||
| 5054 | Two such functions are included in the package: | ||
| 5055 | dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | ||
| 5056 | dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | ||
| 5057 | |||
| 5058 | dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | ||
| 5059 | Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | ||
| 5060 | One such function is included in the package: | ||
| 5061 | dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | ||
| 5062 | |||
| 5063 | dcl-tab-always-indent | ||
| 5064 | If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | ||
| 5065 | If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | ||
| 5066 | margin. | ||
| 5067 | |||
| 5068 | dcl-electric-characters | ||
| 5069 | Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | ||
| 5070 | typed. | ||
| 5071 | |||
| 5072 | dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | ||
| 5073 | Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | ||
| 5074 | which words trigger electric indentation. | ||
| 5075 | |||
| 5076 | dcl-tempo-comma | ||
| 5077 | dcl-tempo-left-paren | ||
| 5078 | dcl-tempo-right-paren | ||
| 5079 | These variables control the look of expanded templates. | ||
| 5080 | |||
| 5081 | dcl-imenu-generic-expression | ||
| 5082 | Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | ||
| 5083 | SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | ||
| 5084 | other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | ||
| 5085 | |||
| 5086 | dcl-imenu-label-labels | ||
| 5087 | dcl-imenu-label-goto | ||
| 5088 | dcl-imenu-label-gosub | ||
| 5089 | dcl-imenu-label-call | ||
| 5090 | Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | ||
| 5091 | |||
| 5092 | Loading this package calls the value of the variable | ||
| 5093 | `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 5094 | Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | ||
| 5095 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 5096 | |||
| 5097 | |||
| 5098 | The following example uses the default values for all variables: | ||
| 5099 | |||
| 5100 | $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | ||
| 5101 | $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | ||
| 5102 | $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | ||
| 5103 | $ i = 1 | ||
| 5104 | $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | ||
| 5105 | $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | ||
| 5106 | $ label: | ||
| 5107 | $ if i.eq.1 | ||
| 5108 | $ then | ||
| 5109 | $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | ||
| 5110 | $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | ||
| 5111 | $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | ||
| 5112 | $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | ||
| 5113 | $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | ||
| 5114 | \"lined up with the command line\" | ||
| 5115 | $ type sys$input | ||
| 5116 | Data lines are not indented at all. | ||
| 5117 | $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | ||
| 5118 | $ endif | ||
| 5119 | $ | ||
| 5120 | |||
| 5121 | |||
| 5122 | There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars | ||
| 5123 | `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords'). | ||
| 5124 | |||
| 5125 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5126 | |||
| 5127 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5128 | |||
| 5129 | ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | ||
| 5130 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16511 32537)) | ||
| 5131 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el | ||
| 5132 | |||
| 5133 | (setq debugger (quote debug)) | ||
| 5134 | |||
| 5135 | (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | ||
| 5136 | Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | ||
| 5137 | Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | ||
| 5138 | of the evaluator. | ||
| 5139 | |||
| 5140 | You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | ||
| 5141 | any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | ||
| 5142 | first will be printed into the backtrace buffer. | ||
| 5143 | |||
| 5144 | \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 5145 | |||
| 5146 | (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | ||
| 5147 | Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | ||
| 5148 | If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | ||
| 5149 | This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | ||
| 5150 | which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | ||
| 5151 | Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | ||
| 5152 | Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it. | ||
| 5153 | |||
| 5154 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | ||
| 5155 | |||
| 5156 | (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | ||
| 5157 | Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | ||
| 5158 | If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions. | ||
| 5159 | |||
| 5160 | \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil) | ||
| 5161 | |||
| 5162 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5163 | |||
| 5164 | ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | ||
| 5165 | ;;;;;; (16511 32592)) | ||
| 5166 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el | ||
| 5167 | |||
| 5168 | (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | ||
| 5169 | Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode. | ||
| 5170 | |||
| 5171 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5172 | |||
| 5173 | (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | ||
| 5174 | Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | ||
| 5175 | Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | ||
| 5176 | Upper-case letters are commands. | ||
| 5177 | |||
| 5178 | The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | ||
| 5179 | modify it. | ||
| 5180 | |||
| 5181 | The most useful commands are: | ||
| 5182 | \\<decipher-mode-map> | ||
| 5183 | \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | ||
| 5184 | \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | ||
| 5185 | \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | ||
| 5186 | \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | ||
| 5187 | \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | ||
| 5188 | |||
| 5189 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5190 | |||
| 5191 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5192 | |||
| 5193 | ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region | ||
| 5194 | ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16511 | ||
| 5195 | ;;;;;; 32429)) | ||
| 5196 | ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el | ||
| 5197 | |||
| 5198 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ | ||
| 5199 | Customization of `columns' group. | ||
| 5200 | |||
| 5201 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5202 | |||
| 5203 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | ||
| 5204 | Prettify all columns in a text region. | ||
| 5205 | |||
| 5206 | START and END delimits the text region. | ||
| 5207 | |||
| 5208 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 5209 | |||
| 5210 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | ||
| 5211 | Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | ||
| 5212 | |||
| 5213 | START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle. | ||
| 5214 | |||
| 5215 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 5216 | |||
| 5217 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5218 | |||
| 5219 | ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16511 | ||
| 5220 | ;;;;;; 35649)) | ||
| 5221 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el | ||
| 5222 | |||
| 5223 | (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | ||
| 5224 | Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | ||
| 5225 | \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | ||
| 5226 | \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | ||
| 5227 | \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | ||
| 5228 | \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | ||
| 5229 | |||
| 5230 | M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | ||
| 5231 | |||
| 5232 | Customization: | ||
| 5233 | |||
| 5234 | `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | ||
| 5235 | Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | ||
| 5236 | `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | ||
| 5237 | Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | ||
| 5238 | `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | ||
| 5239 | Extra indentation for case statement labels. | ||
| 5240 | `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | ||
| 5241 | Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | ||
| 5242 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | ||
| 5243 | `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | ||
| 5244 | Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | ||
| 5245 | line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | ||
| 5246 | blank line. | ||
| 5247 | `delphi-search-path' (default .) | ||
| 5248 | Directories to search when finding external units. | ||
| 5249 | `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | ||
| 5250 | If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | ||
| 5251 | |||
| 5252 | Coloring: | ||
| 5253 | |||
| 5254 | `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | ||
| 5255 | Face used to color delphi comments. | ||
| 5256 | `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | ||
| 5257 | Face used to color delphi strings. | ||
| 5258 | `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | ||
| 5259 | Face used to color delphi keywords. | ||
| 5260 | `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | ||
| 5261 | Face used to color everything else. | ||
| 5262 | |||
| 5263 | Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | ||
| 5264 | no args, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 5265 | |||
| 5266 | \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil) | ||
| 5267 | |||
| 5268 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5269 | |||
| 5270 | ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16511 | ||
| 5271 | ;;;;;; 32429)) | ||
| 5272 | ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el | ||
| 5273 | |||
| 5274 | (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | ||
| 5275 | |||
| 5276 | (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | ||
| 5277 | Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled. | ||
| 5278 | See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 5279 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 5280 | use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | ||
| 5281 | |||
| 5282 | (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel") | ||
| 5283 | |||
| 5284 | (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | ||
| 5285 | Toggle Delete Selection mode. | ||
| 5286 | With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | ||
| 5287 | positive. | ||
| 5288 | |||
| 5289 | When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | ||
| 5290 | enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | ||
| 5291 | active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | ||
| 5292 | any selection. | ||
| 5293 | |||
| 5294 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5295 | |||
| 5296 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5297 | |||
| 5298 | ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) | ||
| 5299 | ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16511 32537)) | ||
| 5300 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el | ||
| 5301 | |||
| 5302 | (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ | ||
| 5303 | Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | ||
| 5304 | |||
| 5305 | The arguments to this command are as follow: | ||
| 5306 | |||
| 5307 | CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | ||
| 5308 | PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode') | ||
| 5309 | or nil if there is no parent. | ||
| 5310 | NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | ||
| 5311 | DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | ||
| 5312 | the function will attempt to invent something useful. | ||
| 5313 | BODY: forms to execute just before running the | ||
| 5314 | hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here. | ||
| 5315 | |||
| 5316 | BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword | ||
| 5317 | arguments are currently understood: | ||
| 5318 | :group GROUP | ||
| 5319 | Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode. | ||
| 5320 | :syntax-table TABLE | ||
| 5321 | Use TABLE instead of the default. | ||
| 5322 | A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent. | ||
| 5323 | :abbrev-table TABLE | ||
| 5324 | Use TABLE instead of the default. | ||
| 5325 | A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent. | ||
| 5326 | |||
| 5327 | Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | ||
| 5328 | |||
| 5329 | (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | ||
| 5330 | |||
| 5331 | You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | ||
| 5332 | without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | ||
| 5333 | and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | ||
| 5334 | |||
| 5335 | On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | ||
| 5336 | the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | ||
| 5337 | |||
| 5338 | (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | ||
| 5339 | \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | ||
| 5340 | (setq case-fold-search nil)) | ||
| 5341 | |||
| 5342 | Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | ||
| 5343 | been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap. | ||
| 5344 | |||
| 5345 | The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function | ||
| 5346 | `derived-mode-hook-name'. | ||
| 5347 | |||
| 5348 | \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 5349 | |||
| 5350 | (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | ||
| 5351 | Initialise variables for a new MODE. | ||
| 5352 | Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an | ||
| 5353 | empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | ||
| 5354 | the first time the mode is used. | ||
| 5355 | |||
| 5356 | \(fn MODE)" nil nil) | ||
| 5357 | |||
| 5358 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5359 | |||
| 5360 | ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text" | ||
| 5361 | ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16508 54970)) | ||
| 5362 | ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el | ||
| 5363 | |||
| 5364 | (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\ | ||
| 5365 | Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS. | ||
| 5366 | Interactively, describe them for the character after point. | ||
| 5367 | If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil, | ||
| 5368 | insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it | ||
| 5369 | otherwise. | ||
| 5370 | |||
| 5371 | \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 5372 | |||
| 5373 | (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\ | ||
| 5374 | Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point). | ||
| 5375 | The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, | ||
| 5376 | syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | ||
| 5377 | character composition information (if relevant), | ||
| 5378 | as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties. | ||
| 5379 | |||
| 5380 | \(fn POS)" t nil) | ||
| 5381 | |||
| 5382 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5383 | |||
| 5384 | ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir | ||
| 5385 | ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop" | ||
| 5386 | ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16511 32430)) | ||
| 5387 | ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el | ||
| 5388 | |||
| 5389 | (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\ | ||
| 5390 | Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled. | ||
| 5391 | See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 5392 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 5393 | use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.") | ||
| 5394 | |||
| 5395 | (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop") | ||
| 5396 | |||
| 5397 | (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\ | ||
| 5398 | Toggle desktop saving mode. | ||
| 5399 | With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off | ||
| 5400 | otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the | ||
| 5401 | desktop is saved. | ||
| 5402 | |||
| 5403 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5404 | |||
| 5405 | (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | ||
| 5406 | Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME. | ||
| 5407 | Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in | ||
| 5408 | directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it | ||
| 5409 | is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file | ||
| 5410 | is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'. | ||
| 5411 | This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode. | ||
| 5412 | It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise. | ||
| 5413 | |||
| 5414 | \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil) | ||
| 5415 | |||
| 5416 | (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | ||
| 5417 | Load the `default' start-up library manually. | ||
| 5418 | Also inhibit further loading of it. | ||
| 5419 | |||
| 5420 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 5421 | |||
| 5422 | (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\ | ||
| 5423 | Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME. | ||
| 5424 | Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and | ||
| 5425 | `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in | ||
| 5426 | directory DIRNAME. | ||
| 5427 | |||
| 5428 | \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil) | ||
| 5429 | |||
| 5430 | (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\ | ||
| 5431 | Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'. | ||
| 5432 | |||
| 5433 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5434 | |||
| 5435 | (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\ | ||
| 5436 | Revert to the last loaded desktop. | ||
| 5437 | |||
| 5438 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5439 | |||
| 5440 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5441 | |||
| 5442 | ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion | ||
| 5443 | ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" | ||
| 5444 | ;;;;;; (16511 27350)) | ||
| 5445 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el | ||
| 5446 | |||
| 5447 | (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\ | ||
| 5448 | Not documented | ||
| 5449 | |||
| 5450 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 5451 | |||
| 5452 | (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\ | ||
| 5453 | Not documented | ||
| 5454 | |||
| 5455 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 5456 | |||
| 5457 | (autoload (quote devanagari-composition-function) "devan-util" "\ | ||
| 5458 | Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS. | ||
| 5459 | If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string. | ||
| 5460 | In this case, compose characters after POS of the string. | ||
| 5461 | |||
| 5462 | \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 5463 | |||
| 5464 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5465 | |||
| 5466 | ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" | ||
| 5467 | ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16511 32530)) | ||
| 5468 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el | ||
| 5469 | |||
| 5470 | (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | ||
| 5471 | Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | ||
| 5472 | If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | ||
| 5473 | by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1 | ||
| 5474 | does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file. | ||
| 5475 | |||
| 5476 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5477 | |||
| 5478 | (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | ||
| 5479 | Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | ||
| 5480 | If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | ||
| 5481 | Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'. | ||
| 5482 | |||
| 5483 | You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | ||
| 5484 | For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | ||
| 5485 | `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | ||
| 5486 | all relevant variables are set, as done here. | ||
| 5487 | |||
| 5488 | #!/bin/sh | ||
| 5489 | # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | ||
| 5490 | emacs -batch \\ | ||
| 5491 | -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | ||
| 5492 | diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\ | ||
| 5493 | european-calendar-style t \\ | ||
| 5494 | diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | ||
| 5495 | -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | ||
| 5496 | at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | ||
| 5497 | |||
| 5498 | You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | ||
| 5499 | system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | ||
| 5500 | 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | ||
| 5501 | to run it every morning at 1am. | ||
| 5502 | |||
| 5503 | \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil) | ||
| 5504 | |||
| 5505 | (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\ | ||
| 5506 | Major mode for editing the diary file. | ||
| 5507 | |||
| 5508 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5509 | |||
| 5510 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5511 | |||
| 5512 | ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | ||
| 5513 | ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16511 32431)) | ||
| 5514 | ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el | ||
| 5515 | |||
| 5516 | (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | ||
| 5517 | *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | ||
| 5518 | |||
| 5519 | (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff") | ||
| 5520 | |||
| 5521 | (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | ||
| 5522 | *The command to use to run diff.") | ||
| 5523 | |||
| 5524 | (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff") | ||
| 5525 | |||
| 5526 | (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | ||
| 5527 | Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | ||
| 5528 | Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | ||
| 5529 | and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | ||
| 5530 | If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously. | ||
| 5531 | With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches. | ||
| 5532 | |||
| 5533 | \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil) | ||
| 5534 | |||
| 5535 | (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | ||
| 5536 | Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | ||
| 5537 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | ||
| 5538 | If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | ||
| 5539 | The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | ||
| 5540 | With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches. | ||
| 5541 | |||
| 5542 | \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | ||
| 5543 | |||
| 5544 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5545 | |||
| 5546 | ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" | ||
| 5547 | ;;;;;; (16511 32430)) | ||
| 5548 | ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el | ||
| 5549 | |||
| 5550 | (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ | ||
| 5551 | Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | ||
| 5552 | Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) | ||
| 5553 | normal diffs. | ||
| 5554 | When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. | ||
| 5555 | IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk | ||
| 5556 | headers for you on-the-fly. | ||
| 5557 | |||
| 5558 | You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified], | ||
| 5559 | or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of | ||
| 5560 | a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]. | ||
| 5561 | |||
| 5562 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5563 | |||
| 5564 | (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ | ||
| 5565 | Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | ||
| 5566 | \\{diff-minor-mode-map} | ||
| 5567 | |||
| 5568 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5569 | |||
| 5570 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5571 | |||
| 5572 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window | ||
| 5573 | ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | ||
| 5574 | ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | ||
| 5575 | ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | ||
| 5576 | ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16511 32432)) | ||
| 5577 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el | ||
| 5578 | |||
| 5579 | (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | ||
| 5580 | *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | ||
| 5581 | May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | ||
| 5582 | may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | ||
| 5583 | `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch. | ||
| 5584 | On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp, | ||
| 5585 | some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of | ||
| 5586 | `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.") | ||
| 5587 | |||
| 5588 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired") | ||
| 5589 | |||
| 5590 | (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | ||
| 5591 | Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | ||
| 5592 | |||
| 5593 | (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | ||
| 5594 | *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | ||
| 5595 | Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | ||
| 5596 | `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | ||
| 5597 | itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | ||
| 5598 | |||
| 5599 | Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | ||
| 5600 | nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | ||
| 5601 | |||
| 5602 | Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | ||
| 5603 | marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | ||
| 5604 | don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | ||
| 5605 | always set this variable to t.") | ||
| 5606 | |||
| 5607 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired") | ||
| 5608 | |||
| 5609 | (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | ||
| 5610 | *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | ||
| 5611 | A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | ||
| 5612 | A value of t means move to first file.") | ||
| 5613 | |||
| 5614 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired") | ||
| 5615 | |||
| 5616 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | ||
| 5617 | *Controls marking of renamed files. | ||
| 5618 | If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | ||
| 5619 | If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | ||
| 5620 | are afterward marked with that character.") | ||
| 5621 | |||
| 5622 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired") | ||
| 5623 | |||
| 5624 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | ||
| 5625 | *Controls marking of copied files. | ||
| 5626 | If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | ||
| 5627 | If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | ||
| 5628 | |||
| 5629 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired") | ||
| 5630 | |||
| 5631 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | ||
| 5632 | *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | ||
| 5633 | If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | ||
| 5634 | If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | ||
| 5635 | |||
| 5636 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired") | ||
| 5637 | |||
| 5638 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | ||
| 5639 | *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | ||
| 5640 | If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | ||
| 5641 | If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | ||
| 5642 | |||
| 5643 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired") | ||
| 5644 | |||
| 5645 | (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | ||
| 5646 | *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | ||
| 5647 | This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | ||
| 5648 | use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | ||
| 5649 | |||
| 5650 | The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | ||
| 5651 | |||
| 5652 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired") | ||
| 5653 | |||
| 5654 | (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | ||
| 5655 | *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | ||
| 5656 | \(This works on only some systems.)") | ||
| 5657 | |||
| 5658 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired") | ||
| 5659 | |||
| 5660 | (defvar dired-directory nil "\ | ||
| 5661 | The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists. | ||
| 5662 | Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the | ||
| 5663 | directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention. | ||
| 5664 | The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.") | ||
| 5665 | (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | ||
| 5666 | |||
| 5667 | (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | ||
| 5668 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | ||
| 5669 | Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | ||
| 5670 | \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | ||
| 5671 | Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | ||
| 5672 | shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | ||
| 5673 | its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | ||
| 5674 | list of files to make directory entries for. | ||
| 5675 | \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | ||
| 5676 | You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | ||
| 5677 | delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | ||
| 5678 | Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | ||
| 5679 | |||
| 5680 | If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh. | ||
| 5681 | |||
| 5682 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | ||
| 5683 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | ||
| 5684 | |||
| 5685 | (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | ||
| 5686 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window. | ||
| 5687 | |||
| 5688 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | ||
| 5689 | (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | ||
| 5690 | |||
| 5691 | (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | ||
| 5692 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame. | ||
| 5693 | |||
| 5694 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | ||
| 5695 | |||
| 5696 | (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | ||
| 5697 | Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it. | ||
| 5698 | |||
| 5699 | \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil) | ||
| 5700 | (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t) | ||
| 5701 | |||
| 5702 | ;;;*** | ||
| 5703 | |||
| 5704 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp | ||
| 5705 | ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | ||
| 5706 | ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | ||
| 5707 | ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir | ||
| 5708 | ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | ||
| 5709 | ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename | ||
| 5710 | ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | ||
| 5711 | ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | ||
| 5712 | ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | ||
| 5713 | ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | ||
| 5714 | ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | ||
| 5715 | ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | ||
| 5716 | ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16511 32431)) | ||
| 5717 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el | ||
| 5718 | |||
| 5719 | (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5720 | Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | ||
| 5721 | FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by | ||
| 5722 | \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.) | ||
| 5723 | The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | ||
| 5724 | With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | ||
| 5725 | which is options for `diff'. | ||
| 5726 | |||
| 5727 | \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | ||
| 5728 | |||
| 5729 | (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5730 | Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | ||
| 5731 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | ||
| 5732 | If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | ||
| 5733 | The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | ||
| 5734 | With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'. | ||
| 5735 | |||
| 5736 | \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) | ||
| 5737 | |||
| 5738 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5739 | Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5740 | This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed. | ||
| 5741 | |||
| 5742 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5743 | |||
| 5744 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5745 | Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5746 | |||
| 5747 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5748 | |||
| 5749 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5750 | Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5751 | |||
| 5752 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5753 | |||
| 5754 | (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5755 | Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5756 | Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | ||
| 5757 | `lpr-switches' as default. | ||
| 5758 | |||
| 5759 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5760 | |||
| 5761 | (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5762 | Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | ||
| 5763 | If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | ||
| 5764 | the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | ||
| 5765 | The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | ||
| 5766 | |||
| 5767 | If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs | ||
| 5768 | COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there. | ||
| 5769 | |||
| 5770 | If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by | ||
| 5771 | whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the | ||
| 5772 | file name substituted for `?'. | ||
| 5773 | |||
| 5774 | Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the | ||
| 5775 | file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space). | ||
| 5776 | |||
| 5777 | `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special | ||
| 5778 | significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through | ||
| 5779 | normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by | ||
| 5780 | itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'. | ||
| 5781 | |||
| 5782 | If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer. | ||
| 5783 | |||
| 5784 | This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as | ||
| 5785 | there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed. | ||
| 5786 | Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | ||
| 5787 | |||
| 5788 | When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of | ||
| 5789 | the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of | ||
| 5790 | in a subdir. | ||
| 5791 | |||
| 5792 | In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | ||
| 5793 | the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument. | ||
| 5794 | |||
| 5795 | \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil) | ||
| 5796 | |||
| 5797 | (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5798 | Kill all marked lines (not the files). | ||
| 5799 | With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | ||
| 5800 | \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | ||
| 5801 | To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | ||
| 5802 | and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter). | ||
| 5803 | |||
| 5804 | \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil) | ||
| 5805 | |||
| 5806 | (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5807 | Not documented | ||
| 5808 | |||
| 5809 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | ||
| 5810 | |||
| 5811 | (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5812 | Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5813 | |||
| 5814 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5815 | |||
| 5816 | (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5817 | Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files. | ||
| 5818 | |||
| 5819 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5820 | |||
| 5821 | (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5822 | Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files. | ||
| 5823 | |||
| 5824 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5825 | |||
| 5826 | (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5827 | Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5828 | If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | ||
| 5829 | a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing. | ||
| 5830 | |||
| 5831 | \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil) | ||
| 5832 | |||
| 5833 | (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5834 | Not documented | ||
| 5835 | |||
| 5836 | \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 5837 | |||
| 5838 | (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5839 | Not documented | ||
| 5840 | |||
| 5841 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | ||
| 5842 | |||
| 5843 | (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5844 | Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in. | ||
| 5845 | |||
| 5846 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | ||
| 5847 | |||
| 5848 | (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5849 | Not documented | ||
| 5850 | |||
| 5851 | \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil) | ||
| 5852 | |||
| 5853 | (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5854 | Not documented | ||
| 5855 | |||
| 5856 | \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil) | ||
| 5857 | |||
| 5858 | (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5859 | Create a directory called DIRECTORY. | ||
| 5860 | |||
| 5861 | \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 5862 | |||
| 5863 | (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5864 | Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | ||
| 5865 | This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | ||
| 5866 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | ||
| 5867 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | ||
| 5868 | and new copies of these files are made in that directory | ||
| 5869 | with the same names that the files currently have. The default | ||
| 5870 | suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | ||
| 5871 | `dired-dwim-target', which see. | ||
| 5872 | |||
| 5873 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5874 | |||
| 5875 | (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5876 | Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5877 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | ||
| 5878 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | ||
| 5879 | and new symbolic links are made in that directory | ||
| 5880 | with the same names that the files currently have. The default | ||
| 5881 | suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | ||
| 5882 | `dired-dwim-target', which see. | ||
| 5883 | |||
| 5884 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5885 | |||
| 5886 | (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5887 | Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5888 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | ||
| 5889 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | ||
| 5890 | and new hard links are made in that directory | ||
| 5891 | with the same names that the files currently have. The default | ||
| 5892 | suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | ||
| 5893 | `dired-dwim-target', which see. | ||
| 5894 | |||
| 5895 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5896 | |||
| 5897 | (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5898 | Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | ||
| 5899 | When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | ||
| 5900 | When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory. | ||
| 5901 | This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files. | ||
| 5902 | The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value | ||
| 5903 | of `dired-dwim-target', which see. | ||
| 5904 | |||
| 5905 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5906 | |||
| 5907 | (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5908 | Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | ||
| 5909 | |||
| 5910 | With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG | ||
| 5911 | files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current | ||
| 5912 | file if none are marked. | ||
| 5913 | |||
| 5914 | As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | ||
| 5915 | what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | ||
| 5916 | NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | ||
| 5917 | REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | ||
| 5918 | |||
| 5919 | With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | ||
| 5920 | Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed. | ||
| 5921 | |||
| 5922 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 5923 | |||
| 5924 | (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5925 | Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | ||
| 5926 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. | ||
| 5927 | |||
| 5928 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 5929 | |||
| 5930 | (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5931 | Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | ||
| 5932 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. | ||
| 5933 | |||
| 5934 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 5935 | |||
| 5936 | (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5937 | Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. | ||
| 5938 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. | ||
| 5939 | |||
| 5940 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 5941 | |||
| 5942 | (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5943 | Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case. | ||
| 5944 | |||
| 5945 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5946 | |||
| 5947 | (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5948 | Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case. | ||
| 5949 | |||
| 5950 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 5951 | |||
| 5952 | (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5953 | Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | ||
| 5954 | If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | ||
| 5955 | else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | ||
| 5956 | With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | ||
| 5957 | You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | ||
| 5958 | this subdirectory. | ||
| 5959 | This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output. | ||
| 5960 | |||
| 5961 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil) | ||
| 5962 | |||
| 5963 | (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5964 | Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | ||
| 5965 | If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | ||
| 5966 | else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | ||
| 5967 | With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | ||
| 5968 | You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | ||
| 5969 | this subdirectory. | ||
| 5970 | This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output. | ||
| 5971 | |||
| 5972 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil) | ||
| 5973 | |||
| 5974 | (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5975 | Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | ||
| 5976 | When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line. | ||
| 5977 | |||
| 5978 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil) | ||
| 5979 | |||
| 5980 | (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5981 | Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | ||
| 5982 | Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | ||
| 5983 | The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden. | ||
| 5984 | |||
| 5985 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 5986 | |||
| 5987 | (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5988 | Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | ||
| 5989 | If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | ||
| 5990 | marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in. | ||
| 5991 | |||
| 5992 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 5993 | |||
| 5994 | (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 5995 | Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | ||
| 5996 | Lower levels are unaffected. | ||
| 5997 | |||
| 5998 | \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil) | ||
| 5999 | |||
| 6000 | (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 6001 | Go up ARG levels in the dired tree. | ||
| 6002 | |||
| 6003 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6004 | |||
| 6005 | (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 6006 | Go down in the dired tree. | ||
| 6007 | |||
| 6008 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6009 | |||
| 6010 | (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 6011 | Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | ||
| 6012 | Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | ||
| 6013 | Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories. | ||
| 6014 | |||
| 6015 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6016 | |||
| 6017 | (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 6018 | Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | ||
| 6019 | If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | ||
| 6020 | Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory. | ||
| 6021 | |||
| 6022 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6023 | |||
| 6024 | (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 6025 | Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | ||
| 6026 | Stops when a match is found. | ||
| 6027 | To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | ||
| 6028 | |||
| 6029 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 6030 | |||
| 6031 | (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 6032 | Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. | ||
| 6033 | Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | ||
| 6034 | If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace | ||
| 6035 | with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | ||
| 6036 | |||
| 6037 | \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil) | ||
| 6038 | |||
| 6039 | (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ | ||
| 6040 | Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | ||
| 6041 | If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | ||
| 6042 | true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead. | ||
| 6043 | |||
| 6044 | \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil) | ||
| 6045 | |||
| 6046 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6047 | |||
| 6048 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16511 32432)) | ||
| 6049 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el | ||
| 6050 | |||
| 6051 | (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | ||
| 6052 | Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | ||
| 6053 | If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | ||
| 6054 | If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | ||
| 6055 | In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | ||
| 6056 | buffer and try again. | ||
| 6057 | |||
| 6058 | \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 6059 | |||
| 6060 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6061 | |||
| 6062 | ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16511 32432)) | ||
| 6063 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el | ||
| 6064 | |||
| 6065 | (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | ||
| 6066 | Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | ||
| 6067 | The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | ||
| 6068 | |||
| 6069 | You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | ||
| 6070 | |||
| 6071 | If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | ||
| 6072 | function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | ||
| 6073 | |||
| 6074 | You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | ||
| 6075 | `comint-output-filter-functions'. | ||
| 6076 | |||
| 6077 | \(fn INPUT)" nil nil) | ||
| 6078 | |||
| 6079 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6080 | |||
| 6081 | ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16511 | ||
| 6082 | ;;;;;; 32537)) | ||
| 6083 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el | ||
| 6084 | |||
| 6085 | (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | ||
| 6086 | Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | ||
| 6087 | OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | ||
| 6088 | \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | ||
| 6089 | If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | ||
| 6090 | redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol. | ||
| 6091 | |||
| 6092 | \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil) | ||
| 6093 | |||
| 6094 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6095 | |||
| 6096 | ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | ||
| 6097 | ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | ||
| 6098 | ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | ||
| 6099 | ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | ||
| 6100 | ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16511 32433)) | ||
| 6101 | ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el | ||
| 6102 | |||
| 6103 | (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6104 | Return a new, empty display table. | ||
| 6105 | |||
| 6106 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 6107 | |||
| 6108 | (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6109 | Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | ||
| 6110 | SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | ||
| 6111 | Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | ||
| 6112 | `selective-display', and `vertical-border'. | ||
| 6113 | |||
| 6114 | \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil) | ||
| 6115 | |||
| 6116 | (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6117 | Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | ||
| 6118 | SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | ||
| 6119 | Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | ||
| 6120 | `selective-display', and `vertical-border'. | ||
| 6121 | |||
| 6122 | \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil) | ||
| 6123 | |||
| 6124 | (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6125 | Describe the display table DT in a help buffer. | ||
| 6126 | |||
| 6127 | \(fn DT)" nil nil) | ||
| 6128 | |||
| 6129 | (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6130 | Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer. | ||
| 6131 | |||
| 6132 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6133 | |||
| 6134 | (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6135 | Display characters in the range L to H literally. | ||
| 6136 | |||
| 6137 | \(fn L H)" nil nil) | ||
| 6138 | |||
| 6139 | (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6140 | Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation. | ||
| 6141 | |||
| 6142 | \(fn L H)" nil nil) | ||
| 6143 | |||
| 6144 | (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6145 | Display character C using printable string S. | ||
| 6146 | |||
| 6147 | \(fn C S)" nil nil) | ||
| 6148 | |||
| 6149 | (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6150 | Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | ||
| 6151 | This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | ||
| 6152 | it is meaningless for an X frame. | ||
| 6153 | |||
| 6154 | \(fn C SC)" nil nil) | ||
| 6155 | |||
| 6156 | (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6157 | Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | ||
| 6158 | This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | ||
| 6159 | X frame. | ||
| 6160 | |||
| 6161 | \(fn C GC)" nil nil) | ||
| 6162 | |||
| 6163 | (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6164 | Display character C as character UC plus underlining. | ||
| 6165 | |||
| 6166 | \(fn C UC)" nil nil) | ||
| 6167 | |||
| 6168 | (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6169 | Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal. | ||
| 6170 | |||
| 6171 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 6172 | |||
| 6173 | (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | ||
| 6174 | Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | ||
| 6175 | |||
| 6176 | This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | ||
| 6177 | unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | ||
| 6178 | with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | ||
| 6179 | variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | ||
| 6180 | |||
| 6181 | With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | ||
| 6182 | if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | ||
| 6183 | European character display. | ||
| 6184 | |||
| 6185 | When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | ||
| 6186 | display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | ||
| 6187 | and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | ||
| 6188 | ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | ||
| 6189 | |||
| 6190 | Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | ||
| 6191 | from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | ||
| 6192 | selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | ||
| 6193 | those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | ||
| 6194 | for users who call this function in `.emacs'. | ||
| 6195 | |||
| 6196 | \(fn ARG)" nil nil) | ||
| 6197 | |||
| 6198 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6199 | |||
| 6200 | ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | ||
| 6201 | ;;;;;; (16511 32592)) | ||
| 6202 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el | ||
| 6203 | |||
| 6204 | (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | ||
| 6205 | Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | ||
| 6206 | Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | ||
| 6207 | which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | ||
| 6208 | Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | ||
| 6209 | If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | ||
| 6210 | If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | ||
| 6211 | Default is 2. | ||
| 6212 | |||
| 6213 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6214 | |||
| 6215 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6216 | |||
| 6217 | ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16511 32592)) | ||
| 6218 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el | ||
| 6219 | |||
| 6220 | (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | ||
| 6221 | Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy. | ||
| 6222 | |||
| 6223 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6224 | |||
| 6225 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6226 | |||
| 6227 | ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" | ||
| 6228 | ;;;;;; (16511 32433)) | ||
| 6229 | ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el | ||
| 6230 | |||
| 6231 | (defvar double-mode nil "\ | ||
| 6232 | Toggle Double mode. | ||
| 6233 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 6234 | use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | ||
| 6235 | |||
| 6236 | (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double") | ||
| 6237 | |||
| 6238 | (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ | ||
| 6239 | Toggle Double mode. | ||
| 6240 | With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | ||
| 6241 | |||
| 6242 | When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | ||
| 6243 | when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details. | ||
| 6244 | |||
| 6245 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6246 | |||
| 6247 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6248 | |||
| 6249 | ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16511 32593)) | ||
| 6250 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el | ||
| 6251 | |||
| 6252 | (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | ||
| 6253 | Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game. | ||
| 6254 | |||
| 6255 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6256 | |||
| 6257 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6258 | |||
| 6259 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | ||
| 6260 | ;;;;;; (16464 65072)) | ||
| 6261 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el | ||
| 6262 | |||
| 6263 | (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | ||
| 6264 | Play sounds in message buffers. | ||
| 6265 | |||
| 6266 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6267 | |||
| 6268 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6269 | |||
| 6270 | ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap | ||
| 6271 | ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" | ||
| 6272 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16511 32537)) | ||
| 6273 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el | ||
| 6274 | |||
| 6275 | (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) | ||
| 6276 | |||
| 6277 | (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | ||
| 6278 | Define a new minor mode MODE. | ||
| 6279 | This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, | ||
| 6280 | toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. | ||
| 6281 | |||
| 6282 | DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | ||
| 6283 | Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. | ||
| 6284 | Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. | ||
| 6285 | Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. | ||
| 6286 | If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' | ||
| 6287 | in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use | ||
| 6288 | a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. | ||
| 6289 | The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are | ||
| 6290 | used (see below). | ||
| 6291 | |||
| 6292 | BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. | ||
| 6293 | It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. | ||
| 6294 | Before the actual body code, you can write | ||
| 6295 | keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values). | ||
| 6296 | These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords | ||
| 6297 | will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global): | ||
| 6298 | :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms. | ||
| 6299 | :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | ||
| 6300 | buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local. | ||
| 6301 | By default, the mode is buffer-local. | ||
| 6302 | :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. | ||
| 6303 | :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument. | ||
| 6304 | :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument. | ||
| 6305 | :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'. | ||
| 6306 | |||
| 6307 | For example, you could write | ||
| 6308 | (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\" | ||
| 6309 | :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\" | ||
| 6310 | ...BODY CODE...) | ||
| 6311 | |||
| 6312 | \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 6313 | |||
| 6314 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | ||
| 6315 | Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. | ||
| 6316 | TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer | ||
| 6317 | and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | ||
| 6318 | KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | ||
| 6319 | :group to specify the custom group. | ||
| 6320 | |||
| 6321 | \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 6322 | |||
| 6323 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ | ||
| 6324 | Return a keymap built from bindings BS. | ||
| 6325 | BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where | ||
| 6326 | KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. | ||
| 6327 | Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. | ||
| 6328 | Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. | ||
| 6329 | ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments. | ||
| 6330 | |||
| 6331 | \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 6332 | |||
| 6333 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\ | ||
| 6334 | Not documented | ||
| 6335 | |||
| 6336 | \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 6337 | |||
| 6338 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ | ||
| 6339 | Define variable ST as a syntax-table. | ||
| 6340 | CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX). | ||
| 6341 | |||
| 6342 | \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 6343 | |||
| 6344 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6345 | |||
| 6346 | ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | ||
| 6347 | ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16511 | ||
| 6348 | ;;;;;; 32538)) | ||
| 6349 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el | ||
| 6350 | |||
| 6351 | (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun)) | ||
| 6352 | |||
| 6353 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | ||
| 6354 | Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | ||
| 6355 | |||
| 6356 | If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL, | ||
| 6357 | and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string. | ||
| 6358 | If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS. | ||
| 6359 | |||
| 6360 | The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | ||
| 6361 | It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | ||
| 6362 | |||
| 6363 | :filter FUNCTION | ||
| 6364 | |||
| 6365 | FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items. | ||
| 6366 | It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu. | ||
| 6367 | |||
| 6368 | :visible INCLUDE | ||
| 6369 | |||
| 6370 | INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | ||
| 6371 | expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | ||
| 6372 | |||
| 6373 | :active ENABLE | ||
| 6374 | |||
| 6375 | ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | ||
| 6376 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | ||
| 6377 | |||
| 6378 | The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | ||
| 6379 | |||
| 6380 | A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | ||
| 6381 | |||
| 6382 | NAME is a string--the menu item name. | ||
| 6383 | |||
| 6384 | CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | ||
| 6385 | or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | ||
| 6386 | |||
| 6387 | ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | ||
| 6388 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | ||
| 6389 | |||
| 6390 | Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: | ||
| 6391 | |||
| 6392 | [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | ||
| 6393 | |||
| 6394 | Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | ||
| 6395 | |||
| 6396 | :keys KEYS | ||
| 6397 | |||
| 6398 | KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | ||
| 6399 | This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | ||
| 6400 | computed automatically. | ||
| 6401 | KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | ||
| 6402 | |||
| 6403 | :key-sequence KEYS | ||
| 6404 | |||
| 6405 | KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this | ||
| 6406 | menu item. | ||
| 6407 | This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of | ||
| 6408 | a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no | ||
| 6409 | keyboard equivalent. | ||
| 6410 | |||
| 6411 | :active ENABLE | ||
| 6412 | |||
| 6413 | ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | ||
| 6414 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | ||
| 6415 | |||
| 6416 | :included INCLUDE | ||
| 6417 | |||
| 6418 | INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | ||
| 6419 | expression has a non-nil value. | ||
| 6420 | |||
| 6421 | :suffix FORM | ||
| 6422 | |||
| 6423 | FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose | ||
| 6424 | value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | ||
| 6425 | |||
| 6426 | :style STYLE | ||
| 6427 | |||
| 6428 | STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are | ||
| 6429 | defined: | ||
| 6430 | |||
| 6431 | toggle: A checkbox. | ||
| 6432 | Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | ||
| 6433 | radio: A radio button. | ||
| 6434 | Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | ||
| 6435 | button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the | ||
| 6436 | menu bar itself. | ||
| 6437 | anything else means an ordinary menu item. | ||
| 6438 | |||
| 6439 | :selected SELECTED | ||
| 6440 | |||
| 6441 | SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | ||
| 6442 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | ||
| 6443 | |||
| 6444 | :help HELP | ||
| 6445 | |||
| 6446 | HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | ||
| 6447 | |||
| 6448 | A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as | ||
| 6449 | unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | ||
| 6450 | as a solid horizontal line. | ||
| 6451 | |||
| 6452 | A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu. | ||
| 6453 | |||
| 6454 | \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 6455 | |||
| 6456 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\ | ||
| 6457 | Not documented | ||
| 6458 | |||
| 6459 | \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil) | ||
| 6460 | |||
| 6461 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | ||
| 6462 | Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | ||
| 6463 | MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | ||
| 6464 | possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'. | ||
| 6465 | |||
| 6466 | \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil) | ||
| 6467 | |||
| 6468 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | ||
| 6469 | Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | ||
| 6470 | PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that | ||
| 6471 | should contain a submenu named NAME. | ||
| 6472 | ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | ||
| 6473 | These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | ||
| 6474 | |||
| 6475 | If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | ||
| 6476 | If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | ||
| 6477 | the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | ||
| 6478 | |||
| 6479 | Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | ||
| 6480 | to implement dynamic menus. | ||
| 6481 | |||
| 6482 | \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil) | ||
| 6483 | |||
| 6484 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6485 | |||
| 6486 | ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style | ||
| 6487 | ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style | ||
| 6488 | ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file | ||
| 6489 | ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file | ||
| 6490 | ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file | ||
| 6491 | ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | ||
| 6492 | ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" | ||
| 6493 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16511 32614)) | ||
| 6494 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el | ||
| 6495 | |||
| 6496 | (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6497 | Customization for ebnf group. | ||
| 6498 | |||
| 6499 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6500 | |||
| 6501 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6502 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY. | ||
| 6503 | |||
| 6504 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. | ||
| 6505 | |||
| 6506 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are | ||
| 6507 | processed. | ||
| 6508 | |||
| 6509 | See also `ebnf-print-buffer'. | ||
| 6510 | |||
| 6511 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 6512 | |||
| 6513 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6514 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE. | ||
| 6515 | |||
| 6516 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't | ||
| 6517 | killed after process termination. | ||
| 6518 | |||
| 6519 | See also `ebnf-print-buffer'. | ||
| 6520 | |||
| 6521 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) | ||
| 6522 | |||
| 6523 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6524 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer. | ||
| 6525 | |||
| 6526 | When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | ||
| 6527 | the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | ||
| 6528 | it to the printer. | ||
| 6529 | |||
| 6530 | More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | ||
| 6531 | is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | ||
| 6532 | the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | ||
| 6533 | number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in. | ||
| 6534 | |||
| 6535 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 6536 | |||
| 6537 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6538 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region. | ||
| 6539 | Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region. | ||
| 6540 | |||
| 6541 | \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 6542 | |||
| 6543 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6544 | Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY. | ||
| 6545 | |||
| 6546 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. | ||
| 6547 | |||
| 6548 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are | ||
| 6549 | processed. | ||
| 6550 | |||
| 6551 | See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'. | ||
| 6552 | |||
| 6553 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 6554 | |||
| 6555 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6556 | Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE. | ||
| 6557 | |||
| 6558 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't | ||
| 6559 | killed after process termination. | ||
| 6560 | |||
| 6561 | See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'. | ||
| 6562 | |||
| 6563 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) | ||
| 6564 | |||
| 6565 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6566 | Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer. | ||
| 6567 | Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | ||
| 6568 | local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | ||
| 6569 | |||
| 6570 | Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | ||
| 6571 | |||
| 6572 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6573 | |||
| 6574 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6575 | Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally. | ||
| 6576 | Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | ||
| 6577 | |||
| 6578 | Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | ||
| 6579 | |||
| 6580 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 6581 | |||
| 6582 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6583 | Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY. | ||
| 6584 | |||
| 6585 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. | ||
| 6586 | |||
| 6587 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are | ||
| 6588 | processed. | ||
| 6589 | |||
| 6590 | See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'. | ||
| 6591 | |||
| 6592 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 6593 | |||
| 6594 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6595 | Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE. | ||
| 6596 | |||
| 6597 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't | ||
| 6598 | killed after EPS generation. | ||
| 6599 | |||
| 6600 | See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'. | ||
| 6601 | |||
| 6602 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) | ||
| 6603 | |||
| 6604 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6605 | Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | ||
| 6606 | |||
| 6607 | Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | ||
| 6608 | The EPS file name has the following form: | ||
| 6609 | |||
| 6610 | <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | ||
| 6611 | |||
| 6612 | <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | ||
| 6613 | The default value is \"ebnf--\". | ||
| 6614 | |||
| 6615 | <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | ||
| 6616 | The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | ||
| 6617 | For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | ||
| 6618 | \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | ||
| 6619 | |||
| 6620 | WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file. | ||
| 6621 | |||
| 6622 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6623 | |||
| 6624 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6625 | Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | ||
| 6626 | |||
| 6627 | Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | ||
| 6628 | The EPS file name has the following form: | ||
| 6629 | |||
| 6630 | <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | ||
| 6631 | |||
| 6632 | <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | ||
| 6633 | The default value is \"ebnf--\". | ||
| 6634 | |||
| 6635 | <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | ||
| 6636 | The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | ||
| 6637 | For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | ||
| 6638 | \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | ||
| 6639 | |||
| 6640 | WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file. | ||
| 6641 | |||
| 6642 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 6643 | |||
| 6644 | (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | ||
| 6645 | |||
| 6646 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6647 | Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY. | ||
| 6648 | |||
| 6649 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. | ||
| 6650 | |||
| 6651 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are | ||
| 6652 | processed. | ||
| 6653 | |||
| 6654 | See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'. | ||
| 6655 | |||
| 6656 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 6657 | |||
| 6658 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6659 | Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE. | ||
| 6660 | |||
| 6661 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't | ||
| 6662 | killed after syntax checking. | ||
| 6663 | |||
| 6664 | See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'. | ||
| 6665 | |||
| 6666 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) | ||
| 6667 | |||
| 6668 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6669 | Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer. | ||
| 6670 | |||
| 6671 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6672 | |||
| 6673 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6674 | Does a syntactic analysis of a region. | ||
| 6675 | |||
| 6676 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 6677 | |||
| 6678 | (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6679 | Return the current ebnf2ps setup. | ||
| 6680 | |||
| 6681 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 6682 | |||
| 6683 | (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6684 | Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES. | ||
| 6685 | |||
| 6686 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. | ||
| 6687 | |||
| 6688 | \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil) | ||
| 6689 | |||
| 6690 | (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6691 | Delete style NAME. | ||
| 6692 | |||
| 6693 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. | ||
| 6694 | |||
| 6695 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 6696 | |||
| 6697 | (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6698 | Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES. | ||
| 6699 | |||
| 6700 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. | ||
| 6701 | |||
| 6702 | \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil) | ||
| 6703 | |||
| 6704 | (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6705 | Set STYLE as the current style. | ||
| 6706 | |||
| 6707 | It returns the old style symbol. | ||
| 6708 | |||
| 6709 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. | ||
| 6710 | |||
| 6711 | \(fn STYLE)" t nil) | ||
| 6712 | |||
| 6713 | (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6714 | Reset current style. | ||
| 6715 | |||
| 6716 | It returns the old style symbol. | ||
| 6717 | |||
| 6718 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. | ||
| 6719 | |||
| 6720 | \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil) | ||
| 6721 | |||
| 6722 | (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6723 | Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style. | ||
| 6724 | |||
| 6725 | It returns the old style symbol. | ||
| 6726 | |||
| 6727 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. | ||
| 6728 | |||
| 6729 | \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil) | ||
| 6730 | |||
| 6731 | (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | ||
| 6732 | Pop a style and set it as the current style. | ||
| 6733 | |||
| 6734 | It returns the old style symbol. | ||
| 6735 | |||
| 6736 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. | ||
| 6737 | |||
| 6738 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6739 | |||
| 6740 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6741 | |||
| 6742 | ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree | ||
| 6743 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack | ||
| 6744 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use | ||
| 6745 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue | ||
| 6746 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame | ||
| 6747 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame | ||
| 6748 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window | ||
| 6749 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition | ||
| 6750 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration | ||
| 6751 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree | ||
| 6752 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16511 | ||
| 6753 | ;;;;;; 32615)) | ||
| 6754 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el | ||
| 6755 | |||
| 6756 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6757 | Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | ||
| 6758 | Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | ||
| 6759 | Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | ||
| 6760 | File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | ||
| 6761 | E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | ||
| 6762 | |||
| 6763 | Tree mode key bindings: | ||
| 6764 | \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map} | ||
| 6765 | |||
| 6766 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6767 | |||
| 6768 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6769 | Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled. | ||
| 6770 | |||
| 6771 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6772 | |||
| 6773 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6774 | Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers. | ||
| 6775 | |||
| 6776 | \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map} | ||
| 6777 | |||
| 6778 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 6779 | |||
| 6780 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6781 | View declaration of member at point. | ||
| 6782 | |||
| 6783 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6784 | |||
| 6785 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6786 | Find declaration of member at point. | ||
| 6787 | |||
| 6788 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6789 | |||
| 6790 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6791 | View definition of member at point. | ||
| 6792 | |||
| 6793 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6794 | |||
| 6795 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6796 | Find definition of member at point. | ||
| 6797 | |||
| 6798 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6799 | |||
| 6800 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6801 | Find declaration of member at point in other window. | ||
| 6802 | |||
| 6803 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6804 | |||
| 6805 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6806 | View definition of member at point in other window. | ||
| 6807 | |||
| 6808 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6809 | |||
| 6810 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6811 | Find definition of member at point in other window. | ||
| 6812 | |||
| 6813 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6814 | |||
| 6815 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6816 | Find definition of member at point in other frame. | ||
| 6817 | |||
| 6818 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6819 | |||
| 6820 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6821 | View definition of member at point in other frame. | ||
| 6822 | |||
| 6823 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6824 | |||
| 6825 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6826 | Find definition of member at point in other frame. | ||
| 6827 | |||
| 6828 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6829 | |||
| 6830 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6831 | Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | ||
| 6832 | A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | ||
| 6833 | A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | ||
| 6834 | completion. | ||
| 6835 | |||
| 6836 | \(fn PREFIX)" t nil) | ||
| 6837 | |||
| 6838 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6839 | Repeat last operation on files in tree. | ||
| 6840 | FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | ||
| 6841 | TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over. | ||
| 6842 | |||
| 6843 | \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 6844 | |||
| 6845 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6846 | Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree. | ||
| 6847 | If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only. | ||
| 6848 | If regular expression is nil, repeat last search. | ||
| 6849 | |||
| 6850 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 6851 | |||
| 6852 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6853 | Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | ||
| 6854 | With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only. | ||
| 6855 | |||
| 6856 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 6857 | |||
| 6858 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6859 | Search for call sites of a member. | ||
| 6860 | If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member. | ||
| 6861 | Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer. | ||
| 6862 | Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that | ||
| 6863 | looks like a function call to the member. | ||
| 6864 | |||
| 6865 | \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 6866 | |||
| 6867 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6868 | Move backward in the position stack. | ||
| 6869 | Prefix arg ARG says how much. | ||
| 6870 | |||
| 6871 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6872 | |||
| 6873 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6874 | Move forward in the position stack. | ||
| 6875 | Prefix arg ARG says how much. | ||
| 6876 | |||
| 6877 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6878 | |||
| 6879 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6880 | List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer. | ||
| 6881 | |||
| 6882 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6883 | |||
| 6884 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6885 | Save current tree in same file it was loaded from. | ||
| 6886 | |||
| 6887 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6888 | |||
| 6889 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6890 | Write the current tree data structure to a file. | ||
| 6891 | Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | ||
| 6892 | Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in. | ||
| 6893 | |||
| 6894 | \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 6895 | |||
| 6896 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\ | ||
| 6897 | Display statistics for a class tree. | ||
| 6898 | |||
| 6899 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6900 | |||
| 6901 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6902 | |||
| 6903 | ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" | ||
| 6904 | ;;;;;; (16511 32433)) | ||
| 6905 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el | ||
| 6906 | |||
| 6907 | (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | ||
| 6908 | Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | ||
| 6909 | Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | ||
| 6910 | listing with menuoid buffer selection. | ||
| 6911 | |||
| 6912 | If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | ||
| 6913 | window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | ||
| 6914 | window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | ||
| 6915 | |||
| 6916 | To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | ||
| 6917 | the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | ||
| 6918 | much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | ||
| 6919 | |||
| 6920 | Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | ||
| 6921 | |||
| 6922 | \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map} | ||
| 6923 | |||
| 6924 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 6925 | |||
| 6926 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6927 | |||
| 6928 | ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | ||
| 6929 | ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16511 32433)) | ||
| 6930 | ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el | ||
| 6931 | |||
| 6932 | (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | ||
| 6933 | Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | ||
| 6934 | With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing. | ||
| 6935 | |||
| 6936 | \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil) | ||
| 6937 | |||
| 6938 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6939 | |||
| 6940 | ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | ||
| 6941 | ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16511 32539)) | ||
| 6942 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el | ||
| 6943 | |||
| 6944 | (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | ||
| 6945 | *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | ||
| 6946 | This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | ||
| 6947 | `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | ||
| 6948 | `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | ||
| 6949 | |||
| 6950 | You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | ||
| 6951 | variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | ||
| 6952 | \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | ||
| 6953 | `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | ||
| 6954 | |||
| 6955 | (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug") | ||
| 6956 | |||
| 6957 | (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | ||
| 6958 | *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | ||
| 6959 | This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | ||
| 6960 | Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | ||
| 6961 | |||
| 6962 | (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug") | ||
| 6963 | |||
| 6964 | (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | ||
| 6965 | Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. | ||
| 6966 | Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol | ||
| 6967 | \(naming a function), or a list. | ||
| 6968 | |||
| 6969 | \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 6970 | |||
| 6971 | (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | ||
| 6972 | |||
| 6973 | (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | ||
| 6974 | Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug. | ||
| 6975 | This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug | ||
| 6976 | before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area | ||
| 6977 | using `eval-expression' (which see). | ||
| 6978 | |||
| 6979 | If you do this on a function definition | ||
| 6980 | such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments | ||
| 6981 | its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called | ||
| 6982 | later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate | ||
| 6983 | that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug. | ||
| 6984 | |||
| 6985 | If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom', | ||
| 6986 | evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value | ||
| 6987 | expression even if the variable already has some other value. | ||
| 6988 | \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there | ||
| 6989 | already is one.) | ||
| 6990 | |||
| 6991 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 6992 | |||
| 6993 | ;;;*** | ||
| 6994 | |||
| 6995 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | ||
| 6996 | ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | ||
| 6997 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | ||
| 6998 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | ||
| 6999 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | ||
| 7000 | ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | ||
| 7001 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | ||
| 7002 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | ||
| 7003 | ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup | ||
| 7004 | ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16511 32438)) | ||
| 7005 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el | ||
| 7006 | |||
| 7007 | (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7008 | Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B. | ||
| 7009 | |||
| 7010 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7011 | |||
| 7012 | (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7013 | Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C. | ||
| 7014 | |||
| 7015 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7016 | |||
| 7017 | (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | ||
| 7018 | |||
| 7019 | (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | ||
| 7020 | |||
| 7021 | (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7022 | Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file. | ||
| 7023 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | ||
| 7024 | If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original. | ||
| 7025 | |||
| 7026 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 7027 | |||
| 7028 | (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7029 | Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B. | ||
| 7030 | |||
| 7031 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 7032 | |||
| 7033 | (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | ||
| 7034 | |||
| 7035 | (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7036 | Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C. | ||
| 7037 | |||
| 7038 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 7039 | |||
| 7040 | (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | ||
| 7041 | |||
| 7042 | (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7043 | Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | ||
| 7044 | the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular | ||
| 7045 | expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. | ||
| 7046 | |||
| 7047 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 7048 | |||
| 7049 | (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | ||
| 7050 | |||
| 7051 | (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7052 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | ||
| 7053 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | ||
| 7054 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. | ||
| 7055 | |||
| 7056 | \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 7057 | |||
| 7058 | (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | ||
| 7059 | |||
| 7060 | (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7061 | Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | ||
| 7062 | have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a | ||
| 7063 | regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. | ||
| 7064 | |||
| 7065 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 7066 | |||
| 7067 | (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | ||
| 7068 | |||
| 7069 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7070 | Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | ||
| 7071 | the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular | ||
| 7072 | expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. | ||
| 7073 | |||
| 7074 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 7075 | |||
| 7076 | (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | ||
| 7077 | |||
| 7078 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7079 | Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | ||
| 7080 | Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files | ||
| 7081 | in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge | ||
| 7082 | without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression; | ||
| 7083 | only file names that match the regexp are considered. | ||
| 7084 | |||
| 7085 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 7086 | |||
| 7087 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7088 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | ||
| 7089 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | ||
| 7090 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. | ||
| 7091 | |||
| 7092 | \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 7093 | |||
| 7094 | (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | ||
| 7095 | |||
| 7096 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7097 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | ||
| 7098 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | ||
| 7099 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. | ||
| 7100 | |||
| 7101 | \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 7102 | |||
| 7103 | (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | ||
| 7104 | |||
| 7105 | (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | ||
| 7106 | |||
| 7107 | (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7108 | Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | ||
| 7109 | With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | ||
| 7110 | follows: | ||
| 7111 | If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | ||
| 7112 | If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A. | ||
| 7113 | |||
| 7114 | \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7115 | |||
| 7116 | (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7117 | Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | ||
| 7118 | With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | ||
| 7119 | follows: | ||
| 7120 | If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | ||
| 7121 | If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A. | ||
| 7122 | |||
| 7123 | \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7124 | |||
| 7125 | (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7126 | Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. | ||
| 7127 | Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except | ||
| 7128 | for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. | ||
| 7129 | In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second | ||
| 7130 | region. | ||
| 7131 | This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | ||
| 7132 | lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'. | ||
| 7133 | |||
| 7134 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7135 | |||
| 7136 | (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7137 | Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. | ||
| 7138 | Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except | ||
| 7139 | for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. | ||
| 7140 | In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second | ||
| 7141 | region. | ||
| 7142 | Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | ||
| 7143 | This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | ||
| 7144 | lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'. | ||
| 7145 | |||
| 7146 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7147 | |||
| 7148 | (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | ||
| 7149 | |||
| 7150 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7151 | Merge two files without ancestor. | ||
| 7152 | |||
| 7153 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 7154 | |||
| 7155 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7156 | Merge two files with ancestor. | ||
| 7157 | |||
| 7158 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 7159 | |||
| 7160 | (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | ||
| 7161 | |||
| 7162 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7163 | Merge buffers without ancestor. | ||
| 7164 | |||
| 7165 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 7166 | |||
| 7167 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7168 | Merge buffers with ancestor. | ||
| 7169 | |||
| 7170 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 7171 | |||
| 7172 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7173 | Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | ||
| 7174 | The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | ||
| 7175 | buffer. | ||
| 7176 | |||
| 7177 | \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 7178 | |||
| 7179 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7180 | Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | ||
| 7181 | The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | ||
| 7182 | buffer. | ||
| 7183 | |||
| 7184 | \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 7185 | |||
| 7186 | (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7187 | Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | ||
| 7188 | First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a | ||
| 7189 | file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'. | ||
| 7190 | |||
| 7191 | \(fn POS)" t nil) | ||
| 7192 | |||
| 7193 | (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7194 | Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. | ||
| 7195 | If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | ||
| 7196 | and don't ask the user. | ||
| 7197 | If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | ||
| 7198 | buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file. | ||
| 7199 | |||
| 7200 | \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil) | ||
| 7201 | |||
| 7202 | (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7203 | Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. | ||
| 7204 | Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for | ||
| 7205 | the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. | ||
| 7206 | With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. | ||
| 7207 | With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer. | ||
| 7208 | |||
| 7209 | \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil) | ||
| 7210 | |||
| 7211 | (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | ||
| 7212 | |||
| 7213 | (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | ||
| 7214 | |||
| 7215 | (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7216 | Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | ||
| 7217 | The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. | ||
| 7218 | Default: the file visited by the current buffer. | ||
| 7219 | Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'. | ||
| 7220 | |||
| 7221 | \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7222 | |||
| 7223 | (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | ||
| 7224 | |||
| 7225 | (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7226 | Return string describing the version of Ediff. | ||
| 7227 | When called interactively, displays the version. | ||
| 7228 | |||
| 7229 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7230 | |||
| 7231 | (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | ||
| 7232 | Display Ediff's manual. | ||
| 7233 | With optional NODE, goes to that node. | ||
| 7234 | |||
| 7235 | \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil) | ||
| 7236 | |||
| 7237 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7238 | |||
| 7239 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" | ||
| 7240 | ;;;;;; (16511 32434)) | ||
| 7241 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el | ||
| 7242 | |||
| 7243 | (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\ | ||
| 7244 | Not documented | ||
| 7245 | |||
| 7246 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7247 | |||
| 7248 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7249 | |||
| 7250 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16511 32434)) | ||
| 7251 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | ||
| 7252 | |||
| 7253 | (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | ||
| 7254 | (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form)) | ||
| 7255 | |||
| 7256 | (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil) | ||
| 7257 | |||
| 7258 | (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))) | ||
| 7259 | |||
| 7260 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7261 | |||
| 7262 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" | ||
| 7263 | ;;;;;; (16511 32435)) | ||
| 7264 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el | ||
| 7265 | |||
| 7266 | (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | ||
| 7267 | Display Ediff's registry. | ||
| 7268 | |||
| 7269 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7270 | |||
| 7271 | (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | ||
| 7272 | |||
| 7273 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7274 | |||
| 7275 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | ||
| 7276 | ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16511 32436)) | ||
| 7277 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el | ||
| 7278 | |||
| 7279 | (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | ||
| 7280 | Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | ||
| 7281 | To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | ||
| 7282 | which see. | ||
| 7283 | |||
| 7284 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7285 | |||
| 7286 | (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | ||
| 7287 | Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | ||
| 7288 | Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | ||
| 7289 | To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see. | ||
| 7290 | |||
| 7291 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7292 | |||
| 7293 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7294 | |||
| 7295 | ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | ||
| 7296 | ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | ||
| 7297 | ;;;;;; (16511 32438)) | ||
| 7298 | ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el | ||
| 7299 | |||
| 7300 | (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | ||
| 7301 | *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | ||
| 7302 | Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | ||
| 7303 | |||
| 7304 | (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | ||
| 7305 | Edit a keyboard macro. | ||
| 7306 | At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | ||
| 7307 | Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | ||
| 7308 | the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | ||
| 7309 | its command name. | ||
| 7310 | With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way. | ||
| 7311 | |||
| 7312 | \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil) | ||
| 7313 | |||
| 7314 | (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | ||
| 7315 | Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro. | ||
| 7316 | |||
| 7317 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | ||
| 7318 | |||
| 7319 | (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | ||
| 7320 | Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'. | ||
| 7321 | |||
| 7322 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | ||
| 7323 | |||
| 7324 | (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | ||
| 7325 | Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | ||
| 7326 | The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | ||
| 7327 | See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | ||
| 7328 | Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | ||
| 7329 | The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | ||
| 7330 | |||
| 7331 | In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | ||
| 7332 | the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | ||
| 7333 | The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | ||
| 7334 | Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always. | ||
| 7335 | |||
| 7336 | \(fn START &optional END)" t nil) | ||
| 7337 | |||
| 7338 | (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | ||
| 7339 | Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | ||
| 7340 | This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | ||
| 7341 | Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | ||
| 7342 | If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | ||
| 7343 | or nil, use a compact 80-column format. | ||
| 7344 | |||
| 7345 | \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil) | ||
| 7346 | |||
| 7347 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7348 | |||
| 7349 | ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" | ||
| 7350 | ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16511 32549)) | ||
| 7351 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el | ||
| 7352 | |||
| 7353 | (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\ | ||
| 7354 | Set scroll margins. | ||
| 7355 | Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. | ||
| 7356 | Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window. | ||
| 7357 | |||
| 7358 | \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil) | ||
| 7359 | |||
| 7360 | (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | ||
| 7361 | Turn on EDT Emulation. | ||
| 7362 | |||
| 7363 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7364 | |||
| 7365 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7366 | |||
| 7367 | ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | ||
| 7368 | ;;;;;; (16511 32438)) | ||
| 7369 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el | ||
| 7370 | |||
| 7371 | (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | ||
| 7372 | Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | ||
| 7373 | The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | ||
| 7374 | THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | ||
| 7375 | contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | ||
| 7376 | erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | ||
| 7377 | be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | ||
| 7378 | the buffer specified by BUFFER. | ||
| 7379 | |||
| 7380 | If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | ||
| 7381 | shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | ||
| 7382 | |||
| 7383 | After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | ||
| 7384 | in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | ||
| 7385 | in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | ||
| 7386 | this value is non-nil. | ||
| 7387 | |||
| 7388 | If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | ||
| 7389 | shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. | ||
| 7390 | If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | ||
| 7391 | |||
| 7392 | When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help | ||
| 7393 | buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and | ||
| 7394 | BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit. | ||
| 7395 | |||
| 7396 | \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil) | ||
| 7397 | |||
| 7398 | (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\ | ||
| 7399 | Not documented | ||
| 7400 | |||
| 7401 | \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil) | ||
| 7402 | |||
| 7403 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7404 | |||
| 7405 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string) | ||
| 7406 | ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16511 35436)) | ||
| 7407 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el | ||
| 7408 | |||
| 7409 | (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ | ||
| 7410 | *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.") | ||
| 7411 | |||
| 7412 | (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc") | ||
| 7413 | |||
| 7414 | (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | ||
| 7415 | Toggle ElDoc mode on or off. | ||
| 7416 | Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | ||
| 7417 | |||
| 7418 | For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | ||
| 7419 | within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | ||
| 7420 | This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | ||
| 7421 | in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | ||
| 7422 | from the documentation string if possible. | ||
| 7423 | |||
| 7424 | If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | ||
| 7425 | instead. | ||
| 7426 | |||
| 7427 | With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 7428 | |||
| 7429 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 7430 | |||
| 7431 | (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | ||
| 7432 | Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation). | ||
| 7433 | |||
| 7434 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7435 | |||
| 7436 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7437 | |||
| 7438 | ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16511 | ||
| 7439 | ;;;;;; 32438)) | ||
| 7440 | ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el | ||
| 7441 | |||
| 7442 | (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | ||
| 7443 | Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | ||
| 7444 | |||
| 7445 | The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | ||
| 7446 | an elided material again. | ||
| 7447 | |||
| 7448 | This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks. | ||
| 7449 | |||
| 7450 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 7451 | |||
| 7452 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7453 | |||
| 7454 | ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" | ||
| 7455 | ;;;;;; (16511 32539)) | ||
| 7456 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el | ||
| 7457 | |||
| 7458 | (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | ||
| 7459 | Initialize elint. | ||
| 7460 | |||
| 7461 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7462 | |||
| 7463 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7464 | |||
| 7465 | ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list | ||
| 7466 | ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16511 | ||
| 7467 | ;;;;;; 32539)) | ||
| 7468 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el | ||
| 7469 | |||
| 7470 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | ||
| 7471 | Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | ||
| 7472 | FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function. | ||
| 7473 | |||
| 7474 | \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil) | ||
| 7475 | |||
| 7476 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | ||
| 7477 | Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | ||
| 7478 | Use optional LIST if provided instead. | ||
| 7479 | |||
| 7480 | \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil) | ||
| 7481 | |||
| 7482 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | ||
| 7483 | Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | ||
| 7484 | For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | ||
| 7485 | |||
| 7486 | \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET | ||
| 7487 | |||
| 7488 | \(fn PREFIX)" t nil) | ||
| 7489 | |||
| 7490 | (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | ||
| 7491 | Display current profiling results. | ||
| 7492 | If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | ||
| 7493 | information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | ||
| 7494 | displayed. | ||
| 7495 | |||
| 7496 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7497 | |||
| 7498 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7499 | |||
| 7500 | ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | ||
| 7501 | ;;;;;; (16511 32569)) | ||
| 7502 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el | ||
| 7503 | |||
| 7504 | (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | ||
| 7505 | Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | ||
| 7506 | Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | ||
| 7507 | |||
| 7508 | \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil) | ||
| 7509 | |||
| 7510 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7511 | |||
| 7512 | ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | ||
| 7513 | ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | ||
| 7514 | ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | ||
| 7515 | ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | ||
| 7516 | ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16511 32440)) | ||
| 7517 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el | ||
| 7518 | |||
| 7519 | (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | ||
| 7520 | (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu)) | ||
| 7521 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] | ||
| 7522 | '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)) | ||
| 7523 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] | ||
| 7524 | '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)) | ||
| 7525 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] | ||
| 7526 | '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)) | ||
| 7527 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] | ||
| 7528 | '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)) | ||
| 7529 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] | ||
| 7530 | '("Files..." . emerge-files)) | ||
| 7531 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] | ||
| 7532 | '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)) | ||
| 7533 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] | ||
| 7534 | '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)) | ||
| 7535 | |||
| 7536 | (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7537 | Run Emerge on two files. | ||
| 7538 | |||
| 7539 | \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7540 | |||
| 7541 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7542 | Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor. | ||
| 7543 | |||
| 7544 | \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7545 | |||
| 7546 | (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7547 | Run Emerge on two buffers. | ||
| 7548 | |||
| 7549 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7550 | |||
| 7551 | (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7552 | Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor. | ||
| 7553 | |||
| 7554 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7555 | |||
| 7556 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7557 | Not documented | ||
| 7558 | |||
| 7559 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 7560 | |||
| 7561 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7562 | Not documented | ||
| 7563 | |||
| 7564 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 7565 | |||
| 7566 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7567 | Not documented | ||
| 7568 | |||
| 7569 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil) | ||
| 7570 | |||
| 7571 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7572 | Not documented | ||
| 7573 | |||
| 7574 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil) | ||
| 7575 | |||
| 7576 | (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7577 | Emerge two RCS revisions of a file. | ||
| 7578 | |||
| 7579 | \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7580 | |||
| 7581 | (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7582 | Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor. | ||
| 7583 | |||
| 7584 | \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) | ||
| 7585 | |||
| 7586 | (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\ | ||
| 7587 | Not documented | ||
| 7588 | |||
| 7589 | \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 7590 | |||
| 7591 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7592 | |||
| 7593 | ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | ||
| 7594 | ;;;;;; (16511 30641)) | ||
| 7595 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el | ||
| 7596 | |||
| 7597 | (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\ | ||
| 7598 | Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled. | ||
| 7599 | See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 7600 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 7601 | use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.") | ||
| 7602 | |||
| 7603 | (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb") | ||
| 7604 | |||
| 7605 | (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | ||
| 7606 | Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | ||
| 7607 | With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 7608 | |||
| 7609 | You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | ||
| 7610 | \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | ||
| 7611 | automatically. | ||
| 7612 | |||
| 7613 | In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | ||
| 7614 | as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | ||
| 7615 | \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]. | ||
| 7616 | |||
| 7617 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 7618 | |||
| 7619 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7620 | |||
| 7621 | ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | ||
| 7622 | ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16511 32637)) | ||
| 7623 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el | ||
| 7624 | |||
| 7625 | (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | ||
| 7626 | Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | ||
| 7627 | These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | ||
| 7628 | text/enriched format. | ||
| 7629 | Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | ||
| 7630 | |||
| 7631 | More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | ||
| 7632 | etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | ||
| 7633 | |||
| 7634 | Commands: | ||
| 7635 | |||
| 7636 | \\{enriched-mode-map} | ||
| 7637 | |||
| 7638 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 7639 | |||
| 7640 | (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\ | ||
| 7641 | Not documented | ||
| 7642 | |||
| 7643 | \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil) | ||
| 7644 | |||
| 7645 | (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\ | ||
| 7646 | Not documented | ||
| 7647 | |||
| 7648 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 7649 | |||
| 7650 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7651 | |||
| 7652 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16511 | ||
| 7653 | ;;;;;; 32563)) | ||
| 7654 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el | ||
| 7655 | |||
| 7656 | (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | ||
| 7657 | Emacs shell interactive mode. | ||
| 7658 | |||
| 7659 | \\{eshell-mode-map} | ||
| 7660 | |||
| 7661 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 7662 | |||
| 7663 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7664 | |||
| 7665 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16511 | ||
| 7666 | ;;;;;; 32564)) | ||
| 7667 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el | ||
| 7668 | |||
| 7669 | (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | ||
| 7670 | Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected. | ||
| 7671 | |||
| 7672 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 7673 | |||
| 7674 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7675 | |||
| 7676 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | ||
| 7677 | ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16511 32564)) | ||
| 7678 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el | ||
| 7679 | |||
| 7680 | (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | ||
| 7681 | Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | ||
| 7682 | The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | ||
| 7683 | `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | ||
| 7684 | that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | ||
| 7685 | will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET') | ||
| 7686 | switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A | ||
| 7687 | nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the | ||
| 7688 | buffer selected (or created). | ||
| 7689 | |||
| 7690 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 7691 | |||
| 7692 | (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | ||
| 7693 | Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | ||
| 7694 | With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point. | ||
| 7695 | |||
| 7696 | \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 7697 | |||
| 7698 | (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | ||
| 7699 | Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | ||
| 7700 | The result might be any Lisp object. | ||
| 7701 | If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | ||
| 7702 | command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | ||
| 7703 | corresponding to a successful execution. | ||
| 7704 | |||
| 7705 | \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 7706 | |||
| 7707 | (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | ||
| 7708 | Report a bug in Eshell. | ||
| 7709 | Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | ||
| 7710 | Please include any configuration details that might be involved. | ||
| 7711 | |||
| 7712 | \(fn TOPIC)" t nil) | ||
| 7713 | |||
| 7714 | ;;;*** | ||
| 7715 | |||
| 7716 | ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags | ||
| 7717 | ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | ||
| 7718 | ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | ||
| 7719 | ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer | ||
| 7720 | ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook | ||
| 7721 | ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list | ||
| 7722 | ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16511 | ||
| 7723 | ;;;;;; 32615)) | ||
| 7724 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el | ||
| 7725 | |||
| 7726 | (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | ||
| 7727 | *File name of tags table. | ||
| 7728 | To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | ||
| 7729 | If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | ||
| 7730 | Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | ||
| 7731 | (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | ||
| 7732 | |||
| 7733 | (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ | ||
| 7734 | *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | ||
| 7735 | A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | ||
| 7736 | Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | ||
| 7737 | |||
| 7738 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags") | ||
| 7739 | |||
| 7740 | (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ | ||
| 7741 | *List of file names of tags tables to search. | ||
| 7742 | An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | ||
| 7743 | To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | ||
| 7744 | If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7745 | Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | ||
| 7746 | |||
| 7747 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags") | ||
| 7748 | |||
| 7749 | (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\ | ||
| 7750 | *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used. | ||
| 7751 | An empty string means search the non-compressed file. | ||
| 7752 | These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated | ||
| 7753 | \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function | ||
| 7754 | `auto-compression-mode').") | ||
| 7755 | |||
| 7756 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags") | ||
| 7757 | |||
| 7758 | (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | ||
| 7759 | *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | ||
| 7760 | t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | ||
| 7761 | Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | ||
| 7762 | to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | ||
| 7763 | |||
| 7764 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags") | ||
| 7765 | |||
| 7766 | (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | ||
| 7767 | *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | ||
| 7768 | The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | ||
| 7769 | not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | ||
| 7770 | |||
| 7771 | (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags") | ||
| 7772 | |||
| 7773 | (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | ||
| 7774 | *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | ||
| 7775 | If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | ||
| 7776 | has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | ||
| 7777 | Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | ||
| 7778 | |||
| 7779 | (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags") | ||
| 7780 | |||
| 7781 | (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7782 | Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | ||
| 7783 | FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | ||
| 7784 | A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | ||
| 7785 | |||
| 7786 | Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7787 | With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | ||
| 7788 | When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | ||
| 7789 | in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | ||
| 7790 | file the tag was in. | ||
| 7791 | |||
| 7792 | \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil) | ||
| 7793 | |||
| 7794 | (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7795 | Select the buffer containing the current tags table. | ||
| 7796 | If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table. | ||
| 7797 | If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'. | ||
| 7798 | If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table; | ||
| 7799 | just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7800 | If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in | ||
| 7801 | `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'. | ||
| 7802 | Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list. | ||
| 7803 | |||
| 7804 | \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil) | ||
| 7805 | |||
| 7806 | (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7807 | Return a list of files in the current tags table. | ||
| 7808 | Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | ||
| 7809 | as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | ||
| 7810 | without directory names. | ||
| 7811 | |||
| 7812 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 7813 | |||
| 7814 | (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7815 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | ||
| 7816 | Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | ||
| 7817 | but does not select the buffer. | ||
| 7818 | The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | ||
| 7819 | |||
| 7820 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | ||
| 7821 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | ||
| 7822 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | ||
| 7823 | is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | ||
| 7824 | or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | ||
| 7825 | |||
| 7826 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | ||
| 7827 | |||
| 7828 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | ||
| 7829 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | ||
| 7830 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | ||
| 7831 | |||
| 7832 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7833 | |||
| 7834 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) | ||
| 7835 | |||
| 7836 | (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7837 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | ||
| 7838 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | ||
| 7839 | The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | ||
| 7840 | |||
| 7841 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | ||
| 7842 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | ||
| 7843 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | ||
| 7844 | is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | ||
| 7845 | or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | ||
| 7846 | |||
| 7847 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | ||
| 7848 | |||
| 7849 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | ||
| 7850 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | ||
| 7851 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | ||
| 7852 | |||
| 7853 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7854 | |||
| 7855 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) | ||
| 7856 | (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | ||
| 7857 | |||
| 7858 | (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7859 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | ||
| 7860 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | ||
| 7861 | move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | ||
| 7862 | around or before point. | ||
| 7863 | |||
| 7864 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | ||
| 7865 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | ||
| 7866 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | ||
| 7867 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | ||
| 7868 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | ||
| 7869 | |||
| 7870 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | ||
| 7871 | |||
| 7872 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | ||
| 7873 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | ||
| 7874 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | ||
| 7875 | |||
| 7876 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7877 | |||
| 7878 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) | ||
| 7879 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | ||
| 7880 | |||
| 7881 | (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7882 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | ||
| 7883 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | ||
| 7884 | move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | ||
| 7885 | around or before point. | ||
| 7886 | |||
| 7887 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | ||
| 7888 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | ||
| 7889 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | ||
| 7890 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | ||
| 7891 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | ||
| 7892 | |||
| 7893 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | ||
| 7894 | |||
| 7895 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | ||
| 7896 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | ||
| 7897 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | ||
| 7898 | |||
| 7899 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7900 | |||
| 7901 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil) | ||
| 7902 | (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | ||
| 7903 | |||
| 7904 | (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7905 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | ||
| 7906 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | ||
| 7907 | |||
| 7908 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | ||
| 7909 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | ||
| 7910 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | ||
| 7911 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | ||
| 7912 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | ||
| 7913 | |||
| 7914 | If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | ||
| 7915 | |||
| 7916 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed | ||
| 7917 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | ||
| 7918 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | ||
| 7919 | |||
| 7920 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7921 | |||
| 7922 | \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 7923 | (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | ||
| 7924 | (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | ||
| 7925 | |||
| 7926 | (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7927 | Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | ||
| 7928 | |||
| 7929 | This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | ||
| 7930 | since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | ||
| 7931 | where they were found. | ||
| 7932 | |||
| 7933 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 7934 | |||
| 7935 | (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7936 | Select next file among files in current tags table. | ||
| 7937 | |||
| 7938 | A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | ||
| 7939 | beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | ||
| 7940 | neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | ||
| 7941 | |||
| 7942 | Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | ||
| 7943 | to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | ||
| 7944 | |||
| 7945 | Value is nil if the file was already visited; | ||
| 7946 | if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename. | ||
| 7947 | |||
| 7948 | \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil) | ||
| 7949 | |||
| 7950 | (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7951 | Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | ||
| 7952 | Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | ||
| 7953 | argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | ||
| 7954 | |||
| 7955 | Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | ||
| 7956 | `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | ||
| 7957 | interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | ||
| 7958 | evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | ||
| 7959 | nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file. | ||
| 7960 | |||
| 7961 | \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil) | ||
| 7962 | (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | ||
| 7963 | |||
| 7964 | (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7965 | Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | ||
| 7966 | Stops when a match is found. | ||
| 7967 | To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | ||
| 7968 | |||
| 7969 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7970 | |||
| 7971 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil) | ||
| 7972 | |||
| 7973 | (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7974 | Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table. | ||
| 7975 | Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | ||
| 7976 | If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace | ||
| 7977 | with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | ||
| 7978 | |||
| 7979 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. | ||
| 7980 | |||
| 7981 | \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil) | ||
| 7982 | |||
| 7983 | (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7984 | Display list of tags in file FILE. | ||
| 7985 | This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | ||
| 7986 | FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | ||
| 7987 | directory specification. | ||
| 7988 | |||
| 7989 | \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil) | ||
| 7990 | |||
| 7991 | (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7992 | Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches. | ||
| 7993 | |||
| 7994 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 7995 | |||
| 7996 | (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | ||
| 7997 | Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | ||
| 7998 | The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | ||
| 7999 | see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list. | ||
| 8000 | |||
| 8001 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8002 | |||
| 8003 | (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | ||
| 8004 | Perform tags completion on the text around point. | ||
| 8005 | Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | ||
| 8006 | The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | ||
| 8007 | for \\[find-tag] (which see). | ||
| 8008 | |||
| 8009 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8010 | |||
| 8011 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8012 | |||
| 8013 | ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | ||
| 8014 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | ||
| 8015 | ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | ||
| 8016 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | ||
| 8017 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | ||
| 8018 | ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | ||
| 8019 | ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) | ||
| 8020 | ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16511 25845)) | ||
| 8021 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el | ||
| 8022 | |||
| 8023 | (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8024 | Not documented | ||
| 8025 | |||
| 8026 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8027 | |||
| 8028 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8029 | Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | ||
| 8030 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | ||
| 8031 | and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | ||
| 8032 | |||
| 8033 | If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | ||
| 8034 | begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | ||
| 8035 | language. | ||
| 8036 | |||
| 8037 | If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | ||
| 8038 | even if the buffer is read-only. | ||
| 8039 | |||
| 8040 | See also the descriptions of the variables | ||
| 8041 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | ||
| 8042 | `ethio-use-three-dot-question'. | ||
| 8043 | |||
| 8044 | \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 8045 | |||
| 8046 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8047 | Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | ||
| 8048 | |||
| 8049 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | ||
| 8050 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | ||
| 8051 | |||
| 8052 | If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | ||
| 8053 | begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | ||
| 8054 | language. | ||
| 8055 | |||
| 8056 | If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | ||
| 8057 | buffer is read-only. | ||
| 8058 | |||
| 8059 | See also the descriptions of the variables | ||
| 8060 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | ||
| 8061 | `ethio-use-three-dot-question'. | ||
| 8062 | |||
| 8063 | \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 8064 | |||
| 8065 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8066 | Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | ||
| 8067 | If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter. | ||
| 8068 | |||
| 8069 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8070 | |||
| 8071 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8072 | Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | ||
| 8073 | |||
| 8074 | If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | ||
| 8075 | convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | ||
| 8076 | |||
| 8077 | If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | ||
| 8078 | and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'. | ||
| 8079 | |||
| 8080 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8081 | |||
| 8082 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8083 | Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | ||
| 8084 | Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | ||
| 8085 | The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted. | ||
| 8086 | |||
| 8087 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 8088 | |||
| 8089 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8090 | Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | ||
| 8091 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | ||
| 8092 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | ||
| 8093 | |||
| 8094 | If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | ||
| 8095 | the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | ||
| 8096 | the primary language. | ||
| 8097 | |||
| 8098 | If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | ||
| 8099 | buffer is read-only. | ||
| 8100 | |||
| 8101 | See also the descriptions of the variables | ||
| 8102 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | ||
| 8103 | `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'. | ||
| 8104 | |||
| 8105 | \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 8106 | |||
| 8107 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8108 | Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | ||
| 8109 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | ||
| 8110 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | ||
| 8111 | |||
| 8112 | If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | ||
| 8113 | region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | ||
| 8114 | primary language. | ||
| 8115 | |||
| 8116 | If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | ||
| 8117 | buffer is read-only. | ||
| 8118 | |||
| 8119 | See also the descriptions of the variables | ||
| 8120 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | ||
| 8121 | `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'. | ||
| 8122 | |||
| 8123 | \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 8124 | |||
| 8125 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8126 | Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | ||
| 8127 | If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter. | ||
| 8128 | |||
| 8129 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8130 | |||
| 8131 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8132 | Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | ||
| 8133 | |||
| 8134 | If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | ||
| 8135 | 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | ||
| 8136 | 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | ||
| 8137 | 3) convert the body into SERA. | ||
| 8138 | |||
| 8139 | The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too. | ||
| 8140 | |||
| 8141 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8142 | |||
| 8143 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8144 | Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | ||
| 8145 | The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted. | ||
| 8146 | |||
| 8147 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 8148 | |||
| 8149 | (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8150 | Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor. | ||
| 8151 | |||
| 8152 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8153 | |||
| 8154 | (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8155 | Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | ||
| 8156 | |||
| 8157 | In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | ||
| 8158 | Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | ||
| 8159 | be 1, 2, or 3. | ||
| 8160 | |||
| 8161 | If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | ||
| 8162 | If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | ||
| 8163 | If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | ||
| 8164 | |||
| 8165 | The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region. | ||
| 8166 | |||
| 8167 | \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil) | ||
| 8168 | |||
| 8169 | (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8170 | Allow the user to input special characters. | ||
| 8171 | |||
| 8172 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8173 | |||
| 8174 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8175 | Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | ||
| 8176 | Each command is always surrounded by braces. | ||
| 8177 | |||
| 8178 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8179 | |||
| 8180 | (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8181 | Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars. | ||
| 8182 | |||
| 8183 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8184 | |||
| 8185 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8186 | Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | ||
| 8187 | |||
| 8188 | Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | ||
| 8189 | character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | ||
| 8190 | |||
| 8191 | If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | ||
| 8192 | Otherwise, [0-9A-F]. | ||
| 8193 | |||
| 8194 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8195 | |||
| 8196 | (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8197 | Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters. | ||
| 8198 | |||
| 8199 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8200 | |||
| 8201 | (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8202 | Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix. | ||
| 8203 | |||
| 8204 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8205 | |||
| 8206 | (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | ||
| 8207 | Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension. | ||
| 8208 | |||
| 8209 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8210 | |||
| 8211 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8212 | |||
| 8213 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline | ||
| 8214 | ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | ||
| 8215 | ;;;;;; (16511 32585)) | ||
| 8216 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el | ||
| 8217 | |||
| 8218 | (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | ||
| 8219 | Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | ||
| 8220 | Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | ||
| 8221 | server for future sessions. | ||
| 8222 | |||
| 8223 | \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil) | ||
| 8224 | |||
| 8225 | (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | ||
| 8226 | Get the email field of NAME from the directory server. | ||
| 8227 | |||
| 8228 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 8229 | |||
| 8230 | (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | ||
| 8231 | Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server. | ||
| 8232 | |||
| 8233 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 8234 | |||
| 8235 | (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | ||
| 8236 | Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | ||
| 8237 | The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | ||
| 8238 | the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | ||
| 8239 | The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | ||
| 8240 | individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | ||
| 8241 | After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | ||
| 8242 | `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | ||
| 8243 | If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | ||
| 8244 | `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | ||
| 8245 | Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | ||
| 8246 | see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers' | ||
| 8247 | |||
| 8248 | \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil) | ||
| 8249 | |||
| 8250 | (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | ||
| 8251 | Display a form to query the directory server. | ||
| 8252 | If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | ||
| 8253 | queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form. | ||
| 8254 | |||
| 8255 | \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil) | ||
| 8256 | |||
| 8257 | (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | ||
| 8258 | Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | ||
| 8259 | This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect. | ||
| 8260 | |||
| 8261 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8262 | |||
| 8263 | (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) | ||
| 8264 | |||
| 8265 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8266 | |||
| 8267 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | ||
| 8268 | ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | ||
| 8269 | ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16511 32585)) | ||
| 8270 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el | ||
| 8271 | |||
| 8272 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | ||
| 8273 | Display a button for unidentified binary DATA. | ||
| 8274 | |||
| 8275 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | ||
| 8276 | |||
| 8277 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | ||
| 8278 | Display URL and make it clickable. | ||
| 8279 | |||
| 8280 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) | ||
| 8281 | |||
| 8282 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\ | ||
| 8283 | Display e-mail address and make it clickable. | ||
| 8284 | |||
| 8285 | \(fn MAIL)" nil nil) | ||
| 8286 | |||
| 8287 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | ||
| 8288 | Display a button to play the sound DATA. | ||
| 8289 | |||
| 8290 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | ||
| 8291 | |||
| 8292 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | ||
| 8293 | Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible. | ||
| 8294 | |||
| 8295 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | ||
| 8296 | |||
| 8297 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | ||
| 8298 | Display a button for the JPEG DATA. | ||
| 8299 | |||
| 8300 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | ||
| 8301 | |||
| 8302 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8303 | |||
| 8304 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | ||
| 8305 | ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16511 32585)) | ||
| 8306 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el | ||
| 8307 | |||
| 8308 | (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | ||
| 8309 | Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | ||
| 8310 | This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer. | ||
| 8311 | |||
| 8312 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8313 | |||
| 8314 | (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | ||
| 8315 | Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record. | ||
| 8316 | |||
| 8317 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8318 | |||
| 8319 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8320 | |||
| 8321 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | ||
| 8322 | ;;;;;; (16511 32585)) | ||
| 8323 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el | ||
| 8324 | |||
| 8325 | (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | ||
| 8326 | Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer. | ||
| 8327 | |||
| 8328 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8329 | |||
| 8330 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8331 | |||
| 8332 | ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p | ||
| 8333 | ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find | ||
| 8334 | ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" | ||
| 8335 | ;;;;;; (16511 32615)) | ||
| 8336 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el | ||
| 8337 | |||
| 8338 | (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\ | ||
| 8339 | Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style. | ||
| 8340 | If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\". | ||
| 8341 | |||
| 8342 | \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil) | ||
| 8343 | |||
| 8344 | (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ | ||
| 8345 | Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name. | ||
| 8346 | Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'. | ||
| 8347 | |||
| 8348 | \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil) | ||
| 8349 | |||
| 8350 | (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ | ||
| 8351 | Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | ||
| 8352 | The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | ||
| 8353 | `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | ||
| 8354 | when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | ||
| 8355 | executable. | ||
| 8356 | |||
| 8357 | \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil) | ||
| 8358 | |||
| 8359 | (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | ||
| 8360 | Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | ||
| 8361 | The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself. | ||
| 8362 | |||
| 8363 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8364 | |||
| 8365 | (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ | ||
| 8366 | Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | ||
| 8367 | If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | ||
| 8368 | file modes. | ||
| 8369 | |||
| 8370 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8371 | |||
| 8372 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8373 | |||
| 8374 | ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | ||
| 8375 | ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16511 32440)) | ||
| 8376 | ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el | ||
| 8377 | |||
| 8378 | (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | ||
| 8379 | Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | ||
| 8380 | ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | ||
| 8381 | has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | ||
| 8382 | |||
| 8383 | ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | ||
| 8384 | |||
| 8385 | EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | ||
| 8386 | expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | ||
| 8387 | to generate such functions. | ||
| 8388 | |||
| 8389 | ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | ||
| 8390 | numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | ||
| 8391 | beginning of the expanded text. | ||
| 8392 | |||
| 8393 | If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | ||
| 8394 | member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | ||
| 8395 | cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | ||
| 8396 | `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | ||
| 8397 | |||
| 8398 | If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text. | ||
| 8399 | |||
| 8400 | \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil) | ||
| 8401 | |||
| 8402 | (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | ||
| 8403 | Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | ||
| 8404 | This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'. | ||
| 8405 | |||
| 8406 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8407 | |||
| 8408 | (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | ||
| 8409 | Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | ||
| 8410 | This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'. | ||
| 8411 | |||
| 8412 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8413 | (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | ||
| 8414 | (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | ||
| 8415 | |||
| 8416 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8417 | |||
| 8418 | ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16511 32616)) | ||
| 8419 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el | ||
| 8420 | |||
| 8421 | (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | ||
| 8422 | Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format. | ||
| 8423 | For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'. | ||
| 8424 | |||
| 8425 | \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line. | ||
| 8426 | \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line. | ||
| 8427 | \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | ||
| 8428 | |||
| 8429 | Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | ||
| 8430 | |||
| 8431 | Key definitions: | ||
| 8432 | \\{f90-mode-map} | ||
| 8433 | |||
| 8434 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | ||
| 8435 | |||
| 8436 | `f90-do-indent' | ||
| 8437 | Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3). | ||
| 8438 | `f90-if-indent' | ||
| 8439 | Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3). | ||
| 8440 | `f90-type-indent' | ||
| 8441 | Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3). | ||
| 8442 | `f90-program-indent' | ||
| 8443 | Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks | ||
| 8444 | (default 2). | ||
| 8445 | `f90-continuation-indent' | ||
| 8446 | Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5). | ||
| 8447 | `f90-comment-region' | ||
| 8448 | String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each | ||
| 8449 | line in region (default \"!!!$\"). | ||
| 8450 | `f90-indented-comment-re' | ||
| 8451 | Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code | ||
| 8452 | (default \"!\"). | ||
| 8453 | `f90-directive-comment-re' | ||
| 8454 | Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented | ||
| 8455 | (default \"!hpf\\\\$\"). | ||
| 8456 | `f90-break-delimiters' | ||
| 8457 | Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken | ||
| 8458 | (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\"). | ||
| 8459 | `f90-break-before-delimiters' | ||
| 8460 | Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters | ||
| 8461 | (default t). | ||
| 8462 | `f90-beginning-ampersand' | ||
| 8463 | Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t). | ||
| 8464 | `f90-smart-end' | ||
| 8465 | From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | ||
| 8466 | Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | ||
| 8467 | whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink). | ||
| 8468 | `f90-auto-keyword-case' | ||
| 8469 | Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil). | ||
| 8470 | The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | ||
| 8471 | `f90-leave-line-no' | ||
| 8472 | Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil). | ||
| 8473 | `f90-keywords-re' | ||
| 8474 | List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | ||
| 8475 | |||
| 8476 | Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | ||
| 8477 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 8478 | |||
| 8479 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8480 | |||
| 8481 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8482 | |||
| 8483 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special | ||
| 8484 | ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only | ||
| 8485 | ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu | ||
| 8486 | ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) | ||
| 8487 | ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16511 32441)) | ||
| 8488 | ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el | ||
| 8489 | (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | ||
| 8490 | (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | ||
| 8491 | |||
| 8492 | (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | ||
| 8493 | Menu keymap for faces.") | ||
| 8494 | |||
| 8495 | (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | ||
| 8496 | |||
| 8497 | (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | ||
| 8498 | Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | ||
| 8499 | |||
| 8500 | (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | ||
| 8501 | |||
| 8502 | (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | ||
| 8503 | Menu keymap for background colors.") | ||
| 8504 | |||
| 8505 | (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | ||
| 8506 | |||
| 8507 | (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ | ||
| 8508 | Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") | ||
| 8509 | |||
| 8510 | (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | ||
| 8511 | |||
| 8512 | (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ | ||
| 8513 | Submenu for text justification commands.") | ||
| 8514 | |||
| 8515 | (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | ||
| 8516 | |||
| 8517 | (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ | ||
| 8518 | Submenu for indentation commands.") | ||
| 8519 | |||
| 8520 | (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | ||
| 8521 | |||
| 8522 | (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | ||
| 8523 | Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | ||
| 8524 | |||
| 8525 | (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | ||
| 8526 | |||
| 8527 | (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) | ||
| 8528 | |||
| 8529 | (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | ||
| 8530 | |||
| 8531 | (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | ||
| 8532 | |||
| 8533 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8534 | Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | ||
| 8535 | This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | ||
| 8536 | will not show through at all will be removed. | ||
| 8537 | |||
| 8538 | Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer. | ||
| 8539 | |||
| 8540 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | ||
| 8541 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | ||
| 8542 | requested face. | ||
| 8543 | |||
| 8544 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | ||
| 8545 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | ||
| 8546 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | ||
| 8547 | |||
| 8548 | \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8549 | |||
| 8550 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8551 | Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. | ||
| 8552 | This command reads the color in the minibuffer. | ||
| 8553 | |||
| 8554 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | ||
| 8555 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | ||
| 8556 | requested face. | ||
| 8557 | |||
| 8558 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | ||
| 8559 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | ||
| 8560 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | ||
| 8561 | |||
| 8562 | \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8563 | |||
| 8564 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8565 | Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. | ||
| 8566 | This command reads the color in the minibuffer. | ||
| 8567 | |||
| 8568 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | ||
| 8569 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | ||
| 8570 | requested face. | ||
| 8571 | |||
| 8572 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | ||
| 8573 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | ||
| 8574 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | ||
| 8575 | |||
| 8576 | \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8577 | |||
| 8578 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8579 | Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. | ||
| 8580 | This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use | ||
| 8581 | is the menu item's name. | ||
| 8582 | |||
| 8583 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | ||
| 8584 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | ||
| 8585 | requested face. | ||
| 8586 | |||
| 8587 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | ||
| 8588 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | ||
| 8589 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. | ||
| 8590 | |||
| 8591 | \(fn FACE START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8592 | |||
| 8593 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8594 | Make the region invisible. | ||
| 8595 | This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | ||
| 8596 | `facemenu-remove-special'. | ||
| 8597 | |||
| 8598 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8599 | |||
| 8600 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8601 | Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | ||
| 8602 | This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | ||
| 8603 | `facemenu-remove-special'. | ||
| 8604 | |||
| 8605 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8606 | |||
| 8607 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8608 | Make the region unmodifiable. | ||
| 8609 | This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | ||
| 8610 | `facemenu-remove-special'. | ||
| 8611 | |||
| 8612 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8613 | |||
| 8614 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8615 | Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties. | ||
| 8616 | |||
| 8617 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8618 | |||
| 8619 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8620 | Remove all text properties from the region. | ||
| 8621 | |||
| 8622 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8623 | |||
| 8624 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8625 | Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | ||
| 8626 | These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'. | ||
| 8627 | |||
| 8628 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 8629 | |||
| 8630 | (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8631 | Read a color using the minibuffer. | ||
| 8632 | |||
| 8633 | \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil) | ||
| 8634 | |||
| 8635 | (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | ||
| 8636 | Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | ||
| 8637 | If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | ||
| 8638 | colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | ||
| 8639 | of colors that the current display can handle. | ||
| 8640 | |||
| 8641 | \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil) | ||
| 8642 | |||
| 8643 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8644 | |||
| 8645 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | ||
| 8646 | ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16511 32442)) | ||
| 8647 | ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el | ||
| 8648 | |||
| 8649 | (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | ||
| 8650 | Toggle Fast Lock mode. | ||
| 8651 | With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | ||
| 8652 | is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | ||
| 8653 | |||
| 8654 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | ||
| 8655 | |||
| 8656 | If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | ||
| 8657 | properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | ||
| 8658 | buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | ||
| 8659 | |||
| 8660 | Font Lock caches may be saved: | ||
| 8661 | - When you save the file's buffer. | ||
| 8662 | - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | ||
| 8663 | - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | ||
| 8664 | Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | ||
| 8665 | See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | ||
| 8666 | |||
| 8667 | Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | ||
| 8668 | |||
| 8669 | Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | ||
| 8670 | see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | ||
| 8671 | For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | ||
| 8672 | `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'. | ||
| 8673 | |||
| 8674 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8675 | |||
| 8676 | (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | ||
| 8677 | Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode. | ||
| 8678 | |||
| 8679 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8680 | |||
| 8681 | (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | ||
| 8682 | |||
| 8683 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8684 | |||
| 8685 | ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | ||
| 8686 | ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts | ||
| 8687 | ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16511 32570)) | ||
| 8688 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el | ||
| 8689 | |||
| 8690 | (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\ | ||
| 8691 | Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. | ||
| 8692 | This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used | ||
| 8693 | with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing. | ||
| 8694 | |||
| 8695 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 8696 | |||
| 8697 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | ||
| 8698 | Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts. | ||
| 8699 | |||
| 8700 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8701 | |||
| 8702 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | ||
| 8703 | Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | ||
| 8704 | This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | ||
| 8705 | bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt. | ||
| 8706 | |||
| 8707 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8708 | |||
| 8709 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | ||
| 8710 | Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | ||
| 8711 | Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | ||
| 8712 | messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | ||
| 8713 | backup file names and the like). | ||
| 8714 | |||
| 8715 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8716 | |||
| 8717 | (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | ||
| 8718 | Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | ||
| 8719 | Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | ||
| 8720 | is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | ||
| 8721 | is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | ||
| 8722 | or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | ||
| 8723 | internally by feedmail): | ||
| 8724 | |||
| 8725 | after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | ||
| 8726 | after-queue (a message has just been queued) | ||
| 8727 | after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | ||
| 8728 | after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | ||
| 8729 | |||
| 8730 | WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | ||
| 8731 | the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | ||
| 8732 | to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | ||
| 8733 | by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | ||
| 8734 | you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil. | ||
| 8735 | |||
| 8736 | \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 8737 | |||
| 8738 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8739 | |||
| 8740 | ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu | ||
| 8741 | ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16511 32443)) | ||
| 8742 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el | ||
| 8743 | |||
| 8744 | (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | ||
| 8745 | Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | ||
| 8746 | Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | ||
| 8747 | Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | ||
| 8748 | Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | ||
| 8749 | double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | ||
| 8750 | Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'. | ||
| 8751 | |||
| 8752 | \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil) | ||
| 8753 | |||
| 8754 | (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | ||
| 8755 | Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | ||
| 8756 | If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | ||
| 8757 | With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | ||
| 8758 | If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | ||
| 8759 | See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | ||
| 8760 | and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | ||
| 8761 | |||
| 8762 | See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version. | ||
| 8763 | |||
| 8764 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 8765 | |||
| 8766 | (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point)) | ||
| 8767 | |||
| 8768 | (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | ||
| 8769 | Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | ||
| 8770 | Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | ||
| 8771 | cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | ||
| 8772 | The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | ||
| 8773 | a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'. | ||
| 8774 | |||
| 8775 | \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil) | ||
| 8776 | |||
| 8777 | (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | ||
| 8778 | Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | ||
| 8779 | Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | ||
| 8780 | Return value: | ||
| 8781 | * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | ||
| 8782 | * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | ||
| 8783 | * otherwise, nil | ||
| 8784 | |||
| 8785 | \(fn E)" t nil) | ||
| 8786 | |||
| 8787 | (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | ||
| 8788 | Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'. | ||
| 8789 | |||
| 8790 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 8791 | |||
| 8792 | (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\ | ||
| 8793 | Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'. | ||
| 8794 | |||
| 8795 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 8796 | |||
| 8797 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8798 | |||
| 8799 | ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | ||
| 8800 | ;;;;;; (16511 32452)) | ||
| 8801 | ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el | ||
| 8802 | |||
| 8803 | (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | ||
| 8804 | Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | ||
| 8805 | Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | ||
| 8806 | the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | ||
| 8807 | the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, | ||
| 8808 | the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | ||
| 8809 | \(directories) is done. | ||
| 8810 | |||
| 8811 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 8812 | (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | ||
| 8813 | (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | ||
| 8814 | (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | ||
| 8815 | |||
| 8816 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8817 | |||
| 8818 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | ||
| 8819 | ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16511 32455)) | ||
| 8820 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el | ||
| 8821 | |||
| 8822 | (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | ||
| 8823 | *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | ||
| 8824 | This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | ||
| 8825 | gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | ||
| 8826 | LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | ||
| 8827 | |||
| 8828 | (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired") | ||
| 8829 | |||
| 8830 | (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | ||
| 8831 | *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | ||
| 8832 | On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | ||
| 8833 | On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | ||
| 8834 | |||
| 8835 | (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired") | ||
| 8836 | |||
| 8837 | (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | ||
| 8838 | Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | ||
| 8839 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is | ||
| 8840 | |||
| 8841 | find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | ||
| 8842 | |||
| 8843 | except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | ||
| 8844 | as the final argument. | ||
| 8845 | |||
| 8846 | \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 8847 | |||
| 8848 | (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | ||
| 8849 | Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | ||
| 8850 | and run dired on those files. | ||
| 8851 | PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | ||
| 8852 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is | ||
| 8853 | |||
| 8854 | find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls | ||
| 8855 | |||
| 8856 | \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil) | ||
| 8857 | |||
| 8858 | (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | ||
| 8859 | Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output. | ||
| 8860 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is | ||
| 8861 | |||
| 8862 | find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls | ||
| 8863 | |||
| 8864 | Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options. | ||
| 8865 | |||
| 8866 | \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 8867 | |||
| 8868 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8869 | |||
| 8870 | ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | ||
| 8871 | ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | ||
| 8872 | ;;;;;; (16511 32455)) | ||
| 8873 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el | ||
| 8874 | |||
| 8875 | (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\ | ||
| 8876 | *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'. | ||
| 8877 | Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files | ||
| 8878 | etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that | ||
| 8879 | construct.") | ||
| 8880 | |||
| 8881 | (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | ||
| 8882 | Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | ||
| 8883 | See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. | ||
| 8884 | |||
| 8885 | If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window. | ||
| 8886 | |||
| 8887 | \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 8888 | |||
| 8889 | (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file)) | ||
| 8890 | |||
| 8891 | (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | ||
| 8892 | Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | ||
| 8893 | Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | ||
| 8894 | |||
| 8895 | If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | ||
| 8896 | If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | ||
| 8897 | |||
| 8898 | Variables of interest include: | ||
| 8899 | |||
| 8900 | - `ff-case-fold-search' | ||
| 8901 | Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | ||
| 8902 | If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. | ||
| 8903 | |||
| 8904 | - `ff-always-in-other-window' | ||
| 8905 | If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an | ||
| 8906 | argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. | ||
| 8907 | |||
| 8908 | - `ff-ignore-include' | ||
| 8909 | If non-nil, ignores #include lines. | ||
| 8910 | |||
| 8911 | - `ff-always-try-to-create' | ||
| 8912 | If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. | ||
| 8913 | |||
| 8914 | - `ff-quiet-mode' | ||
| 8915 | If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. | ||
| 8916 | |||
| 8917 | - `ff-special-constructs' | ||
| 8918 | A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | ||
| 8919 | constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | ||
| 8920 | extracting the filename from that construct. | ||
| 8921 | |||
| 8922 | - `ff-other-file-alist' | ||
| 8923 | Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. | ||
| 8924 | |||
| 8925 | - `ff-search-directories' | ||
| 8926 | List of directories searched through with each extension specified in | ||
| 8927 | `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. | ||
| 8928 | |||
| 8929 | - `ff-pre-find-hook' | ||
| 8930 | List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. | ||
| 8931 | |||
| 8932 | - `ff-pre-load-hook' | ||
| 8933 | List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. | ||
| 8934 | |||
| 8935 | - `ff-post-load-hook' | ||
| 8936 | List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. | ||
| 8937 | |||
| 8938 | - `ff-not-found-hook' | ||
| 8939 | List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. | ||
| 8940 | |||
| 8941 | - `ff-file-created-hook' | ||
| 8942 | List of functions to be called if the other file has been created. | ||
| 8943 | |||
| 8944 | \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil) | ||
| 8945 | |||
| 8946 | (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | ||
| 8947 | Visit the file you click on. | ||
| 8948 | |||
| 8949 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 8950 | |||
| 8951 | (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | ||
| 8952 | Visit the file you click on in another window. | ||
| 8953 | |||
| 8954 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 8955 | |||
| 8956 | ;;;*** | ||
| 8957 | |||
| 8958 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | ||
| 8959 | ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | ||
| 8960 | ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | ||
| 8961 | ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | ||
| 8962 | ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) | ||
| 8963 | ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16511 32539)) | ||
| 8964 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el | ||
| 8965 | |||
| 8966 | (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 8967 | Find the elisp source of LIBRARY. | ||
| 8968 | |||
| 8969 | \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil) | ||
| 8970 | |||
| 8971 | (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 8972 | Search for SYMBOL. | ||
| 8973 | If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise | ||
| 8974 | `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY. | ||
| 8975 | |||
| 8976 | \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil) | ||
| 8977 | |||
| 8978 | (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 8979 | Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | ||
| 8980 | |||
| 8981 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | ||
| 8982 | in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | ||
| 8983 | not selected. | ||
| 8984 | |||
| 8985 | If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | ||
| 8986 | searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | ||
| 8987 | in `load-path'. | ||
| 8988 | |||
| 8989 | \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil) | ||
| 8990 | |||
| 8991 | (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 8992 | Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | ||
| 8993 | |||
| 8994 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | ||
| 8995 | near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | ||
| 8996 | places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | ||
| 8997 | it is one of the current buffers. | ||
| 8998 | |||
| 8999 | The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | ||
| 9000 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | ||
| 9001 | See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'. | ||
| 9002 | |||
| 9003 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | ||
| 9004 | |||
| 9005 | (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9006 | Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | ||
| 9007 | |||
| 9008 | See `find-function' for more details. | ||
| 9009 | |||
| 9010 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | ||
| 9011 | |||
| 9012 | (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9013 | Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | ||
| 9014 | |||
| 9015 | See `find-function' for more details. | ||
| 9016 | |||
| 9017 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | ||
| 9018 | |||
| 9019 | (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9020 | Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | ||
| 9021 | |||
| 9022 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | ||
| 9023 | in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | ||
| 9024 | not selected. | ||
| 9025 | |||
| 9026 | The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or | ||
| 9027 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | ||
| 9028 | |||
| 9029 | \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil) | ||
| 9030 | |||
| 9031 | (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9032 | Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | ||
| 9033 | |||
| 9034 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | ||
| 9035 | near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | ||
| 9036 | places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | ||
| 9037 | it is one of the current buffers. | ||
| 9038 | |||
| 9039 | The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | ||
| 9040 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | ||
| 9041 | See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'. | ||
| 9042 | |||
| 9043 | \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) | ||
| 9044 | |||
| 9045 | (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9046 | Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | ||
| 9047 | |||
| 9048 | See `find-variable' for more details. | ||
| 9049 | |||
| 9050 | \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) | ||
| 9051 | |||
| 9052 | (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9053 | Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | ||
| 9054 | |||
| 9055 | See `find-variable' for more details. | ||
| 9056 | |||
| 9057 | \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) | ||
| 9058 | |||
| 9059 | (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9060 | Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | ||
| 9061 | Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer. | ||
| 9062 | |||
| 9063 | \(fn KEY)" t nil) | ||
| 9064 | |||
| 9065 | (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9066 | Find directly the function at point in the other window. | ||
| 9067 | |||
| 9068 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9069 | |||
| 9070 | (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9071 | Find directly the function at point in the other window. | ||
| 9072 | |||
| 9073 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9074 | |||
| 9075 | (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | ||
| 9076 | Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions. | ||
| 9077 | |||
| 9078 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 9079 | |||
| 9080 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9081 | |||
| 9082 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories | ||
| 9083 | ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16511 32455)) | ||
| 9084 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el | ||
| 9085 | |||
| 9086 | (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\ | ||
| 9087 | Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP. | ||
| 9088 | |||
| 9089 | \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 9090 | |||
| 9091 | (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\ | ||
| 9092 | Find all subdirectories of DIR. | ||
| 9093 | |||
| 9094 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 9095 | |||
| 9096 | (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\ | ||
| 9097 | Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP. | ||
| 9098 | |||
| 9099 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 9100 | |||
| 9101 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9102 | |||
| 9103 | ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) | ||
| 9104 | ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16511 32455)) | ||
| 9105 | ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el | ||
| 9106 | |||
| 9107 | (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | ||
| 9108 | Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer. | ||
| 9109 | |||
| 9110 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9111 | |||
| 9112 | (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | ||
| 9113 | Display FILE's commentary section. | ||
| 9114 | FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'. | ||
| 9115 | |||
| 9116 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 9117 | |||
| 9118 | (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | ||
| 9119 | Find packages matching a given keyword. | ||
| 9120 | |||
| 9121 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9122 | |||
| 9123 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9124 | |||
| 9125 | ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" | ||
| 9126 | ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16511 32456)) | ||
| 9127 | ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el | ||
| 9128 | |||
| 9129 | (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | ||
| 9130 | Toggle flow control handling. | ||
| 9131 | When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | ||
| 9132 | With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable. | ||
| 9133 | |||
| 9134 | \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil) | ||
| 9135 | |||
| 9136 | (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | ||
| 9137 | Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | ||
| 9138 | Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | ||
| 9139 | on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | ||
| 9140 | you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | ||
| 9141 | to get the effect of a C-q. | ||
| 9142 | |||
| 9143 | \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil) | ||
| 9144 | |||
| 9145 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9146 | |||
| 9147 | ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off | ||
| 9148 | ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string) | ||
| 9149 | ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16511 32638)) | ||
| 9150 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el | ||
| 9151 | |||
| 9152 | (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ | ||
| 9153 | *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | ||
| 9154 | Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | ||
| 9155 | |||
| 9156 | (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell") | ||
| 9157 | |||
| 9158 | (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | ||
| 9159 | Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings. | ||
| 9160 | |||
| 9161 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9162 | |||
| 9163 | (defvar flyspell-mode nil) | ||
| 9164 | |||
| 9165 | (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) | ||
| 9166 | |||
| 9167 | (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ | ||
| 9168 | Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | ||
| 9169 | Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | ||
| 9170 | The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | ||
| 9171 | With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | ||
| 9172 | With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | ||
| 9173 | |||
| 9174 | Bindings: | ||
| 9175 | \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | ||
| 9176 | \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | ||
| 9177 | \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | ||
| 9178 | |||
| 9179 | Hooks: | ||
| 9180 | This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered. | ||
| 9181 | |||
| 9182 | Remark: | ||
| 9183 | `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | ||
| 9184 | valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | ||
| 9185 | invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | ||
| 9186 | |||
| 9187 | Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | ||
| 9188 | consider adding: | ||
| 9189 | \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | ||
| 9190 | in your .emacs file. | ||
| 9191 | |||
| 9192 | \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region. | ||
| 9193 | \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer. | ||
| 9194 | |||
| 9195 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9196 | |||
| 9197 | (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) | ||
| 9198 | |||
| 9199 | (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\ | ||
| 9200 | The flyspell version | ||
| 9201 | |||
| 9202 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9203 | |||
| 9204 | (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ | ||
| 9205 | Turn Flyspell mode off. | ||
| 9206 | |||
| 9207 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 9208 | |||
| 9209 | (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\ | ||
| 9210 | Flyspell text between BEG and END. | ||
| 9211 | |||
| 9212 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 9213 | |||
| 9214 | (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\ | ||
| 9215 | Flyspell whole buffer. | ||
| 9216 | |||
| 9217 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9218 | |||
| 9219 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9220 | |||
| 9221 | ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | ||
| 9222 | ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | ||
| 9223 | ;;;;;; (16511 32457)) | ||
| 9224 | ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el | ||
| 9225 | |||
| 9226 | (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | ||
| 9227 | Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'. | ||
| 9228 | |||
| 9229 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9230 | |||
| 9231 | (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | ||
| 9232 | Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'. | ||
| 9233 | |||
| 9234 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9235 | |||
| 9236 | (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | ||
| 9237 | Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | ||
| 9238 | |||
| 9239 | The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | ||
| 9240 | of two major techniques: | ||
| 9241 | |||
| 9242 | * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | ||
| 9243 | This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | ||
| 9244 | others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | ||
| 9245 | |||
| 9246 | * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | ||
| 9247 | window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | ||
| 9248 | makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | ||
| 9249 | movement commands. | ||
| 9250 | |||
| 9251 | Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | ||
| 9252 | side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | ||
| 9253 | mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | ||
| 9254 | one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | ||
| 9255 | and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | ||
| 9256 | mileage may vary). | ||
| 9257 | |||
| 9258 | To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | ||
| 9259 | `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | ||
| 9260 | |||
| 9261 | Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | ||
| 9262 | |||
| 9263 | If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | ||
| 9264 | will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | ||
| 9265 | \(This is the default.) | ||
| 9266 | |||
| 9267 | When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | ||
| 9268 | is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | ||
| 9269 | |||
| 9270 | Keys specific to Follow mode: | ||
| 9271 | \\{follow-mode-map} | ||
| 9272 | |||
| 9273 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9274 | |||
| 9275 | (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | ||
| 9276 | Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | ||
| 9277 | |||
| 9278 | Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | ||
| 9279 | in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | ||
| 9280 | frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | ||
| 9281 | side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | ||
| 9282 | two windows always will display two successive pages. | ||
| 9283 | \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | ||
| 9284 | |||
| 9285 | If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | ||
| 9286 | the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | ||
| 9287 | selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | ||
| 9288 | |||
| 9289 | To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | ||
| 9290 | in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | ||
| 9291 | (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) | ||
| 9292 | |||
| 9293 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9294 | |||
| 9295 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9296 | |||
| 9297 | ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords | ||
| 9298 | ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" | ||
| 9299 | ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16511 32458)) | ||
| 9300 | ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el | ||
| 9301 | |||
| 9302 | (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\ | ||
| 9303 | Not documented | ||
| 9304 | |||
| 9305 | \(fn ARG)" nil nil) | ||
| 9306 | |||
| 9307 | (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | ||
| 9308 | Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. | ||
| 9309 | MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | ||
| 9310 | or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. | ||
| 9311 | KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | ||
| 9312 | By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | ||
| 9313 | If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | ||
| 9314 | highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | ||
| 9315 | end of the current highlighting list. | ||
| 9316 | |||
| 9317 | For example: | ||
| 9318 | |||
| 9319 | (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | ||
| 9320 | '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | ||
| 9321 | (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | ||
| 9322 | |||
| 9323 | adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | ||
| 9324 | comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | ||
| 9325 | |||
| 9326 | When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended | ||
| 9327 | to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | ||
| 9328 | subtle problems due to details of the implementation. | ||
| 9329 | |||
| 9330 | Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g., | ||
| 9331 | see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | ||
| 9332 | `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'. | ||
| 9333 | |||
| 9334 | \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil) | ||
| 9335 | |||
| 9336 | (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | ||
| 9337 | Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. | ||
| 9338 | |||
| 9339 | MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | ||
| 9340 | or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer. | ||
| 9341 | |||
| 9342 | When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended | ||
| 9343 | to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | ||
| 9344 | subtle problems due to details of the implementation. | ||
| 9345 | |||
| 9346 | \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil) | ||
| 9347 | |||
| 9348 | (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ | ||
| 9349 | Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would. | ||
| 9350 | |||
| 9351 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9352 | |||
| 9353 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9354 | |||
| 9355 | ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16511 | ||
| 9356 | ;;;;;; 32570)) | ||
| 9357 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el | ||
| 9358 | |||
| 9359 | (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | ||
| 9360 | Toggle footnote minor mode. | ||
| 9361 | \\<message-mode-map> | ||
| 9362 | key binding | ||
| 9363 | --- ------- | ||
| 9364 | |||
| 9365 | \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | ||
| 9366 | \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | ||
| 9367 | \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | ||
| 9368 | \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | ||
| 9369 | \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | ||
| 9370 | \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | ||
| 9371 | |||
| 9372 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9373 | |||
| 9374 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9375 | |||
| 9376 | ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) | ||
| 9377 | ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16511 32935)) | ||
| 9378 | ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el | ||
| 9379 | |||
| 9380 | (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | ||
| 9381 | Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | ||
| 9382 | |||
| 9383 | Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | ||
| 9384 | TAB forms-next-field TAB | ||
| 9385 | C-c TAB forms-next-field | ||
| 9386 | C-c < forms-first-record < | ||
| 9387 | C-c > forms-last-record > | ||
| 9388 | C-c ? describe-mode ? | ||
| 9389 | C-c C-k forms-delete-record | ||
| 9390 | C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | ||
| 9391 | C-c C-o forms-insert-record | ||
| 9392 | C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | ||
| 9393 | C-c C-n forms-next-record n | ||
| 9394 | C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | ||
| 9395 | C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | ||
| 9396 | C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | ||
| 9397 | C-c C-x forms-exit x | ||
| 9398 | |||
| 9399 | \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil) | ||
| 9400 | |||
| 9401 | (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | ||
| 9402 | Visit a file in Forms mode. | ||
| 9403 | |||
| 9404 | \(fn FN)" t nil) | ||
| 9405 | |||
| 9406 | (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | ||
| 9407 | Visit a file in Forms mode in other window. | ||
| 9408 | |||
| 9409 | \(fn FN)" t nil) | ||
| 9410 | |||
| 9411 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9412 | |||
| 9413 | ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | ||
| 9414 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16511 32616)) | ||
| 9415 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el | ||
| 9416 | |||
| 9417 | (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | ||
| 9418 | *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | ||
| 9419 | A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | ||
| 9420 | A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | ||
| 9421 | with a character in column 6.") | ||
| 9422 | |||
| 9423 | (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran") | ||
| 9424 | |||
| 9425 | (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | ||
| 9426 | Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format. | ||
| 9427 | For free format code, use `f90-mode'. | ||
| 9428 | |||
| 9429 | \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | ||
| 9430 | Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | ||
| 9431 | |||
| 9432 | Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords. | ||
| 9433 | |||
| 9434 | Key definitions: | ||
| 9435 | \\{fortran-mode-map} | ||
| 9436 | |||
| 9437 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | ||
| 9438 | |||
| 9439 | `comment-start' | ||
| 9440 | To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". | ||
| 9441 | `fortran-do-indent' | ||
| 9442 | Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3). | ||
| 9443 | `fortran-if-indent' | ||
| 9444 | Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3). | ||
| 9445 | `fortran-structure-indent' | ||
| 9446 | Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks. | ||
| 9447 | (default 3) | ||
| 9448 | `fortran-continuation-indent' | ||
| 9449 | Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5). | ||
| 9450 | `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | ||
| 9451 | Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0). | ||
| 9452 | `fortran-comment-indent-style' | ||
| 9453 | How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are: | ||
| 9454 | nil don't change the indentation | ||
| 9455 | fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | ||
| 9456 | value of either | ||
| 9457 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or | ||
| 9458 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format), | ||
| 9459 | depending on the continuation format in use. | ||
| 9460 | relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | ||
| 9461 | indentation for a line of code. | ||
| 9462 | (default 'fixed) | ||
| 9463 | `fortran-comment-indent-char' | ||
| 9464 | Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | ||
| 9465 | full-line comment indentation (default \" \"). | ||
| 9466 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | ||
| 9467 | Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6). | ||
| 9468 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | ||
| 9469 | Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9). | ||
| 9470 | `fortran-line-number-indent' | ||
| 9471 | Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will | ||
| 9472 | get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | ||
| 9473 | column 5. | ||
| 9474 | `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | ||
| 9475 | Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | ||
| 9476 | statements (default nil). | ||
| 9477 | `fortran-blink-matching-if' | ||
| 9478 | Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement | ||
| 9479 | to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil) | ||
| 9480 | `fortran-continuation-string' | ||
| 9481 | Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | ||
| 9482 | line (default \"$\"). | ||
| 9483 | `fortran-comment-region' | ||
| 9484 | String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | ||
| 9485 | the region (default \"c$$$\"). | ||
| 9486 | `fortran-electric-line-number' | ||
| 9487 | Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | ||
| 9488 | as typed (default t). | ||
| 9489 | `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | ||
| 9490 | Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t). | ||
| 9491 | |||
| 9492 | Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | ||
| 9493 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 9494 | |||
| 9495 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9496 | |||
| 9497 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9498 | |||
| 9499 | ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region | ||
| 9500 | ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16511 32593)) | ||
| 9501 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el | ||
| 9502 | |||
| 9503 | (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\ | ||
| 9504 | Add STRING to a fortune file FILE. | ||
| 9505 | |||
| 9506 | Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | ||
| 9507 | read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'. | ||
| 9508 | |||
| 9509 | \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 9510 | |||
| 9511 | (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\ | ||
| 9512 | Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file. | ||
| 9513 | |||
| 9514 | Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | ||
| 9515 | read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'. | ||
| 9516 | |||
| 9517 | \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 9518 | |||
| 9519 | (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\ | ||
| 9520 | Compile fortune file. | ||
| 9521 | |||
| 9522 | If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses | ||
| 9523 | the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories. | ||
| 9524 | |||
| 9525 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 9526 | |||
| 9527 | (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\ | ||
| 9528 | Create signature from output of the fortune program. | ||
| 9529 | |||
| 9530 | If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | ||
| 9531 | otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | ||
| 9532 | choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | ||
| 9533 | and choose the directory as the fortune-file. | ||
| 9534 | |||
| 9535 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 9536 | |||
| 9537 | (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\ | ||
| 9538 | Display a fortune cookie. | ||
| 9539 | |||
| 9540 | If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | ||
| 9541 | otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | ||
| 9542 | choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | ||
| 9543 | and choose the directory as the fortune-file. | ||
| 9544 | |||
| 9545 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 9546 | |||
| 9547 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9548 | |||
| 9549 | ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe" | ||
| 9550 | ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16511 32459)) | ||
| 9551 | ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el | ||
| 9552 | |||
| 9553 | (defvar fringe-mode nil "\ | ||
| 9554 | *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames. | ||
| 9555 | This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have | ||
| 9556 | the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying | ||
| 9557 | the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or | ||
| 9558 | a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates | ||
| 9559 | width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no | ||
| 9560 | fringe). | ||
| 9561 | To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make | ||
| 9562 | it take real effect. | ||
| 9563 | Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect. | ||
| 9564 | If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame, | ||
| 9565 | you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'") | ||
| 9566 | |||
| 9567 | (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe") | ||
| 9568 | |||
| 9569 | (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\ | ||
| 9570 | Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames. | ||
| 9571 | |||
| 9572 | When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values | ||
| 9573 | for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only', | ||
| 9574 | `minimal' and `half'. | ||
| 9575 | |||
| 9576 | When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the | ||
| 9577 | integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in | ||
| 9578 | cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single | ||
| 9579 | integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width. | ||
| 9580 | If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the | ||
| 9581 | default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and | ||
| 9582 | right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple | ||
| 9583 | of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe | ||
| 9584 | width of 0. | ||
| 9585 | |||
| 9586 | Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default | ||
| 9587 | fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all | ||
| 9588 | frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you | ||
| 9589 | want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected | ||
| 9590 | frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'. | ||
| 9591 | |||
| 9592 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 9593 | |||
| 9594 | (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\ | ||
| 9595 | Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame. | ||
| 9596 | |||
| 9597 | When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values | ||
| 9598 | for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only', | ||
| 9599 | `minimal' and `half'. | ||
| 9600 | |||
| 9601 | When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the | ||
| 9602 | integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in | ||
| 9603 | cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single | ||
| 9604 | integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width. | ||
| 9605 | If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the | ||
| 9606 | default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and | ||
| 9607 | right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple | ||
| 9608 | of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe | ||
| 9609 | width of 0. | ||
| 9610 | |||
| 9611 | Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default | ||
| 9612 | fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the | ||
| 9613 | default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command | ||
| 9614 | `fringe-mode'. | ||
| 9615 | |||
| 9616 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 9617 | |||
| 9618 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9619 | |||
| 9620 | ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" (16511 32617)) | ||
| 9621 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el | ||
| 9622 | |||
| 9623 | (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\ | ||
| 9624 | Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | ||
| 9625 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 9626 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 9627 | |||
| 9628 | If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just | ||
| 9629 | pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case | ||
| 9630 | it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the | ||
| 9631 | other with the source file with the main routine of the debugee. | ||
| 9632 | |||
| 9633 | If `gdb-many-windows' is t the layout below will appear | ||
| 9634 | regardless of the value of `gdb-show-main' unless | ||
| 9635 | `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer | ||
| 9636 | occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in | ||
| 9637 | relevant buffer. | ||
| 9638 | |||
| 9639 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 9640 | GDB Toolbar | ||
| 9641 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 9642 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer | ||
| 9643 | | | ||
| 9644 | | | ||
| 9645 | | | ||
| 9646 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 9647 | Source buffer | Input/Output (of debugee) buffer | ||
| 9648 | | (comint-mode) | ||
| 9649 | | | ||
| 9650 | | | ||
| 9651 | | | ||
| 9652 | | | ||
| 9653 | | | ||
| 9654 | | | ||
| 9655 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 9656 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer | ||
| 9657 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint | ||
| 9658 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint | ||
| 9659 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint | ||
| 9660 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 9661 | |||
| 9662 | All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same | ||
| 9663 | window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint | ||
| 9664 | icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break | ||
| 9665 | in the GUD buffer. | ||
| 9666 | |||
| 9667 | This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the | ||
| 9668 | screen. | ||
| 9669 | |||
| 9670 | Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed | ||
| 9671 | as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed. | ||
| 9672 | Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion. | ||
| 9673 | |||
| 9674 | The following interactive lisp functions help control operation : | ||
| 9675 | |||
| 9676 | `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses. | ||
| 9677 | `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout. | ||
| 9678 | |||
| 9679 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 9680 | |||
| 9681 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9682 | |||
| 9683 | ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | ||
| 9684 | ;;;;;; (16511 32460)) | ||
| 9685 | ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el | ||
| 9686 | |||
| 9687 | (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | ||
| 9688 | Create a new generic mode with NAME. | ||
| 9689 | |||
| 9690 | Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | ||
| 9691 | FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | ||
| 9692 | |||
| 9693 | NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | ||
| 9694 | name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | ||
| 9695 | function. | ||
| 9696 | |||
| 9697 | COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | ||
| 9698 | a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | ||
| 9699 | or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | ||
| 9700 | `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | ||
| 9701 | pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. | ||
| 9702 | Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | ||
| 9703 | |||
| 9704 | KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | ||
| 9705 | Each keyword should be a string. | ||
| 9706 | |||
| 9707 | FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | ||
| 9708 | in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-keywords'. | ||
| 9709 | |||
| 9710 | AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. | ||
| 9711 | These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' | ||
| 9712 | is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | ||
| 9713 | |||
| 9714 | FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | ||
| 9715 | |||
| 9716 | See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'. | ||
| 9717 | |||
| 9718 | \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) | ||
| 9719 | |||
| 9720 | (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | ||
| 9721 | Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | ||
| 9722 | \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | ||
| 9723 | comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | ||
| 9724 | |||
| 9725 | To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | ||
| 9726 | Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'. | ||
| 9727 | |||
| 9728 | \(fn TYPE)" t nil) | ||
| 9729 | |||
| 9730 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9731 | |||
| 9732 | ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" | ||
| 9733 | ;;;;;; (16511 32617)) | ||
| 9734 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el | ||
| 9735 | |||
| 9736 | (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | ||
| 9737 | Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | ||
| 9738 | When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | ||
| 9739 | at places they belong to. | ||
| 9740 | |||
| 9741 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9742 | |||
| 9743 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9744 | |||
| 9745 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server | ||
| 9746 | ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16464 65074)) | ||
| 9747 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el | ||
| 9748 | |||
| 9749 | (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | ||
| 9750 | Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server. | ||
| 9751 | |||
| 9752 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9753 | |||
| 9754 | (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | ||
| 9755 | Read network news. | ||
| 9756 | If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | ||
| 9757 | startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | ||
| 9758 | If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | ||
| 9759 | prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | ||
| 9760 | As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server. | ||
| 9761 | |||
| 9762 | \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil) | ||
| 9763 | |||
| 9764 | (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | ||
| 9765 | Read news as a slave. | ||
| 9766 | |||
| 9767 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9768 | |||
| 9769 | (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | ||
| 9770 | Pop up a frame to read news. | ||
| 9771 | |||
| 9772 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9773 | |||
| 9774 | (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | ||
| 9775 | Read network news. | ||
| 9776 | If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | ||
| 9777 | startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | ||
| 9778 | prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | ||
| 9779 | |||
| 9780 | \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil) | ||
| 9781 | |||
| 9782 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9783 | |||
| 9784 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | ||
| 9785 | ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | ||
| 9786 | ;;;;;; (16464 65072)) | ||
| 9787 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el | ||
| 9788 | |||
| 9789 | (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | ||
| 9790 | Start Gnus unplugged. | ||
| 9791 | |||
| 9792 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9793 | |||
| 9794 | (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | ||
| 9795 | Start Gnus plugged. | ||
| 9796 | |||
| 9797 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9798 | |||
| 9799 | (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | ||
| 9800 | Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | ||
| 9801 | The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | ||
| 9802 | last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | ||
| 9803 | |||
| 9804 | \(gnus-agentize) | ||
| 9805 | |||
| 9806 | This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | ||
| 9807 | and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | ||
| 9808 | agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers. | ||
| 9809 | |||
| 9810 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9811 | |||
| 9812 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | ||
| 9813 | Start Gnus and fetch session. | ||
| 9814 | |||
| 9815 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9816 | |||
| 9817 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\ | ||
| 9818 | Not documented | ||
| 9819 | |||
| 9820 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9821 | |||
| 9822 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9823 | |||
| 9824 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" | ||
| 9825 | ;;;;;; (16511 32568)) | ||
| 9826 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el | ||
| 9827 | |||
| 9828 | (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ | ||
| 9829 | Make the current buffer look like a nice article. | ||
| 9830 | |||
| 9831 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 9832 | |||
| 9833 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9834 | |||
| 9835 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | ||
| 9836 | ;;;;;; (16464 65072)) | ||
| 9837 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el | ||
| 9838 | |||
| 9839 | (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | ||
| 9840 | Play a sound FILE through the speaker. | ||
| 9841 | |||
| 9842 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 9843 | |||
| 9844 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9845 | |||
| 9846 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | ||
| 9847 | ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16464 | ||
| 9848 | ;;;;;; 65072)) | ||
| 9849 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el | ||
| 9850 | |||
| 9851 | (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | ||
| 9852 | Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | ||
| 9853 | |||
| 9854 | Usage: | ||
| 9855 | $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache | ||
| 9856 | |||
| 9857 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9858 | |||
| 9859 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | ||
| 9860 | Generate the cache active file. | ||
| 9861 | |||
| 9862 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) | ||
| 9863 | |||
| 9864 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | ||
| 9865 | Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR. | ||
| 9866 | |||
| 9867 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 9868 | |||
| 9869 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9870 | |||
| 9871 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | ||
| 9872 | ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16464 65073)) | ||
| 9873 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el | ||
| 9874 | |||
| 9875 | (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | ||
| 9876 | Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | ||
| 9877 | Returns whether the fetching was successful or not. | ||
| 9878 | |||
| 9879 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | ||
| 9880 | |||
| 9881 | (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | ||
| 9882 | Pop up a frame and enter GROUP. | ||
| 9883 | |||
| 9884 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | ||
| 9885 | |||
| 9886 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9887 | |||
| 9888 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | ||
| 9889 | ;;;;;; (16464 65073)) | ||
| 9890 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el | ||
| 9891 | |||
| 9892 | (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | ||
| 9893 | |||
| 9894 | (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | ||
| 9895 | Run batched scoring. | ||
| 9896 | Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score | ||
| 9897 | |||
| 9898 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 9899 | |||
| 9900 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9901 | |||
| 9902 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) | ||
| 9903 | ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16464 65073)) | ||
| 9904 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el | ||
| 9905 | |||
| 9906 | (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | ||
| 9907 | Not documented | ||
| 9908 | |||
| 9909 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 9910 | |||
| 9911 | (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | ||
| 9912 | Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. | ||
| 9913 | |||
| 9914 | \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map} | ||
| 9915 | |||
| 9916 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 9917 | |||
| 9918 | ;;;*** | ||
| 9919 | |||
| 9920 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update | ||
| 9921 | ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" | ||
| 9922 | ;;;;;; (16464 65073)) | ||
| 9923 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el | ||
| 9924 | |||
| 9925 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | ||
| 9926 | Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. | ||
| 9927 | Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail | ||
| 9928 | splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with | ||
| 9929 | group parameters. | ||
| 9930 | |||
| 9931 | If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called | ||
| 9932 | interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before | ||
| 9933 | getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to | ||
| 9934 | nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. | ||
| 9935 | |||
| 9936 | A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of | ||
| 9937 | gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used | ||
| 9938 | by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is | ||
| 9939 | nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as | ||
| 9940 | the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, | ||
| 9941 | unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical | ||
| 9942 | uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more | ||
| 9943 | elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't | ||
| 9944 | match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See | ||
| 9945 | gnus-group-split-fancy for details. | ||
| 9946 | |||
| 9947 | \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil) | ||
| 9948 | |||
| 9949 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | ||
| 9950 | Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by | ||
| 9951 | calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL). | ||
| 9952 | |||
| 9953 | If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used | ||
| 9954 | instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup. | ||
| 9955 | |||
| 9956 | \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil) | ||
| 9957 | |||
| 9958 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | ||
| 9959 | Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | ||
| 9960 | See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. | ||
| 9961 | |||
| 9962 | gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods. | ||
| 9963 | |||
| 9964 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 9965 | |||
| 9966 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | ||
| 9967 | Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | ||
| 9968 | It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT | ||
| 9969 | |||
| 9970 | \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) | ||
| 9971 | |||
| 9972 | GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will | ||
| 9973 | be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all | ||
| 9974 | existing groups are considered. | ||
| 9975 | |||
| 9976 | if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned, | ||
| 9977 | otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be | ||
| 9978 | returned. | ||
| 9979 | |||
| 9980 | For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC | ||
| 9981 | is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this | ||
| 9982 | case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or | ||
| 9983 | EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is | ||
| 9984 | constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if | ||
| 9985 | SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it | ||
| 9986 | matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT | ||
| 9987 | clauses will be generated. | ||
| 9988 | |||
| 9989 | If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of | ||
| 9990 | catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no | ||
| 9991 | selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is | ||
| 9992 | there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy | ||
| 9993 | split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, | ||
| 9994 | as the last element of a '| SPLIT. | ||
| 9995 | |||
| 9996 | For example, given the following group parameters: | ||
| 9997 | |||
| 9998 | nnml:mail.bar: | ||
| 9999 | \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") | ||
| 10000 | (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) | ||
| 10001 | nnml:mail.foo: | ||
| 10002 | \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") | ||
| 10003 | (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") | ||
| 10004 | (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") | ||
| 10005 | (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) | ||
| 10006 | nnml:mail.others: | ||
| 10007 | \((split-spec . catch-all)) | ||
| 10008 | |||
| 10009 | Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns: | ||
| 10010 | |||
| 10011 | \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" | ||
| 10012 | \"mail.bar\") | ||
| 10013 | (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" | ||
| 10014 | - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) | ||
| 10015 | \"mail.others\") | ||
| 10016 | |||
| 10017 | \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil) | ||
| 10018 | |||
| 10019 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10020 | |||
| 10021 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | ||
| 10022 | ;;;;;; (16464 65073)) | ||
| 10023 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el | ||
| 10024 | |||
| 10025 | (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | ||
| 10026 | Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | ||
| 10027 | Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server. | ||
| 10028 | |||
| 10029 | \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil) | ||
| 10030 | |||
| 10031 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10032 | |||
| 10033 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16464 | ||
| 10034 | ;;;;;; 65073)) | ||
| 10035 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el | ||
| 10036 | |||
| 10037 | (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ | ||
| 10038 | Start editing a mail message to be sent. | ||
| 10039 | Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the | ||
| 10040 | Gcc: header for archiving purposes. | ||
| 10041 | |||
| 10042 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 10043 | |||
| 10044 | (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | ||
| 10045 | |||
| 10046 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10047 | |||
| 10048 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el" | ||
| 10049 | ;;;;;; (16464 65073)) | ||
| 10050 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el | ||
| 10051 | |||
| 10052 | (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | ||
| 10053 | Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | ||
| 10054 | All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | ||
| 10055 | If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr | ||
| 10056 | part is ignored. | ||
| 10057 | |||
| 10058 | This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is | ||
| 10059 | recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' | ||
| 10060 | rather than using this function. | ||
| 10061 | |||
| 10062 | \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | ||
| 10063 | |||
| 10064 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10065 | |||
| 10066 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | ||
| 10067 | ;;;;;; (16464 65074)) | ||
| 10068 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el | ||
| 10069 | |||
| 10070 | (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | ||
| 10071 | Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | ||
| 10072 | Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | ||
| 10073 | for matching on group names. | ||
| 10074 | |||
| 10075 | For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | ||
| 10076 | groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | ||
| 10077 | |||
| 10078 | $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | ||
| 10079 | |||
| 10080 | Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet. | ||
| 10081 | |||
| 10082 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10083 | |||
| 10084 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10085 | |||
| 10086 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | ||
| 10087 | ;;;;;; (16464 65074)) | ||
| 10088 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el | ||
| 10089 | |||
| 10090 | (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | ||
| 10091 | Update the format specification near point. | ||
| 10092 | |||
| 10093 | \(fn VAR)" t nil) | ||
| 10094 | |||
| 10095 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10096 | |||
| 10097 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | ||
| 10098 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16464 65074)) | ||
| 10099 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el | ||
| 10100 | |||
| 10101 | (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | ||
| 10102 | Unload all Gnus features. | ||
| 10103 | \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names | ||
| 10104 | have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use | ||
| 10105 | cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble. | ||
| 10106 | |||
| 10107 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10108 | |||
| 10109 | (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | ||
| 10110 | Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend. | ||
| 10111 | |||
| 10112 | \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil) | ||
| 10113 | |||
| 10114 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10115 | |||
| 10116 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | ||
| 10117 | ;;;;;; (16464 65074)) | ||
| 10118 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el | ||
| 10119 | |||
| 10120 | (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | ||
| 10121 | Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'. | ||
| 10122 | |||
| 10123 | \(fn CONF)" nil nil) | ||
| 10124 | |||
| 10125 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10126 | |||
| 10127 | ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16511 32593)) | ||
| 10128 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el | ||
| 10129 | |||
| 10130 | (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | ||
| 10131 | Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | ||
| 10132 | |||
| 10133 | If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | ||
| 10134 | If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | ||
| 10135 | If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | ||
| 10136 | |||
| 10137 | You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | ||
| 10138 | and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | ||
| 10139 | marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | ||
| 10140 | |||
| 10141 | You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | ||
| 10142 | \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | ||
| 10143 | |||
| 10144 | This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the | ||
| 10145 | Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules. | ||
| 10146 | |||
| 10147 | Use \\[describe-mode] for more info. | ||
| 10148 | |||
| 10149 | \(fn &optional N M)" t nil) | ||
| 10150 | |||
| 10151 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10152 | |||
| 10153 | ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | ||
| 10154 | ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16511 32585)) | ||
| 10155 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el | ||
| 10156 | |||
| 10157 | (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | ||
| 10158 | Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | ||
| 10159 | Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | ||
| 10160 | `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | ||
| 10161 | there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click. | ||
| 10162 | |||
| 10163 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 10164 | |||
| 10165 | (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | ||
| 10166 | Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | ||
| 10167 | Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | ||
| 10168 | `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | ||
| 10169 | there, then load the URL at or before point. | ||
| 10170 | |||
| 10171 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10172 | |||
| 10173 | (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | ||
| 10174 | Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | ||
| 10175 | Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | ||
| 10176 | or to send e-mail. | ||
| 10177 | By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | ||
| 10178 | |||
| 10179 | Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | ||
| 10180 | `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information). | ||
| 10181 | |||
| 10182 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10183 | |||
| 10184 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10185 | |||
| 10186 | ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep grep-setup-hook grep-window-height) | ||
| 10187 | ;;;;;; "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (16511 32617)) | ||
| 10188 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el | ||
| 10189 | |||
| 10190 | (defvar grep-window-height nil "\ | ||
| 10191 | *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.") | ||
| 10192 | |||
| 10193 | (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep") | ||
| 10194 | |||
| 10195 | (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\ | ||
| 10196 | List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').") | ||
| 10197 | |||
| 10198 | (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep") | ||
| 10199 | |||
| 10200 | (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\ | ||
| 10201 | Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | ||
| 10202 | While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | ||
| 10203 | or \\<grep-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | ||
| 10204 | where grep found matches. | ||
| 10205 | |||
| 10206 | This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can | ||
| 10207 | easily repeat a grep command. | ||
| 10208 | |||
| 10209 | A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | ||
| 10210 | tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | ||
| 10211 | in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | ||
| 10212 | if that history list is empty). | ||
| 10213 | |||
| 10214 | If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to | ||
| 10215 | temporarily highlight in visited source lines. | ||
| 10216 | |||
| 10217 | \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 10218 | (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" nil t) | ||
| 10219 | |||
| 10220 | (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\ | ||
| 10221 | Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. | ||
| 10222 | Collect output in a buffer. | ||
| 10223 | While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command | ||
| 10224 | to find the text that grep hits refer to. | ||
| 10225 | |||
| 10226 | This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | ||
| 10227 | easily repeat a find command. | ||
| 10228 | |||
| 10229 | \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 10230 | |||
| 10231 | (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\ | ||
| 10232 | Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR. | ||
| 10233 | Collect output in a buffer. | ||
| 10234 | Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter. | ||
| 10235 | With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP. | ||
| 10236 | The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES. | ||
| 10237 | FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g. | ||
| 10238 | entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. | ||
| 10239 | |||
| 10240 | While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command | ||
| 10241 | to find the text that grep hits refer to. | ||
| 10242 | |||
| 10243 | This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | ||
| 10244 | easily repeat a find command. | ||
| 10245 | |||
| 10246 | When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to | ||
| 10247 | those sub directories of DIR. | ||
| 10248 | |||
| 10249 | \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil) | ||
| 10250 | |||
| 10251 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10252 | |||
| 10253 | ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16511 32460)) | ||
| 10254 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el | ||
| 10255 | |||
| 10256 | (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | ||
| 10257 | Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | ||
| 10258 | SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | ||
| 10259 | and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | ||
| 10260 | the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful. | ||
| 10261 | |||
| 10262 | \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil) | ||
| 10263 | |||
| 10264 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10265 | |||
| 10266 | ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx | ||
| 10267 | ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16511 32618)) | ||
| 10268 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el | ||
| 10269 | |||
| 10270 | (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10271 | Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | ||
| 10272 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 10273 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 10274 | |||
| 10275 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10276 | |||
| 10277 | (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10278 | Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | ||
| 10279 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 10280 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 10281 | |||
| 10282 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10283 | |||
| 10284 | (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10285 | Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | ||
| 10286 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 10287 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 10288 | |||
| 10289 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10290 | |||
| 10291 | (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10292 | Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | ||
| 10293 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 10294 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 10295 | |||
| 10296 | You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | ||
| 10297 | directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory. | ||
| 10298 | |||
| 10299 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10300 | |||
| 10301 | (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10302 | Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | ||
| 10303 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 10304 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 10305 | |||
| 10306 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10307 | |||
| 10308 | (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10309 | Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | ||
| 10310 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 10311 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 10312 | |||
| 10313 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10314 | |||
| 10315 | (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10316 | Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. | ||
| 10317 | The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or | ||
| 10318 | \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\" | ||
| 10319 | switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value. | ||
| 10320 | |||
| 10321 | See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for | ||
| 10322 | information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if | ||
| 10323 | `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the | ||
| 10324 | original source file access method. | ||
| 10325 | |||
| 10326 | For general information about commands available to control jdb from | ||
| 10327 | gud, see `gud-mode'. | ||
| 10328 | |||
| 10329 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10330 | |||
| 10331 | (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10332 | Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | ||
| 10333 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | ||
| 10334 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | ||
| 10335 | |||
| 10336 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) | ||
| 10337 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | ||
| 10338 | |||
| 10339 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))) | ||
| 10340 | |||
| 10341 | (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\ | ||
| 10342 | Major mode for editing GDB scripts | ||
| 10343 | |||
| 10344 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10345 | |||
| 10346 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10347 | |||
| 10348 | ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16511 | ||
| 10349 | ;;;;;; 32594)) | ||
| 10350 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el | ||
| 10351 | |||
| 10352 | (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | ||
| 10353 | Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | ||
| 10354 | The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | ||
| 10355 | and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | ||
| 10356 | |||
| 10357 | Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | ||
| 10358 | handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | ||
| 10359 | handwrite-numlines (default 60) | ||
| 10360 | handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil) | ||
| 10361 | |||
| 10362 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10363 | |||
| 10364 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10365 | |||
| 10366 | ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" | ||
| 10367 | ;;;;;; (16511 32594)) | ||
| 10368 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el | ||
| 10369 | |||
| 10370 | (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | ||
| 10371 | Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings. | ||
| 10372 | |||
| 10373 | \(fn NRINGS)" t nil) | ||
| 10374 | |||
| 10375 | (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | ||
| 10376 | Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | ||
| 10377 | Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | ||
| 10378 | second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | ||
| 10379 | |||
| 10380 | Repent before ring 31 moves. | ||
| 10381 | |||
| 10382 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10383 | |||
| 10384 | (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | ||
| 10385 | Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | ||
| 10386 | This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | ||
| 10387 | current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | ||
| 10388 | to be updated. | ||
| 10389 | |||
| 10390 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10391 | |||
| 10392 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10393 | |||
| 10394 | ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region | ||
| 10395 | ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer | ||
| 10396 | ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string | ||
| 10397 | ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (16511 32460)) | ||
| 10398 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el | ||
| 10399 | |||
| 10400 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10401 | Return the help-echo string at point. | ||
| 10402 | Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay | ||
| 10403 | property, or nil, is returned. | ||
| 10404 | If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any | ||
| 10405 | `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value | ||
| 10406 | can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property. | ||
| 10407 | |||
| 10408 | \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil) | ||
| 10409 | |||
| 10410 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10411 | Return the keyboard help string at point. | ||
| 10412 | If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a | ||
| 10413 | string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If | ||
| 10414 | this produces no string either, return nil. | ||
| 10415 | |||
| 10416 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 10417 | |||
| 10418 | (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10419 | Display local help in the echo area. | ||
| 10420 | This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by | ||
| 10421 | the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce | ||
| 10422 | a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is | ||
| 10423 | printed instead. | ||
| 10424 | |||
| 10425 | A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case | ||
| 10426 | there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is | ||
| 10427 | mainly meant for use from Lisp. | ||
| 10428 | |||
| 10429 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 10430 | |||
| 10431 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10432 | Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'. | ||
| 10433 | This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'. | ||
| 10434 | |||
| 10435 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10436 | |||
| 10437 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10438 | Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'. | ||
| 10439 | This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active. | ||
| 10440 | |||
| 10441 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10442 | |||
| 10443 | (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\ | ||
| 10444 | *Automatically show local help on point-over. | ||
| 10445 | If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or | ||
| 10446 | `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the | ||
| 10447 | echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a | ||
| 10448 | quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings, | ||
| 10449 | `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets | ||
| 10450 | printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is | ||
| 10451 | included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap', | ||
| 10452 | `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or | ||
| 10453 | a non-empty list disables the feature. | ||
| 10454 | |||
| 10455 | This variable only takes effect after a call to | ||
| 10456 | `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has | ||
| 10457 | been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call | ||
| 10458 | `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the | ||
| 10459 | effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'. | ||
| 10460 | |||
| 10461 | When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer' | ||
| 10462 | is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which | ||
| 10463 | case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty | ||
| 10464 | list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus | ||
| 10465 | enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil. | ||
| 10466 | Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values | ||
| 10467 | that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'. | ||
| 10468 | The default is `never'.") | ||
| 10469 | |||
| 10470 | (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt") | ||
| 10471 | |||
| 10472 | (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10473 | Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property. | ||
| 10474 | Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal | ||
| 10475 | hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol. | ||
| 10476 | Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are | ||
| 10477 | considered different regions. | ||
| 10478 | |||
| 10479 | With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next | ||
| 10480 | such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward. | ||
| 10481 | If point is already in a region, then that region does not count | ||
| 10482 | toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to | ||
| 10483 | the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a | ||
| 10484 | region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and | ||
| 10485 | do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over, | ||
| 10486 | an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned | ||
| 10487 | in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run. | ||
| 10488 | |||
| 10489 | \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil) | ||
| 10490 | |||
| 10491 | (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10492 | Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo. | ||
| 10493 | Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent | ||
| 10494 | areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered | ||
| 10495 | different regions. | ||
| 10496 | |||
| 10497 | With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next | ||
| 10498 | help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point | ||
| 10499 | is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count | ||
| 10500 | toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region, | ||
| 10501 | move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not | ||
| 10502 | in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there | ||
| 10503 | are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the | ||
| 10504 | number of available regions is mentioned in the error message. | ||
| 10505 | |||
| 10506 | A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a | ||
| 10507 | help-echo region without any local help being available. This is | ||
| 10508 | because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This | ||
| 10509 | rarely happens in practice. | ||
| 10510 | |||
| 10511 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 10512 | |||
| 10513 | (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\ | ||
| 10514 | Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo. | ||
| 10515 | Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent | ||
| 10516 | areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered | ||
| 10517 | different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like | ||
| 10518 | `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.. | ||
| 10519 | |||
| 10520 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 10521 | |||
| 10522 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10523 | |||
| 10524 | ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable | ||
| 10525 | ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library | ||
| 10526 | ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16511 32460)) | ||
| 10527 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el | ||
| 10528 | |||
| 10529 | (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10530 | Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. | ||
| 10531 | If there is a tutorial version written in the language | ||
| 10532 | of the selected language environment, that version is used. | ||
| 10533 | If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected. | ||
| 10534 | With ARG, you are asked to choose which language. | ||
| 10535 | |||
| 10536 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 10537 | |||
| 10538 | (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10539 | Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY. | ||
| 10540 | This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]' | ||
| 10541 | to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load. | ||
| 10542 | Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes' | ||
| 10543 | to the specified name LIBRARY. | ||
| 10544 | |||
| 10545 | If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories | ||
| 10546 | is used instead of `load-path'. | ||
| 10547 | |||
| 10548 | When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a | ||
| 10549 | string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t, | ||
| 10550 | and the file name is displayed in the echo area. | ||
| 10551 | |||
| 10552 | \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil) | ||
| 10553 | |||
| 10554 | (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10555 | Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol). | ||
| 10556 | |||
| 10557 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | ||
| 10558 | |||
| 10559 | (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10560 | Not documented | ||
| 10561 | |||
| 10562 | \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil) | ||
| 10563 | |||
| 10564 | (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10565 | Return the bound variable symbol found around point. | ||
| 10566 | Return 0 if there is no such symbol. | ||
| 10567 | |||
| 10568 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 10569 | |||
| 10570 | (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10571 | Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol). | ||
| 10572 | Returns the documentation as a string, also. | ||
| 10573 | If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer), | ||
| 10574 | it is displayed along with the global value. | ||
| 10575 | |||
| 10576 | \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 10577 | |||
| 10578 | (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10579 | Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER. | ||
| 10580 | The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed. | ||
| 10581 | BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | ||
| 10582 | |||
| 10583 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 10584 | |||
| 10585 | (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\ | ||
| 10586 | Describe the category specifications in the current category table. | ||
| 10587 | The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed. | ||
| 10588 | If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead. | ||
| 10589 | BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name. | ||
| 10590 | |||
| 10591 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 10592 | |||
| 10593 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10594 | |||
| 10595 | ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | ||
| 10596 | ;;;;;; (16511 32460)) | ||
| 10597 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el | ||
| 10598 | |||
| 10599 | (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | ||
| 10600 | *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | ||
| 10601 | The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | ||
| 10602 | and window listing and describing the options. | ||
| 10603 | A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | ||
| 10604 | \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | ||
| 10605 | |||
| 10606 | (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro") | ||
| 10607 | |||
| 10608 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10609 | |||
| 10610 | ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button | ||
| 10611 | ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup | ||
| 10612 | ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16511 32460)) | ||
| 10613 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el | ||
| 10614 | |||
| 10615 | (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10616 | Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it. | ||
| 10617 | Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'. | ||
| 10618 | Commands: | ||
| 10619 | \\{help-mode-map} | ||
| 10620 | |||
| 10621 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10622 | |||
| 10623 | (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10624 | Not documented | ||
| 10625 | |||
| 10626 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 10627 | |||
| 10628 | (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10629 | Not documented | ||
| 10630 | |||
| 10631 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 10632 | |||
| 10633 | (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10634 | Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info. | ||
| 10635 | |||
| 10636 | ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help | ||
| 10637 | buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the | ||
| 10638 | calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of | ||
| 10639 | items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared. | ||
| 10640 | |||
| 10641 | This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared, | ||
| 10642 | because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can | ||
| 10643 | restore it properly when going back. | ||
| 10644 | |||
| 10645 | \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil) | ||
| 10646 | |||
| 10647 | (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10648 | Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER. | ||
| 10649 | |||
| 10650 | Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross | ||
| 10651 | references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have | ||
| 10652 | the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be | ||
| 10653 | disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in | ||
| 10654 | `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if | ||
| 10655 | preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without | ||
| 10656 | variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless | ||
| 10657 | preceded by the word `variable' or `option'. | ||
| 10658 | |||
| 10659 | If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also | ||
| 10660 | cross-reference information related to multilingual environment | ||
| 10661 | \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate | ||
| 10662 | the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | ||
| 10663 | |||
| 10664 | A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of | ||
| 10665 | help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for | ||
| 10666 | that. | ||
| 10667 | |||
| 10668 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 10669 | |||
| 10670 | (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10671 | Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched. | ||
| 10672 | MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched | ||
| 10673 | regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are | ||
| 10674 | passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | ||
| 10675 | See `help-make-xrefs'. | ||
| 10676 | |||
| 10677 | \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 10678 | |||
| 10679 | (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10680 | Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it. | ||
| 10681 | TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed | ||
| 10682 | to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | ||
| 10683 | See `help-make-xrefs'. | ||
| 10684 | |||
| 10685 | \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 10686 | |||
| 10687 | (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\ | ||
| 10688 | Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO. | ||
| 10689 | |||
| 10690 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 10691 | |||
| 10692 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10693 | |||
| 10694 | ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | ||
| 10695 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16511 32543)) | ||
| 10696 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el | ||
| 10697 | |||
| 10698 | (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | ||
| 10699 | Describe local key bindings of current mode. | ||
| 10700 | |||
| 10701 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10702 | |||
| 10703 | (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | ||
| 10704 | Provide help for current mode. | ||
| 10705 | |||
| 10706 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10707 | |||
| 10708 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10709 | |||
| 10710 | ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | ||
| 10711 | ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16511 32461)) | ||
| 10712 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el | ||
| 10713 | |||
| 10714 | (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | ||
| 10715 | \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. | ||
| 10716 | This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | ||
| 10717 | of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | ||
| 10718 | Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | ||
| 10719 | |||
| 10720 | This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | ||
| 10721 | using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | ||
| 10722 | |||
| 10723 | Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | ||
| 10724 | representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | ||
| 10725 | are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | ||
| 10726 | values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | ||
| 10727 | |||
| 10728 | If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | ||
| 10729 | unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | ||
| 10730 | periods. | ||
| 10731 | |||
| 10732 | If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | ||
| 10733 | in hexl format. | ||
| 10734 | |||
| 10735 | A sample format: | ||
| 10736 | |||
| 10737 | HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | ||
| 10738 | -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | ||
| 10739 | 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | ||
| 10740 | 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | ||
| 10741 | 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | ||
| 10742 | 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | ||
| 10743 | 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | ||
| 10744 | 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | ||
| 10745 | 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | ||
| 10746 | 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | ||
| 10747 | 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | ||
| 10748 | 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | ||
| 10749 | 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | ||
| 10750 | 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | ||
| 10751 | 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | ||
| 10752 | |||
| 10753 | Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | ||
| 10754 | cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | ||
| 10755 | to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | ||
| 10756 | |||
| 10757 | Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | ||
| 10758 | also supported. | ||
| 10759 | |||
| 10760 | There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | ||
| 10761 | |||
| 10762 | ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | ||
| 10763 | bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | ||
| 10764 | insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | ||
| 10765 | |||
| 10766 | \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | ||
| 10767 | it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | ||
| 10768 | of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | ||
| 10769 | |||
| 10770 | \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | ||
| 10771 | into the buffer at the current point. | ||
| 10772 | |||
| 10773 | \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | ||
| 10774 | into the buffer at the current point. | ||
| 10775 | |||
| 10776 | \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | ||
| 10777 | into the buffer at the current point. | ||
| 10778 | |||
| 10779 | \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | ||
| 10780 | |||
| 10781 | Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | ||
| 10782 | will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | ||
| 10783 | |||
| 10784 | You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. | ||
| 10785 | |||
| 10786 | \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands. | ||
| 10787 | |||
| 10788 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 10789 | |||
| 10790 | (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | ||
| 10791 | Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | ||
| 10792 | Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists. | ||
| 10793 | |||
| 10794 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 10795 | |||
| 10796 | (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | ||
| 10797 | Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | ||
| 10798 | This discards the buffer's undo information. | ||
| 10799 | |||
| 10800 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10801 | |||
| 10802 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10803 | |||
| 10804 | ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer | ||
| 10805 | ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer | ||
| 10806 | ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16511 | ||
| 10807 | ;;;;;; 32461)) | ||
| 10808 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el | ||
| 10809 | |||
| 10810 | (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | ||
| 10811 | Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | ||
| 10812 | |||
| 10813 | (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock") | ||
| 10814 | |||
| 10815 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | ||
| 10816 | Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | ||
| 10817 | |||
| 10818 | If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | ||
| 10819 | turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" | ||
| 10820 | submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, | ||
| 10821 | which can be called interactively, are: | ||
| 10822 | |||
| 10823 | \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | ||
| 10824 | Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | ||
| 10825 | |||
| 10826 | \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE | ||
| 10827 | Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE. | ||
| 10828 | (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches | ||
| 10829 | to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.) | ||
| 10830 | |||
| 10831 | \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE | ||
| 10832 | Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | ||
| 10833 | |||
| 10834 | \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | ||
| 10835 | Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | ||
| 10836 | |||
| 10837 | \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | ||
| 10838 | Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | ||
| 10839 | be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | ||
| 10840 | is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | ||
| 10841 | (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | ||
| 10842 | any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | ||
| 10843 | |||
| 10844 | \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | ||
| 10845 | Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | ||
| 10846 | |||
| 10847 | When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | ||
| 10848 | beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | ||
| 10849 | Hi-lock: FOO | ||
| 10850 | where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | ||
| 10851 | already present. The patterns must start before position (number | ||
| 10852 | of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | ||
| 10853 | will be read until | ||
| 10854 | Hi-lock: end | ||
| 10855 | is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'. | ||
| 10856 | |||
| 10857 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 10858 | |||
| 10859 | (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | ||
| 10860 | |||
| 10861 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | ||
| 10862 | Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE. | ||
| 10863 | |||
| 10864 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | ||
| 10865 | list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | ||
| 10866 | \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | ||
| 10867 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History') | ||
| 10868 | |||
| 10869 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) | ||
| 10870 | |||
| 10871 | (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | ||
| 10872 | |||
| 10873 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | ||
| 10874 | Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE. | ||
| 10875 | |||
| 10876 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | ||
| 10877 | list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | ||
| 10878 | \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | ||
| 10879 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History') | ||
| 10880 | |||
| 10881 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) | ||
| 10882 | |||
| 10883 | (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)) | ||
| 10884 | |||
| 10885 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | ||
| 10886 | Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE. | ||
| 10887 | |||
| 10888 | Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial | ||
| 10889 | lower-case letters made case insensitive. | ||
| 10890 | |||
| 10891 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) | ||
| 10892 | |||
| 10893 | (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) | ||
| 10894 | |||
| 10895 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | ||
| 10896 | Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock. | ||
| 10897 | |||
| 10898 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | ||
| 10899 | regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | ||
| 10900 | interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) | ||
| 10901 | \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. | ||
| 10902 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.) | ||
| 10903 | |||
| 10904 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 10905 | |||
| 10906 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | ||
| 10907 | Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | ||
| 10908 | |||
| 10909 | Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | ||
| 10910 | `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | ||
| 10911 | be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'. | ||
| 10912 | |||
| 10913 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 10914 | |||
| 10915 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10916 | |||
| 10917 | ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially | ||
| 10918 | ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16511 32618)) | ||
| 10919 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el | ||
| 10920 | |||
| 10921 | (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ | ||
| 10922 | Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | ||
| 10923 | With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 10924 | In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | ||
| 10925 | would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | ||
| 10926 | how the hiding is done: | ||
| 10927 | |||
| 10928 | `hide-ifdef-env' | ||
| 10929 | An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | ||
| 10930 | current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | ||
| 10931 | is used. | ||
| 10932 | |||
| 10933 | `hide-ifdef-define-alist' | ||
| 10934 | An association list of defined symbol lists. | ||
| 10935 | Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | ||
| 10936 | and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | ||
| 10937 | from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | ||
| 10938 | |||
| 10939 | `hide-ifdef-lines' | ||
| 10940 | Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | ||
| 10941 | #endif lines when hiding. | ||
| 10942 | |||
| 10943 | `hide-ifdef-initially' | ||
| 10944 | Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | ||
| 10945 | is activated. | ||
| 10946 | |||
| 10947 | `hide-ifdef-read-only' | ||
| 10948 | Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | ||
| 10949 | After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | ||
| 10950 | |||
| 10951 | \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map} | ||
| 10952 | |||
| 10953 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 10954 | |||
| 10955 | (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | ||
| 10956 | *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | ||
| 10957 | |||
| 10958 | (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif") | ||
| 10959 | |||
| 10960 | (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | ||
| 10961 | *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | ||
| 10962 | |||
| 10963 | (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif") | ||
| 10964 | |||
| 10965 | (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | ||
| 10966 | *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | ||
| 10967 | |||
| 10968 | (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif") | ||
| 10969 | |||
| 10970 | ;;;*** | ||
| 10971 | |||
| 10972 | ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) | ||
| 10973 | ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16511 32618)) | ||
| 10974 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el | ||
| 10975 | |||
| 10976 | (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | ||
| 10977 | *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") | ||
| 10978 | |||
| 10979 | (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow") | ||
| 10980 | |||
| 10981 | (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | ||
| 10982 | *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. | ||
| 10983 | Each element has the form | ||
| 10984 | (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). | ||
| 10985 | |||
| 10986 | If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | ||
| 10987 | and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | ||
| 10988 | |||
| 10989 | START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | ||
| 10990 | defined as text surrounded by START and END. | ||
| 10991 | |||
| 10992 | As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | ||
| 10993 | MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | ||
| 10994 | MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | ||
| 10995 | place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point | ||
| 10996 | is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example, | ||
| 10997 | see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | ||
| 10998 | |||
| 10999 | For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | ||
| 11000 | cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | ||
| 11001 | |||
| 11002 | See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | ||
| 11003 | use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | ||
| 11004 | |||
| 11005 | If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | ||
| 11006 | appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | ||
| 11007 | whitespace. Case does not matter.") | ||
| 11008 | |||
| 11009 | (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | ||
| 11010 | Toggle hideshow minor mode. | ||
| 11011 | With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 11012 | When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | ||
| 11013 | commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | ||
| 11014 | The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | ||
| 11015 | |||
| 11016 | The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | ||
| 11017 | `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also | ||
| 11018 | `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. | ||
| 11019 | |||
| 11020 | Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | ||
| 11021 | variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | ||
| 11022 | |||
| 11023 | Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. | ||
| 11024 | |||
| 11025 | Key bindings: | ||
| 11026 | \\{hs-minor-mode-map} | ||
| 11027 | |||
| 11028 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11029 | |||
| 11030 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11031 | |||
| 11032 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | ||
| 11033 | ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces | ||
| 11034 | ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change | ||
| 11035 | ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | ||
| 11036 | ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16511 32461)) | ||
| 11037 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el | ||
| 11038 | |||
| 11039 | (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) | ||
| 11040 | |||
| 11041 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11042 | Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. | ||
| 11043 | This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes. | ||
| 11044 | |||
| 11045 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 11046 | |||
| 11047 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11048 | Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | ||
| 11049 | |||
| 11050 | Without an argument: | ||
| 11051 | If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | ||
| 11052 | or passive state as determined by the variable | ||
| 11053 | `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | ||
| 11054 | and passive state. | ||
| 11055 | |||
| 11056 | With an argument ARG: | ||
| 11057 | If ARG is positive, set state to active; | ||
| 11058 | If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | ||
| 11059 | If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | ||
| 11060 | |||
| 11061 | Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | ||
| 11062 | Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are | ||
| 11063 | not displayed in a different face. | ||
| 11064 | |||
| 11065 | Functions: | ||
| 11066 | \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | ||
| 11067 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | ||
| 11068 | \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | ||
| 11069 | buffer with the contents of a file | ||
| 11070 | \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | ||
| 11071 | \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | ||
| 11072 | various faces. | ||
| 11073 | |||
| 11074 | Hook variables: | ||
| 11075 | `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. | ||
| 11076 | `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | ||
| 11077 | `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. | ||
| 11078 | |||
| 11079 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11080 | |||
| 11081 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11082 | Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode. | ||
| 11083 | |||
| 11084 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11085 | |||
| 11086 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11087 | Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode. | ||
| 11088 | |||
| 11089 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11090 | |||
| 11091 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11092 | Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | ||
| 11093 | |||
| 11094 | Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element | ||
| 11095 | of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | ||
| 11096 | face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain | ||
| 11097 | shown in the last face in the list. | ||
| 11098 | |||
| 11099 | You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | ||
| 11100 | by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the | ||
| 11101 | buffer to be saved): | ||
| 11102 | |||
| 11103 | (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) | ||
| 11104 | |||
| 11105 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11106 | |||
| 11107 | (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11108 | Compare two buffers and highlight the differences. | ||
| 11109 | |||
| 11110 | The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window. | ||
| 11111 | |||
| 11112 | If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted | ||
| 11113 | to save the file. | ||
| 11114 | |||
| 11115 | Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is | ||
| 11116 | written to a temporary file for comparison. | ||
| 11117 | |||
| 11118 | If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | ||
| 11119 | changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | ||
| 11120 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work. | ||
| 11121 | |||
| 11122 | \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil) | ||
| 11123 | |||
| 11124 | (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11125 | Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | ||
| 11126 | |||
| 11127 | If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when | ||
| 11128 | this function is called interactively. | ||
| 11129 | |||
| 11130 | If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it | ||
| 11131 | also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | ||
| 11132 | read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | ||
| 11133 | |||
| 11134 | If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | ||
| 11135 | changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | ||
| 11136 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work. | ||
| 11137 | |||
| 11138 | \(fn FILE-B)" t nil) | ||
| 11139 | |||
| 11140 | (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | ||
| 11141 | Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | ||
| 11142 | |||
| 11143 | When called interactively: | ||
| 11144 | - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | ||
| 11145 | - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | ||
| 11146 | - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | ||
| 11147 | - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | ||
| 11148 | |||
| 11149 | When called from a program: | ||
| 11150 | - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | ||
| 11151 | - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode | ||
| 11152 | - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | ||
| 11153 | - otherwise just turn it on | ||
| 11154 | |||
| 11155 | When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | ||
| 11156 | on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | ||
| 11157 | variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | ||
| 11158 | \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'. | ||
| 11159 | |||
| 11160 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11161 | |||
| 11162 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11163 | |||
| 11164 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | ||
| 11165 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | ||
| 11166 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | ||
| 11167 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" | ||
| 11168 | ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16511 32462)) | ||
| 11169 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el | ||
| 11170 | |||
| 11171 | (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | ||
| 11172 | The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | ||
| 11173 | To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | ||
| 11174 | or insert functions in this list.") | ||
| 11175 | |||
| 11176 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11177 | |||
| 11178 | (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | ||
| 11179 | *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | ||
| 11180 | |||
| 11181 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11182 | |||
| 11183 | (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | ||
| 11184 | *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | ||
| 11185 | |||
| 11186 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11187 | |||
| 11188 | (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | ||
| 11189 | *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | ||
| 11190 | |||
| 11191 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11192 | |||
| 11193 | (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | ||
| 11194 | *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | ||
| 11195 | |||
| 11196 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11197 | |||
| 11198 | (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | ||
| 11199 | *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | ||
| 11200 | If nil, all buffers are searched.") | ||
| 11201 | |||
| 11202 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11203 | |||
| 11204 | (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | ||
| 11205 | *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | ||
| 11206 | Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | ||
| 11207 | \(as atoms)") | ||
| 11208 | |||
| 11209 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11210 | |||
| 11211 | (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | ||
| 11212 | *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | ||
| 11213 | Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | ||
| 11214 | \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable | ||
| 11215 | `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | ||
| 11216 | |||
| 11217 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp") | ||
| 11218 | |||
| 11219 | (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | ||
| 11220 | Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | ||
| 11221 | The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | ||
| 11222 | tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | ||
| 11223 | application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | ||
| 11224 | expansions. | ||
| 11225 | With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | ||
| 11226 | function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | ||
| 11227 | undoes the expansion. | ||
| 11228 | |||
| 11229 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11230 | |||
| 11231 | (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | ||
| 11232 | Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | ||
| 11233 | Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | ||
| 11234 | argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose. | ||
| 11235 | |||
| 11236 | \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 11237 | |||
| 11238 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11239 | |||
| 11240 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" | ||
| 11241 | ;;;;;; (16511 32462)) | ||
| 11242 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el | ||
| 11243 | |||
| 11244 | (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | ||
| 11245 | Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point. | ||
| 11246 | With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 11247 | |||
| 11248 | If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the | ||
| 11249 | line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the | ||
| 11250 | buffer's point might be different from the point of a | ||
| 11251 | non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function | ||
| 11252 | `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case. | ||
| 11253 | |||
| 11254 | When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the | ||
| 11255 | line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it | ||
| 11256 | uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in | ||
| 11257 | addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'. | ||
| 11258 | |||
| 11259 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11260 | |||
| 11261 | (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\ | ||
| 11262 | Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled. | ||
| 11263 | See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 11264 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 11265 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.") | ||
| 11266 | |||
| 11267 | (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line") | ||
| 11268 | |||
| 11269 | (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | ||
| 11270 | Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. | ||
| 11271 | With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 11272 | |||
| 11273 | Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and | ||
| 11274 | `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'. | ||
| 11275 | |||
| 11276 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11277 | |||
| 11278 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11279 | |||
| 11280 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" | ||
| 11281 | ;;;;;; (16511 32530)) | ||
| 11282 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | ||
| 11283 | |||
| 11284 | (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\ | ||
| 11285 | Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month. | ||
| 11286 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | ||
| 11287 | |||
| 11288 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. | ||
| 11289 | |||
| 11290 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11291 | |||
| 11292 | (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | ||
| 11293 | Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | ||
| 11294 | |||
| 11295 | The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | ||
| 11296 | documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | ||
| 11297 | |||
| 11298 | The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created. | ||
| 11299 | |||
| 11300 | \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil) | ||
| 11301 | |||
| 11302 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11303 | |||
| 11304 | ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | ||
| 11305 | ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16511 32590)) | ||
| 11306 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el | ||
| 11307 | |||
| 11308 | (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | ||
| 11309 | This function is obsolete. | ||
| 11310 | Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | ||
| 11311 | Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. | ||
| 11312 | |||
| 11313 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 11314 | |||
| 11315 | (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | ||
| 11316 | This function is obsolete. | ||
| 11317 | Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | ||
| 11318 | Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. | ||
| 11319 | |||
| 11320 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11321 | |||
| 11322 | (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | ||
| 11323 | This function is obsolete. | ||
| 11324 | Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | ||
| 11325 | Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. | ||
| 11326 | |||
| 11327 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11328 | |||
| 11329 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11330 | |||
| 11331 | ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers | ||
| 11332 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers | ||
| 11333 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers | ||
| 11334 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp | ||
| 11335 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill | ||
| 11336 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines | ||
| 11337 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked | ||
| 11338 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show | ||
| 11339 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters | ||
| 11340 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters | ||
| 11341 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters | ||
| 11342 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable | ||
| 11343 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups | ||
| 11344 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank | ||
| 11345 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group | ||
| 11346 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group | ||
| 11347 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode | ||
| 11348 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p | ||
| 11349 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group | ||
| 11350 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group | ||
| 11351 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode | ||
| 11352 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16511 32462)) | ||
| 11353 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el | ||
| 11354 | |||
| 11355 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11356 | Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility. | ||
| 11357 | With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 11358 | |||
| 11359 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11360 | |||
| 11361 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11362 | Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse. | ||
| 11363 | |||
| 11364 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 11365 | |||
| 11366 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11367 | Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point. | ||
| 11368 | |||
| 11369 | \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil) | ||
| 11370 | |||
| 11371 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11372 | Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse. | ||
| 11373 | |||
| 11374 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 11375 | |||
| 11376 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11377 | Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line. | ||
| 11378 | |||
| 11379 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11380 | |||
| 11381 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11382 | Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups. | ||
| 11383 | |||
| 11384 | \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil) | ||
| 11385 | |||
| 11386 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11387 | Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups. | ||
| 11388 | |||
| 11389 | \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil) | ||
| 11390 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11391 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11392 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11393 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11394 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11395 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11396 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11397 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11398 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11399 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11400 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11401 | |||
| 11402 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11403 | Not documented | ||
| 11404 | |||
| 11405 | \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil) | ||
| 11406 | |||
| 11407 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11408 | Make the current filters into a filtering group. | ||
| 11409 | |||
| 11410 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11411 | |||
| 11412 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11413 | Set the current filter groups to filter by mode. | ||
| 11414 | |||
| 11415 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11416 | |||
| 11417 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11418 | Remove the first filter group. | ||
| 11419 | |||
| 11420 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11421 | |||
| 11422 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11423 | Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters. | ||
| 11424 | |||
| 11425 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) | ||
| 11426 | |||
| 11427 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11428 | Remove all filter groups. | ||
| 11429 | |||
| 11430 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11431 | |||
| 11432 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11433 | Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME. | ||
| 11434 | |||
| 11435 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11436 | |||
| 11437 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11438 | Kill the filter group named NAME. | ||
| 11439 | The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'. | ||
| 11440 | |||
| 11441 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11442 | |||
| 11443 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11444 | Kill the filter group at point. | ||
| 11445 | See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'. | ||
| 11446 | |||
| 11447 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11448 | |||
| 11449 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11450 | Yank the last killed filter group before group at point. | ||
| 11451 | |||
| 11452 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11453 | |||
| 11454 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11455 | Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME. | ||
| 11456 | |||
| 11457 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11458 | |||
| 11459 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11460 | Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME. | ||
| 11461 | They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively, | ||
| 11462 | prompt for NAME, and use the current filters. | ||
| 11463 | |||
| 11464 | \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil) | ||
| 11465 | |||
| 11466 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11467 | Delete saved filter groups with NAME. | ||
| 11468 | They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. | ||
| 11469 | |||
| 11470 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11471 | |||
| 11472 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11473 | Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME. | ||
| 11474 | The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used. | ||
| 11475 | If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead | ||
| 11476 | of replacing the current filters. | ||
| 11477 | |||
| 11478 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11479 | |||
| 11480 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11481 | Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer. | ||
| 11482 | |||
| 11483 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11484 | |||
| 11485 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11486 | Remove the top filter in this buffer. | ||
| 11487 | |||
| 11488 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11489 | |||
| 11490 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11491 | Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer. | ||
| 11492 | |||
| 11493 | This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must | ||
| 11494 | be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be | ||
| 11495 | turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]. | ||
| 11496 | |||
| 11497 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11498 | |||
| 11499 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11500 | Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer. | ||
| 11501 | |||
| 11502 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11503 | |||
| 11504 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11505 | Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer. | ||
| 11506 | |||
| 11507 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11508 | |||
| 11509 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11510 | Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR. | ||
| 11511 | If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR | ||
| 11512 | filter into parts. | ||
| 11513 | |||
| 11514 | \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil) | ||
| 11515 | |||
| 11516 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11517 | Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | ||
| 11518 | Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters. | ||
| 11519 | |||
| 11520 | \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil) | ||
| 11521 | |||
| 11522 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11523 | Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | ||
| 11524 | |||
| 11525 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11526 | |||
| 11527 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11528 | Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters. | ||
| 11529 | |||
| 11530 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11531 | |||
| 11532 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11533 | Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | ||
| 11534 | If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead | ||
| 11535 | of replacing the current filters. | ||
| 11536 | |||
| 11537 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11538 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11539 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11540 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11541 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11542 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11543 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11544 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11545 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11546 | |||
| 11547 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11548 | Toggle the current sorting mode. | ||
| 11549 | Default sorting modes are: | ||
| 11550 | Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed | ||
| 11551 | Name - the name of the buffer | ||
| 11552 | Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer | ||
| 11553 | Size - the size of the buffer | ||
| 11554 | |||
| 11555 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11556 | |||
| 11557 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11558 | Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order. | ||
| 11559 | |||
| 11560 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11561 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11562 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11563 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11564 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el") | ||
| 11565 | |||
| 11566 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11567 | Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package. | ||
| 11568 | |||
| 11569 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11570 | |||
| 11571 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11572 | Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'. | ||
| 11573 | This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown | ||
| 11574 | for this Ibuffer session. | ||
| 11575 | |||
| 11576 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 11577 | |||
| 11578 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11579 | Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'. | ||
| 11580 | This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown | ||
| 11581 | for this Ibuffer session. | ||
| 11582 | |||
| 11583 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 11584 | |||
| 11585 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11586 | Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). | ||
| 11587 | |||
| 11588 | If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark | ||
| 11589 | to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'. | ||
| 11590 | |||
| 11591 | If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers | ||
| 11592 | mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards. | ||
| 11593 | |||
| 11594 | \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil) | ||
| 11595 | |||
| 11596 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11597 | Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). | ||
| 11598 | |||
| 11599 | If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark | ||
| 11600 | to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'. | ||
| 11601 | |||
| 11602 | \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil) | ||
| 11603 | |||
| 11604 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11605 | Hide all of the currently marked lines. | ||
| 11606 | |||
| 11607 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11608 | |||
| 11609 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11610 | Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME. | ||
| 11611 | |||
| 11612 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 11613 | |||
| 11614 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11615 | View the differences between this buffer and its associated file. | ||
| 11616 | This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'. | ||
| 11617 | |||
| 11618 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11619 | |||
| 11620 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11621 | Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring. | ||
| 11622 | |||
| 11623 | The names are separated by a space. | ||
| 11624 | If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored. | ||
| 11625 | |||
| 11626 | With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file. | ||
| 11627 | With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file. | ||
| 11628 | With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative | ||
| 11629 | to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'. | ||
| 11630 | |||
| 11631 | You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank]. | ||
| 11632 | |||
| 11633 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11634 | |||
| 11635 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11636 | Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP. | ||
| 11637 | |||
| 11638 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 11639 | |||
| 11640 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11641 | Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP. | ||
| 11642 | |||
| 11643 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 11644 | |||
| 11645 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11646 | Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP. | ||
| 11647 | |||
| 11648 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 11649 | |||
| 11650 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11651 | Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE. | ||
| 11652 | |||
| 11653 | \(fn MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 11654 | |||
| 11655 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11656 | Mark all modified buffers. | ||
| 11657 | |||
| 11658 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11659 | |||
| 11660 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11661 | Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file. | ||
| 11662 | |||
| 11663 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11664 | |||
| 11665 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11666 | Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist. | ||
| 11667 | |||
| 11668 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11669 | |||
| 11670 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11671 | Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*. | ||
| 11672 | |||
| 11673 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11674 | |||
| 11675 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11676 | Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days. | ||
| 11677 | |||
| 11678 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11679 | |||
| 11680 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11681 | Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'. | ||
| 11682 | |||
| 11683 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11684 | |||
| 11685 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11686 | Mark all read-only buffers. | ||
| 11687 | |||
| 11688 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11689 | |||
| 11690 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11691 | Mark all `dired' buffers. | ||
| 11692 | |||
| 11693 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11694 | |||
| 11695 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\ | ||
| 11696 | View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers. | ||
| 11697 | Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it | ||
| 11698 | defaults to one. | ||
| 11699 | |||
| 11700 | \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil) | ||
| 11701 | |||
| 11702 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11703 | |||
| 11704 | ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter | ||
| 11705 | ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16511 | ||
| 11706 | ;;;;;; 32462)) | ||
| 11707 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el | ||
| 11708 | |||
| 11709 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\ | ||
| 11710 | Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'. | ||
| 11711 | |||
| 11712 | BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and | ||
| 11713 | `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer | ||
| 11714 | buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'. | ||
| 11715 | |||
| 11716 | If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column. | ||
| 11717 | Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the | ||
| 11718 | SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to | ||
| 11719 | the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a | ||
| 11720 | function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column; | ||
| 11721 | it should return a string to display at the bottom. | ||
| 11722 | |||
| 11723 | Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named | ||
| 11724 | ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be | ||
| 11725 | inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you | ||
| 11726 | change its definition, you should explicitly call | ||
| 11727 | `ibuffer-recompile-formats'. | ||
| 11728 | |||
| 11729 | \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 11730 | |||
| 11731 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\ | ||
| 11732 | Define a method of sorting named NAME. | ||
| 11733 | DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called | ||
| 11734 | `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'. | ||
| 11735 | DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method. | ||
| 11736 | |||
| 11737 | For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one | ||
| 11738 | buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil | ||
| 11739 | value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'. | ||
| 11740 | |||
| 11741 | \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 11742 | |||
| 11743 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\ | ||
| 11744 | Generate a function which operates on a buffer. | ||
| 11745 | OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with | ||
| 11746 | `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it. | ||
| 11747 | When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for | ||
| 11748 | each marked buffer, with that buffer current. | ||
| 11749 | |||
| 11750 | ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function. | ||
| 11751 | DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function. | ||
| 11752 | INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function. | ||
| 11753 | MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation | ||
| 11754 | uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for | ||
| 11755 | deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers. | ||
| 11756 | MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used | ||
| 11757 | to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid | ||
| 11758 | values are: | ||
| 11759 | nil - the function never modifiers buffers | ||
| 11760 | t - the function it always modifies buffers | ||
| 11761 | :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the | ||
| 11762 | buffer's modification flag. | ||
| 11763 | DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be | ||
| 11764 | prompted before performing this operation. | ||
| 11765 | OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the | ||
| 11766 | operation is complete, in the form: | ||
| 11767 | \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\" | ||
| 11768 | ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a | ||
| 11769 | confirmation message, in the form: | ||
| 11770 | \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\" | ||
| 11771 | COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this | ||
| 11772 | macro for exactly what it does. | ||
| 11773 | |||
| 11774 | \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 11775 | |||
| 11776 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\ | ||
| 11777 | Define a filter named NAME. | ||
| 11778 | DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function. | ||
| 11779 | READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user. | ||
| 11780 | DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter. | ||
| 11781 | |||
| 11782 | BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or | ||
| 11783 | not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY | ||
| 11784 | will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER | ||
| 11785 | bound to the current value of the filter. | ||
| 11786 | |||
| 11787 | \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 11788 | |||
| 11789 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11790 | |||
| 11791 | ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers) | ||
| 11792 | ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16511 32463)) | ||
| 11793 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el | ||
| 11794 | |||
| 11795 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\ | ||
| 11796 | Display a list of buffers, in another window. | ||
| 11797 | If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for | ||
| 11798 | buffers which are visiting a file. | ||
| 11799 | |||
| 11800 | \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 11801 | |||
| 11802 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\ | ||
| 11803 | Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default. | ||
| 11804 | If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for | ||
| 11805 | buffers which are visiting a file. | ||
| 11806 | |||
| 11807 | \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 11808 | |||
| 11809 | (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\ | ||
| 11810 | Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers. | ||
| 11811 | Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information. | ||
| 11812 | |||
| 11813 | Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window. | ||
| 11814 | Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults | ||
| 11815 | to \"*Ibuffer*\". | ||
| 11816 | Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers | ||
| 11817 | to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'. | ||
| 11818 | Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer. | ||
| 11819 | Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The | ||
| 11820 | special value `onewindow' means always use another window. | ||
| 11821 | Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering | ||
| 11822 | groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'. | ||
| 11823 | Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'. | ||
| 11824 | If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value | ||
| 11825 | locally in this buffer. | ||
| 11826 | |||
| 11827 | \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil) | ||
| 11828 | |||
| 11829 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11830 | |||
| 11831 | ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | ||
| 11832 | ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16511 32463)) | ||
| 11833 | ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el | ||
| 11834 | |||
| 11835 | (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | ||
| 11836 | Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | ||
| 11837 | With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive. | ||
| 11838 | |||
| 11839 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 11840 | |||
| 11841 | (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | ||
| 11842 | Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | ||
| 11843 | Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'. | ||
| 11844 | |||
| 11845 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 11846 | |||
| 11847 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11848 | |||
| 11849 | ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16511 32618)) | ||
| 11850 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el | ||
| 11851 | |||
| 11852 | (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | ||
| 11853 | Major mode for editing Icon code. | ||
| 11854 | Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | ||
| 11855 | Tab indents for Icon code. | ||
| 11856 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | ||
| 11857 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 11858 | \\{icon-mode-map} | ||
| 11859 | Variables controlling indentation style: | ||
| 11860 | icon-tab-always-indent | ||
| 11861 | Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | ||
| 11862 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | ||
| 11863 | icon-auto-newline | ||
| 11864 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | ||
| 11865 | inserted in Icon code. | ||
| 11866 | icon-indent-level | ||
| 11867 | Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | ||
| 11868 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | ||
| 11869 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. | ||
| 11870 | icon-continued-statement-offset | ||
| 11871 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | ||
| 11872 | then-clause of an if or body of a while. | ||
| 11873 | icon-continued-brace-offset | ||
| 11874 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | ||
| 11875 | This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | ||
| 11876 | icon-brace-offset | ||
| 11877 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | ||
| 11878 | icon-brace-imaginary-offset | ||
| 11879 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | ||
| 11880 | this far to the right of the start of its line. | ||
| 11881 | |||
| 11882 | Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | ||
| 11883 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 11884 | |||
| 11885 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 11886 | |||
| 11887 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11888 | |||
| 11889 | ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" | ||
| 11890 | ;;;;;; (16511 35668)) | ||
| 11891 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el | ||
| 11892 | |||
| 11893 | (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | ||
| 11894 | Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | ||
| 11895 | If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | ||
| 11896 | If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | ||
| 11897 | |||
| 11898 | When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | ||
| 11899 | is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | ||
| 11900 | separate frames. | ||
| 11901 | |||
| 11902 | The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name', | ||
| 11903 | with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'. | ||
| 11904 | |||
| 11905 | The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | ||
| 11906 | input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | ||
| 11907 | See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | ||
| 11908 | |||
| 11909 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 11910 | |||
| 11911 | \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil) | ||
| 11912 | |||
| 11913 | ;;;*** | ||
| 11914 | |||
| 11915 | ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" | ||
| 11916 | ;;;;;; (16511 35693)) | ||
| 11917 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el | ||
| 11918 | |||
| 11919 | (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | ||
| 11920 | Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | ||
| 11921 | |||
| 11922 | The main features of this mode are | ||
| 11923 | |||
| 11924 | 1. Indentation and Formatting | ||
| 11925 | -------------------------- | ||
| 11926 | Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | ||
| 11927 | TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | ||
| 11928 | |||
| 11929 | To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This | ||
| 11930 | function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line | ||
| 11931 | at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string | ||
| 11932 | is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | ||
| 11933 | |||
| 11934 | Comments are indented as follows: | ||
| 11935 | |||
| 11936 | `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | ||
| 11937 | `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | ||
| 11938 | `;' Indent to a minimum column. | ||
| 11939 | |||
| 11940 | The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | ||
| 11941 | |||
| 11942 | Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a | ||
| 11943 | comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph | ||
| 11944 | relative to the first will be retained. Use | ||
| 11945 | \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these | ||
| 11946 | comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is | ||
| 11947 | nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not | ||
| 11948 | recommended). | ||
| 11949 | |||
| 11950 | To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | ||
| 11951 | entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute | ||
| 11952 | \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer | ||
| 11953 | again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | ||
| 11954 | |||
| 11955 | 2. Routine Info | ||
| 11956 | ------------ | ||
| 11957 | IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the | ||
| 11958 | accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with | ||
| 11959 | \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the | ||
| 11960 | source file of a module. These commands know about system | ||
| 11961 | routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the | ||
| 11962 | idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under | ||
| 11963 | this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | ||
| 11964 | information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). | ||
| 11965 | |||
| 11966 | 3. Online IDL Help | ||
| 11967 | --------------- | ||
| 11968 | \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | ||
| 11969 | for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | ||
| 11970 | stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | ||
| 11971 | files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | ||
| 11972 | be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | ||
| 11973 | |||
| 11974 | 4. Completion | ||
| 11975 | ---------- | ||
| 11976 | \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions | ||
| 11977 | class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | ||
| 11978 | figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | ||
| 11979 | Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | ||
| 11980 | mixed or upper case. | ||
| 11981 | |||
| 11982 | 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations | ||
| 11983 | -------------------------------- | ||
| 11984 | Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | ||
| 11985 | The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | ||
| 11986 | |||
| 11987 | \\pr PROCEDURE template | ||
| 11988 | \\fu FUNCTION template | ||
| 11989 | \\c CASE statement template | ||
| 11990 | \\sw SWITCH statement template | ||
| 11991 | \\f FOR loop template | ||
| 11992 | \\r REPEAT Loop template | ||
| 11993 | \\w WHILE loop template | ||
| 11994 | \\i IF statement template | ||
| 11995 | \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | ||
| 11996 | \\b BEGIN | ||
| 11997 | |||
| 11998 | For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | ||
| 11999 | direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | ||
| 12000 | |||
| 12001 | \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | ||
| 12002 | current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | ||
| 12003 | can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | ||
| 12004 | |||
| 12005 | 6. Automatic Case Conversion | ||
| 12006 | ------------------------- | ||
| 12007 | The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | ||
| 12008 | `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | ||
| 12009 | |||
| 12010 | 7. Automatic END completion | ||
| 12011 | ------------------------ | ||
| 12012 | If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | ||
| 12013 | will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | ||
| 12014 | |||
| 12015 | 8. Hooks | ||
| 12016 | ----- | ||
| 12017 | Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | ||
| 12018 | Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | ||
| 12019 | |||
| 12020 | 9. Documentation and Customization | ||
| 12021 | ------------------------------- | ||
| 12022 | Info documentation for this package is available. Use | ||
| 12023 | \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does | ||
| 12024 | not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the | ||
| 12025 | documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'. | ||
| 12026 | IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | ||
| 12027 | |||
| 12028 | 10.Keybindings | ||
| 12029 | ----------- | ||
| 12030 | Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | ||
| 12031 | If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | ||
| 12032 | followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | ||
| 12033 | |||
| 12034 | \\{idlwave-mode-map} | ||
| 12035 | |||
| 12036 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12037 | |||
| 12038 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12039 | |||
| 12040 | ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired | ||
| 12041 | ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame | ||
| 12042 | ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window | ||
| 12043 | ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window | ||
| 12044 | ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame | ||
| 12045 | ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window | ||
| 12046 | ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" | ||
| 12047 | ;;;;;; "ido.el" (16511 32464)) | ||
| 12048 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el | ||
| 12049 | |||
| 12050 | (defvar ido-mode nil "\ | ||
| 12051 | Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior | ||
| 12052 | should be enabled. The following values are possible: | ||
| 12053 | - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing, | ||
| 12054 | displaying...) | ||
| 12055 | - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...) | ||
| 12056 | - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior. | ||
| 12057 | - `nil': Turn off any ido switching. | ||
| 12058 | |||
| 12059 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 12060 | use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.") | ||
| 12061 | |||
| 12062 | (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido") | ||
| 12063 | |||
| 12064 | (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12065 | Toggle ido speed-ups on or off. | ||
| 12066 | With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 12067 | Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default | ||
| 12068 | keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of | ||
| 12069 | commands to the ido versions of these functions. | ||
| 12070 | However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or | ||
| 12071 | if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching. | ||
| 12072 | This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer. | ||
| 12073 | |||
| 12074 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 12075 | |||
| 12076 | (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12077 | Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | ||
| 12078 | Return the name of a buffer selected. | ||
| 12079 | PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | ||
| 12080 | buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | ||
| 12081 | If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected. | ||
| 12082 | If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string. | ||
| 12083 | |||
| 12084 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil) | ||
| 12085 | |||
| 12086 | (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12087 | Switch to another buffer. | ||
| 12088 | The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the | ||
| 12089 | default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | ||
| 12090 | in another frame. | ||
| 12091 | |||
| 12092 | As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are | ||
| 12093 | displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at | ||
| 12094 | `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the | ||
| 12095 | buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their | ||
| 12096 | normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map> | ||
| 12097 | |||
| 12098 | RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the | ||
| 12099 | list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer. | ||
| 12100 | |||
| 12101 | \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer. | ||
| 12102 | If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one. | ||
| 12103 | |||
| 12104 | \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list. | ||
| 12105 | \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list. | ||
| 12106 | \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that | ||
| 12107 | matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer. | ||
| 12108 | If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers | ||
| 12109 | in a separate window. | ||
| 12110 | \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string. | ||
| 12111 | \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command. | ||
| 12112 | \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching. | ||
| 12113 | \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching. | ||
| 12114 | \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names. | ||
| 12115 | \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window. | ||
| 12116 | \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file. | ||
| 12117 | \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list. | ||
| 12118 | \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'. | ||
| 12119 | |||
| 12120 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12121 | |||
| 12122 | (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12123 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | ||
| 12124 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12125 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | ||
| 12126 | |||
| 12127 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12128 | |||
| 12129 | (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12130 | Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | ||
| 12131 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12132 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | ||
| 12133 | |||
| 12134 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12135 | |||
| 12136 | (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12137 | Kill a buffer. | ||
| 12138 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12139 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | ||
| 12140 | |||
| 12141 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12142 | |||
| 12143 | (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12144 | Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point. | ||
| 12145 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12146 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | ||
| 12147 | |||
| 12148 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12149 | |||
| 12150 | (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12151 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | ||
| 12152 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12153 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. | ||
| 12154 | |||
| 12155 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12156 | |||
| 12157 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12158 | Switch to another file starting from DIR. | ||
| 12159 | |||
| 12160 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) | ||
| 12161 | |||
| 12162 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12163 | Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer. | ||
| 12164 | The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the | ||
| 12165 | default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already | ||
| 12166 | visible in another frame. | ||
| 12167 | |||
| 12168 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type | ||
| 12169 | in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if | ||
| 12170 | substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and | ||
| 12171 | `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can | ||
| 12172 | then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings, | ||
| 12173 | except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map> | ||
| 12174 | |||
| 12175 | RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the | ||
| 12176 | list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file. | ||
| 12177 | |||
| 12178 | \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file. | ||
| 12179 | If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one. | ||
| 12180 | |||
| 12181 | \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list. | ||
| 12182 | \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list. | ||
| 12183 | \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that | ||
| 12184 | matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file. | ||
| 12185 | If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files | ||
| 12186 | in a separate window. | ||
| 12187 | \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory). | ||
| 12188 | \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history. | ||
| 12189 | \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history. | ||
| 12190 | \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history. | ||
| 12191 | \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history. | ||
| 12192 | \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories. | ||
| 12193 | \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory. | ||
| 12194 | \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command. | ||
| 12195 | \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching. | ||
| 12196 | \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching. | ||
| 12197 | \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names. | ||
| 12198 | \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file. | ||
| 12199 | \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file. | ||
| 12200 | \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window. | ||
| 12201 | \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'. | ||
| 12202 | |||
| 12203 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12204 | |||
| 12205 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12206 | Switch to another file and show it in another window. | ||
| 12207 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12208 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12209 | |||
| 12210 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12211 | |||
| 12212 | (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12213 | Switch to another file and show it in another window. | ||
| 12214 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12215 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12216 | |||
| 12217 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12218 | |||
| 12219 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12220 | Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer. | ||
| 12221 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12222 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12223 | |||
| 12224 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12225 | |||
| 12226 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12227 | Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer. | ||
| 12228 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12229 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12230 | |||
| 12231 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12232 | |||
| 12233 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12234 | Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer. | ||
| 12235 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12236 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12237 | |||
| 12238 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12239 | |||
| 12240 | (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12241 | Display a file in another window but don't select it. | ||
| 12242 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12243 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12244 | |||
| 12245 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12246 | |||
| 12247 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12248 | Switch to another file and show it in another frame. | ||
| 12249 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12250 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12251 | |||
| 12252 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12253 | |||
| 12254 | (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12255 | Write current buffer to a file. | ||
| 12256 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12257 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12258 | |||
| 12259 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12260 | |||
| 12261 | (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12262 | Insert contents of file in current buffer. | ||
| 12263 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12264 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12265 | |||
| 12266 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12267 | |||
| 12268 | (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12269 | Call dired the ido way. | ||
| 12270 | The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 12271 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. | ||
| 12272 | |||
| 12273 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12274 | |||
| 12275 | (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12276 | Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR. | ||
| 12277 | See `read-file-name' for additional parameters. | ||
| 12278 | |||
| 12279 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil) | ||
| 12280 | |||
| 12281 | (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\ | ||
| 12282 | Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR. | ||
| 12283 | See `read-file-name' for additional parameters. | ||
| 12284 | |||
| 12285 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil) | ||
| 12286 | |||
| 12287 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12288 | |||
| 12289 | ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16511 32464)) | ||
| 12290 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el | ||
| 12291 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | ||
| 12292 | |||
| 12293 | (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | ||
| 12294 | Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | ||
| 12295 | Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist. | ||
| 12296 | |||
| 12297 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12298 | |||
| 12299 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12300 | |||
| 12301 | ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image | ||
| 12302 | ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | ||
| 12303 | ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16511 32464)) | ||
| 12304 | ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el | ||
| 12305 | |||
| 12306 | (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ | ||
| 12307 | Determine the image type from image data DATA. | ||
| 12308 | Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | ||
| 12309 | be determined. | ||
| 12310 | |||
| 12311 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) | ||
| 12312 | |||
| 12313 | (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ | ||
| 12314 | Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | ||
| 12315 | Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | ||
| 12316 | be determined. | ||
| 12317 | |||
| 12318 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | ||
| 12319 | |||
| 12320 | (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | ||
| 12321 | Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | ||
| 12322 | Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'. | ||
| 12323 | |||
| 12324 | \(fn TYPE)" nil nil) | ||
| 12325 | |||
| 12326 | (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | ||
| 12327 | Create an image. | ||
| 12328 | FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | ||
| 12329 | Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted | ||
| 12330 | or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes | ||
| 12331 | of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | ||
| 12332 | use its file extension as image type. | ||
| 12333 | Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. | ||
| 12334 | Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, | ||
| 12335 | like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. | ||
| 12336 | Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported. | ||
| 12337 | |||
| 12338 | \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | ||
| 12339 | |||
| 12340 | (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | ||
| 12341 | Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. | ||
| 12342 | IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. | ||
| 12343 | IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a | ||
| 12344 | `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | ||
| 12345 | image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. | ||
| 12346 | POS may be an integer or marker. | ||
| 12347 | AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | ||
| 12348 | display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | ||
| 12349 | display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | ||
| 12350 | means display it in the right marginal area. | ||
| 12351 | |||
| 12352 | \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil) | ||
| 12353 | |||
| 12354 | (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | ||
| 12355 | Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | ||
| 12356 | IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer | ||
| 12357 | with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is | ||
| 12358 | defaulted if you omit it. | ||
| 12359 | AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | ||
| 12360 | display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | ||
| 12361 | display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | ||
| 12362 | means display it in the right marginal area. | ||
| 12363 | |||
| 12364 | \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil) | ||
| 12365 | |||
| 12366 | (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | ||
| 12367 | Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | ||
| 12368 | Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | ||
| 12369 | BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer. | ||
| 12370 | |||
| 12371 | \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil) | ||
| 12372 | |||
| 12373 | (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ | ||
| 12374 | Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | ||
| 12375 | |||
| 12376 | SPECS is a list of image specifications. | ||
| 12377 | |||
| 12378 | Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | ||
| 12379 | a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | ||
| 12380 | least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | ||
| 12381 | `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | ||
| 12382 | e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | ||
| 12383 | string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE | ||
| 12384 | is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | ||
| 12385 | specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | ||
| 12386 | satisfied. | ||
| 12387 | |||
| 12388 | The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'. | ||
| 12389 | |||
| 12390 | \(fn SPECS)" nil nil) | ||
| 12391 | |||
| 12392 | (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ | ||
| 12393 | Define SYMBOL as an image. | ||
| 12394 | |||
| 12395 | SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | ||
| 12396 | documentation string. | ||
| 12397 | |||
| 12398 | Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | ||
| 12399 | a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | ||
| 12400 | least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | ||
| 12401 | `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | ||
| 12402 | e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | ||
| 12403 | string containing the actual image data. The first image | ||
| 12404 | specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | ||
| 12405 | define SYMBOL. | ||
| 12406 | |||
| 12407 | Example: | ||
| 12408 | |||
| 12409 | (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | ||
| 12410 | (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\"))) | ||
| 12411 | |||
| 12412 | \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 12413 | |||
| 12414 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12415 | |||
| 12416 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp | ||
| 12417 | ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" | ||
| 12418 | ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16511 32464)) | ||
| 12419 | ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el | ||
| 12420 | |||
| 12421 | (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\ | ||
| 12422 | *A list of image-file filename extensions. | ||
| 12423 | Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, | ||
| 12424 | in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. | ||
| 12425 | |||
| 12426 | See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, | ||
| 12427 | setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | ||
| 12428 | `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when | ||
| 12429 | the variable is set using \\[customize].") | ||
| 12430 | |||
| 12431 | (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file") | ||
| 12432 | |||
| 12433 | (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ | ||
| 12434 | *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. | ||
| 12435 | Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, | ||
| 12436 | in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. | ||
| 12437 | |||
| 12438 | See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is | ||
| 12439 | enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | ||
| 12440 | `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when | ||
| 12441 | the variable is set using \\[customize].") | ||
| 12442 | |||
| 12443 | (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file") | ||
| 12444 | |||
| 12445 | (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ | ||
| 12446 | Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames. | ||
| 12447 | |||
| 12448 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 12449 | |||
| 12450 | (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ | ||
| 12451 | Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. | ||
| 12452 | Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for | ||
| 12453 | the command `insert-file-contents'. | ||
| 12454 | |||
| 12455 | \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil) | ||
| 12456 | |||
| 12457 | (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ | ||
| 12458 | Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled. | ||
| 12459 | See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 12460 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 12461 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") | ||
| 12462 | |||
| 12463 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file") | ||
| 12464 | |||
| 12465 | (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ | ||
| 12466 | Toggle visiting of image files as images. | ||
| 12467 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | ||
| 12468 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | ||
| 12469 | |||
| 12470 | Image files are those whose name has an extension in | ||
| 12471 | `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in | ||
| 12472 | `image-file-name-regexps'. | ||
| 12473 | |||
| 12474 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 12475 | |||
| 12476 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12477 | |||
| 12478 | ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | ||
| 12479 | ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16511 32465)) | ||
| 12480 | ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el | ||
| 12481 | |||
| 12482 | (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | ||
| 12483 | *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | ||
| 12484 | |||
| 12485 | Affects only the mouse index menu. | ||
| 12486 | |||
| 12487 | Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | ||
| 12488 | The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | ||
| 12489 | in the buffer. | ||
| 12490 | |||
| 12491 | Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | ||
| 12492 | |||
| 12493 | The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | ||
| 12494 | element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | ||
| 12495 | \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | ||
| 12496 | |||
| 12497 | (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu") | ||
| 12498 | |||
| 12499 | (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | ||
| 12500 | The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | ||
| 12501 | |||
| 12502 | If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | ||
| 12503 | to create a buffer index. | ||
| 12504 | |||
| 12505 | The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | ||
| 12506 | (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | ||
| 12507 | or like this: | ||
| 12508 | (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | ||
| 12509 | with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | ||
| 12510 | the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | ||
| 12511 | of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | ||
| 12512 | with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | ||
| 12513 | |||
| 12514 | MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | ||
| 12515 | entries are not nested. | ||
| 12516 | |||
| 12517 | REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | ||
| 12518 | to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | ||
| 12519 | etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | ||
| 12520 | menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | ||
| 12521 | |||
| 12522 | INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | ||
| 12523 | function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | ||
| 12524 | |||
| 12525 | The variable is buffer-local. | ||
| 12526 | |||
| 12527 | The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | ||
| 12528 | regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | ||
| 12529 | used to alter the syntax table for the search. | ||
| 12530 | |||
| 12531 | For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by | ||
| 12532 | `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the | ||
| 12533 | characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax | ||
| 12534 | during matching.") | ||
| 12535 | |||
| 12536 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | ||
| 12537 | |||
| 12538 | (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | ||
| 12539 | The function to use for creating a buffer index. | ||
| 12540 | |||
| 12541 | It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | ||
| 12542 | of the current buffer as an alist. | ||
| 12543 | |||
| 12544 | Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | ||
| 12545 | Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | ||
| 12546 | A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | ||
| 12547 | The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | ||
| 12548 | if it is a sub-alist. | ||
| 12549 | |||
| 12550 | This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | ||
| 12551 | |||
| 12552 | The variable is buffer-local.") | ||
| 12553 | |||
| 12554 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | ||
| 12555 | |||
| 12556 | (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | ||
| 12557 | Function for finding the next index position. | ||
| 12558 | |||
| 12559 | If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | ||
| 12560 | `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | ||
| 12561 | to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | ||
| 12562 | file. | ||
| 12563 | |||
| 12564 | The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | ||
| 12565 | index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | ||
| 12566 | |||
| 12567 | This variable is local in all buffers.") | ||
| 12568 | |||
| 12569 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | ||
| 12570 | |||
| 12571 | (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | ||
| 12572 | Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | ||
| 12573 | |||
| 12574 | This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | ||
| 12575 | finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | ||
| 12576 | It should return the name for that index item. | ||
| 12577 | |||
| 12578 | This variable is local in all buffers.") | ||
| 12579 | |||
| 12580 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | ||
| 12581 | |||
| 12582 | (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ | ||
| 12583 | Function to compare string with index item. | ||
| 12584 | |||
| 12585 | This function will be called with two strings, and should return | ||
| 12586 | non-nil if they match. | ||
| 12587 | |||
| 12588 | If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | ||
| 12589 | Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | ||
| 12590 | such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | ||
| 12591 | arguments match\". | ||
| 12592 | |||
| 12593 | This variable is local in all buffers.") | ||
| 12594 | |||
| 12595 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | ||
| 12596 | |||
| 12597 | (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ | ||
| 12598 | The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | ||
| 12599 | The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | ||
| 12600 | |||
| 12601 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | ||
| 12602 | |||
| 12603 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist)) | ||
| 12604 | |||
| 12605 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | ||
| 12606 | |||
| 12607 | (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | ||
| 12608 | Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | ||
| 12609 | NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | ||
| 12610 | See the command `imenu' for more information. | ||
| 12611 | |||
| 12612 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 12613 | |||
| 12614 | (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | ||
| 12615 | Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | ||
| 12616 | |||
| 12617 | A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook. | ||
| 12618 | |||
| 12619 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12620 | |||
| 12621 | (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | ||
| 12622 | Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | ||
| 12623 | INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | ||
| 12624 | for more information. | ||
| 12625 | |||
| 12626 | \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil) | ||
| 12627 | |||
| 12628 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12629 | |||
| 12630 | ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion | ||
| 12631 | ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region) | ||
| 12632 | ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16511 27936)) | ||
| 12633 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el | ||
| 12634 | |||
| 12635 | (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\ | ||
| 12636 | Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. | ||
| 12637 | |||
| 12638 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 12639 | |||
| 12640 | (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\ | ||
| 12641 | Not documented | ||
| 12642 | |||
| 12643 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 12644 | |||
| 12645 | (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\ | ||
| 12646 | Not documented | ||
| 12647 | |||
| 12648 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 12649 | |||
| 12650 | (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\ | ||
| 12651 | Not documented | ||
| 12652 | |||
| 12653 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 12654 | |||
| 12655 | (autoload (quote indian-2-column-to-ucs-region) "ind-util" "\ | ||
| 12656 | Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS. | ||
| 12657 | |||
| 12658 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 12659 | |||
| 12660 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12661 | |||
| 12662 | ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" | ||
| 12663 | ;;;;;; (16511 32623)) | ||
| 12664 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el | ||
| 12665 | |||
| 12666 | (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | ||
| 12667 | *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | ||
| 12668 | Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | ||
| 12669 | mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | ||
| 12670 | \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | ||
| 12671 | |||
| 12672 | (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | ||
| 12673 | *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | ||
| 12674 | |||
| 12675 | (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | ||
| 12676 | *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | ||
| 12677 | This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | ||
| 12678 | and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | ||
| 12679 | to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | ||
| 12680 | The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | ||
| 12681 | produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | ||
| 12682 | but it works only in Common Lisp.") | ||
| 12683 | |||
| 12684 | (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | ||
| 12685 | Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | ||
| 12686 | Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | ||
| 12687 | and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | ||
| 12688 | Inferior Lisp buffer. | ||
| 12689 | |||
| 12690 | This variable is only used if the variable | ||
| 12691 | `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | ||
| 12692 | |||
| 12693 | More precise choices: | ||
| 12694 | Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | ||
| 12695 | franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | ||
| 12696 | kcl: \"^>+ *\" | ||
| 12697 | |||
| 12698 | This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | ||
| 12699 | |||
| 12700 | (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | ||
| 12701 | *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | ||
| 12702 | |||
| 12703 | (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | ||
| 12704 | Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | ||
| 12705 | If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | ||
| 12706 | to that buffer. | ||
| 12707 | With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | ||
| 12708 | of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | ||
| 12709 | `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | ||
| 12710 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 12711 | |||
| 12712 | \(fn CMD)" t nil) | ||
| 12713 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | ||
| 12714 | |||
| 12715 | (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | ||
| 12716 | |||
| 12717 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12718 | |||
| 12719 | ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | ||
| 12720 | ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-apropos Info-index Info-directory | ||
| 12721 | ;;;;;; info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) | ||
| 12722 | ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (16511 32466)) | ||
| 12723 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el | ||
| 12724 | |||
| 12725 | (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | ||
| 12726 | Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window. | ||
| 12727 | |||
| 12728 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 12729 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | ||
| 12730 | |||
| 12731 | (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | ||
| 12732 | Enter Info, the documentation browser. | ||
| 12733 | Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | ||
| 12734 | the default is the top-level directory of Info. | ||
| 12735 | Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form | ||
| 12736 | `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | ||
| 12737 | |||
| 12738 | In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | ||
| 12739 | to read a file name from the minibuffer. | ||
| 12740 | |||
| 12741 | The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | ||
| 12742 | The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' | ||
| 12743 | in all the directories in that path. | ||
| 12744 | |||
| 12745 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 12746 | |||
| 12747 | (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\ | ||
| 12748 | Display the Emacs manual in Info mode. | ||
| 12749 | |||
| 12750 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12751 | |||
| 12752 | (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | ||
| 12753 | Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | ||
| 12754 | Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | ||
| 12755 | In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself. | ||
| 12756 | |||
| 12757 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 12758 | |||
| 12759 | (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ | ||
| 12760 | Go to the Info directory node. | ||
| 12761 | |||
| 12762 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12763 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info-history*") | ||
| 12764 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info-toc*") | ||
| 12765 | |||
| 12766 | (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\ | ||
| 12767 | Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file. | ||
| 12768 | The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose | ||
| 12769 | name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following | ||
| 12770 | nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\". | ||
| 12771 | If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses | ||
| 12772 | the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic. | ||
| 12773 | Use the `,' command to see the other matches. | ||
| 12774 | Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself. | ||
| 12775 | |||
| 12776 | \(fn TOPIC)" t nil) | ||
| 12777 | |||
| 12778 | (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\ | ||
| 12779 | Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING. | ||
| 12780 | Build a menu of the possible matches. | ||
| 12781 | |||
| 12782 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) | ||
| 12783 | |||
| 12784 | (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ | ||
| 12785 | Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | ||
| 12786 | The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices | ||
| 12787 | or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | ||
| 12788 | the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. | ||
| 12789 | COMMAND must be a symbol or string. | ||
| 12790 | |||
| 12791 | \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) | ||
| 12792 | |||
| 12793 | (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | ||
| 12794 | Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. | ||
| 12795 | KEY is a string. | ||
| 12796 | Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. | ||
| 12797 | The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices | ||
| 12798 | or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | ||
| 12799 | the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. | ||
| 12800 | |||
| 12801 | \(fn KEY)" t nil) | ||
| 12802 | |||
| 12803 | (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | ||
| 12804 | Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | ||
| 12805 | This will add a speedbar major display mode. | ||
| 12806 | |||
| 12807 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12808 | |||
| 12809 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12810 | |||
| 12811 | ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | ||
| 12812 | ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | ||
| 12813 | ;;;;;; (16511 32465)) | ||
| 12814 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el | ||
| 12815 | |||
| 12816 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | ||
| 12817 | Throw away all cached data. | ||
| 12818 | This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | ||
| 12819 | quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | ||
| 12820 | system. | ||
| 12821 | |||
| 12822 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12823 | |||
| 12824 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | ||
| 12825 | Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | ||
| 12826 | When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | ||
| 12827 | In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | ||
| 12828 | into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | ||
| 12829 | The default symbol is the one found at point. | ||
| 12830 | |||
| 12831 | With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered. | ||
| 12832 | |||
| 12833 | \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 12834 | |||
| 12835 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | ||
| 12836 | Display the documentation of a file. | ||
| 12837 | When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | ||
| 12838 | In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | ||
| 12839 | into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | ||
| 12840 | The default file name is the one found at point. | ||
| 12841 | |||
| 12842 | With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered. | ||
| 12843 | |||
| 12844 | \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 12845 | |||
| 12846 | (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | ||
| 12847 | Perform completion on symbol preceding point. | ||
| 12848 | |||
| 12849 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 12850 | |||
| 12851 | (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | ||
| 12852 | Perform completion on file preceding point. | ||
| 12853 | |||
| 12854 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 12855 | |||
| 12856 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12857 | |||
| 12858 | ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all | ||
| 12859 | ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (16511 32465)) | ||
| 12860 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el | ||
| 12861 | |||
| 12862 | (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\ | ||
| 12863 | Check external references in FILENAME, an info document. | ||
| 12864 | |||
| 12865 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 12866 | |||
| 12867 | (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\ | ||
| 12868 | Check external references in all info documents in the usual path. | ||
| 12869 | The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'. | ||
| 12870 | |||
| 12871 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12872 | |||
| 12873 | (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\ | ||
| 12874 | Check info references in all customize groups and variables. | ||
| 12875 | `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked. | ||
| 12876 | |||
| 12877 | `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the | ||
| 12878 | link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take | ||
| 12879 | quite a while. | ||
| 12880 | |||
| 12881 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12882 | |||
| 12883 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12884 | |||
| 12885 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | ||
| 12886 | ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16511 32466)) | ||
| 12887 | ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el | ||
| 12888 | |||
| 12889 | (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | ||
| 12890 | Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region. | ||
| 12891 | |||
| 12892 | \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 12893 | |||
| 12894 | (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | ||
| 12895 | Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | ||
| 12896 | Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | ||
| 12897 | |||
| 12898 | To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | ||
| 12899 | table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | ||
| 12900 | should be saved in place of the original visited file. | ||
| 12901 | |||
| 12902 | The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | ||
| 12903 | in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | ||
| 12904 | file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | ||
| 12905 | contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles. | ||
| 12906 | |||
| 12907 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12908 | |||
| 12909 | (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | ||
| 12910 | Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | ||
| 12911 | Check that every node pointer points to an existing node. | ||
| 12912 | |||
| 12913 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12914 | |||
| 12915 | (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | ||
| 12916 | Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | ||
| 12917 | Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | ||
| 12918 | Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | ||
| 12919 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\" | ||
| 12920 | |||
| 12921 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 12922 | |||
| 12923 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12924 | |||
| 12925 | ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | ||
| 12926 | ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | ||
| 12927 | ;;;;;; (16511 30641)) | ||
| 12928 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el | ||
| 12929 | |||
| 12930 | (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | ||
| 12931 | Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search. | ||
| 12932 | |||
| 12933 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12934 | |||
| 12935 | (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | ||
| 12936 | Toggle input method in interactive search. | ||
| 12937 | |||
| 12938 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 12939 | |||
| 12940 | (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\ | ||
| 12941 | Not documented | ||
| 12942 | |||
| 12943 | \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 12944 | |||
| 12945 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12946 | |||
| 12947 | ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | ||
| 12948 | ;;;;;; (16511 30641)) | ||
| 12949 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el | ||
| 12950 | |||
| 12951 | (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | ||
| 12952 | Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | ||
| 12953 | This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | ||
| 12954 | When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | ||
| 12955 | \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | ||
| 12956 | letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | ||
| 12957 | |||
| 12958 | You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | ||
| 12959 | with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | ||
| 12960 | |||
| 12961 | Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | ||
| 12962 | ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | ||
| 12963 | ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | ||
| 12964 | \"s gives German sharp s. | ||
| 12965 | /a gives a with ring. | ||
| 12966 | /e gives an a-e ligature. | ||
| 12967 | ~< and ~> give guillemots. | ||
| 12968 | ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | ||
| 12969 | ~? gives an inverted question mark. | ||
| 12970 | |||
| 12971 | With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | ||
| 12972 | and a negative argument disables it. | ||
| 12973 | |||
| 12974 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 12975 | |||
| 12976 | ;;;*** | ||
| 12977 | |||
| 12978 | ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | ||
| 12979 | ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso | ||
| 12980 | ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | ||
| 12981 | ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16511 30642)) | ||
| 12982 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el | ||
| 12983 | |||
| 12984 | (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 12985 | Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | ||
| 12986 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | ||
| 12987 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 12988 | |||
| 12989 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 12990 | |||
| 12991 | (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 12992 | Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | ||
| 12993 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | ||
| 12994 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 12995 | |||
| 12996 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 12997 | |||
| 12998 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 12999 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | ||
| 13000 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | ||
| 13001 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 13002 | |||
| 13003 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 13004 | |||
| 13005 | (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13006 | Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | ||
| 13007 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | ||
| 13008 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 13009 | |||
| 13010 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 13011 | |||
| 13012 | (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13013 | Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | ||
| 13014 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | ||
| 13015 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 13016 | |||
| 13017 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 13018 | |||
| 13019 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13020 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | ||
| 13021 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | ||
| 13022 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 13023 | |||
| 13024 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 13025 | |||
| 13026 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13027 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | ||
| 13028 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | ||
| 13029 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 13030 | |||
| 13031 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 13032 | |||
| 13033 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13034 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | ||
| 13035 | The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | ||
| 13036 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 13037 | |||
| 13038 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 13039 | |||
| 13040 | (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13041 | Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | ||
| 13042 | The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | ||
| 13043 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). | ||
| 13044 | |||
| 13045 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 13046 | |||
| 13047 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13048 | Warn that format is read-only. | ||
| 13049 | |||
| 13050 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13051 | |||
| 13052 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13053 | Warn that format is write-only. | ||
| 13054 | |||
| 13055 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13056 | |||
| 13057 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | ||
| 13058 | Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats. | ||
| 13059 | |||
| 13060 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13061 | |||
| 13062 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13063 | |||
| 13064 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | ||
| 13065 | ;;;;;; (16511 30642)) | ||
| 13066 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el | ||
| 13067 | (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | ||
| 13068 | (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | ||
| 13069 | (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | ||
| 13070 | |||
| 13071 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13072 | |||
| 13073 | ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag | ||
| 13074 | ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings | ||
| 13075 | ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | ||
| 13076 | ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist | ||
| 13077 | ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary) | ||
| 13078 | ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16511 32639)) | ||
| 13079 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el | ||
| 13080 | |||
| 13081 | (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ | ||
| 13082 | *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | ||
| 13083 | If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | ||
| 13084 | where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | ||
| 13085 | |||
| 13086 | (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell") | ||
| 13087 | |||
| 13088 | (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | ||
| 13089 | *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | ||
| 13090 | |||
| 13091 | These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'. | ||
| 13092 | |||
| 13093 | Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate | ||
| 13094 | over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary | ||
| 13095 | definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save, | ||
| 13096 | and then re-start emacs.") | ||
| 13097 | |||
| 13098 | (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell") | ||
| 13099 | |||
| 13100 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) | ||
| 13101 | |||
| 13102 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | ||
| 13103 | |||
| 13104 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))) | ||
| 13105 | |||
| 13106 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | ||
| 13107 | |||
| 13108 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) | ||
| 13109 | |||
| 13110 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) | ||
| 13111 | |||
| 13112 | (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | ||
| 13113 | An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | ||
| 13114 | |||
| 13115 | Each element of this list is also a list: | ||
| 13116 | |||
| 13117 | \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | ||
| 13118 | ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | ||
| 13119 | |||
| 13120 | DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | ||
| 13121 | nil means the default dictionary. | ||
| 13122 | |||
| 13123 | CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | ||
| 13124 | word. | ||
| 13125 | |||
| 13126 | NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | ||
| 13127 | |||
| 13128 | OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | ||
| 13129 | used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | ||
| 13130 | and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | ||
| 13131 | otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | ||
| 13132 | regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | ||
| 13133 | \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | ||
| 13134 | \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | ||
| 13135 | If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | ||
| 13136 | Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | ||
| 13137 | |||
| 13138 | MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | ||
| 13139 | Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | ||
| 13140 | single word. | ||
| 13141 | |||
| 13142 | ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | ||
| 13143 | subprocess. | ||
| 13144 | |||
| 13145 | EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | ||
| 13146 | have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | ||
| 13147 | can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | ||
| 13148 | in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | ||
| 13149 | The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | ||
| 13150 | but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | ||
| 13151 | Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | ||
| 13152 | `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | ||
| 13153 | |||
| 13154 | CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | ||
| 13155 | |||
| 13156 | Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | ||
| 13157 | contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | ||
| 13158 | LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | ||
| 13159 | |||
| 13160 | (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell") | ||
| 13161 | |||
| 13162 | (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | ||
| 13163 | Key map for ispell menu.") | ||
| 13164 | |||
| 13165 | (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | ||
| 13166 | Spelling menu for XEmacs. | ||
| 13167 | If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | ||
| 13168 | and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | ||
| 13169 | |||
| 13170 | (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload))) | ||
| 13171 | |||
| 13172 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name))))))))) | ||
| 13173 | |||
| 13174 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | ||
| 13175 | |||
| 13176 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) | ||
| 13177 | |||
| 13178 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | ||
| 13179 | |||
| 13180 | (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ | ||
| 13181 | Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. | ||
| 13182 | The alist key must be a regular expression. | ||
| 13183 | Valid forms include: | ||
| 13184 | (KEY) - just skip the key. | ||
| 13185 | (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | ||
| 13186 | (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | ||
| 13187 | (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | ||
| 13188 | |||
| 13189 | (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ | ||
| 13190 | *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. | ||
| 13191 | First list is used raw. | ||
| 13192 | Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | ||
| 13193 | |||
| 13194 | Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | ||
| 13195 | for skipping in latex mode.") | ||
| 13196 | |||
| 13197 | (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\ | ||
| 13198 | *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers. | ||
| 13199 | Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist' | ||
| 13200 | Note - substrings of other matches must come last | ||
| 13201 | (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ | ||
| 13202 | >]\").") | ||
| 13203 | (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word) | ||
| 13204 | |||
| 13205 | (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13206 | Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | ||
| 13207 | If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | ||
| 13208 | in a window allowing you to choose one. | ||
| 13209 | |||
| 13210 | If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | ||
| 13211 | is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | ||
| 13212 | \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | ||
| 13213 | When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | ||
| 13214 | when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | ||
| 13215 | |||
| 13216 | With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | ||
| 13217 | resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | ||
| 13218 | |||
| 13219 | Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | ||
| 13220 | |||
| 13221 | This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | ||
| 13222 | or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. | ||
| 13223 | |||
| 13224 | return values: | ||
| 13225 | nil word is correct or spelling is accepted. | ||
| 13226 | 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | ||
| 13227 | \"word\" word corrected from word list. | ||
| 13228 | \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | ||
| 13229 | quit spell session exited. | ||
| 13230 | |||
| 13231 | \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil) | ||
| 13232 | |||
| 13233 | (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13234 | Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified. | ||
| 13235 | If so, ask if it needs to be saved. | ||
| 13236 | |||
| 13237 | \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil) | ||
| 13238 | |||
| 13239 | (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13240 | Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | ||
| 13241 | |||
| 13242 | Selections are: | ||
| 13243 | |||
| 13244 | DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | ||
| 13245 | SPC: Accept word this time. | ||
| 13246 | `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | ||
| 13247 | `a': Accept word for this session. | ||
| 13248 | `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | ||
| 13249 | `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | ||
| 13250 | `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | ||
| 13251 | `?': Show these commands. | ||
| 13252 | `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | ||
| 13253 | `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | ||
| 13254 | the aborted check to be completed later. | ||
| 13255 | `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | ||
| 13256 | `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | ||
| 13257 | `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | ||
| 13258 | `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | ||
| 13259 | `C-l': redraws screen | ||
| 13260 | `C-r': recursive edit | ||
| 13261 | `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame | ||
| 13262 | |||
| 13263 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 13264 | |||
| 13265 | (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13266 | Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | ||
| 13267 | With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running. | ||
| 13268 | |||
| 13269 | \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil) | ||
| 13270 | |||
| 13271 | (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13272 | Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | ||
| 13273 | A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | ||
| 13274 | |||
| 13275 | By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | ||
| 13276 | |||
| 13277 | With prefix argument, set the default dictionary. | ||
| 13278 | |||
| 13279 | \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13280 | |||
| 13281 | (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13282 | Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | ||
| 13283 | Return nil if spell session is quit, | ||
| 13284 | otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed. | ||
| 13285 | |||
| 13286 | \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil) | ||
| 13287 | |||
| 13288 | (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13289 | Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors. | ||
| 13290 | |||
| 13291 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13292 | |||
| 13293 | (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13294 | Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively. | ||
| 13295 | |||
| 13296 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13297 | |||
| 13298 | (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13299 | Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word. | ||
| 13300 | |||
| 13301 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13302 | |||
| 13303 | (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13304 | Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words'). | ||
| 13305 | If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | ||
| 13306 | sequence inside of a word. | ||
| 13307 | |||
| 13308 | Standard ispell choices are then available. | ||
| 13309 | |||
| 13310 | \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil) | ||
| 13311 | |||
| 13312 | (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13313 | Completes word matching character sequence inside a word. | ||
| 13314 | |||
| 13315 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13316 | |||
| 13317 | (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13318 | Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | ||
| 13319 | If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check | ||
| 13320 | that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. | ||
| 13321 | |||
| 13322 | Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are | ||
| 13323 | looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell | ||
| 13324 | program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries | ||
| 13325 | available on the net. | ||
| 13326 | |||
| 13327 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13328 | |||
| 13329 | (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13330 | Toggle Ispell minor mode. | ||
| 13331 | With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | ||
| 13332 | |||
| 13333 | In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET | ||
| 13334 | warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | ||
| 13335 | |||
| 13336 | All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | ||
| 13337 | them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC. | ||
| 13338 | |||
| 13339 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13340 | |||
| 13341 | (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | ||
| 13342 | Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | ||
| 13343 | Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | ||
| 13344 | Don't check included messages. | ||
| 13345 | |||
| 13346 | To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | ||
| 13347 | use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | ||
| 13348 | The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | ||
| 13349 | |||
| 13350 | To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | ||
| 13351 | in your .emacs file: | ||
| 13352 | (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | ||
| 13353 | (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | ||
| 13354 | (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | ||
| 13355 | (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | ||
| 13356 | |||
| 13357 | You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | ||
| 13358 | `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | ||
| 13359 | (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message))) | ||
| 13360 | |||
| 13361 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13362 | |||
| 13363 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13364 | |||
| 13365 | ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | ||
| 13366 | ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | ||
| 13367 | ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16511 32467)) | ||
| 13368 | ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el | ||
| 13369 | |||
| 13370 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | ||
| 13371 | Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | ||
| 13372 | Return the name of a buffer selected. | ||
| 13373 | PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | ||
| 13374 | buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | ||
| 13375 | If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected. | ||
| 13376 | |||
| 13377 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil) | ||
| 13378 | |||
| 13379 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | ||
| 13380 | Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | ||
| 13381 | Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | ||
| 13382 | adds a hook to the minibuffer. | ||
| 13383 | |||
| 13384 | Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'. | ||
| 13385 | |||
| 13386 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13387 | |||
| 13388 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | ||
| 13389 | Switch to another buffer. | ||
| 13390 | |||
| 13391 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | ||
| 13392 | buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | ||
| 13393 | default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | ||
| 13394 | in another frame. | ||
| 13395 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | ||
| 13396 | |||
| 13397 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13398 | |||
| 13399 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | ||
| 13400 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | ||
| 13401 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 13402 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | ||
| 13403 | |||
| 13404 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13405 | |||
| 13406 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | ||
| 13407 | Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | ||
| 13408 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 13409 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | ||
| 13410 | |||
| 13411 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13412 | |||
| 13413 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | ||
| 13414 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | ||
| 13415 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | ||
| 13416 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'. | ||
| 13417 | |||
| 13418 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13419 | |||
| 13420 | (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ | ||
| 13421 | Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled. | ||
| 13422 | See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 13423 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 13424 | use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") | ||
| 13425 | |||
| 13426 | (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb") | ||
| 13427 | |||
| 13428 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ | ||
| 13429 | Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. | ||
| 13430 | With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | ||
| 13431 | This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See | ||
| 13432 | `iswitchb' for details. | ||
| 13433 | |||
| 13434 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13435 | |||
| 13436 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13437 | |||
| 13438 | ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | ||
| 13439 | ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | ||
| 13440 | ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) | ||
| 13441 | ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16511 25860)) | ||
| 13442 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el | ||
| 13443 | |||
| 13444 | (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13445 | Not documented | ||
| 13446 | |||
| 13447 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 13448 | |||
| 13449 | (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13450 | Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | ||
| 13451 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | ||
| 13452 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | ||
| 13453 | Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | ||
| 13454 | (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | ||
| 13455 | may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | ||
| 13456 | necessary to represent OBJ. | ||
| 13457 | |||
| 13458 | \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil) | ||
| 13459 | |||
| 13460 | (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13461 | Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | ||
| 13462 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | ||
| 13463 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | ||
| 13464 | |||
| 13465 | \(fn OBJ)" nil nil) | ||
| 13466 | |||
| 13467 | (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13468 | Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | ||
| 13469 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | ||
| 13470 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | ||
| 13471 | Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character. | ||
| 13472 | |||
| 13473 | \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil) | ||
| 13474 | |||
| 13475 | (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13476 | Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | ||
| 13477 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | ||
| 13478 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | ||
| 13479 | |||
| 13480 | \(fn OBJ)" nil nil) | ||
| 13481 | |||
| 13482 | (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13483 | Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | ||
| 13484 | Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | ||
| 13485 | of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | ||
| 13486 | |||
| 13487 | \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil) | ||
| 13488 | |||
| 13489 | (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13490 | Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars. | ||
| 13491 | |||
| 13492 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 13493 | |||
| 13494 | (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13495 | Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | ||
| 13496 | `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | ||
| 13497 | `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | ||
| 13498 | Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char. | ||
| 13499 | |||
| 13500 | \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 13501 | |||
| 13502 | (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13503 | Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | ||
| 13504 | `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | ||
| 13505 | `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | ||
| 13506 | Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char. | ||
| 13507 | |||
| 13508 | \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 13509 | |||
| 13510 | (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | ||
| 13511 | Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | ||
| 13512 | If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading. | ||
| 13513 | |||
| 13514 | \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil) | ||
| 13515 | |||
| 13516 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13517 | |||
| 13518 | ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16511 | ||
| 13519 | ;;;;;; 32467)) | ||
| 13520 | ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el | ||
| 13521 | |||
| 13522 | (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ | ||
| 13523 | Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. | ||
| 13524 | FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region | ||
| 13525 | that needs to be (re)fontified. | ||
| 13526 | If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful. | ||
| 13527 | |||
| 13528 | \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil) | ||
| 13529 | |||
| 13530 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13531 | |||
| 13532 | ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) | ||
| 13533 | ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16511 32467)) | ||
| 13534 | ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el | ||
| 13535 | |||
| 13536 | (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | ||
| 13537 | Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled. | ||
| 13538 | See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 13539 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 13540 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | ||
| 13541 | |||
| 13542 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr") | ||
| 13543 | |||
| 13544 | (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | ||
| 13545 | Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | ||
| 13546 | With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | ||
| 13547 | Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on). | ||
| 13548 | |||
| 13549 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13550 | |||
| 13551 | (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | ||
| 13552 | Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled. | ||
| 13553 | |||
| 13554 | \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 13555 | |||
| 13556 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13557 | |||
| 13558 | ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup | ||
| 13559 | ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" | ||
| 13560 | ;;;;;; (16511 32550)) | ||
| 13561 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el | ||
| 13562 | |||
| 13563 | (defvar keypad-setup nil "\ | ||
| 13564 | Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. | ||
| 13565 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | ||
| 13566 | decimal key must be specified.") | ||
| 13567 | |||
| 13568 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad") | ||
| 13569 | |||
| 13570 | (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\ | ||
| 13571 | Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on. | ||
| 13572 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | ||
| 13573 | decimal key must be specified.") | ||
| 13574 | |||
| 13575 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad") | ||
| 13576 | |||
| 13577 | (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\ | ||
| 13578 | Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. | ||
| 13579 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | ||
| 13580 | decimal key must be specified.") | ||
| 13581 | |||
| 13582 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad") | ||
| 13583 | |||
| 13584 | (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\ | ||
| 13585 | Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. | ||
| 13586 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the | ||
| 13587 | decimal key must be specified.") | ||
| 13588 | |||
| 13589 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad") | ||
| 13590 | |||
| 13591 | (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\ | ||
| 13592 | Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP. | ||
| 13593 | If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings | ||
| 13594 | are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed. | ||
| 13595 | If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad | ||
| 13596 | keys are bound. | ||
| 13597 | |||
| 13598 | Setup Binding | ||
| 13599 | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 13600 | 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M-- | ||
| 13601 | 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys. | ||
| 13602 | 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys. | ||
| 13603 | 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg) | ||
| 13604 | 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map; | ||
| 13605 | this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys | ||
| 13606 | in the global and local keymaps. | ||
| 13607 | |||
| 13608 | If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil, | ||
| 13609 | the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.' | ||
| 13610 | |||
| 13611 | \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil) | ||
| 13612 | |||
| 13613 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13614 | |||
| 13615 | ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | ||
| 13616 | ;;;;;; (16511 30642)) | ||
| 13617 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el | ||
| 13618 | |||
| 13619 | (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | ||
| 13620 | Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | ||
| 13621 | LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | ||
| 13622 | |||
| 13623 | `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | ||
| 13624 | at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | ||
| 13625 | at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | ||
| 13626 | respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | ||
| 13627 | shorter. | ||
| 13628 | |||
| 13629 | `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | ||
| 13630 | in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | ||
| 13631 | the context of text formatting. | ||
| 13632 | |||
| 13633 | \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil) | ||
| 13634 | |||
| 13635 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13636 | |||
| 13637 | ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16511 | ||
| 13638 | ;;;;;; 30642)) | ||
| 13639 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el | ||
| 13640 | |||
| 13641 | (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ | ||
| 13642 | Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | ||
| 13643 | With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | ||
| 13644 | candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | ||
| 13645 | list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | ||
| 13646 | positions that contains the current selection.") | ||
| 13647 | |||
| 13648 | (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ | ||
| 13649 | Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | ||
| 13650 | Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | ||
| 13651 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | ||
| 13652 | positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | ||
| 13653 | When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | ||
| 13654 | and the return value is the length of the conversion. | ||
| 13655 | |||
| 13656 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 13657 | |||
| 13658 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13659 | |||
| 13660 | ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro | ||
| 13661 | ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter | ||
| 13662 | ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" | ||
| 13663 | ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16511 32468)) | ||
| 13664 | ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el | ||
| 13665 | (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro) | ||
| 13666 | (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro) | ||
| 13667 | (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro) | ||
| 13668 | (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) | ||
| 13669 | (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro) | ||
| 13670 | (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap) | ||
| 13671 | (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap) | ||
| 13672 | |||
| 13673 | (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\ | ||
| 13674 | Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro. | ||
| 13675 | The commands are recorded even as they are executed. | ||
| 13676 | Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available. | ||
| 13677 | Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro. | ||
| 13678 | Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name. | ||
| 13679 | Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined; | ||
| 13680 | |||
| 13681 | With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro | ||
| 13682 | defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin | ||
| 13683 | by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again. | ||
| 13684 | |||
| 13685 | Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before | ||
| 13686 | defining the macro. | ||
| 13687 | |||
| 13688 | Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter. | ||
| 13689 | The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter]. | ||
| 13690 | The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]. | ||
| 13691 | |||
| 13692 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13693 | |||
| 13694 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\ | ||
| 13695 | Finish defining a keyboard macro. | ||
| 13696 | The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro]. | ||
| 13697 | The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro], | ||
| 13698 | or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked | ||
| 13699 | under that name. | ||
| 13700 | |||
| 13701 | With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times, | ||
| 13702 | counting the definition just completed as the first repetition. | ||
| 13703 | An argument of zero means repeat until error. | ||
| 13704 | |||
| 13705 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13706 | |||
| 13707 | (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ | ||
| 13708 | Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro]. | ||
| 13709 | A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error. | ||
| 13710 | |||
| 13711 | When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating | ||
| 13712 | just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this | ||
| 13713 | command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg' | ||
| 13714 | for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour. | ||
| 13715 | |||
| 13716 | To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining | ||
| 13717 | others, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro]. | ||
| 13718 | |||
| 13719 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil) | ||
| 13720 | |||
| 13721 | (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\ | ||
| 13722 | Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro. | ||
| 13723 | The commands are recorded even as they are executed. | ||
| 13724 | |||
| 13725 | Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the | ||
| 13726 | macro. | ||
| 13727 | |||
| 13728 | With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping | ||
| 13729 | the current value of `kmacro-counter'). | ||
| 13730 | |||
| 13731 | When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments | ||
| 13732 | the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument], | ||
| 13733 | inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter). | ||
| 13734 | |||
| 13735 | The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter]. | ||
| 13736 | The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]. | ||
| 13737 | |||
| 13738 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13739 | |||
| 13740 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ | ||
| 13741 | End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro. | ||
| 13742 | With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times. | ||
| 13743 | With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring. | ||
| 13744 | |||
| 13745 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil) | ||
| 13746 | |||
| 13747 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ | ||
| 13748 | Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined. | ||
| 13749 | With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times. | ||
| 13750 | Zero argument means repeat until there is an error. | ||
| 13751 | |||
| 13752 | To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it | ||
| 13753 | even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro]. | ||
| 13754 | |||
| 13755 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil) | ||
| 13756 | |||
| 13757 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\ | ||
| 13758 | Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro. | ||
| 13759 | If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it. | ||
| 13760 | |||
| 13761 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 13762 | |||
| 13763 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13764 | |||
| 13765 | ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion | ||
| 13766 | ;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" | ||
| 13767 | ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (16511 53420)) | ||
| 13768 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el | ||
| 13769 | |||
| 13770 | (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]") | ||
| 13771 | |||
| 13772 | (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\ | ||
| 13773 | Not documented | ||
| 13774 | |||
| 13775 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 13776 | |||
| 13777 | (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\ | ||
| 13778 | Not documented | ||
| 13779 | |||
| 13780 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 13781 | |||
| 13782 | (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\ | ||
| 13783 | Not documented | ||
| 13784 | |||
| 13785 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 13786 | |||
| 13787 | (autoload (quote kannada-composition-function) "knd-util" "\ | ||
| 13788 | Compose Kannada characters after the position POS. | ||
| 13789 | If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string. | ||
| 13790 | In this case, compose characters after POS of the string. | ||
| 13791 | |||
| 13792 | \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 13793 | |||
| 13794 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13795 | |||
| 13796 | ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" | ||
| 13797 | ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16511 25861)) | ||
| 13798 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el | ||
| 13799 | |||
| 13800 | (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ | ||
| 13801 | *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. | ||
| 13802 | \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | ||
| 13803 | |||
| 13804 | (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\ | ||
| 13805 | Not documented | ||
| 13806 | |||
| 13807 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 13808 | |||
| 13809 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13810 | |||
| 13811 | ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | ||
| 13812 | ;;;;;; (16511 32594)) | ||
| 13813 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el | ||
| 13814 | |||
| 13815 | (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | ||
| 13816 | |||
| 13817 | (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | ||
| 13818 | Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game. | ||
| 13819 | |||
| 13820 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 13821 | |||
| 13822 | (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | ||
| 13823 | |||
| 13824 | (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | ||
| 13825 | Start or resume an Lm game. | ||
| 13826 | If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | ||
| 13827 | Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | ||
| 13828 | |||
| 13829 | prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | ||
| 13830 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 13831 | none / 1 | yes | no | ||
| 13832 | 2 | yes | yes | ||
| 13833 | 3 | no | yes | ||
| 13834 | 4 | no | no | ||
| 13835 | |||
| 13836 | You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | ||
| 13837 | if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | ||
| 13838 | Use \\[describe-mode] for more info. | ||
| 13839 | |||
| 13840 | \(fn PARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13841 | |||
| 13842 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13843 | |||
| 13844 | ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string | ||
| 13845 | ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string) | ||
| 13846 | ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16511 25862)) | ||
| 13847 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el | ||
| 13848 | |||
| 13849 | (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\ | ||
| 13850 | Not documented | ||
| 13851 | |||
| 13852 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 13853 | |||
| 13854 | (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | ||
| 13855 | Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | ||
| 13856 | Only the first syllable is transcribed. | ||
| 13857 | The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | ||
| 13858 | START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | ||
| 13859 | LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | ||
| 13860 | |||
| 13861 | Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | ||
| 13862 | syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR. | ||
| 13863 | |||
| 13864 | \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 13865 | |||
| 13866 | (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | ||
| 13867 | Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string. | ||
| 13868 | |||
| 13869 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 13870 | |||
| 13871 | (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | ||
| 13872 | Not documented | ||
| 13873 | |||
| 13874 | \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 13875 | |||
| 13876 | (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\ | ||
| 13877 | Not documented | ||
| 13878 | |||
| 13879 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 13880 | |||
| 13881 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13882 | |||
| 13883 | ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display) | ||
| 13884 | ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16511 30643)) | ||
| 13885 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el | ||
| 13886 | |||
| 13887 | (defvar latin1-display nil "\ | ||
| 13888 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. | ||
| 13889 | This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', | ||
| 13890 | if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using | ||
| 13891 | the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise | ||
| 13892 | ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input | ||
| 13893 | methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if | ||
| 13894 | `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. | ||
| 13895 | |||
| 13896 | This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' | ||
| 13897 | charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them. | ||
| 13898 | |||
| 13899 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 13900 | use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.") | ||
| 13901 | |||
| 13902 | (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp") | ||
| 13903 | |||
| 13904 | (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ | ||
| 13905 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. | ||
| 13906 | See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list | ||
| 13907 | must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the | ||
| 13908 | display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also | ||
| 13909 | `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats | ||
| 13910 | some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have | ||
| 13911 | a Unicode font with which to display them. | ||
| 13912 | |||
| 13913 | \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil) | ||
| 13914 | |||
| 13915 | (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\ | ||
| 13916 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters. | ||
| 13917 | This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't | ||
| 13918 | changed if the display can render Unicode characters. | ||
| 13919 | |||
| 13920 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 13921 | use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.") | ||
| 13922 | |||
| 13923 | (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp") | ||
| 13924 | |||
| 13925 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13926 | |||
| 13927 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | ||
| 13928 | ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16511 32468)) | ||
| 13929 | ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el | ||
| 13930 | |||
| 13931 | (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | ||
| 13932 | Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | ||
| 13933 | With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | ||
| 13934 | automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | ||
| 13935 | |||
| 13936 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | ||
| 13937 | |||
| 13938 | For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see | ||
| 13939 | `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in | ||
| 13940 | JIT Lock's favor. | ||
| 13941 | |||
| 13942 | When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | ||
| 13943 | |||
| 13944 | - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | ||
| 13945 | This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | ||
| 13946 | `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | ||
| 13947 | when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | ||
| 13948 | reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | ||
| 13949 | for large buffers. | ||
| 13950 | |||
| 13951 | - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | ||
| 13952 | This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | ||
| 13953 | Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | ||
| 13954 | of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | ||
| 13955 | fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | ||
| 13956 | |||
| 13957 | - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | ||
| 13958 | This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | ||
| 13959 | fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | ||
| 13960 | idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | ||
| 13961 | slow to keep up with your typing. | ||
| 13962 | |||
| 13963 | - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | ||
| 13964 | This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | ||
| 13965 | context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | ||
| 13966 | remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | ||
| 13967 | subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | ||
| 13968 | contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | ||
| 13969 | |||
| 13970 | - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | ||
| 13971 | This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | ||
| 13972 | been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | ||
| 13973 | This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | ||
| 13974 | |||
| 13975 | Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | ||
| 13976 | lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | ||
| 13977 | on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | ||
| 13978 | event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | ||
| 13979 | |||
| 13980 | Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | ||
| 13981 | If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | ||
| 13982 | fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | ||
| 13983 | the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | ||
| 13984 | verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'. | ||
| 13985 | |||
| 13986 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 13987 | |||
| 13988 | (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | ||
| 13989 | Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode. | ||
| 13990 | |||
| 13991 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 13992 | |||
| 13993 | ;;;*** | ||
| 13994 | |||
| 13995 | ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" | ||
| 13996 | ;;;;;; (16511 32623)) | ||
| 13997 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el | ||
| 13998 | |||
| 13999 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode))) | ||
| 14000 | |||
| 14001 | (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\ | ||
| 14002 | A major mode to edit GNU ld script files | ||
| 14003 | |||
| 14004 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14005 | |||
| 14006 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14007 | |||
| 14008 | ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | ||
| 14009 | ;;;;;; (16511 32474)) | ||
| 14010 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el | ||
| 14011 | |||
| 14012 | (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | ||
| 14013 | *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | ||
| 14014 | |||
| 14015 | (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | ||
| 14016 | *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | ||
| 14017 | |||
| 14018 | (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | ||
| 14019 | *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | ||
| 14020 | |||
| 14021 | (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | ||
| 14022 | \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | ||
| 14023 | Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | ||
| 14024 | \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | ||
| 14025 | for later transmission to Lisp job. | ||
| 14026 | \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | ||
| 14027 | \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | ||
| 14028 | \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | ||
| 14029 | and transmit saved text. | ||
| 14030 | \\{ledit-mode-map} | ||
| 14031 | To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | ||
| 14032 | do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode) | ||
| 14033 | |||
| 14034 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14035 | |||
| 14036 | (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\ | ||
| 14037 | Not documented | ||
| 14038 | |||
| 14039 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 14040 | |||
| 14041 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14042 | |||
| 14043 | ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16511 32594)) | ||
| 14044 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el | ||
| 14045 | |||
| 14046 | (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | ||
| 14047 | Run Conway's Life simulation. | ||
| 14048 | The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | ||
| 14049 | arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | ||
| 14050 | generations (this defaults to 1). | ||
| 14051 | |||
| 14052 | \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil) | ||
| 14053 | |||
| 14054 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14055 | |||
| 14056 | ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16511 | ||
| 14057 | ;;;;;; 32474)) | ||
| 14058 | ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el | ||
| 14059 | |||
| 14060 | (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | ||
| 14061 | Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | ||
| 14062 | If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE | ||
| 14063 | is nil, raise an error. | ||
| 14064 | |||
| 14065 | This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to | ||
| 14066 | hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called | ||
| 14067 | instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should | ||
| 14068 | undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by | ||
| 14069 | loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to | ||
| 14070 | the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the | ||
| 14071 | variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it | ||
| 14072 | in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised, | ||
| 14073 | such as redefining an Emacs function. | ||
| 14074 | |||
| 14075 | \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 14076 | |||
| 14077 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14078 | |||
| 14079 | ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | ||
| 14080 | ;;;;;; (16511 32477)) | ||
| 14081 | ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el | ||
| 14082 | |||
| 14083 | (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | ||
| 14084 | Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. | ||
| 14085 | With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run. | ||
| 14086 | |||
| 14087 | \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil) | ||
| 14088 | |||
| 14089 | (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | ||
| 14090 | Run the locate command with a filter. | ||
| 14091 | |||
| 14092 | The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | ||
| 14093 | shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search. | ||
| 14094 | |||
| 14095 | \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil) | ||
| 14096 | |||
| 14097 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14098 | |||
| 14099 | ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16511 32477)) | ||
| 14100 | ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el | ||
| 14101 | |||
| 14102 | (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | ||
| 14103 | Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | ||
| 14104 | \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. | ||
| 14105 | If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. | ||
| 14106 | Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | ||
| 14107 | buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | ||
| 14108 | Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | ||
| 14109 | `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. | ||
| 14110 | LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files | ||
| 14111 | that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). | ||
| 14112 | If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the | ||
| 14113 | log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it | ||
| 14114 | uses the current buffer. | ||
| 14115 | |||
| 14116 | \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil) | ||
| 14117 | |||
| 14118 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14119 | |||
| 14120 | ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16511 | ||
| 14121 | ;;;;;; 32477)) | ||
| 14122 | ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el | ||
| 14123 | |||
| 14124 | (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | ||
| 14125 | Major mode for browsing CVS log output. | ||
| 14126 | |||
| 14127 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14128 | |||
| 14129 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14130 | |||
| 14131 | ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer | ||
| 14132 | ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16511 | ||
| 14133 | ;;;;;; 32477)) | ||
| 14134 | ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el | ||
| 14135 | |||
| 14136 | (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))) | ||
| 14137 | |||
| 14138 | (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))) | ||
| 14139 | |||
| 14140 | (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\ | ||
| 14141 | *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | ||
| 14142 | \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | ||
| 14143 | |||
| 14144 | On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | ||
| 14145 | lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | ||
| 14146 | |||
| 14147 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | ||
| 14148 | a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | ||
| 14149 | Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | ||
| 14150 | printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | ||
| 14151 | \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | ||
| 14152 | it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | ||
| 14153 | file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | ||
| 14154 | |||
| 14155 | (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr") | ||
| 14156 | |||
| 14157 | (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | ||
| 14158 | *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | ||
| 14159 | It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | ||
| 14160 | switch on this list. | ||
| 14161 | See `lpr-command'.") | ||
| 14162 | |||
| 14163 | (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr") | ||
| 14164 | |||
| 14165 | (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | ||
| 14166 | *Name of program for printing a file. | ||
| 14167 | |||
| 14168 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | ||
| 14169 | Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | ||
| 14170 | The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | ||
| 14171 | Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | ||
| 14172 | `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | ||
| 14173 | treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | ||
| 14174 | argument.") | ||
| 14175 | |||
| 14176 | (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr") | ||
| 14177 | |||
| 14178 | (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | ||
| 14179 | Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. | ||
| 14180 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | ||
| 14181 | for customization of the printer command. | ||
| 14182 | |||
| 14183 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14184 | |||
| 14185 | (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | ||
| 14186 | Paginate and print buffer contents. | ||
| 14187 | |||
| 14188 | The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | ||
| 14189 | If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | ||
| 14190 | `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | ||
| 14191 | `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | ||
| 14192 | |||
| 14193 | Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | ||
| 14194 | in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | ||
| 14195 | |||
| 14196 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | ||
| 14197 | for further customization of the printer command. | ||
| 14198 | |||
| 14199 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14200 | |||
| 14201 | (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | ||
| 14202 | Print region contents without pagination or page headers. | ||
| 14203 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | ||
| 14204 | for customization of the printer command. | ||
| 14205 | |||
| 14206 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 14207 | |||
| 14208 | (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | ||
| 14209 | Paginate and print the region contents. | ||
| 14210 | |||
| 14211 | The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | ||
| 14212 | If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | ||
| 14213 | `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | ||
| 14214 | `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | ||
| 14215 | |||
| 14216 | Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | ||
| 14217 | in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | ||
| 14218 | |||
| 14219 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | ||
| 14220 | for further customization of the printer command. | ||
| 14221 | |||
| 14222 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 14223 | |||
| 14224 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14225 | |||
| 14226 | ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" | ||
| 14227 | ;;;;;; (16511 32478)) | ||
| 14228 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el | ||
| 14229 | |||
| 14230 | (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | ||
| 14231 | *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards. | ||
| 14232 | Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).") | ||
| 14233 | |||
| 14234 | (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp") | ||
| 14235 | |||
| 14236 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14237 | |||
| 14238 | ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16511 | ||
| 14239 | ;;;;;; 32530)) | ||
| 14240 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | ||
| 14241 | |||
| 14242 | (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | ||
| 14243 | Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | ||
| 14244 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | ||
| 14245 | |||
| 14246 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. | ||
| 14247 | |||
| 14248 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 14249 | |||
| 14250 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14251 | |||
| 14252 | ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16511 | ||
| 14253 | ;;;;;; 32623)) | ||
| 14254 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el | ||
| 14255 | |||
| 14256 | (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | ||
| 14257 | A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | ||
| 14258 | \\{m4-mode-map} | ||
| 14259 | |||
| 14260 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14261 | |||
| 14262 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14263 | |||
| 14264 | ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el" | ||
| 14265 | ;;;;;; (16511 32544)) | ||
| 14266 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el | ||
| 14267 | |||
| 14268 | (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\ | ||
| 14269 | Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM. | ||
| 14270 | If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged. | ||
| 14271 | The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro | ||
| 14272 | definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation. | ||
| 14273 | |||
| 14274 | \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil) | ||
| 14275 | |||
| 14276 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14277 | |||
| 14278 | ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | ||
| 14279 | ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16511 32478)) | ||
| 14280 | ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el | ||
| 14281 | |||
| 14282 | (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | ||
| 14283 | Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | ||
| 14284 | Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | ||
| 14285 | The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | ||
| 14286 | Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command. | ||
| 14287 | |||
| 14288 | \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) | ||
| 14289 | |||
| 14290 | (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | ||
| 14291 | Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | ||
| 14292 | Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | ||
| 14293 | \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | ||
| 14294 | |||
| 14295 | This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | ||
| 14296 | definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | ||
| 14297 | will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | ||
| 14298 | are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | ||
| 14299 | bindings. | ||
| 14300 | |||
| 14301 | To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | ||
| 14302 | use this command, and then save the file. | ||
| 14303 | |||
| 14304 | \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil) | ||
| 14305 | |||
| 14306 | (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | ||
| 14307 | Query user during kbd macro execution. | ||
| 14308 | With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | ||
| 14309 | commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | ||
| 14310 | each time the macro executes. | ||
| 14311 | Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | ||
| 14312 | Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | ||
| 14313 | \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | ||
| 14314 | \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | ||
| 14315 | \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | ||
| 14316 | \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | ||
| 14317 | \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that. | ||
| 14318 | |||
| 14319 | \(fn FLAG)" t nil) | ||
| 14320 | |||
| 14321 | (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | ||
| 14322 | For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | ||
| 14323 | of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | ||
| 14324 | |||
| 14325 | When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | ||
| 14326 | BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | ||
| 14327 | The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | ||
| 14328 | execute. | ||
| 14329 | |||
| 14330 | This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | ||
| 14331 | removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | ||
| 14332 | |||
| 14333 | For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | ||
| 14334 | author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | ||
| 14335 | section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | ||
| 14336 | and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | ||
| 14337 | `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | ||
| 14338 | |||
| 14339 | Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | ||
| 14340 | looked like this: | ||
| 14341 | |||
| 14342 | { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | ||
| 14343 | { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | ||
| 14344 | { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | ||
| 14345 | |||
| 14346 | You could enter the names in this format: | ||
| 14347 | |||
| 14348 | foo | ||
| 14349 | bar | ||
| 14350 | baz | ||
| 14351 | |||
| 14352 | and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | ||
| 14353 | |||
| 14354 | \\C-x ( | ||
| 14355 | \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | ||
| 14356 | \\C-x ) | ||
| 14357 | |||
| 14358 | and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | ||
| 14359 | `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | ||
| 14360 | |||
| 14361 | \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil) | ||
| 14362 | (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | ||
| 14363 | |||
| 14364 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14365 | |||
| 14366 | ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | ||
| 14367 | ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16511 32571)) | ||
| 14368 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el | ||
| 14369 | |||
| 14370 | (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | ||
| 14371 | Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | ||
| 14372 | Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | ||
| 14373 | If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see | ||
| 14374 | `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'. | ||
| 14375 | |||
| 14376 | If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | ||
| 14377 | or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | ||
| 14378 | the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | ||
| 14379 | each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | ||
| 14380 | one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | ||
| 14381 | |||
| 14382 | ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | ||
| 14383 | \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | ||
| 14384 | \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | ||
| 14385 | consing a string.) | ||
| 14386 | |||
| 14387 | \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil) | ||
| 14388 | |||
| 14389 | (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | ||
| 14390 | Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to. | ||
| 14391 | |||
| 14392 | \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil) | ||
| 14393 | |||
| 14394 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14395 | |||
| 14396 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | ||
| 14397 | ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | ||
| 14398 | ;;;;;; (16511 32571)) | ||
| 14399 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el | ||
| 14400 | |||
| 14401 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | ||
| 14402 | Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks. | ||
| 14403 | |||
| 14404 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 14405 | |||
| 14406 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\ | ||
| 14407 | Not documented | ||
| 14408 | |||
| 14409 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 14410 | |||
| 14411 | (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | ||
| 14412 | *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | ||
| 14413 | |||
| 14414 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist") | ||
| 14415 | |||
| 14416 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | ||
| 14417 | Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | ||
| 14418 | Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | ||
| 14419 | message. | ||
| 14420 | |||
| 14421 | This function normally would be called when the message is sent. | ||
| 14422 | |||
| 14423 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 14424 | |||
| 14425 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14426 | |||
| 14427 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region | ||
| 14428 | ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | ||
| 14429 | ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16511 | ||
| 14430 | ;;;;;; 32571)) | ||
| 14431 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el | ||
| 14432 | |||
| 14433 | (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | ||
| 14434 | *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | ||
| 14435 | Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | ||
| 14436 | often correct parser.") | ||
| 14437 | |||
| 14438 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils") | ||
| 14439 | |||
| 14440 | (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\ | ||
| 14441 | Not documented | ||
| 14442 | |||
| 14443 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) | ||
| 14444 | |||
| 14445 | (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | ||
| 14446 | Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | ||
| 14447 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | ||
| 14448 | we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. | ||
| 14449 | |||
| 14450 | \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil) | ||
| 14451 | |||
| 14452 | (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | ||
| 14453 | Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | ||
| 14454 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | ||
| 14455 | we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. | ||
| 14456 | |||
| 14457 | \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil) | ||
| 14458 | |||
| 14459 | (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | ||
| 14460 | Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | ||
| 14461 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | ||
| 14462 | we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. | ||
| 14463 | If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful. | ||
| 14464 | If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte. | ||
| 14465 | That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward, | ||
| 14466 | as Rmail does. | ||
| 14467 | |||
| 14468 | \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil) | ||
| 14469 | |||
| 14470 | (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ | ||
| 14471 | Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | ||
| 14472 | The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | ||
| 14473 | If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | ||
| 14474 | If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | ||
| 14475 | If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields. | ||
| 14476 | |||
| 14477 | \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil) | ||
| 14478 | |||
| 14479 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14480 | |||
| 14481 | ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | ||
| 14482 | ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16511 32571)) | ||
| 14483 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el | ||
| 14484 | |||
| 14485 | (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | ||
| 14486 | Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package. | ||
| 14487 | |||
| 14488 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 14489 | |||
| 14490 | (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | ||
| 14491 | Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | ||
| 14492 | By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'. | ||
| 14493 | |||
| 14494 | \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil) | ||
| 14495 | |||
| 14496 | (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | ||
| 14497 | Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | ||
| 14498 | If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas. | ||
| 14499 | |||
| 14500 | \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 14501 | |||
| 14502 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14503 | |||
| 14504 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | ||
| 14505 | ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16511 | ||
| 14506 | ;;;;;; 32571)) | ||
| 14507 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el | ||
| 14508 | |||
| 14509 | (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | ||
| 14510 | *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | ||
| 14511 | If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | ||
| 14512 | king@grassland.com | ||
| 14513 | If `parens', they look like: | ||
| 14514 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | ||
| 14515 | If `angles', they look like: | ||
| 14516 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | ||
| 14517 | |||
| 14518 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias") | ||
| 14519 | |||
| 14520 | (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | ||
| 14521 | Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | ||
| 14522 | If interactive, expand in header fields. | ||
| 14523 | Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | ||
| 14524 | their `Resent-' variants. | ||
| 14525 | |||
| 14526 | Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | ||
| 14527 | removed from alias expansions. | ||
| 14528 | |||
| 14529 | \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil) | ||
| 14530 | |||
| 14531 | (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | ||
| 14532 | Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | ||
| 14533 | This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | ||
| 14534 | |||
| 14535 | Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | ||
| 14536 | If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | ||
| 14537 | can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | ||
| 14538 | if it is quoted with double-quotes. | ||
| 14539 | |||
| 14540 | \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 14541 | |||
| 14542 | (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | ||
| 14543 | Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | ||
| 14544 | Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | ||
| 14545 | current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any. | ||
| 14546 | |||
| 14547 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 14548 | |||
| 14549 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14550 | |||
| 14551 | ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | ||
| 14552 | ;;;;;; (16511 32623)) | ||
| 14553 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el | ||
| 14554 | |||
| 14555 | (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | ||
| 14556 | Major mode for editing Makefiles. | ||
| 14557 | This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | ||
| 14558 | |||
| 14559 | \\{makefile-mode-map} | ||
| 14560 | |||
| 14561 | In the browser, use the following keys: | ||
| 14562 | |||
| 14563 | \\{makefile-browser-map} | ||
| 14564 | |||
| 14565 | Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | ||
| 14566 | |||
| 14567 | `makefile-browser-buffer-name': | ||
| 14568 | Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | ||
| 14569 | |||
| 14570 | `makefile-target-colon': | ||
| 14571 | The string that gets appended to all target names | ||
| 14572 | inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | ||
| 14573 | \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | ||
| 14574 | |||
| 14575 | `makefile-macro-assign': | ||
| 14576 | The string that gets appended to all macro names | ||
| 14577 | inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | ||
| 14578 | The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | ||
| 14579 | standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake | ||
| 14580 | allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you | ||
| 14581 | might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | ||
| 14582 | |||
| 14583 | `makefile-tab-after-target-colon': | ||
| 14584 | If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | ||
| 14585 | target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | ||
| 14586 | |||
| 14587 | `makefile-browser-leftmost-column': | ||
| 14588 | Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | ||
| 14589 | |||
| 14590 | `makefile-browser-cursor-column': | ||
| 14591 | Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | ||
| 14592 | up or down in the browser. | ||
| 14593 | |||
| 14594 | `makefile-browser-selected-mark': | ||
| 14595 | String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | ||
| 14596 | |||
| 14597 | `makefile-browser-unselected-mark': | ||
| 14598 | String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | ||
| 14599 | |||
| 14600 | `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p': | ||
| 14601 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | ||
| 14602 | will automagically advance to the next line after an item | ||
| 14603 | has been selected in the browser. | ||
| 14604 | |||
| 14605 | `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p': | ||
| 14606 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | ||
| 14607 | `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | ||
| 14608 | (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | ||
| 14609 | filenames are omitted. | ||
| 14610 | |||
| 14611 | `makefile-cleanup-continuations': | ||
| 14612 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode | ||
| 14613 | will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash | ||
| 14614 | (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | ||
| 14615 | This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | ||
| 14616 | the backslash itself intact. | ||
| 14617 | IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode | ||
| 14618 | to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". | ||
| 14619 | |||
| 14620 | `makefile-browser-hook': | ||
| 14621 | A function or list of functions to be called just before the | ||
| 14622 | browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | ||
| 14623 | |||
| 14624 | `makefile-special-targets-list': | ||
| 14625 | List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | ||
| 14626 | on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | ||
| 14627 | at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode. | ||
| 14628 | |||
| 14629 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14630 | |||
| 14631 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14632 | |||
| 14633 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16511 | ||
| 14634 | ;;;;;; 32479)) | ||
| 14635 | ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el | ||
| 14636 | |||
| 14637 | (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | ||
| 14638 | Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | ||
| 14639 | Previous contents of that buffer are killed first. | ||
| 14640 | |||
| 14641 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14642 | |||
| 14643 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14644 | |||
| 14645 | ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16511 32479)) | ||
| 14646 | ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el | ||
| 14647 | |||
| 14648 | (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | ||
| 14649 | |||
| 14650 | (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | ||
| 14651 | Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | ||
| 14652 | This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | ||
| 14653 | command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | ||
| 14654 | results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | ||
| 14655 | `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | ||
| 14656 | If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. | ||
| 14657 | |||
| 14658 | To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | ||
| 14659 | SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from | ||
| 14660 | all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the | ||
| 14661 | `Man-switches' variable, which see. | ||
| 14662 | |||
| 14663 | \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 14664 | |||
| 14665 | (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | ||
| 14666 | Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer. | ||
| 14667 | |||
| 14668 | \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 14669 | |||
| 14670 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14671 | |||
| 14672 | ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16511 32479)) | ||
| 14673 | ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el | ||
| 14674 | |||
| 14675 | (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\ | ||
| 14676 | Toggle Master mode. | ||
| 14677 | With no argument, this command toggles the mode. | ||
| 14678 | Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode. | ||
| 14679 | Null prefix argument turns off the mode. | ||
| 14680 | |||
| 14681 | When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the | ||
| 14682 | following commands: | ||
| 14683 | |||
| 14684 | \\{master-mode-map} | ||
| 14685 | |||
| 14686 | The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'. | ||
| 14687 | You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show | ||
| 14688 | yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'. | ||
| 14689 | |||
| 14690 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 14691 | |||
| 14692 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14693 | |||
| 14694 | ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16511 | ||
| 14695 | ;;;;;; 32480)) | ||
| 14696 | ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el | ||
| 14697 | |||
| 14698 | (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t))) | ||
| 14699 | |||
| 14700 | (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\ | ||
| 14701 | Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled. | ||
| 14702 | See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 14703 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 14704 | use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.") | ||
| 14705 | |||
| 14706 | (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar") | ||
| 14707 | |||
| 14708 | (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\ | ||
| 14709 | Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame. | ||
| 14710 | This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be | ||
| 14711 | created in the future. | ||
| 14712 | With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive, | ||
| 14713 | turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars. | ||
| 14714 | |||
| 14715 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 14716 | |||
| 14717 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14718 | |||
| 14719 | ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | ||
| 14720 | ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | ||
| 14721 | ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body | ||
| 14722 | ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover | ||
| 14723 | ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | ||
| 14724 | ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | ||
| 14725 | ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | ||
| 14726 | ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | ||
| 14727 | ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | ||
| 14728 | ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16464 65074)) | ||
| 14729 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el | ||
| 14730 | |||
| 14731 | (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | ||
| 14732 | *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | ||
| 14733 | |||
| 14734 | If nil, they contain just the return address like: | ||
| 14735 | king@grassland.com | ||
| 14736 | If `parens', they look like: | ||
| 14737 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | ||
| 14738 | If `angles', they look like: | ||
| 14739 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | ||
| 14740 | |||
| 14741 | Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | ||
| 14742 | `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | ||
| 14743 | |||
| 14744 | (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message") | ||
| 14745 | |||
| 14746 | (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | ||
| 14747 | Regexp matching the signature separator.") | ||
| 14748 | |||
| 14749 | (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message") | ||
| 14750 | |||
| 14751 | (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | ||
| 14752 | *Local news organization file.") | ||
| 14753 | |||
| 14754 | (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message") | ||
| 14755 | |||
| 14756 | (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | ||
| 14757 | Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | ||
| 14758 | The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | ||
| 14759 | variable `mail-header-separator'. | ||
| 14760 | |||
| 14761 | Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | ||
| 14762 | `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', | ||
| 14763 | `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. | ||
| 14764 | |||
| 14765 | See also `send-mail-function'.") | ||
| 14766 | |||
| 14767 | (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message") | ||
| 14768 | |||
| 14769 | (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | ||
| 14770 | *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | ||
| 14771 | |||
| 14772 | (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message") | ||
| 14773 | |||
| 14774 | (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | ||
| 14775 | *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.") | ||
| 14776 | |||
| 14777 | (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message") | ||
| 14778 | |||
| 14779 | (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | ||
| 14780 | *Function for citing an original message. | ||
| 14781 | Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | ||
| 14782 | `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | ||
| 14783 | Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | ||
| 14784 | |||
| 14785 | (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message") | ||
| 14786 | |||
| 14787 | (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | ||
| 14788 | *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | ||
| 14789 | This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | ||
| 14790 | citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | ||
| 14791 | point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | ||
| 14792 | |||
| 14793 | (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message") | ||
| 14794 | |||
| 14795 | (defvar message-signature t "\ | ||
| 14796 | *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | ||
| 14797 | If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | ||
| 14798 | If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | ||
| 14799 | If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | ||
| 14800 | |||
| 14801 | (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message") | ||
| 14802 | |||
| 14803 | (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | ||
| 14804 | *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer. | ||
| 14805 | Ignored if the named file doesn't exist. | ||
| 14806 | If nil, don't insert a signature.") | ||
| 14807 | |||
| 14808 | (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message") | ||
| 14809 | |||
| 14810 | (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | ||
| 14811 | |||
| 14812 | (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | ||
| 14813 | Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | ||
| 14814 | Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map> | ||
| 14815 | C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' | ||
| 14816 | C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message | ||
| 14817 | C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | ||
| 14818 | C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | ||
| 14819 | C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | ||
| 14820 | C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | ||
| 14821 | C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | ||
| 14822 | C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | ||
| 14823 | C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | ||
| 14824 | C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) | ||
| 14825 | C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | ||
| 14826 | C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). | ||
| 14827 | C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). | ||
| 14828 | C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). | ||
| 14829 | C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). | ||
| 14830 | C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). | ||
| 14831 | C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). | ||
| 14832 | C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). | ||
| 14833 | C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). | ||
| 14834 | C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). | ||
| 14835 | C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). | ||
| 14836 | M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat). | ||
| 14837 | |||
| 14838 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14839 | |||
| 14840 | (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | ||
| 14841 | Start editing a mail message to be sent. | ||
| 14842 | OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. | ||
| 14843 | |||
| 14844 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil) | ||
| 14845 | |||
| 14846 | (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | ||
| 14847 | Start editing a news article to be sent. | ||
| 14848 | |||
| 14849 | \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) | ||
| 14850 | |||
| 14851 | (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | ||
| 14852 | Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer. | ||
| 14853 | |||
| 14854 | \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil) | ||
| 14855 | |||
| 14856 | (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | ||
| 14857 | Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer. | ||
| 14858 | |||
| 14859 | \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil) | ||
| 14860 | |||
| 14861 | (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | ||
| 14862 | Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | ||
| 14863 | If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line. | ||
| 14864 | |||
| 14865 | \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil) | ||
| 14866 | |||
| 14867 | (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | ||
| 14868 | Cancel an article you posted. | ||
| 14869 | If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message. | ||
| 14870 | |||
| 14871 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 14872 | |||
| 14873 | (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | ||
| 14874 | Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | ||
| 14875 | This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | ||
| 14876 | header line with the old Message-ID. | ||
| 14877 | |||
| 14878 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14879 | |||
| 14880 | (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | ||
| 14881 | Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file. | ||
| 14882 | |||
| 14883 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14884 | |||
| 14885 | (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | ||
| 14886 | Forward the current message via mail. | ||
| 14887 | Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. | ||
| 14888 | Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward. | ||
| 14889 | |||
| 14890 | \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil) | ||
| 14891 | |||
| 14892 | (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\ | ||
| 14893 | Not documented | ||
| 14894 | |||
| 14895 | \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil) | ||
| 14896 | |||
| 14897 | (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\ | ||
| 14898 | Not documented | ||
| 14899 | |||
| 14900 | \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil) | ||
| 14901 | |||
| 14902 | (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\ | ||
| 14903 | Let RMAIL uses message to forward. | ||
| 14904 | |||
| 14905 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14906 | |||
| 14907 | (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | ||
| 14908 | Resend the current article to ADDRESS. | ||
| 14909 | |||
| 14910 | \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil) | ||
| 14911 | |||
| 14912 | (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | ||
| 14913 | Re-mail the current message. | ||
| 14914 | This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that | ||
| 14915 | contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | ||
| 14916 | you. | ||
| 14917 | |||
| 14918 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14919 | |||
| 14920 | (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | ||
| 14921 | Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window. | ||
| 14922 | |||
| 14923 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil) | ||
| 14924 | |||
| 14925 | (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | ||
| 14926 | Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame. | ||
| 14927 | |||
| 14928 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil) | ||
| 14929 | |||
| 14930 | (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | ||
| 14931 | Start editing a news article to be sent. | ||
| 14932 | |||
| 14933 | \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) | ||
| 14934 | |||
| 14935 | (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | ||
| 14936 | Start editing a news article to be sent. | ||
| 14937 | |||
| 14938 | \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) | ||
| 14939 | |||
| 14940 | (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | ||
| 14941 | Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | ||
| 14942 | Works by overstriking characters. | ||
| 14943 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | ||
| 14944 | which specify the range to operate on. | ||
| 14945 | |||
| 14946 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 14947 | |||
| 14948 | (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | ||
| 14949 | Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | ||
| 14950 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | ||
| 14951 | which specify the range to operate on. | ||
| 14952 | |||
| 14953 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 14954 | |||
| 14955 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14956 | |||
| 14957 | ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | ||
| 14958 | ;;;;;; (16511 32624)) | ||
| 14959 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el | ||
| 14960 | |||
| 14961 | (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | ||
| 14962 | Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | ||
| 14963 | Special commands: | ||
| 14964 | \\{meta-mode-map} | ||
| 14965 | |||
| 14966 | Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | ||
| 14967 | `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'. | ||
| 14968 | |||
| 14969 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14970 | |||
| 14971 | (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | ||
| 14972 | Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | ||
| 14973 | Special commands: | ||
| 14974 | \\{meta-mode-map} | ||
| 14975 | |||
| 14976 | Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | ||
| 14977 | `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'. | ||
| 14978 | |||
| 14979 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14980 | |||
| 14981 | ;;;*** | ||
| 14982 | |||
| 14983 | ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | ||
| 14984 | ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | ||
| 14985 | ;;;;;; (16511 35537)) | ||
| 14986 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el | ||
| 14987 | |||
| 14988 | (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | ||
| 14989 | Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | ||
| 14990 | Its body part is not interpreted at all. | ||
| 14991 | |||
| 14992 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 14993 | |||
| 14994 | (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | ||
| 14995 | Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | ||
| 14996 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | ||
| 14997 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | ||
| 14998 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | ||
| 14999 | redisplayed as output is inserted. | ||
| 15000 | Its header part is not interpreted at all. | ||
| 15001 | |||
| 15002 | \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil) | ||
| 15003 | |||
| 15004 | (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | ||
| 15005 | Process current buffer through `metamail'. | ||
| 15006 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | ||
| 15007 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | ||
| 15008 | Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | ||
| 15009 | means current). | ||
| 15010 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | ||
| 15011 | redisplayed as output is inserted. | ||
| 15012 | |||
| 15013 | \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil) | ||
| 15014 | |||
| 15015 | (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | ||
| 15016 | Process current region through 'metamail'. | ||
| 15017 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | ||
| 15018 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | ||
| 15019 | Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | ||
| 15020 | means current). | ||
| 15021 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | ||
| 15022 | redisplayed as output is inserted. | ||
| 15023 | |||
| 15024 | \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil) | ||
| 15025 | |||
| 15026 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15027 | |||
| 15028 | ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose | ||
| 15029 | ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16511 | ||
| 15030 | ;;;;;; 32577)) | ||
| 15031 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el | ||
| 15032 | |||
| 15033 | (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | ||
| 15034 | Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | ||
| 15035 | This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end | ||
| 15036 | to the MH mail system. | ||
| 15037 | |||
| 15038 | See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail. | ||
| 15039 | |||
| 15040 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15041 | |||
| 15042 | (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | ||
| 15043 | Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | ||
| 15044 | This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end | ||
| 15045 | to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | ||
| 15046 | for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | ||
| 15047 | that want to create a mail buffer. | ||
| 15048 | Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail. | ||
| 15049 | Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and | ||
| 15050 | OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED. | ||
| 15051 | |||
| 15052 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil) | ||
| 15053 | |||
| 15054 | (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\ | ||
| 15055 | Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | ||
| 15056 | This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. | ||
| 15057 | |||
| 15058 | The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the | ||
| 15059 | initial Subject field, respectively. | ||
| 15060 | |||
| 15061 | OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional | ||
| 15062 | header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both | ||
| 15063 | HEADER and VALUE are strings. | ||
| 15064 | |||
| 15065 | CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored. | ||
| 15066 | |||
| 15067 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil) | ||
| 15068 | |||
| 15069 | (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | ||
| 15070 | Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | ||
| 15071 | This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end | ||
| 15072 | to the MH mail system. | ||
| 15073 | |||
| 15074 | See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail. | ||
| 15075 | |||
| 15076 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15077 | |||
| 15078 | (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | ||
| 15079 | Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | ||
| 15080 | |||
| 15081 | When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | ||
| 15082 | using the MH mail handling system. | ||
| 15083 | |||
| 15084 | There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option | ||
| 15085 | `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E | ||
| 15086 | commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running | ||
| 15087 | \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives. | ||
| 15088 | This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the | ||
| 15089 | directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion], | ||
| 15090 | the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent. | ||
| 15091 | |||
| 15092 | Options that control this mode can be changed with | ||
| 15093 | \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group. | ||
| 15094 | |||
| 15095 | When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and | ||
| 15096 | `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run. | ||
| 15097 | |||
| 15098 | \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | ||
| 15099 | |||
| 15100 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15101 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode)) | ||
| 15102 | |||
| 15103 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15104 | |||
| 15105 | ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" | ||
| 15106 | ;;;;;; (16511 32578)) | ||
| 15107 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el | ||
| 15108 | |||
| 15109 | (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | ||
| 15110 | Inc(orporate) new mail with MH. | ||
| 15111 | Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E, | ||
| 15112 | the Emacs front end to the MH mail system. | ||
| 15113 | |||
| 15114 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15115 | |||
| 15116 | (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\ | ||
| 15117 | Check for new mail in inbox folder. | ||
| 15118 | Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E, | ||
| 15119 | the Emacs front end to the MH mail system. | ||
| 15120 | |||
| 15121 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15122 | |||
| 15123 | (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | ||
| 15124 | Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system. | ||
| 15125 | |||
| 15126 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15127 | |||
| 15128 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15129 | |||
| 15130 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16511 32581)) | ||
| 15131 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el | ||
| 15132 | |||
| 15133 | (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 15134 | |||
| 15135 | (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 15136 | |||
| 15137 | (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 15138 | |||
| 15139 | (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 15140 | |||
| 15141 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15142 | |||
| 15143 | ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | ||
| 15144 | ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16511 32481)) | ||
| 15145 | ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el | ||
| 15146 | |||
| 15147 | (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | ||
| 15148 | Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | ||
| 15149 | The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | ||
| 15150 | `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | ||
| 15151 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | ||
| 15152 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | ||
| 15153 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | ||
| 15154 | While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | ||
| 15155 | the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | ||
| 15156 | displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | ||
| 15157 | lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged. | ||
| 15158 | |||
| 15159 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15160 | |||
| 15161 | (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | ||
| 15162 | Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | ||
| 15163 | Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | ||
| 15164 | to its second argument TM. | ||
| 15165 | |||
| 15166 | \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil) | ||
| 15167 | |||
| 15168 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15169 | |||
| 15170 | ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" | ||
| 15171 | ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16511 32481)) | ||
| 15172 | ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el | ||
| 15173 | |||
| 15174 | (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\ | ||
| 15175 | Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled. | ||
| 15176 | See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 15177 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 15178 | use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.") | ||
| 15179 | |||
| 15180 | (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef") | ||
| 15181 | |||
| 15182 | (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\ | ||
| 15183 | Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode. | ||
| 15184 | When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the | ||
| 15185 | default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield | ||
| 15186 | the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET | ||
| 15187 | would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the | ||
| 15188 | default indication. | ||
| 15189 | |||
| 15190 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | ||
| 15191 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | ||
| 15192 | |||
| 15193 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15194 | |||
| 15195 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15196 | |||
| 15197 | ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" | ||
| 15198 | ;;;;;; (16511 32624)) | ||
| 15199 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el | ||
| 15200 | |||
| 15201 | (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\ | ||
| 15202 | Major mode for the mixal asm language. | ||
| 15203 | \\{mixal-mode-map} | ||
| 15204 | |||
| 15205 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15206 | |||
| 15207 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))) | ||
| 15208 | |||
| 15209 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15210 | |||
| 15211 | ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion | ||
| 15212 | ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" | ||
| 15213 | ;;;;;; (16511 25863)) | ||
| 15214 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el | ||
| 15215 | |||
| 15216 | (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\ | ||
| 15217 | Not documented | ||
| 15218 | |||
| 15219 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 15220 | |||
| 15221 | (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\ | ||
| 15222 | Not documented | ||
| 15223 | |||
| 15224 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 15225 | |||
| 15226 | (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\ | ||
| 15227 | Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS. | ||
| 15228 | If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string. | ||
| 15229 | In this case, compose characters after POS of the string. | ||
| 15230 | |||
| 15231 | \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 15232 | |||
| 15233 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15234 | |||
| 15235 | ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" | ||
| 15236 | ;;;;;; (16464 65075)) | ||
| 15237 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el | ||
| 15238 | |||
| 15239 | (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ | ||
| 15240 | Show the partial part of HANDLE. | ||
| 15241 | This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains | ||
| 15242 | the entire message. | ||
| 15243 | If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing. | ||
| 15244 | |||
| 15245 | \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil) | ||
| 15246 | |||
| 15247 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15248 | |||
| 15249 | ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" | ||
| 15250 | ;;;;;; (16464 65075)) | ||
| 15251 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el | ||
| 15252 | |||
| 15253 | (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\ | ||
| 15254 | Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles. | ||
| 15255 | |||
| 15256 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 15257 | |||
| 15258 | (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\ | ||
| 15259 | Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff. | ||
| 15260 | |||
| 15261 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 15262 | |||
| 15263 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15264 | |||
| 15265 | ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | ||
| 15266 | ;;;;;; (16511 32624)) | ||
| 15267 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el | ||
| 15268 | |||
| 15269 | (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | ||
| 15270 | This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | ||
| 15271 | All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | ||
| 15272 | followed by the first character of the construct. | ||
| 15273 | \\<m2-mode-map> | ||
| 15274 | \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | ||
| 15275 | \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | ||
| 15276 | \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | ||
| 15277 | \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | ||
| 15278 | \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | ||
| 15279 | \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | ||
| 15280 | \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | ||
| 15281 | \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | ||
| 15282 | \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | ||
| 15283 | \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | ||
| 15284 | \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | ||
| 15285 | \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | ||
| 15286 | \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | ||
| 15287 | \\[m2-link] link | ||
| 15288 | |||
| 15289 | `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | ||
| 15290 | `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | ||
| 15291 | `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program. | ||
| 15292 | |||
| 15293 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15294 | |||
| 15295 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15296 | |||
| 15297 | ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" | ||
| 15298 | ;;;;;; (16511 32594)) | ||
| 15299 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el | ||
| 15300 | |||
| 15301 | (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ | ||
| 15302 | Convert all text in a given region to morse code. | ||
| 15303 | |||
| 15304 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 15305 | |||
| 15306 | (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ | ||
| 15307 | Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text. | ||
| 15308 | |||
| 15309 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 15310 | |||
| 15311 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15312 | |||
| 15313 | ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16511 | ||
| 15314 | ;;;;;; 32481)) | ||
| 15315 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el | ||
| 15316 | |||
| 15317 | (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\ | ||
| 15318 | Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled. | ||
| 15319 | See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 15320 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 15321 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.") | ||
| 15322 | |||
| 15323 | (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel") | ||
| 15324 | |||
| 15325 | (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | ||
| 15326 | Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | ||
| 15327 | With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 15328 | Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | ||
| 15329 | |||
| 15330 | When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | ||
| 15331 | |||
| 15332 | - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | ||
| 15333 | |||
| 15334 | - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | ||
| 15335 | |||
| 15336 | - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | ||
| 15337 | Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | ||
| 15338 | Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | ||
| 15339 | Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | ||
| 15340 | Triple-clicking selects lines. | ||
| 15341 | Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | ||
| 15342 | |||
| 15343 | - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | ||
| 15344 | the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection. | ||
| 15345 | Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | ||
| 15346 | mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and | ||
| 15347 | `interprogram-paste-function' to nil. | ||
| 15348 | |||
| 15349 | - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | ||
| 15350 | the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil). | ||
| 15351 | |||
| 15352 | - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | ||
| 15353 | to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | ||
| 15354 | |||
| 15355 | - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | ||
| 15356 | |||
| 15357 | - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | ||
| 15358 | & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | ||
| 15359 | primary selection and region. | ||
| 15360 | |||
| 15361 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15362 | |||
| 15363 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15364 | |||
| 15365 | ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16511 32594)) | ||
| 15366 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el | ||
| 15367 | |||
| 15368 | (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | ||
| 15369 | Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs. | ||
| 15370 | |||
| 15371 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15372 | |||
| 15373 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15374 | |||
| 15375 | ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16511 32482)) | ||
| 15376 | ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el | ||
| 15377 | |||
| 15378 | (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | ||
| 15379 | Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. | ||
| 15380 | See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 15381 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 15382 | use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | ||
| 15383 | |||
| 15384 | (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb") | ||
| 15385 | |||
| 15386 | (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | ||
| 15387 | Toggle Msb mode. | ||
| 15388 | With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 15389 | This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | ||
| 15390 | different buffer menu using the function `msb'. | ||
| 15391 | |||
| 15392 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15393 | |||
| 15394 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15395 | |||
| 15396 | ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods | ||
| 15397 | ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories | ||
| 15398 | ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | ||
| 15399 | ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars | ||
| 15400 | ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" | ||
| 15401 | ;;;;;; (16508 53932)) | ||
| 15402 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el | ||
| 15403 | |||
| 15404 | (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15405 | Display a list of all character sets. | ||
| 15406 | |||
| 15407 | The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH | ||
| 15408 | column contains the number of characters in a block of this character | ||
| 15409 | set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use | ||
| 15410 | for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | ||
| 15411 | |||
| 15412 | With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | ||
| 15413 | but still shows the full information. | ||
| 15414 | |||
| 15415 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15416 | |||
| 15417 | (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15418 | Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | ||
| 15419 | It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'. | ||
| 15420 | |||
| 15421 | Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | ||
| 15422 | DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | ||
| 15423 | INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | ||
| 15424 | See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | ||
| 15425 | detailed meanings of these arguments. | ||
| 15426 | |||
| 15427 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil) | ||
| 15428 | |||
| 15429 | (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15430 | Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET. | ||
| 15431 | |||
| 15432 | \(fn CHARSET)" t nil) | ||
| 15433 | |||
| 15434 | (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15435 | Display information about built-in character set CHARSET. | ||
| 15436 | |||
| 15437 | \(fn CHARSET)" t nil) | ||
| 15438 | |||
| 15439 | (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15440 | Display information about CODING-SYSTEM. | ||
| 15441 | |||
| 15442 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil) | ||
| 15443 | |||
| 15444 | (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15445 | Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | ||
| 15446 | |||
| 15447 | The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | ||
| 15448 | where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | ||
| 15449 | in place of `..': | ||
| 15450 | `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | ||
| 15451 | eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | ||
| 15452 | Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' | ||
| 15453 | eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' | ||
| 15454 | Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | ||
| 15455 | eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | ||
| 15456 | `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | ||
| 15457 | eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | ||
| 15458 | `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | ||
| 15459 | eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | ||
| 15460 | `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | ||
| 15461 | eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | ||
| 15462 | `default-process-coding-system' for read | ||
| 15463 | eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read | ||
| 15464 | `default-process-coding-system' for write | ||
| 15465 | eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' | ||
| 15466 | |||
| 15467 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15468 | |||
| 15469 | (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15470 | Display coding systems currently used, in detail. | ||
| 15471 | |||
| 15472 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15473 | |||
| 15474 | (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15475 | Display a list of all coding systems. | ||
| 15476 | This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | ||
| 15477 | |||
| 15478 | With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | ||
| 15479 | but still contains full information about each coding system. | ||
| 15480 | |||
| 15481 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15482 | |||
| 15483 | (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15484 | Display a list of all coding categories. | ||
| 15485 | |||
| 15486 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 15487 | |||
| 15488 | (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15489 | Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME. | ||
| 15490 | |||
| 15491 | \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil) | ||
| 15492 | |||
| 15493 | (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15494 | Display information about FONTSET. | ||
| 15495 | This shows which font is used for which character(s). | ||
| 15496 | |||
| 15497 | \(fn FONTSET)" t nil) | ||
| 15498 | |||
| 15499 | (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15500 | Display a list of all fontsets. | ||
| 15501 | This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | ||
| 15502 | With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | ||
| 15503 | see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list. | ||
| 15504 | |||
| 15505 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15506 | |||
| 15507 | (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15508 | Display information about all input methods. | ||
| 15509 | |||
| 15510 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15511 | |||
| 15512 | (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15513 | Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | ||
| 15514 | |||
| 15515 | This shows various information related to the current multilingual | ||
| 15516 | environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | ||
| 15517 | character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | ||
| 15518 | system which uses fontsets). | ||
| 15519 | |||
| 15520 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15521 | |||
| 15522 | (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\ | ||
| 15523 | Location of UnicodeData file. | ||
| 15524 | This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for | ||
| 15525 | diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data | ||
| 15526 | looked up from it.") | ||
| 15527 | |||
| 15528 | (custom-autoload (quote unicodedata-file) "mule-diag") | ||
| 15529 | |||
| 15530 | (autoload (quote unicode-data) "mule-diag" "\ | ||
| 15531 | Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR. | ||
| 15532 | Each element is a list of a property description and the property value. | ||
| 15533 | The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'. | ||
| 15534 | |||
| 15535 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 15536 | |||
| 15537 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15538 | |||
| 15539 | ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment | ||
| 15540 | ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-equal | ||
| 15541 | ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-encode coding-system-translation-table-for-decode | ||
| 15542 | ;;;;;; coding-system-pre-write-conversion coding-system-post-read-conversion | ||
| 15543 | ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | ||
| 15544 | ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | ||
| 15545 | ;;;;;; (16511 31724)) | ||
| 15546 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el | ||
| 15547 | |||
| 15548 | (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15549 | Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | ||
| 15550 | TYPE should be `list' or `vector'. | ||
| 15551 | |||
| 15552 | \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil) | ||
| 15553 | |||
| 15554 | (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4") | ||
| 15555 | |||
| 15556 | (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ | ||
| 15557 | Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil)) | ||
| 15558 | |||
| 15559 | (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | ||
| 15560 | Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string)) | ||
| 15561 | |||
| 15562 | (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15563 | Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING. | ||
| 15564 | |||
| 15565 | \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil) | ||
| 15566 | |||
| 15567 | (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15568 | Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | ||
| 15569 | The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting | ||
| 15570 | column; that means to return the characters occupying columns | ||
| 15571 | START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN | ||
| 15572 | are specified in terms of character display width in the current | ||
| 15573 | buffer; see also `char-width'. | ||
| 15574 | |||
| 15575 | The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding | ||
| 15576 | character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end | ||
| 15577 | of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN | ||
| 15578 | comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at | ||
| 15579 | the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the | ||
| 15580 | middle of a character in STR. | ||
| 15581 | |||
| 15582 | If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | ||
| 15583 | the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN. | ||
| 15584 | |||
| 15585 | If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the | ||
| 15586 | end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN, | ||
| 15587 | unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display | ||
| 15588 | width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS | ||
| 15589 | defaults to \"...\". | ||
| 15590 | |||
| 15591 | \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil) | ||
| 15592 | |||
| 15593 | (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | ||
| 15594 | |||
| 15595 | (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1") | ||
| 15596 | |||
| 15597 | (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ | ||
| 15598 | Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | ||
| 15599 | |||
| 15600 | Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | ||
| 15601 | any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | ||
| 15602 | \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | ||
| 15603 | |||
| 15604 | You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | ||
| 15605 | sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | ||
| 15606 | can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | ||
| 15607 | |||
| 15608 | (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15609 | Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | ||
| 15610 | Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | ||
| 15611 | is considered. | ||
| 15612 | Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | ||
| 15613 | longer than KEYSEQ. | ||
| 15614 | See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail. | ||
| 15615 | |||
| 15616 | \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil) | ||
| 15617 | |||
| 15618 | (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15619 | Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | ||
| 15620 | Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | ||
| 15621 | Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | ||
| 15622 | The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | ||
| 15623 | car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | ||
| 15624 | If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | ||
| 15625 | how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | ||
| 15626 | to reach a leaf in ALIST. | ||
| 15627 | Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | ||
| 15628 | even if ALIST is not deep enough. | ||
| 15629 | |||
| 15630 | \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil) | ||
| 15631 | |||
| 15632 | (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15633 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property. | ||
| 15634 | |||
| 15635 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | ||
| 15636 | |||
| 15637 | (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15638 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property. | ||
| 15639 | |||
| 15640 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | ||
| 15641 | |||
| 15642 | (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15643 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property. | ||
| 15644 | |||
| 15645 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | ||
| 15646 | |||
| 15647 | (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15648 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property. | ||
| 15649 | |||
| 15650 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) | ||
| 15651 | |||
| 15652 | (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15653 | Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | ||
| 15654 | Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | ||
| 15655 | or one is an alias of the other. | ||
| 15656 | |||
| 15657 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil) | ||
| 15658 | |||
| 15659 | (autoload (quote with-coding-priority) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15660 | Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list. | ||
| 15661 | CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See | ||
| 15662 | `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of | ||
| 15663 | coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'. | ||
| 15664 | |||
| 15665 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 15666 | |||
| 15667 | (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15668 | Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | ||
| 15669 | PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | ||
| 15670 | coding systems ordered by priority. | ||
| 15671 | |||
| 15672 | \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 15673 | |||
| 15674 | (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15675 | Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | ||
| 15676 | The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | ||
| 15677 | language environment LANG-ENV. | ||
| 15678 | |||
| 15679 | \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil) | ||
| 15680 | |||
| 15681 | (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\ | ||
| 15682 | Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR. | ||
| 15683 | On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an | ||
| 15684 | appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's | ||
| 15685 | charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character | ||
| 15686 | basis, this may not be accurate. | ||
| 15687 | |||
| 15688 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 15689 | |||
| 15690 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15691 | |||
| 15692 | ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" | ||
| 15693 | ;;;;;; (16511 32482)) | ||
| 15694 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el | ||
| 15695 | |||
| 15696 | (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ | ||
| 15697 | Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled. | ||
| 15698 | See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 15699 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 15700 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") | ||
| 15701 | |||
| 15702 | (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel") | ||
| 15703 | |||
| 15704 | (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ | ||
| 15705 | Toggle mouse wheel support. | ||
| 15706 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | ||
| 15707 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | ||
| 15708 | |||
| 15709 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15710 | |||
| 15711 | (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ | ||
| 15712 | Enable mouse wheel support. | ||
| 15713 | |||
| 15714 | \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil) | ||
| 15715 | |||
| 15716 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15717 | |||
| 15718 | ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service | ||
| 15719 | ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host | ||
| 15720 | ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) | ||
| 15721 | ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16511 32586)) | ||
| 15722 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el | ||
| 15723 | |||
| 15724 | (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15725 | Run traceroute program for TARGET. | ||
| 15726 | |||
| 15727 | \(fn TARGET)" t nil) | ||
| 15728 | |||
| 15729 | (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15730 | Ping HOST. | ||
| 15731 | If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | ||
| 15732 | `ping-program-options'. | ||
| 15733 | |||
| 15734 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 15735 | |||
| 15736 | (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15737 | Run ipconfig program. | ||
| 15738 | |||
| 15739 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15740 | |||
| 15741 | (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | ||
| 15742 | |||
| 15743 | (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15744 | Run netstat program. | ||
| 15745 | |||
| 15746 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15747 | |||
| 15748 | (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15749 | Run the arp program. | ||
| 15750 | |||
| 15751 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15752 | |||
| 15753 | (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15754 | Run the route program. | ||
| 15755 | |||
| 15756 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15757 | |||
| 15758 | (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15759 | Lookup the DNS information for HOST. | ||
| 15760 | |||
| 15761 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 15762 | |||
| 15763 | (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15764 | Run nslookup program. | ||
| 15765 | |||
| 15766 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15767 | |||
| 15768 | (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15769 | Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address). | ||
| 15770 | |||
| 15771 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 15772 | |||
| 15773 | (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15774 | Run dig program. | ||
| 15775 | |||
| 15776 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 15777 | |||
| 15778 | (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15779 | Run ftp program. | ||
| 15780 | |||
| 15781 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 15782 | |||
| 15783 | (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15784 | Finger USER on HOST. | ||
| 15785 | |||
| 15786 | \(fn USER HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 15787 | |||
| 15788 | (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15789 | Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | ||
| 15790 | If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | ||
| 15791 | from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server. | ||
| 15792 | |||
| 15793 | \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil) | ||
| 15794 | |||
| 15795 | (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15796 | Not documented | ||
| 15797 | |||
| 15798 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 15799 | |||
| 15800 | (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15801 | Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST. | ||
| 15802 | |||
| 15803 | \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil) | ||
| 15804 | |||
| 15805 | (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | ||
| 15806 | Open a network connection to HOST on PORT. | ||
| 15807 | |||
| 15808 | \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil) | ||
| 15809 | |||
| 15810 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15811 | |||
| 15812 | ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region | ||
| 15813 | ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column | ||
| 15814 | ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars | ||
| 15815 | ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column) | ||
| 15816 | ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16511 32482)) | ||
| 15817 | ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el | ||
| 15818 | |||
| 15819 | (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | ||
| 15820 | |||
| 15821 | (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | ||
| 15822 | |||
| 15823 | (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | ||
| 15824 | |||
| 15825 | (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | ||
| 15826 | |||
| 15827 | (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\ | ||
| 15828 | Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps. | ||
| 15829 | Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will | ||
| 15830 | be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted | ||
| 15831 | to understand comments or not in the given buffer. | ||
| 15832 | Major modes should set this variable.") | ||
| 15833 | |||
| 15834 | (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | ||
| 15835 | *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | ||
| 15836 | Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | ||
| 15837 | can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook. | ||
| 15838 | Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order | ||
| 15839 | not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.") | ||
| 15840 | |||
| 15841 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment") | ||
| 15842 | |||
| 15843 | (defvar comment-start nil "\ | ||
| 15844 | *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | ||
| 15845 | |||
| 15846 | (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | ||
| 15847 | *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | ||
| 15848 | If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | ||
| 15849 | at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | ||
| 15850 | |||
| 15851 | (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | ||
| 15852 | Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | ||
| 15853 | |||
| 15854 | (defvar comment-end "" "\ | ||
| 15855 | *String to insert to end a new comment. | ||
| 15856 | Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | ||
| 15857 | |||
| 15858 | (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ | ||
| 15859 | Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. | ||
| 15860 | This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | ||
| 15861 | the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired | ||
| 15862 | column indentation or nil. | ||
| 15863 | If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") | ||
| 15864 | |||
| 15865 | (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\ | ||
| 15866 | Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one. | ||
| 15867 | The function has no args. | ||
| 15868 | |||
| 15869 | Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where | ||
| 15870 | comments always start in column zero.") | ||
| 15871 | |||
| 15872 | (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | ||
| 15873 | *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | ||
| 15874 | See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | ||
| 15875 | |||
| 15876 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment") | ||
| 15877 | |||
| 15878 | (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | ||
| 15879 | Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | ||
| 15880 | Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | ||
| 15881 | of the corresponding number of spaces. | ||
| 15882 | |||
| 15883 | Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | ||
| 15884 | makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | ||
| 15885 | |||
| 15886 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment") | ||
| 15887 | |||
| 15888 | (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | ||
| 15889 | *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. | ||
| 15890 | This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") | ||
| 15891 | |||
| 15892 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment") | ||
| 15893 | |||
| 15894 | (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15895 | Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions. | ||
| 15896 | Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call | ||
| 15897 | this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that | ||
| 15898 | the variables are properly set. | ||
| 15899 | |||
| 15900 | \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil) | ||
| 15901 | |||
| 15902 | (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15903 | Default for `comment-indent-function'. | ||
| 15904 | |||
| 15905 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 15906 | |||
| 15907 | (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15908 | Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment. | ||
| 15909 | If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any. | ||
| 15910 | |||
| 15911 | \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil) | ||
| 15912 | |||
| 15913 | (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15914 | Set the comment column based on point. | ||
| 15915 | With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | ||
| 15916 | With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | ||
| 15917 | With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | ||
| 15918 | and then align or create a comment on this line at that column. | ||
| 15919 | |||
| 15920 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15921 | |||
| 15922 | (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15923 | Kill the comment on this line, if any. | ||
| 15924 | With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one. | ||
| 15925 | |||
| 15926 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15927 | |||
| 15928 | (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15929 | Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region. | ||
| 15930 | The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | ||
| 15931 | comment markers. | ||
| 15932 | |||
| 15933 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15934 | |||
| 15935 | (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15936 | Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | ||
| 15937 | With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END. | ||
| 15938 | Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. | ||
| 15939 | If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | ||
| 15940 | By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | ||
| 15941 | even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | ||
| 15942 | do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | ||
| 15943 | |||
| 15944 | The strings used as comment starts are built from | ||
| 15945 | `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'. | ||
| 15946 | |||
| 15947 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15948 | |||
| 15949 | (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15950 | Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments, | ||
| 15951 | in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it | ||
| 15952 | is passed on to the respective function. | ||
| 15953 | |||
| 15954 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15955 | |||
| 15956 | (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15957 | Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | ||
| 15958 | If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | ||
| 15959 | `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which | ||
| 15960 | case it calls `uncomment-region'). | ||
| 15961 | Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | ||
| 15962 | Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | ||
| 15963 | Else, call `comment-indent'. | ||
| 15964 | |||
| 15965 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 15966 | |||
| 15967 | (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | ||
| 15968 | Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | ||
| 15969 | This indents the body of the continued comment | ||
| 15970 | under the previous comment line. | ||
| 15971 | |||
| 15972 | This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | ||
| 15973 | starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | ||
| 15974 | If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | ||
| 15975 | |||
| 15976 | If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | ||
| 15977 | or comment indentation. | ||
| 15978 | |||
| 15979 | The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | ||
| 15980 | unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil. | ||
| 15981 | |||
| 15982 | \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil) | ||
| 15983 | |||
| 15984 | ;;;*** | ||
| 15985 | |||
| 15986 | ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16464 | ||
| 15987 | ;;;;;; 65087)) | ||
| 15988 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el | ||
| 15989 | |||
| 15990 | (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | ||
| 15991 | Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | ||
| 15992 | If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | ||
| 15993 | as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | ||
| 15994 | first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | ||
| 15995 | symbol in the alist. | ||
| 15996 | |||
| 15997 | \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil) | ||
| 15998 | |||
| 15999 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16000 | |||
| 16001 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | ||
| 16002 | ;;;;;; (16464 65087)) | ||
| 16003 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el | ||
| 16004 | |||
| 16005 | (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | ||
| 16006 | Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. | ||
| 16007 | This command does not work if you use short group names. | ||
| 16008 | |||
| 16009 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16010 | |||
| 16011 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16012 | |||
| 16013 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | ||
| 16014 | ;;;;;; (16464 65087)) | ||
| 16015 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el | ||
| 16016 | |||
| 16017 | (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | ||
| 16018 | \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | ||
| 16019 | Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups. | ||
| 16020 | |||
| 16021 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16022 | |||
| 16023 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16024 | |||
| 16025 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | ||
| 16026 | ;;;;;; (16464 65087)) | ||
| 16027 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el | ||
| 16028 | |||
| 16029 | (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | ||
| 16030 | Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories. | ||
| 16031 | |||
| 16032 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16033 | |||
| 16034 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16035 | |||
| 16036 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | ||
| 16037 | ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16464 65087)) | ||
| 16038 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el | ||
| 16039 | |||
| 16040 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | ||
| 16041 | Make an outbound package of SOUP replies. | ||
| 16042 | |||
| 16043 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16044 | |||
| 16045 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | ||
| 16046 | Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail. | ||
| 16047 | |||
| 16048 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16049 | |||
| 16050 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | ||
| 16051 | Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods. | ||
| 16052 | |||
| 16053 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16054 | |||
| 16055 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16056 | |||
| 16057 | ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | ||
| 16058 | ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16511 32482)) | ||
| 16059 | ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el | ||
| 16060 | |||
| 16061 | (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | ||
| 16062 | Function to call to handle disabled commands. | ||
| 16063 | If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | ||
| 16064 | |||
| 16065 | (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\ | ||
| 16066 | Not documented | ||
| 16067 | |||
| 16068 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil) | ||
| 16069 | |||
| 16070 | (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | ||
| 16071 | Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | ||
| 16072 | The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | ||
| 16073 | to future sessions. | ||
| 16074 | |||
| 16075 | \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) | ||
| 16076 | |||
| 16077 | (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | ||
| 16078 | Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | ||
| 16079 | The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | ||
| 16080 | to future sessions. | ||
| 16081 | |||
| 16082 | \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) | ||
| 16083 | |||
| 16084 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16085 | |||
| 16086 | ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | ||
| 16087 | ;;;;;; (16511 32639)) | ||
| 16088 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el | ||
| 16089 | |||
| 16090 | (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | ||
| 16091 | Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | ||
| 16092 | \\{nroff-mode-map} | ||
| 16093 | Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | ||
| 16094 | Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | ||
| 16095 | closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs. | ||
| 16096 | |||
| 16097 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16098 | |||
| 16099 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16100 | |||
| 16101 | ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | ||
| 16102 | ;;;;;; (16511 32624)) | ||
| 16103 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el | ||
| 16104 | |||
| 16105 | (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | ||
| 16106 | Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | ||
| 16107 | Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | ||
| 16108 | specified by `octave-help-files'. | ||
| 16109 | If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion. | ||
| 16110 | |||
| 16111 | \(fn KEY)" t nil) | ||
| 16112 | |||
| 16113 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16114 | |||
| 16115 | ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | ||
| 16116 | ;;;;;; (16511 32624)) | ||
| 16117 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el | ||
| 16118 | |||
| 16119 | (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | ||
| 16120 | Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | ||
| 16121 | This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | ||
| 16122 | |||
| 16123 | Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | ||
| 16124 | |||
| 16125 | The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | ||
| 16126 | command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | ||
| 16127 | |||
| 16128 | Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | ||
| 16129 | the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | ||
| 16130 | startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'. | ||
| 16131 | |||
| 16132 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 16133 | |||
| 16134 | (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | ||
| 16135 | |||
| 16136 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16137 | |||
| 16138 | ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | ||
| 16139 | ;;;;;; (16511 32624)) | ||
| 16140 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el | ||
| 16141 | |||
| 16142 | (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | ||
| 16143 | Major mode for editing Octave code. | ||
| 16144 | |||
| 16145 | This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | ||
| 16146 | indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | ||
| 16147 | showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | ||
| 16148 | Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | ||
| 16149 | |||
| 16150 | Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | ||
| 16151 | computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | ||
| 16152 | solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | ||
| 16153 | can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | ||
| 16154 | is why you need this mode!). | ||
| 16155 | |||
| 16156 | The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | ||
| 16157 | ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | ||
| 16158 | source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | ||
| 16159 | |||
| 16160 | Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | ||
| 16161 | |||
| 16162 | Keybindings | ||
| 16163 | =========== | ||
| 16164 | |||
| 16165 | \\{octave-mode-map} | ||
| 16166 | |||
| 16167 | Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | ||
| 16168 | ============================================== | ||
| 16169 | |||
| 16170 | octave-auto-indent | ||
| 16171 | Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | ||
| 16172 | Default is nil. | ||
| 16173 | |||
| 16174 | octave-auto-newline | ||
| 16175 | Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | ||
| 16176 | Default is nil. | ||
| 16177 | |||
| 16178 | octave-blink-matching-block | ||
| 16179 | Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | ||
| 16180 | newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | ||
| 16181 | |||
| 16182 | octave-block-offset | ||
| 16183 | Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | ||
| 16184 | Default is 2. | ||
| 16185 | |||
| 16186 | octave-continuation-offset | ||
| 16187 | Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | ||
| 16188 | Default is 4. | ||
| 16189 | |||
| 16190 | octave-continuation-string | ||
| 16191 | String used for Octave continuation lines. | ||
| 16192 | Default is a backslash. | ||
| 16193 | |||
| 16194 | octave-mode-startup-message | ||
| 16195 | nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | ||
| 16196 | Default is t. | ||
| 16197 | |||
| 16198 | octave-send-echo-input | ||
| 16199 | Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | ||
| 16200 | command to the inferior Octave process. | ||
| 16201 | |||
| 16202 | octave-send-line-auto-forward | ||
| 16203 | Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | ||
| 16204 | sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | ||
| 16205 | |||
| 16206 | octave-send-echo-input | ||
| 16207 | Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | ||
| 16208 | |||
| 16209 | Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | ||
| 16210 | |||
| 16211 | To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | ||
| 16212 | following lines to your `.emacs' file: | ||
| 16213 | |||
| 16214 | (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | ||
| 16215 | (setq auto-mode-alist | ||
| 16216 | (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | ||
| 16217 | |||
| 16218 | To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | ||
| 16219 | add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | ||
| 16220 | |||
| 16221 | (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | ||
| 16222 | (lambda () | ||
| 16223 | (abbrev-mode 1) | ||
| 16224 | (auto-fill-mode 1) | ||
| 16225 | (if (eq window-system 'x) | ||
| 16226 | (font-lock-mode 1)))) | ||
| 16227 | |||
| 16228 | To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | ||
| 16229 | This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | ||
| 16230 | already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | ||
| 16231 | including a reproducible test case and send the message. | ||
| 16232 | |||
| 16233 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16234 | |||
| 16235 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16236 | |||
| 16237 | ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el" | ||
| 16238 | ;;;;;; (16511 32590)) | ||
| 16239 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el | ||
| 16240 | |||
| 16241 | (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | ||
| 16242 | Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. | ||
| 16243 | It is now better to use Customize instead. | ||
| 16244 | |||
| 16245 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16246 | |||
| 16247 | (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | ||
| 16248 | Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | ||
| 16249 | Selects a buffer containing such a list, | ||
| 16250 | in which there are commands to set the option values. | ||
| 16251 | Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | ||
| 16252 | |||
| 16253 | The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete. | ||
| 16254 | |||
| 16255 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16256 | |||
| 16257 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16258 | |||
| 16259 | ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el" | ||
| 16260 | ;;;;;; (16511 32482)) | ||
| 16261 | ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el | ||
| 16262 | |||
| 16263 | (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | ||
| 16264 | Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | ||
| 16265 | Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | ||
| 16266 | two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | ||
| 16267 | |||
| 16268 | Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | ||
| 16269 | invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | ||
| 16270 | of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | ||
| 16271 | back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | ||
| 16272 | |||
| 16273 | Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | ||
| 16274 | \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | ||
| 16275 | \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | ||
| 16276 | \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | ||
| 16277 | \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | ||
| 16278 | \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | ||
| 16279 | |||
| 16280 | \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | ||
| 16281 | \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | ||
| 16282 | \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible. | ||
| 16283 | |||
| 16284 | The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | ||
| 16285 | They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | ||
| 16286 | \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | ||
| 16287 | \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | ||
| 16288 | \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | ||
| 16289 | No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | ||
| 16290 | With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | ||
| 16291 | \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | ||
| 16292 | \\[show-entry] make it visible. | ||
| 16293 | \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | ||
| 16294 | The subheadings remain visible. | ||
| 16295 | \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | ||
| 16296 | |||
| 16297 | The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | ||
| 16298 | A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | ||
| 16299 | beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | ||
| 16300 | |||
| 16301 | Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | ||
| 16302 | `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil. | ||
| 16303 | |||
| 16304 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16305 | |||
| 16306 | (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | ||
| 16307 | Toggle Outline minor mode. | ||
| 16308 | With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 16309 | See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode. | ||
| 16310 | |||
| 16311 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 16312 | |||
| 16313 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16314 | |||
| 16315 | ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16511 32482)) | ||
| 16316 | ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el | ||
| 16317 | |||
| 16318 | (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ | ||
| 16319 | Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled. | ||
| 16320 | See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 16321 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 16322 | use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | ||
| 16323 | |||
| 16324 | (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren") | ||
| 16325 | |||
| 16326 | (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ | ||
| 16327 | Toggle Show Paren mode. | ||
| 16328 | With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 16329 | Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | ||
| 16330 | |||
| 16331 | When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | ||
| 16332 | in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | ||
| 16333 | |||
| 16334 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 16335 | |||
| 16336 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16337 | |||
| 16338 | ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" | ||
| 16339 | ;;;;;; (16511 32531)) | ||
| 16340 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el | ||
| 16341 | |||
| 16342 | (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\ | ||
| 16343 | Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ). | ||
| 16344 | The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are | ||
| 16345 | unknown are returned as nil. | ||
| 16346 | |||
| 16347 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 16348 | |||
| 16349 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16350 | |||
| 16351 | ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16511 | ||
| 16352 | ;;;;;; 32625)) | ||
| 16353 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el | ||
| 16354 | |||
| 16355 | (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | ||
| 16356 | Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | ||
| 16357 | TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 16358 | |||
| 16359 | \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | ||
| 16360 | \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | ||
| 16361 | |||
| 16362 | Other useful functions are: | ||
| 16363 | |||
| 16364 | \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | ||
| 16365 | \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | ||
| 16366 | \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | ||
| 16367 | \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | ||
| 16368 | \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | ||
| 16369 | \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | ||
| 16370 | \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | ||
| 16371 | \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | ||
| 16372 | \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | ||
| 16373 | |||
| 16374 | Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | ||
| 16375 | |||
| 16376 | pascal-indent-level (default 3) | ||
| 16377 | Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | ||
| 16378 | pascal-case-indent (default 2) | ||
| 16379 | Indentation for case statements. | ||
| 16380 | pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | ||
| 16381 | Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | ||
| 16382 | mark after an end. | ||
| 16383 | pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | ||
| 16384 | Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | ||
| 16385 | pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | ||
| 16386 | Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | ||
| 16387 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | ||
| 16388 | pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | ||
| 16389 | Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | ||
| 16390 | functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | ||
| 16391 | pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | ||
| 16392 | List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | ||
| 16393 | |||
| 16394 | See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | ||
| 16395 | pascal-separator-keywords. | ||
| 16396 | |||
| 16397 | Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | ||
| 16398 | no args, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 16399 | |||
| 16400 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16401 | |||
| 16402 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16403 | |||
| 16404 | ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | ||
| 16405 | ;;;;;; (16511 32550)) | ||
| 16406 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el | ||
| 16407 | |||
| 16408 | (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | ||
| 16409 | Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | ||
| 16410 | The keys affected are: | ||
| 16411 | Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | ||
| 16412 | C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | ||
| 16413 | M-Backspace does undo. | ||
| 16414 | Home and End move to beginning and end of line | ||
| 16415 | C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | ||
| 16416 | C-Escape does list-buffers. | ||
| 16417 | |||
| 16418 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16419 | |||
| 16420 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16421 | |||
| 16422 | ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | ||
| 16423 | ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16511 32550)) | ||
| 16424 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el | ||
| 16425 | |||
| 16426 | (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | ||
| 16427 | Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled. | ||
| 16428 | See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 16429 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 16430 | use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.") | ||
| 16431 | |||
| 16432 | (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select") | ||
| 16433 | |||
| 16434 | (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | ||
| 16435 | Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | ||
| 16436 | |||
| 16437 | This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | ||
| 16438 | |||
| 16439 | The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | ||
| 16440 | which modify the status of the mark. | ||
| 16441 | |||
| 16442 | The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | ||
| 16443 | The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | ||
| 16444 | |||
| 16445 | C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | ||
| 16446 | S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | ||
| 16447 | |||
| 16448 | M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | ||
| 16449 | S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | ||
| 16450 | behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | ||
| 16451 | variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before | ||
| 16452 | turning `pc-selection-mode' on. | ||
| 16453 | |||
| 16454 | C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | ||
| 16455 | S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | ||
| 16456 | |||
| 16457 | HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | ||
| 16458 | S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | ||
| 16459 | With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | ||
| 16460 | |||
| 16461 | END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | ||
| 16462 | S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | ||
| 16463 | With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | ||
| 16464 | |||
| 16465 | PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | ||
| 16466 | S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | ||
| 16467 | |||
| 16468 | S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | ||
| 16469 | S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | ||
| 16470 | C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | ||
| 16471 | |||
| 16472 | In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | ||
| 16473 | the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el | ||
| 16474 | but before calling `pc-selection-mode'): | ||
| 16475 | |||
| 16476 | F6 other-window | ||
| 16477 | DELETE delete-char | ||
| 16478 | C-DELETE kill-line | ||
| 16479 | M-DELETE kill-word | ||
| 16480 | C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | ||
| 16481 | C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | ||
| 16482 | M-BACKSPACE undo | ||
| 16483 | |||
| 16484 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 16485 | |||
| 16486 | (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | ||
| 16487 | Toggle PC Selection mode. | ||
| 16488 | Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | ||
| 16489 | and cursor movement commands. | ||
| 16490 | This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | ||
| 16491 | You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | ||
| 16492 | |||
| 16493 | (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select") | ||
| 16494 | |||
| 16495 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16496 | |||
| 16497 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16511 | ||
| 16498 | ;;;;;; 32483)) | ||
| 16499 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el | ||
| 16500 | |||
| 16501 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | ||
| 16502 | Completion rules for the `cvs' command. | ||
| 16503 | |||
| 16504 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16505 | |||
| 16506 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16507 | |||
| 16508 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | ||
| 16509 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16511 32483)) | ||
| 16510 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el | ||
| 16511 | |||
| 16512 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | ||
| 16513 | Completion for `gzip'. | ||
| 16514 | |||
| 16515 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16516 | |||
| 16517 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | ||
| 16518 | Completion for `bzip2'. | ||
| 16519 | |||
| 16520 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16521 | |||
| 16522 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | ||
| 16523 | Completion for GNU `make'. | ||
| 16524 | |||
| 16525 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16526 | |||
| 16527 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | ||
| 16528 | Completion for the GNU tar utility. | ||
| 16529 | |||
| 16530 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16531 | |||
| 16532 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | ||
| 16533 | |||
| 16534 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16535 | |||
| 16536 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | ||
| 16537 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16511 32483)) | ||
| 16538 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el | ||
| 16539 | |||
| 16540 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | ||
| 16541 | Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem. | ||
| 16542 | |||
| 16543 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16544 | |||
| 16545 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | ||
| 16546 | Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'. | ||
| 16547 | |||
| 16548 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16549 | |||
| 16550 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | ||
| 16551 | Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'. | ||
| 16552 | |||
| 16553 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16554 | |||
| 16555 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16556 | |||
| 16557 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16511 | ||
| 16558 | ;;;;;; 32483)) | ||
| 16559 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el | ||
| 16560 | |||
| 16561 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | ||
| 16562 | Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | ||
| 16563 | These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | ||
| 16564 | system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | ||
| 16565 | not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | ||
| 16566 | You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so. | ||
| 16567 | |||
| 16568 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16569 | |||
| 16570 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16571 | |||
| 16572 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | ||
| 16573 | ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | ||
| 16574 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16511 32483)) | ||
| 16575 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el | ||
| 16576 | |||
| 16577 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | ||
| 16578 | Completion for `cd'. | ||
| 16579 | |||
| 16580 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16581 | |||
| 16582 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | ||
| 16583 | |||
| 16584 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | ||
| 16585 | Completion for `rmdir'. | ||
| 16586 | |||
| 16587 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16588 | |||
| 16589 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | ||
| 16590 | Completion for `rm'. | ||
| 16591 | |||
| 16592 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16593 | |||
| 16594 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | ||
| 16595 | Completion for `xargs'. | ||
| 16596 | |||
| 16597 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16598 | |||
| 16599 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | ||
| 16600 | |||
| 16601 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | ||
| 16602 | Completion for `which'. | ||
| 16603 | |||
| 16604 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16605 | |||
| 16606 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | ||
| 16607 | Completion for the `chown' command. | ||
| 16608 | |||
| 16609 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16610 | |||
| 16611 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | ||
| 16612 | Completion for the `chgrp' command. | ||
| 16613 | |||
| 16614 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16615 | |||
| 16616 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16617 | |||
| 16618 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | ||
| 16619 | ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | ||
| 16620 | ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16511 | ||
| 16621 | ;;;;;; 32484)) | ||
| 16622 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el | ||
| 16623 | |||
| 16624 | (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16625 | Support extensible programmable completion. | ||
| 16626 | To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | ||
| 16627 | completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list). | ||
| 16628 | |||
| 16629 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16630 | |||
| 16631 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16632 | If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards. | ||
| 16633 | |||
| 16634 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16635 | |||
| 16636 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16637 | Expand the textual value of the current argument. | ||
| 16638 | This will modify the current buffer. | ||
| 16639 | |||
| 16640 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16641 | |||
| 16642 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16643 | Complete without reference to any cycling completions. | ||
| 16644 | |||
| 16645 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16646 | |||
| 16647 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16648 | Expand the textual value of the current argument. | ||
| 16649 | This will modify the current buffer. | ||
| 16650 | |||
| 16651 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16652 | |||
| 16653 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16654 | Display any help information relative to the current argument. | ||
| 16655 | |||
| 16656 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16657 | |||
| 16658 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16659 | Show the list of possible completions for the current argument. | ||
| 16660 | |||
| 16661 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16662 | |||
| 16663 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16664 | Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | ||
| 16665 | COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | ||
| 16666 | dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | ||
| 16667 | `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'. | ||
| 16668 | |||
| 16669 | \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil) | ||
| 16670 | |||
| 16671 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | ||
| 16672 | Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete. | ||
| 16673 | |||
| 16674 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 16675 | |||
| 16676 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16677 | |||
| 16678 | ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | ||
| 16679 | ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | ||
| 16680 | ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16511 32485)) | ||
| 16681 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el | ||
| 16682 | |||
| 16683 | (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | ||
| 16684 | Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | ||
| 16685 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | ||
| 16686 | and run `cvs-mode' on it. | ||
| 16687 | |||
| 16688 | With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use. | ||
| 16689 | |||
| 16690 | \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil) | ||
| 16691 | |||
| 16692 | (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ | ||
| 16693 | Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | ||
| 16694 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | ||
| 16695 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | ||
| 16696 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | ||
| 16697 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | ||
| 16698 | FLAGS is ignored. | ||
| 16699 | |||
| 16700 | \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil) | ||
| 16701 | |||
| 16702 | (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ | ||
| 16703 | Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | ||
| 16704 | That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | ||
| 16705 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | ||
| 16706 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | ||
| 16707 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | ||
| 16708 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | ||
| 16709 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | ||
| 16710 | |||
| 16711 | \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil) | ||
| 16712 | |||
| 16713 | (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | ||
| 16714 | Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | ||
| 16715 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | ||
| 16716 | With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | ||
| 16717 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | ||
| 16718 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | ||
| 16719 | The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS | ||
| 16720 | passed to cvs. | ||
| 16721 | |||
| 16722 | \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil) | ||
| 16723 | |||
| 16724 | (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | ||
| 16725 | Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | ||
| 16726 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | ||
| 16727 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | ||
| 16728 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | ||
| 16729 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | ||
| 16730 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | ||
| 16731 | |||
| 16732 | \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil) | ||
| 16733 | |||
| 16734 | (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | ||
| 16735 | |||
| 16736 | (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ | ||
| 16737 | The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. | ||
| 16738 | Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | ||
| 16739 | |||
| 16740 | (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs") | ||
| 16741 | |||
| 16742 | (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ | ||
| 16743 | Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | ||
| 16744 | nil means never do it. | ||
| 16745 | ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | ||
| 16746 | command that prompted the opening of the directory. | ||
| 16747 | Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | ||
| 16748 | |||
| 16749 | (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs") | ||
| 16750 | |||
| 16751 | (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ | ||
| 16752 | Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | ||
| 16753 | The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | ||
| 16754 | |||
| 16755 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16756 | |||
| 16757 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16511 32484)) | ||
| 16758 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el | ||
| 16759 | |||
| 16760 | (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m))) | ||
| 16761 | |||
| 16762 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16763 | |||
| 16764 | ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" | ||
| 16765 | ;;;;;; (16511 32625)) | ||
| 16766 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el | ||
| 16767 | |||
| 16768 | (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | ||
| 16769 | Major mode for editing Perl code. | ||
| 16770 | Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | ||
| 16771 | Tab indents for Perl code. | ||
| 16772 | Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | ||
| 16773 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | ||
| 16774 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 16775 | \\{perl-mode-map} | ||
| 16776 | Variables controlling indentation style: | ||
| 16777 | `perl-tab-always-indent' | ||
| 16778 | Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | ||
| 16779 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | ||
| 16780 | `perl-tab-to-comment' | ||
| 16781 | Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | ||
| 16782 | either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | ||
| 16783 | to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | ||
| 16784 | `perl-nochange' | ||
| 16785 | Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | ||
| 16786 | `perl-indent-level' | ||
| 16787 | Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | ||
| 16788 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | ||
| 16789 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. | ||
| 16790 | `perl-continued-statement-offset' | ||
| 16791 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | ||
| 16792 | then-clause of an if or body of a while. | ||
| 16793 | `perl-continued-brace-offset' | ||
| 16794 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | ||
| 16795 | This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | ||
| 16796 | `perl-brace-offset' | ||
| 16797 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | ||
| 16798 | `perl-brace-imaginary-offset' | ||
| 16799 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | ||
| 16800 | this far to the right of the start of its line. | ||
| 16801 | `perl-label-offset' | ||
| 16802 | Extra indentation for line that is a label. | ||
| 16803 | `perl-indent-continued-arguments' | ||
| 16804 | Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation. | ||
| 16805 | |||
| 16806 | Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | ||
| 16807 | perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | ||
| 16808 | perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | ||
| 16809 | perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | ||
| 16810 | perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | ||
| 16811 | perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | ||
| 16812 | perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | ||
| 16813 | |||
| 16814 | Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'. | ||
| 16815 | |||
| 16816 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16817 | |||
| 16818 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16819 | |||
| 16820 | ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | ||
| 16821 | ;;;;;; (16511 32639)) | ||
| 16822 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el | ||
| 16823 | |||
| 16824 | (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | ||
| 16825 | Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | ||
| 16826 | Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | ||
| 16827 | afterwards settable by these commands: | ||
| 16828 | C-c < Move left after insertion. | ||
| 16829 | C-c > Move right after insertion. | ||
| 16830 | C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | ||
| 16831 | C-c . Move down after insertion. | ||
| 16832 | C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | ||
| 16833 | C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | ||
| 16834 | C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | ||
| 16835 | C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | ||
| 16836 | C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | ||
| 16837 | C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | ||
| 16838 | C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | ||
| 16839 | C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | ||
| 16840 | The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | ||
| 16841 | direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | ||
| 16842 | spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | ||
| 16843 | with these commands: | ||
| 16844 | \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | ||
| 16845 | \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | ||
| 16846 | \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | ||
| 16847 | \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | ||
| 16848 | \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | ||
| 16849 | C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | ||
| 16850 | C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | ||
| 16851 | Return Move to beginning of next line. | ||
| 16852 | You can edit tabular text with these commands: | ||
| 16853 | M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | ||
| 16854 | `Indents' relative to a previous line. | ||
| 16855 | Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | ||
| 16856 | C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | ||
| 16857 | With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | ||
| 16858 | See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | ||
| 16859 | which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | ||
| 16860 | change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | ||
| 16861 | You can manipulate text with these commands: | ||
| 16862 | C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | ||
| 16863 | C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | ||
| 16864 | \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | ||
| 16865 | \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | ||
| 16866 | text is saved in the kill ring. | ||
| 16867 | \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | ||
| 16868 | You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | ||
| 16869 | C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | ||
| 16870 | C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | ||
| 16871 | C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | ||
| 16872 | C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | ||
| 16873 | C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | ||
| 16874 | \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | ||
| 16875 | \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | ||
| 16876 | commands if invoked soon enough. | ||
| 16877 | You can return to the previous mode with: | ||
| 16878 | C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | ||
| 16879 | Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | ||
| 16880 | |||
| 16881 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil. | ||
| 16882 | |||
| 16883 | Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | ||
| 16884 | they are not defaultly assigned to keys. | ||
| 16885 | |||
| 16886 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16887 | |||
| 16888 | (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | ||
| 16889 | |||
| 16890 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16891 | |||
| 16892 | ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el" | ||
| 16893 | ;;;;;; (16511 32639)) | ||
| 16894 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el | ||
| 16895 | |||
| 16896 | (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\ | ||
| 16897 | Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset. | ||
| 16898 | Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real. | ||
| 16899 | |||
| 16900 | \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil) | ||
| 16901 | |||
| 16902 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16903 | |||
| 16904 | ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16511 32594)) | ||
| 16905 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el | ||
| 16906 | |||
| 16907 | (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | ||
| 16908 | Play pong and waste time. | ||
| 16909 | This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | ||
| 16910 | Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | ||
| 16911 | |||
| 16912 | pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> | ||
| 16913 | |||
| 16914 | \\{pong-mode-map} | ||
| 16915 | |||
| 16916 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 16917 | |||
| 16918 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16919 | |||
| 16920 | ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string) | ||
| 16921 | ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16511 32545)) | ||
| 16922 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el | ||
| 16923 | |||
| 16924 | (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\ | ||
| 16925 | Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT. | ||
| 16926 | OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed | ||
| 16927 | to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible. | ||
| 16928 | |||
| 16929 | \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil) | ||
| 16930 | |||
| 16931 | (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | ||
| 16932 | Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | ||
| 16933 | Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | ||
| 16934 | can handle, whenever this is possible. | ||
| 16935 | Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see). | ||
| 16936 | |||
| 16937 | \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil) | ||
| 16938 | |||
| 16939 | (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | ||
| 16940 | Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | ||
| 16941 | If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | ||
| 16942 | instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | ||
| 16943 | in the variable `values'. | ||
| 16944 | |||
| 16945 | \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil) | ||
| 16946 | |||
| 16947 | (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | ||
| 16948 | Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | ||
| 16949 | With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | ||
| 16950 | Ignores leading comment characters. | ||
| 16951 | |||
| 16952 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 16953 | |||
| 16954 | ;;;*** | ||
| 16955 | |||
| 16956 | ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup | ||
| 16957 | ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name | ||
| 16958 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode | ||
| 16959 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header | ||
| 16960 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape | ||
| 16961 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces | ||
| 16962 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble | ||
| 16963 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print | ||
| 16964 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview | ||
| 16965 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript | ||
| 16966 | ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer | ||
| 16967 | ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory | ||
| 16968 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript | ||
| 16969 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print | ||
| 16970 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print | ||
| 16971 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview | ||
| 16972 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript | ||
| 16973 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el" | ||
| 16974 | ;;;;;; (16511 32487)) | ||
| 16975 | ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el | ||
| 16976 | |||
| 16977 | (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\ | ||
| 16978 | Activate the printing interface buffer. | ||
| 16979 | |||
| 16980 | If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing. | ||
| 16981 | |||
| 16982 | For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help]. | ||
| 16983 | |||
| 16984 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 16985 | |||
| 16986 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\ | ||
| 16987 | Preview directory using ghostview. | ||
| 16988 | |||
| 16989 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | ||
| 16990 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | ||
| 16991 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | ||
| 16992 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | ||
| 16993 | |||
| 16994 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | ||
| 16995 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | ||
| 16996 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | ||
| 16997 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | ||
| 16998 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | ||
| 16999 | file name. | ||
| 17000 | |||
| 17001 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | ||
| 17002 | |||
| 17003 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17004 | |||
| 17005 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17006 | Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript. | ||
| 17007 | |||
| 17008 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | ||
| 17009 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | ||
| 17010 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | ||
| 17011 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | ||
| 17012 | |||
| 17013 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | ||
| 17014 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | ||
| 17015 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | ||
| 17016 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | ||
| 17017 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | ||
| 17018 | file name. | ||
| 17019 | |||
| 17020 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | ||
| 17021 | |||
| 17022 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17023 | |||
| 17024 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17025 | Print directory using PostScript printer. | ||
| 17026 | |||
| 17027 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | ||
| 17028 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | ||
| 17029 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | ||
| 17030 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | ||
| 17031 | |||
| 17032 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | ||
| 17033 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | ||
| 17034 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | ||
| 17035 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | ||
| 17036 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | ||
| 17037 | file name. | ||
| 17038 | |||
| 17039 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | ||
| 17040 | |||
| 17041 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17042 | |||
| 17043 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17044 | Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. | ||
| 17045 | |||
| 17046 | It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'. | ||
| 17047 | |||
| 17048 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a | ||
| 17049 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | ||
| 17050 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in | ||
| 17051 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | ||
| 17052 | |||
| 17053 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is | ||
| 17054 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for | ||
| 17055 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, | ||
| 17056 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | ||
| 17057 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a | ||
| 17058 | file name. | ||
| 17059 | |||
| 17060 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | ||
| 17061 | |||
| 17062 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17063 | |||
| 17064 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17065 | Preview buffer using ghostview. | ||
| 17066 | |||
| 17067 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | ||
| 17068 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | ||
| 17069 | the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. | ||
| 17070 | |||
| 17071 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | ||
| 17072 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a | ||
| 17073 | temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file | ||
| 17074 | with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | ||
| 17075 | |||
| 17076 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17077 | |||
| 17078 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17079 | Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript. | ||
| 17080 | |||
| 17081 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | ||
| 17082 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | ||
| 17083 | the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17084 | |||
| 17085 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | ||
| 17086 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the | ||
| 17087 | printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with | ||
| 17088 | that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | ||
| 17089 | |||
| 17090 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17091 | |||
| 17092 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17093 | Print buffer using PostScript printer. | ||
| 17094 | |||
| 17095 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | ||
| 17096 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | ||
| 17097 | the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17098 | |||
| 17099 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | ||
| 17100 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the | ||
| 17101 | printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with | ||
| 17102 | that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | ||
| 17103 | |||
| 17104 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17105 | |||
| 17106 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17107 | Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. | ||
| 17108 | |||
| 17109 | It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'. | ||
| 17110 | |||
| 17111 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a | ||
| 17112 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves | ||
| 17113 | the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17114 | |||
| 17115 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | ||
| 17116 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the | ||
| 17117 | printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with | ||
| 17118 | that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. | ||
| 17119 | |||
| 17120 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17121 | |||
| 17122 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17123 | Preview region using ghostview. | ||
| 17124 | |||
| 17125 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'. | ||
| 17126 | |||
| 17127 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17128 | |||
| 17129 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17130 | Print region using PostScript through ghostscript. | ||
| 17131 | |||
| 17132 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'. | ||
| 17133 | |||
| 17134 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17135 | |||
| 17136 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17137 | Print region using PostScript printer. | ||
| 17138 | |||
| 17139 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'. | ||
| 17140 | |||
| 17141 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17142 | |||
| 17143 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17144 | Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. | ||
| 17145 | |||
| 17146 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'. | ||
| 17147 | |||
| 17148 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17149 | |||
| 17150 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17151 | Preview major mode using ghostview. | ||
| 17152 | |||
| 17153 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'. | ||
| 17154 | |||
| 17155 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17156 | |||
| 17157 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17158 | Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript. | ||
| 17159 | |||
| 17160 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'. | ||
| 17161 | |||
| 17162 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17163 | |||
| 17164 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17165 | Print major mode using PostScript printer. | ||
| 17166 | |||
| 17167 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'. | ||
| 17168 | |||
| 17169 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17170 | |||
| 17171 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17172 | Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript. | ||
| 17173 | |||
| 17174 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'. | ||
| 17175 | |||
| 17176 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17177 | |||
| 17178 | (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17179 | Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations. | ||
| 17180 | The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. | ||
| 17181 | The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. | ||
| 17182 | |||
| 17183 | Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for | ||
| 17184 | matching. | ||
| 17185 | |||
| 17186 | Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, | ||
| 17187 | prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP. | ||
| 17188 | |||
| 17189 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | ||
| 17190 | |||
| 17191 | \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 17192 | |||
| 17193 | (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17194 | Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations. | ||
| 17195 | The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. | ||
| 17196 | The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. | ||
| 17197 | |||
| 17198 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17199 | |||
| 17200 | (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17201 | Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations. | ||
| 17202 | The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. | ||
| 17203 | The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. | ||
| 17204 | |||
| 17205 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17206 | |||
| 17207 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17208 | Print directory using text printer. | ||
| 17209 | |||
| 17210 | Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for | ||
| 17211 | matching. | ||
| 17212 | |||
| 17213 | Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, | ||
| 17214 | prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP. | ||
| 17215 | |||
| 17216 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. | ||
| 17217 | |||
| 17218 | \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 17219 | |||
| 17220 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17221 | Print buffer using text printer. | ||
| 17222 | |||
| 17223 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17224 | |||
| 17225 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17226 | Print region using text printer. | ||
| 17227 | |||
| 17228 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17229 | |||
| 17230 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17231 | Print major mode using text printer. | ||
| 17232 | |||
| 17233 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17234 | |||
| 17235 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17236 | Preview spooled PostScript. | ||
| 17237 | |||
| 17238 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | ||
| 17239 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | ||
| 17240 | instead of saving it in a temporary file. | ||
| 17241 | |||
| 17242 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | ||
| 17243 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the | ||
| 17244 | PostScript image in a file with that name. | ||
| 17245 | |||
| 17246 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17247 | |||
| 17248 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17249 | Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript. | ||
| 17250 | |||
| 17251 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | ||
| 17252 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | ||
| 17253 | instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17254 | |||
| 17255 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | ||
| 17256 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | ||
| 17257 | image in a file with that name. | ||
| 17258 | |||
| 17259 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17260 | |||
| 17261 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17262 | Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | ||
| 17263 | |||
| 17264 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | ||
| 17265 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | ||
| 17266 | instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17267 | |||
| 17268 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | ||
| 17269 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | ||
| 17270 | image in a file with that name. | ||
| 17271 | |||
| 17272 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17273 | |||
| 17274 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17275 | Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it. | ||
| 17276 | |||
| 17277 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | ||
| 17278 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | ||
| 17279 | instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17280 | |||
| 17281 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | ||
| 17282 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | ||
| 17283 | image in a file with that name. | ||
| 17284 | |||
| 17285 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17286 | |||
| 17287 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17288 | Preview PostScript file FILENAME. | ||
| 17289 | |||
| 17290 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17291 | |||
| 17292 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17293 | Preview PostScript file FILENAME. | ||
| 17294 | |||
| 17295 | \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17296 | |||
| 17297 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17298 | Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript. | ||
| 17299 | |||
| 17300 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17301 | |||
| 17302 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17303 | Print PostScript file FILENAME. | ||
| 17304 | |||
| 17305 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17306 | |||
| 17307 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17308 | Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it. | ||
| 17309 | |||
| 17310 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17311 | |||
| 17312 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17313 | Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer. | ||
| 17314 | |||
| 17315 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input | ||
| 17316 | PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the | ||
| 17317 | command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and | ||
| 17318 | saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17319 | |||
| 17320 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The | ||
| 17321 | argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input | ||
| 17322 | PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input | ||
| 17323 | PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's | ||
| 17324 | nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the | ||
| 17325 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a | ||
| 17326 | file name. | ||
| 17327 | |||
| 17328 | \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17329 | |||
| 17330 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17331 | Toggle duplex for PostScript file. | ||
| 17332 | |||
| 17333 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17334 | |||
| 17335 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17336 | Toggle tumble for PostScript file. | ||
| 17337 | |||
| 17338 | If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or | ||
| 17339 | right. | ||
| 17340 | If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or | ||
| 17341 | bottom. | ||
| 17342 | |||
| 17343 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17344 | |||
| 17345 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17346 | Toggle landscape for PostScript file. | ||
| 17347 | |||
| 17348 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17349 | |||
| 17350 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17351 | Toggle printing using ghostscript. | ||
| 17352 | |||
| 17353 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17354 | |||
| 17355 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17356 | Toggle printing with faces. | ||
| 17357 | |||
| 17358 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17359 | |||
| 17360 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17361 | Toggle spooling. | ||
| 17362 | |||
| 17363 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17364 | |||
| 17365 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17366 | Toggle duplex. | ||
| 17367 | |||
| 17368 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17369 | |||
| 17370 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17371 | Toggle tumble. | ||
| 17372 | |||
| 17373 | If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or | ||
| 17374 | right. | ||
| 17375 | If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or | ||
| 17376 | bottom. | ||
| 17377 | |||
| 17378 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17379 | |||
| 17380 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17381 | Toggle landscape. | ||
| 17382 | |||
| 17383 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17384 | |||
| 17385 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17386 | Toggle upside-down. | ||
| 17387 | |||
| 17388 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17389 | |||
| 17390 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17391 | Toggle line number. | ||
| 17392 | |||
| 17393 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17394 | |||
| 17395 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17396 | Toggle zebra stripes. | ||
| 17397 | |||
| 17398 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17399 | |||
| 17400 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17401 | Toggle printing header. | ||
| 17402 | |||
| 17403 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17404 | |||
| 17405 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17406 | Toggle printing header frame. | ||
| 17407 | |||
| 17408 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17409 | |||
| 17410 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17411 | Toggle menu lock. | ||
| 17412 | |||
| 17413 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17414 | |||
| 17415 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17416 | Toggle auto region. | ||
| 17417 | |||
| 17418 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17419 | |||
| 17420 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17421 | Toggle auto mode. | ||
| 17422 | |||
| 17423 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17424 | |||
| 17425 | (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17426 | Customization of the `printing' group. | ||
| 17427 | |||
| 17428 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | ||
| 17429 | |||
| 17430 | (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17431 | Customization of the `lpr' group. | ||
| 17432 | |||
| 17433 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | ||
| 17434 | |||
| 17435 | (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17436 | Help for the printing package. | ||
| 17437 | |||
| 17438 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | ||
| 17439 | |||
| 17440 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17441 | Interactively select a PostScript printer. | ||
| 17442 | |||
| 17443 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17444 | |||
| 17445 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17446 | Interactively select a text printer. | ||
| 17447 | |||
| 17448 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17449 | |||
| 17450 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17451 | Interactively select a PostScript utility. | ||
| 17452 | |||
| 17453 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17454 | |||
| 17455 | (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17456 | Show current ps-print settings. | ||
| 17457 | |||
| 17458 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | ||
| 17459 | |||
| 17460 | (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17461 | Show current printing settings. | ||
| 17462 | |||
| 17463 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | ||
| 17464 | |||
| 17465 | (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17466 | Show current lpr settings. | ||
| 17467 | |||
| 17468 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) | ||
| 17469 | |||
| 17470 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17471 | Fast fire function for PostScript printing. | ||
| 17472 | |||
| 17473 | If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer. | ||
| 17474 | Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in | ||
| 17475 | `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be | ||
| 17476 | printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'. | ||
| 17477 | |||
| 17478 | |||
| 17479 | Interactively, you have the following situations: | ||
| 17480 | |||
| 17481 | M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | ||
| 17482 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will | ||
| 17483 | immediatelly be done using the current active printer. | ||
| 17484 | |||
| 17485 | C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | ||
| 17486 | C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | ||
| 17487 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current | ||
| 17488 | PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new | ||
| 17489 | current active printer. | ||
| 17490 | |||
| 17491 | C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | ||
| 17492 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name, | ||
| 17493 | and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the | ||
| 17494 | printer. | ||
| 17495 | |||
| 17496 | C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET | ||
| 17497 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current | ||
| 17498 | PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active | ||
| 17499 | printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in | ||
| 17500 | that file instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17501 | |||
| 17502 | |||
| 17503 | Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than | ||
| 17504 | zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows: | ||
| 17505 | |||
| 17506 | If it's nil, send the image to the printer. | ||
| 17507 | |||
| 17508 | If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts | ||
| 17509 | the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly | ||
| 17510 | be done using the new current active printer. | ||
| 17511 | |||
| 17512 | If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name | ||
| 17513 | and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the | ||
| 17514 | printer. | ||
| 17515 | |||
| 17516 | If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a | ||
| 17517 | current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active | ||
| 17518 | printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file | ||
| 17519 | instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17520 | |||
| 17521 | If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new | ||
| 17522 | active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active | ||
| 17523 | printer. | ||
| 17524 | |||
| 17525 | Otherwise, send the image to the printer. | ||
| 17526 | |||
| 17527 | |||
| 17528 | Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode' | ||
| 17529 | are both set to t. | ||
| 17530 | |||
| 17531 | \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil) | ||
| 17532 | |||
| 17533 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\ | ||
| 17534 | Fast fire function for text printing. | ||
| 17535 | |||
| 17536 | If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer. | ||
| 17537 | Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in | ||
| 17538 | `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be | ||
| 17539 | printed using `pr-txt-mode'. | ||
| 17540 | |||
| 17541 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the | ||
| 17542 | user for a new active text printer. | ||
| 17543 | |||
| 17544 | Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows: | ||
| 17545 | |||
| 17546 | If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer. | ||
| 17547 | |||
| 17548 | If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new | ||
| 17549 | active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active | ||
| 17550 | printer. | ||
| 17551 | |||
| 17552 | If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer. | ||
| 17553 | |||
| 17554 | Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode' | ||
| 17555 | are both set to t. | ||
| 17556 | |||
| 17557 | \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil) | ||
| 17558 | |||
| 17559 | ;;;*** | ||
| 17560 | |||
| 17561 | ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | ||
| 17562 | ;;;;;; (16511 32625)) | ||
| 17563 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el | ||
| 17564 | |||
| 17565 | (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | ||
| 17566 | Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | ||
| 17567 | Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | ||
| 17568 | Commands: | ||
| 17569 | \\{prolog-mode-map} | ||
| 17570 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | ||
| 17571 | if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 17572 | |||
| 17573 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17574 | |||
| 17575 | (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | ||
| 17576 | Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*. | ||
| 17577 | |||
| 17578 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17579 | |||
| 17580 | ;;;*** | ||
| 17581 | |||
| 17582 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16511 32487)) | ||
| 17583 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el | ||
| 17584 | |||
| 17585 | (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | ||
| 17586 | *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | ||
| 17587 | The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | ||
| 17588 | |||
| 17589 | ;;;*** | ||
| 17590 | |||
| 17591 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16511 | ||
| 17592 | ;;;;;; 32625)) | ||
| 17593 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el | ||
| 17594 | |||
| 17595 | (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | ||
| 17596 | Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | ||
| 17597 | |||
| 17598 | Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | ||
| 17599 | |||
| 17600 | The following variables hold user options, and can | ||
| 17601 | be set through the `customize' command: | ||
| 17602 | |||
| 17603 | `ps-mode-auto-indent' | ||
| 17604 | `ps-mode-tab' | ||
| 17605 | `ps-mode-paper-size' | ||
| 17606 | `ps-mode-print-function' | ||
| 17607 | `ps-run-prompt' | ||
| 17608 | `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2' | ||
| 17609 | `ps-run-x' | ||
| 17610 | `ps-run-dumb' | ||
| 17611 | `ps-run-init' | ||
| 17612 | `ps-run-error-line-numbers' | ||
| 17613 | `ps-run-tmp-dir' | ||
| 17614 | |||
| 17615 | Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | ||
| 17616 | |||
| 17617 | |||
| 17618 | \\{ps-mode-map} | ||
| 17619 | |||
| 17620 | |||
| 17621 | When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | ||
| 17622 | a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | ||
| 17623 | The keymap for this second window is: | ||
| 17624 | |||
| 17625 | \\{ps-run-mode-map} | ||
| 17626 | |||
| 17627 | |||
| 17628 | When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | ||
| 17629 | with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | ||
| 17630 | point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | ||
| 17631 | to the interpreter was sent from that window. | ||
| 17632 | Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | ||
| 17633 | |||
| 17634 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17635 | |||
| 17636 | ;;;*** | ||
| 17637 | |||
| 17638 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-end-job ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize | ||
| 17639 | ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16511 32487)) | ||
| 17640 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el | ||
| 17641 | |||
| 17642 | (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ | ||
| 17643 | *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | ||
| 17644 | |||
| 17645 | Valid values are: | ||
| 17646 | |||
| 17647 | nil This is the value to use the default settings which | ||
| 17648 | is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | ||
| 17649 | and Latin characters. The default setting can be | ||
| 17650 | changed by setting the variable | ||
| 17651 | `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | ||
| 17652 | The initial value of this variable is | ||
| 17653 | `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | ||
| 17654 | documentation). | ||
| 17655 | |||
| 17656 | `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | ||
| 17657 | or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | ||
| 17658 | buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | ||
| 17659 | JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | ||
| 17660 | it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | ||
| 17661 | If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | ||
| 17662 | test it. | ||
| 17663 | |||
| 17664 | `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | ||
| 17665 | buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | ||
| 17666 | and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | ||
| 17667 | Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | ||
| 17668 | source file. BDF fonts are included in | ||
| 17669 | `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts | ||
| 17670 | for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | ||
| 17671 | use this value, be sure to have installed | ||
| 17672 | `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable | ||
| 17673 | `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | ||
| 17674 | documentation of this variable). | ||
| 17675 | |||
| 17676 | `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | ||
| 17677 | PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | ||
| 17678 | characters. This is convenient when you want or | ||
| 17679 | need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | ||
| 17680 | the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | ||
| 17681 | `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | ||
| 17682 | |||
| 17683 | Any other value is treated as nil.") | ||
| 17684 | |||
| 17685 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule") | ||
| 17686 | |||
| 17687 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ | ||
| 17688 | Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters. | ||
| 17689 | |||
| 17690 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 17691 | |||
| 17692 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | ||
| 17693 | Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | ||
| 17694 | This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not. | ||
| 17695 | |||
| 17696 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 17697 | |||
| 17698 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-end-job) "ps-mule" "\ | ||
| 17699 | Finish printing job for multi-byte chars. | ||
| 17700 | |||
| 17701 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 17702 | |||
| 17703 | ;;;*** | ||
| 17704 | |||
| 17705 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | ||
| 17706 | ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | ||
| 17707 | ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | ||
| 17708 | ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | ||
| 17709 | ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type | ||
| 17710 | ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16511 | ||
| 17711 | ;;;;;; 32489)) | ||
| 17712 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el | ||
| 17713 | |||
| 17714 | (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\ | ||
| 17715 | *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media. | ||
| 17716 | See `ps-paper-type'.") | ||
| 17717 | |||
| 17718 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print") | ||
| 17719 | |||
| 17720 | (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | ||
| 17721 | *Specify the size of paper to format for. | ||
| 17722 | Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for | ||
| 17723 | example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | ||
| 17724 | |||
| 17725 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print") | ||
| 17726 | |||
| 17727 | (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\ | ||
| 17728 | *Specify how buffer's text color is printed. | ||
| 17729 | |||
| 17730 | Valid values are: | ||
| 17731 | |||
| 17732 | nil Do not print colors. | ||
| 17733 | |||
| 17734 | t Print colors. | ||
| 17735 | |||
| 17736 | black-white Print colors on black/white printer. | ||
| 17737 | See also `ps-black-white-faces'. | ||
| 17738 | |||
| 17739 | Any other value is treated as t.") | ||
| 17740 | |||
| 17741 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print") | ||
| 17742 | |||
| 17743 | (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17744 | Customization of ps-print group. | ||
| 17745 | |||
| 17746 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17747 | |||
| 17748 | (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17749 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | ||
| 17750 | |||
| 17751 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the | ||
| 17752 | user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of | ||
| 17753 | sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17754 | |||
| 17755 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | ||
| 17756 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | ||
| 17757 | image in a file with that name. | ||
| 17758 | |||
| 17759 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17760 | |||
| 17761 | (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17762 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | ||
| 17763 | Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in | ||
| 17764 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | ||
| 17765 | so it has a way to determine color values. | ||
| 17766 | |||
| 17767 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17768 | |||
| 17769 | (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17770 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | ||
| 17771 | Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region. | ||
| 17772 | |||
| 17773 | \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17774 | |||
| 17775 | (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17776 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | ||
| 17777 | Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in | ||
| 17778 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | ||
| 17779 | so it has a way to determine color values. | ||
| 17780 | |||
| 17781 | \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17782 | |||
| 17783 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17784 | Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | ||
| 17785 | Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local | ||
| 17786 | buffer to be sent to the printer later. | ||
| 17787 | |||
| 17788 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | ||
| 17789 | |||
| 17790 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17791 | |||
| 17792 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17793 | Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | ||
| 17794 | Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in | ||
| 17795 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | ||
| 17796 | so it has a way to determine color values. | ||
| 17797 | |||
| 17798 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | ||
| 17799 | |||
| 17800 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17801 | |||
| 17802 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17803 | Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | ||
| 17804 | Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | ||
| 17805 | |||
| 17806 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | ||
| 17807 | |||
| 17808 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 17809 | |||
| 17810 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17811 | Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | ||
| 17812 | Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in | ||
| 17813 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | ||
| 17814 | so it has a way to determine color values. | ||
| 17815 | |||
| 17816 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. | ||
| 17817 | |||
| 17818 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 17819 | |||
| 17820 | (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17821 | Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | ||
| 17822 | |||
| 17823 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the | ||
| 17824 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | ||
| 17825 | instead of sending it to the printer. | ||
| 17826 | |||
| 17827 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | ||
| 17828 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | ||
| 17829 | image in a file with that name. | ||
| 17830 | |||
| 17831 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 17832 | |||
| 17833 | (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17834 | Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size. | ||
| 17835 | Done using the current ps-print setup. | ||
| 17836 | Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | ||
| 17837 | \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head | ||
| 17838 | |||
| 17839 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17840 | |||
| 17841 | (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17842 | Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | ||
| 17843 | The table depends on the current ps-print setup. | ||
| 17844 | |||
| 17845 | \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil) | ||
| 17846 | |||
| 17847 | (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17848 | Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | ||
| 17849 | The table depends on the current ps-print setup. | ||
| 17850 | |||
| 17851 | \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil) | ||
| 17852 | |||
| 17853 | (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17854 | Return the current PostScript-generation setup. | ||
| 17855 | |||
| 17856 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 17857 | |||
| 17858 | (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17859 | Extend face in ALIST-SYM. | ||
| 17860 | |||
| 17861 | If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | ||
| 17862 | with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. | ||
| 17863 | |||
| 17864 | If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | ||
| 17865 | otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | ||
| 17866 | |||
| 17867 | The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | ||
| 17868 | |||
| 17869 | See `ps-extend-face' for documentation. | ||
| 17870 | |||
| 17871 | \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil) | ||
| 17872 | |||
| 17873 | (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | ||
| 17874 | Extend face in ALIST-SYM. | ||
| 17875 | |||
| 17876 | If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | ||
| 17877 | with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. | ||
| 17878 | |||
| 17879 | If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | ||
| 17880 | otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | ||
| 17881 | |||
| 17882 | The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | ||
| 17883 | |||
| 17884 | (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | ||
| 17885 | |||
| 17886 | FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | ||
| 17887 | |||
| 17888 | FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | ||
| 17889 | foreground and background colors respectively. | ||
| 17890 | |||
| 17891 | EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | ||
| 17892 | bold - use bold font. | ||
| 17893 | italic - use italic font. | ||
| 17894 | underline - put a line under text. | ||
| 17895 | strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | ||
| 17896 | overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | ||
| 17897 | shadow - text will have a shadow. | ||
| 17898 | box - text will be surrounded by a box. | ||
| 17899 | outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | ||
| 17900 | |||
| 17901 | If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored. | ||
| 17902 | |||
| 17903 | \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil) | ||
| 17904 | |||
| 17905 | ;;;*** | ||
| 17906 | |||
| 17907 | ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" | ||
| 17908 | ;;;;;; (16511 32626)) | ||
| 17909 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el | ||
| 17910 | |||
| 17911 | (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode))) | ||
| 17912 | |||
| 17913 | (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode))) | ||
| 17914 | |||
| 17915 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))) | ||
| 17916 | |||
| 17917 | (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\ | ||
| 17918 | Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*. | ||
| 17919 | CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the | ||
| 17920 | buffer automatically. | ||
| 17921 | If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to | ||
| 17922 | that buffer. Interactively a prefix arg, allows you to edit the initial | ||
| 17923 | command line (default is the value of `python-command'); `-i' etc. args | ||
| 17924 | will be added to this as appropriate. Runs the hooks | ||
| 17925 | `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | ||
| 17926 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 17927 | |||
| 17928 | \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil) | ||
| 17929 | |||
| 17930 | (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\ | ||
| 17931 | Major mode for editing Python files. | ||
| 17932 | Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct | ||
| 17933 | parsing of the source. | ||
| 17934 | See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to | ||
| 17935 | contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode | ||
| 17936 | commands for running Python under Emacs. | ||
| 17937 | |||
| 17938 | The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal | ||
| 17939 | with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as | ||
| 17940 | current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple | ||
| 17941 | times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach | ||
| 17942 | the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level. | ||
| 17943 | \\<python-mode-map> | ||
| 17944 | Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for | ||
| 17945 | an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement | ||
| 17946 | deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it | ||
| 17947 | deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to | ||
| 17948 | the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle | ||
| 17949 | through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks. | ||
| 17950 | |||
| 17951 | \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no | ||
| 17952 | effect outside them. | ||
| 17953 | |||
| 17954 | Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process), | ||
| 17955 | Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def' | ||
| 17956 | lines count as headers. | ||
| 17957 | |||
| 17958 | \\{python-mode-map} | ||
| 17959 | |||
| 17960 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17961 | |||
| 17962 | (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\ | ||
| 17963 | Major mode for editing Jython files. | ||
| 17964 | Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses. | ||
| 17965 | Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'. | ||
| 17966 | |||
| 17967 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 17968 | |||
| 17969 | ;;;*** | ||
| 17970 | |||
| 17971 | ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | ||
| 17972 | ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map | ||
| 17973 | ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout | ||
| 17974 | ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail" | ||
| 17975 | ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16511 30645)) | ||
| 17976 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el | ||
| 17977 | |||
| 17978 | (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\ | ||
| 17979 | Return the title of the current Quail package. | ||
| 17980 | |||
| 17981 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 17982 | |||
| 17983 | (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | ||
| 17984 | Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | ||
| 17985 | The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package. | ||
| 17986 | |||
| 17987 | This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running | ||
| 17988 | `quail-activate', which see. | ||
| 17989 | |||
| 17990 | \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil) | ||
| 17991 | |||
| 17992 | (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | ||
| 17993 | Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | ||
| 17994 | TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | ||
| 17995 | Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | ||
| 17996 | FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | ||
| 17997 | CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | ||
| 17998 | UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | ||
| 17999 | |||
| 18000 | GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | ||
| 18001 | If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | ||
| 18002 | with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | ||
| 18003 | If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | ||
| 18004 | in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | ||
| 18005 | shown. | ||
| 18006 | If it is nil, the current key is shown. | ||
| 18007 | |||
| 18008 | DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command | ||
| 18009 | `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form | ||
| 18010 | \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a | ||
| 18011 | string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is | ||
| 18012 | replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a | ||
| 18013 | list of candidates. | ||
| 18014 | |||
| 18015 | TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | ||
| 18016 | region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | ||
| 18017 | command to be called. | ||
| 18018 | |||
| 18019 | FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | ||
| 18020 | for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | ||
| 18021 | translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | ||
| 18022 | first candidate when the same key is entered later. | ||
| 18023 | |||
| 18024 | DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | ||
| 18025 | selected automatically without allowing users to select another | ||
| 18026 | translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | ||
| 18027 | no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | ||
| 18028 | programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | ||
| 18029 | to t. | ||
| 18030 | |||
| 18031 | KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | ||
| 18032 | user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | ||
| 18033 | documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | ||
| 18034 | `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | ||
| 18035 | |||
| 18036 | SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | ||
| 18037 | the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | ||
| 18038 | If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | ||
| 18039 | this package defines no translations for single character keys. | ||
| 18040 | |||
| 18041 | CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | ||
| 18042 | map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | ||
| 18043 | Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | ||
| 18044 | other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | ||
| 18045 | convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | ||
| 18046 | characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | ||
| 18047 | |||
| 18048 | MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | ||
| 18049 | length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | ||
| 18050 | key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | ||
| 18051 | the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | ||
| 18052 | packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | ||
| 18053 | break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | ||
| 18054 | |||
| 18055 | OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | ||
| 18056 | covers Quail translation region. | ||
| 18057 | |||
| 18058 | UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | ||
| 18059 | the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | ||
| 18060 | default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | ||
| 18061 | for it) is inserted. | ||
| 18062 | |||
| 18063 | CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | ||
| 18064 | conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | ||
| 18065 | vs. corresponding command to be called. | ||
| 18066 | |||
| 18067 | If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | ||
| 18068 | commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | ||
| 18069 | non-Quail commands. | ||
| 18070 | |||
| 18071 | \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil) | ||
| 18072 | |||
| 18073 | (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18074 | Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | ||
| 18075 | |||
| 18076 | Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | ||
| 18077 | characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | ||
| 18078 | standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | ||
| 18079 | function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | ||
| 18080 | you type is correctly handled. | ||
| 18081 | |||
| 18082 | \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil) | ||
| 18083 | |||
| 18084 | (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18085 | Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. | ||
| 18086 | |||
| 18087 | The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected | ||
| 18088 | keyboard type. | ||
| 18089 | |||
| 18090 | \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil) | ||
| 18091 | |||
| 18092 | (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18093 | Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | ||
| 18094 | Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | ||
| 18095 | KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | ||
| 18096 | TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | ||
| 18097 | If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | ||
| 18098 | If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | ||
| 18099 | If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | ||
| 18100 | for the translation. | ||
| 18101 | In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | ||
| 18102 | |||
| 18103 | If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | ||
| 18104 | it is used to handle KEY. | ||
| 18105 | |||
| 18106 | The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | ||
| 18107 | rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | ||
| 18108 | ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | ||
| 18109 | the following annotation types are supported. | ||
| 18110 | |||
| 18111 | append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | ||
| 18112 | be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | ||
| 18113 | |||
| 18114 | face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | ||
| 18115 | candidate list. | ||
| 18116 | |||
| 18117 | advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | ||
| 18118 | selected. The function is called with one argument, the | ||
| 18119 | selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | ||
| 18120 | inserted. | ||
| 18121 | |||
| 18122 | no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | ||
| 18123 | generated for the following translations. | ||
| 18124 | |||
| 18125 | \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 18126 | |||
| 18127 | (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18128 | Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | ||
| 18129 | |||
| 18130 | Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | ||
| 18131 | which to install MAP. | ||
| 18132 | |||
| 18133 | The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'. | ||
| 18134 | |||
| 18135 | \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil) | ||
| 18136 | |||
| 18137 | (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18138 | Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | ||
| 18139 | |||
| 18140 | Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | ||
| 18141 | which to install MAP. | ||
| 18142 | |||
| 18143 | The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'. | ||
| 18144 | |||
| 18145 | \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil) | ||
| 18146 | |||
| 18147 | (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18148 | Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | ||
| 18149 | KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | ||
| 18150 | TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | ||
| 18151 | a function, or a cons. | ||
| 18152 | It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | ||
| 18153 | If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | ||
| 18154 | If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | ||
| 18155 | for the translation. | ||
| 18156 | If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | ||
| 18157 | to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | ||
| 18158 | variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | ||
| 18159 | the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | ||
| 18160 | In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | ||
| 18161 | |||
| 18162 | If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | ||
| 18163 | it is used to handle KEY. | ||
| 18164 | |||
| 18165 | Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | ||
| 18166 | to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | ||
| 18167 | current Quail package. | ||
| 18168 | |||
| 18169 | Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | ||
| 18170 | to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | ||
| 18171 | |||
| 18172 | \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil) | ||
| 18173 | |||
| 18174 | (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18175 | Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. | ||
| 18176 | |||
| 18177 | If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | ||
| 18178 | current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | ||
| 18179 | |||
| 18180 | Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | ||
| 18181 | |||
| 18182 | Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | ||
| 18183 | function `quail-define-rules' for the detail. | ||
| 18184 | |||
| 18185 | \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil) | ||
| 18186 | |||
| 18187 | (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | ||
| 18188 | Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | ||
| 18189 | DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | ||
| 18190 | normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | ||
| 18191 | of the Emacs source tree. | ||
| 18192 | |||
| 18193 | It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | ||
| 18194 | and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | ||
| 18195 | |||
| 18196 | When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | ||
| 18197 | directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | ||
| 18198 | of each directory. | ||
| 18199 | |||
| 18200 | \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil) | ||
| 18201 | |||
| 18202 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18203 | |||
| 18204 | ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | ||
| 18205 | ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | ||
| 18206 | ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16511 | ||
| 18207 | ;;;;;; 32586)) | ||
| 18208 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el | ||
| 18209 | |||
| 18210 | (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | ||
| 18211 | Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | ||
| 18212 | `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | ||
| 18213 | `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | ||
| 18214 | |||
| 18215 | To make use of this do something like: | ||
| 18216 | |||
| 18217 | (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | ||
| 18218 | |||
| 18219 | in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | ||
| 18220 | |||
| 18221 | (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18222 | Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. | ||
| 18223 | |||
| 18224 | If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current | ||
| 18225 | buffer, this default action can be modifed via | ||
| 18226 | `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'. | ||
| 18227 | |||
| 18228 | \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil) | ||
| 18229 | |||
| 18230 | (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18231 | Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP. | ||
| 18232 | |||
| 18233 | \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil) | ||
| 18234 | |||
| 18235 | (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18236 | Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | ||
| 18237 | |||
| 18238 | See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | ||
| 18239 | is decided. | ||
| 18240 | |||
| 18241 | \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil) | ||
| 18242 | |||
| 18243 | (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18244 | Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. | ||
| 18245 | |||
| 18246 | If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the | ||
| 18247 | current buffer, this default action can be modifed via | ||
| 18248 | `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'. | ||
| 18249 | |||
| 18250 | \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil) | ||
| 18251 | |||
| 18252 | (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18253 | Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP. | ||
| 18254 | |||
| 18255 | \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil) | ||
| 18256 | |||
| 18257 | (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18258 | Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing. | ||
| 18259 | |||
| 18260 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 18261 | |||
| 18262 | (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18263 | A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | ||
| 18264 | |||
| 18265 | The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | ||
| 18266 | |||
| 18267 | \\{quickurl-list-mode-map} | ||
| 18268 | |||
| 18269 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 18270 | |||
| 18271 | (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | ||
| 18272 | Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'. | ||
| 18273 | |||
| 18274 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 18275 | |||
| 18276 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18277 | |||
| 18278 | ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16511 | ||
| 18279 | ;;;;;; 32586)) | ||
| 18280 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el | ||
| 18281 | |||
| 18282 | (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | ||
| 18283 | Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | ||
| 18284 | See \\[compile]. | ||
| 18285 | |||
| 18286 | \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil) | ||
| 18287 | |||
| 18288 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18289 | |||
| 18290 | ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" | ||
| 18291 | ;;;;;; (16511 32545)) | ||
| 18292 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el | ||
| 18293 | |||
| 18294 | (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | ||
| 18295 | Call up the RE Builder for the current window. | ||
| 18296 | |||
| 18297 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 18298 | |||
| 18299 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18300 | |||
| 18301 | ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16511 33042)) | ||
| 18302 | ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el | ||
| 18303 | |||
| 18304 | (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ | ||
| 18305 | Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled. | ||
| 18306 | See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 18307 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 18308 | use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") | ||
| 18309 | |||
| 18310 | (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf") | ||
| 18311 | |||
| 18312 | (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ | ||
| 18313 | Toggle recentf mode. | ||
| 18314 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | ||
| 18315 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | ||
| 18316 | |||
| 18317 | When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files | ||
| 18318 | that were operated on recently. | ||
| 18319 | |||
| 18320 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18321 | |||
| 18322 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18323 | |||
| 18324 | ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle | ||
| 18325 | ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle | ||
| 18326 | ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | ||
| 18327 | ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16511 | ||
| 18328 | ;;;;;; 32489)) | ||
| 18329 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el | ||
| 18330 | |||
| 18331 | (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18332 | If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab. | ||
| 18333 | As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | ||
| 18334 | the desired column only if the line is long enough. | ||
| 18335 | |||
| 18336 | \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil) | ||
| 18337 | |||
| 18338 | (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2") | ||
| 18339 | |||
| 18340 | (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18341 | Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. | ||
| 18342 | The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | ||
| 18343 | line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | ||
| 18344 | ends. | ||
| 18345 | |||
| 18346 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | ||
| 18347 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | ||
| 18348 | to be deleted. | ||
| 18349 | |||
| 18350 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | ||
| 18351 | |||
| 18352 | (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18353 | Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. | ||
| 18354 | Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | ||
| 18355 | |||
| 18356 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | ||
| 18357 | With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | ||
| 18358 | deleted. | ||
| 18359 | |||
| 18360 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil) | ||
| 18361 | |||
| 18362 | (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18363 | Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. | ||
| 18364 | Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | ||
| 18365 | |||
| 18366 | \(fn START END)" nil nil) | ||
| 18367 | |||
| 18368 | (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18369 | Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. | ||
| 18370 | |||
| 18371 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | ||
| 18372 | You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | ||
| 18373 | |||
| 18374 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | ||
| 18375 | deleted. | ||
| 18376 | |||
| 18377 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | ||
| 18378 | |||
| 18379 | (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18380 | Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point. | ||
| 18381 | |||
| 18382 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 18383 | |||
| 18384 | (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18385 | Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | ||
| 18386 | RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | ||
| 18387 | line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | ||
| 18388 | RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | ||
| 18389 | After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | ||
| 18390 | and point is at the lower right corner. | ||
| 18391 | |||
| 18392 | \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil) | ||
| 18393 | |||
| 18394 | (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18395 | Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. | ||
| 18396 | |||
| 18397 | The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, | ||
| 18398 | but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. | ||
| 18399 | |||
| 18400 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | ||
| 18401 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | ||
| 18402 | on the right side of the rectangle. | ||
| 18403 | |||
| 18404 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | ||
| 18405 | |||
| 18406 | (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle)) | ||
| 18407 | |||
| 18408 | (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18409 | Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | ||
| 18410 | The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | ||
| 18411 | at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | ||
| 18412 | rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. | ||
| 18413 | |||
| 18414 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | ||
| 18415 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines. | ||
| 18416 | |||
| 18417 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | ||
| 18418 | |||
| 18419 | (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18420 | Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line. | ||
| 18421 | The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width. | ||
| 18422 | |||
| 18423 | Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING. | ||
| 18424 | |||
| 18425 | \(fn START END STRING)" t nil) | ||
| 18426 | |||
| 18427 | (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle)) | ||
| 18428 | |||
| 18429 | (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18430 | Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right. | ||
| 18431 | |||
| 18432 | When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END. | ||
| 18433 | The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | ||
| 18434 | This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text. | ||
| 18435 | |||
| 18436 | \(fn START END STRING)" t nil) | ||
| 18437 | |||
| 18438 | (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | ||
| 18439 | Blank out the region-rectangle. | ||
| 18440 | The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | ||
| 18441 | |||
| 18442 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | ||
| 18443 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | ||
| 18444 | rectangle which were empty. | ||
| 18445 | |||
| 18446 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) | ||
| 18447 | |||
| 18448 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18449 | |||
| 18450 | ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16511 | ||
| 18451 | ;;;;;; 32640)) | ||
| 18452 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el | ||
| 18453 | |||
| 18454 | (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ | ||
| 18455 | Toggle Refill minor mode. | ||
| 18456 | With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. | ||
| 18457 | |||
| 18458 | When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when | ||
| 18459 | changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause | ||
| 18460 | refilling if they would cause auto-filling. | ||
| 18461 | |||
| 18462 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18463 | |||
| 18464 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18465 | |||
| 18466 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode | ||
| 18467 | ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16511 32643)) | ||
| 18468 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el | ||
| 18469 | |||
| 18470 | (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | ||
| 18471 | Turn on RefTeX mode. | ||
| 18472 | |||
| 18473 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 18474 | |||
| 18475 | (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | ||
| 18476 | Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | ||
| 18477 | |||
| 18478 | \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing | ||
| 18479 | capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | ||
| 18480 | |||
| 18481 | Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. | ||
| 18482 | When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | ||
| 18483 | context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | ||
| 18484 | \\ref macro. | ||
| 18485 | |||
| 18486 | Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | ||
| 18487 | to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | ||
| 18488 | database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | ||
| 18489 | |||
| 18490 | Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point | ||
| 18491 | or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | ||
| 18492 | `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | ||
| 18493 | |||
| 18494 | Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | ||
| 18495 | pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | ||
| 18496 | |||
| 18497 | Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | ||
| 18498 | You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | ||
| 18499 | |||
| 18500 | \\{reftex-mode-map} | ||
| 18501 | Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | ||
| 18502 | on the menu bar. | ||
| 18503 | |||
| 18504 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
| 18505 | |||
| 18506 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18507 | |||
| 18508 | (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\ | ||
| 18509 | Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning. | ||
| 18510 | This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use. | ||
| 18511 | |||
| 18512 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 18513 | |||
| 18514 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18515 | |||
| 18516 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | ||
| 18517 | ;;;;;; (16511 32640)) | ||
| 18518 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el | ||
| 18519 | |||
| 18520 | (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | ||
| 18521 | Make a citation using BibTeX database files. | ||
| 18522 | After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | ||
| 18523 | bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | ||
| 18524 | matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according | ||
| 18525 | to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | ||
| 18526 | |||
| 18527 | If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | ||
| 18528 | |||
| 18529 | FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. | ||
| 18530 | |||
| 18531 | When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. | ||
| 18532 | When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | ||
| 18533 | called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will | ||
| 18534 | add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | ||
| 18535 | |||
| 18536 | The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | ||
| 18537 | Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | ||
| 18538 | While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | ||
| 18539 | `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files. | ||
| 18540 | |||
| 18541 | \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil) | ||
| 18542 | |||
| 18543 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18544 | |||
| 18545 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" | ||
| 18546 | ;;;;;; (16511 32641)) | ||
| 18547 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el | ||
| 18548 | |||
| 18549 | (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | ||
| 18550 | Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | ||
| 18551 | This buffer was created with RefTeX. | ||
| 18552 | |||
| 18553 | To insert new phrases, use | ||
| 18554 | - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | ||
| 18555 | - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | ||
| 18556 | |||
| 18557 | To index phrases use one of: | ||
| 18558 | |||
| 18559 | \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | ||
| 18560 | \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | ||
| 18561 | \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | ||
| 18562 | \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | ||
| 18563 | \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | ||
| 18564 | |||
| 18565 | You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | ||
| 18566 | To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | ||
| 18567 | |||
| 18568 | For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | ||
| 18569 | |||
| 18570 | Here are all local bindings. | ||
| 18571 | |||
| 18572 | \\{reftex-index-phrases-map} | ||
| 18573 | |||
| 18574 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 18575 | |||
| 18576 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18577 | |||
| 18578 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" | ||
| 18579 | ;;;;;; (16511 32641)) | ||
| 18580 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el | ||
| 18581 | |||
| 18582 | (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\ | ||
| 18583 | Return a list of all files belonging to the current document. | ||
| 18584 | When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory | ||
| 18585 | of master file. | ||
| 18586 | |||
| 18587 | \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil) | ||
| 18588 | |||
| 18589 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18590 | |||
| 18591 | ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" | ||
| 18592 | ;;;;;; (16511 32545)) | ||
| 18593 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el | ||
| 18594 | |||
| 18595 | (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | ||
| 18596 | Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | ||
| 18597 | Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | ||
| 18598 | quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | ||
| 18599 | is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | ||
| 18600 | The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | ||
| 18601 | |||
| 18602 | (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | ||
| 18603 | (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) | ||
| 18604 | |||
| 18605 | If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded | ||
| 18606 | by \\=\\< and \\>. | ||
| 18607 | |||
| 18608 | \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil) | ||
| 18609 | |||
| 18610 | (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | ||
| 18611 | Return the depth of REGEXP. | ||
| 18612 | This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | ||
| 18613 | in REGEXP. | ||
| 18614 | |||
| 18615 | \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil) | ||
| 18616 | |||
| 18617 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18618 | |||
| 18619 | ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16511 32489)) | ||
| 18620 | ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el | ||
| 18621 | |||
| 18622 | (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | ||
| 18623 | Repeat most recently executed command. | ||
| 18624 | With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | ||
| 18625 | the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | ||
| 18626 | This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | ||
| 18627 | |||
| 18628 | If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | ||
| 18629 | be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | ||
| 18630 | can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'. | ||
| 18631 | |||
| 18632 | \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18633 | |||
| 18634 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18635 | |||
| 18636 | ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | ||
| 18637 | ;;;;;; (16511 32572)) | ||
| 18638 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el | ||
| 18639 | |||
| 18640 | (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ | ||
| 18641 | Begin submitting a bug report via email. | ||
| 18642 | |||
| 18643 | ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | ||
| 18644 | the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | ||
| 18645 | you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | ||
| 18646 | Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. | ||
| 18647 | Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | ||
| 18648 | and point is left after the salutation. | ||
| 18649 | |||
| 18650 | VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | ||
| 18651 | for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | ||
| 18652 | passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | ||
| 18653 | to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | ||
| 18654 | left after that text. | ||
| 18655 | |||
| 18656 | This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | ||
| 18657 | is non-nil. | ||
| 18658 | |||
| 18659 | This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | ||
| 18660 | to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send | ||
| 18661 | \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | ||
| 18662 | mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message. | ||
| 18663 | |||
| 18664 | \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil) | ||
| 18665 | |||
| 18666 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18667 | |||
| 18668 | ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | ||
| 18669 | ;;;;;; (16511 32490)) | ||
| 18670 | ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el | ||
| 18671 | |||
| 18672 | (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | ||
| 18673 | Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | ||
| 18674 | Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | ||
| 18675 | visibility of comments that precede it. | ||
| 18676 | Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | ||
| 18677 | If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | ||
| 18678 | window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | ||
| 18679 | definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | ||
| 18680 | which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | ||
| 18681 | as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | ||
| 18682 | Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | ||
| 18683 | preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | ||
| 18684 | the comment lines. | ||
| 18685 | If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | ||
| 18686 | visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | ||
| 18687 | visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | ||
| 18688 | comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | ||
| 18689 | first comment line visible (if point is in a comment). | ||
| 18690 | |||
| 18691 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18692 | (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | ||
| 18693 | |||
| 18694 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18695 | |||
| 18696 | ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16511 | ||
| 18697 | ;;;;;; 32490)) | ||
| 18698 | ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | ||
| 18699 | |||
| 18700 | (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | ||
| 18701 | Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes. | ||
| 18702 | |||
| 18703 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 18704 | |||
| 18705 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18706 | |||
| 18707 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el" | ||
| 18708 | ;;;;;; (16511 32490)) | ||
| 18709 | ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el | ||
| 18710 | |||
| 18711 | (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ | ||
| 18712 | Toggle Reveal mode on or off. | ||
| 18713 | Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. | ||
| 18714 | |||
| 18715 | Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. | ||
| 18716 | With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. | ||
| 18717 | With zero or negative ARG turn mode off. | ||
| 18718 | |||
| 18719 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18720 | |||
| 18721 | (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\ | ||
| 18722 | Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled. | ||
| 18723 | See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 18724 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 18725 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.") | ||
| 18726 | |||
| 18727 | (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal") | ||
| 18728 | |||
| 18729 | (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ | ||
| 18730 | Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off. | ||
| 18731 | Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. | ||
| 18732 | |||
| 18733 | Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. | ||
| 18734 | With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. | ||
| 18735 | With zero or negative ARG turn mode off. | ||
| 18736 | |||
| 18737 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18738 | |||
| 18739 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18740 | |||
| 18741 | ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties | ||
| 18742 | ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el" | ||
| 18743 | ;;;;;; (16511 32490)) | ||
| 18744 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el | ||
| 18745 | |||
| 18746 | (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\ | ||
| 18747 | Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | ||
| 18748 | Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active. | ||
| 18749 | If emacs is not running under a window system, | ||
| 18750 | `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.") | ||
| 18751 | |||
| 18752 | (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow") | ||
| 18753 | |||
| 18754 | (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\ | ||
| 18755 | Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | ||
| 18756 | Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs | ||
| 18757 | is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window | ||
| 18758 | system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.") | ||
| 18759 | |||
| 18760 | (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow") | ||
| 18761 | |||
| 18762 | (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\ | ||
| 18763 | Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled. | ||
| 18764 | See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 18765 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 18766 | use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.") | ||
| 18767 | |||
| 18768 | (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow") | ||
| 18769 | |||
| 18770 | (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\ | ||
| 18771 | Toggle File-Name Shadow mode. | ||
| 18772 | When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer | ||
| 18773 | that would be ignored (because the result is passed through | ||
| 18774 | `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in | ||
| 18775 | `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make | ||
| 18776 | that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. | ||
| 18777 | |||
| 18778 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | ||
| 18779 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | ||
| 18780 | |||
| 18781 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 18782 | |||
| 18783 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18784 | |||
| 18785 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | ||
| 18786 | ;;;;;; (16511 32545)) | ||
| 18787 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el | ||
| 18788 | |||
| 18789 | (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | ||
| 18790 | Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise. | ||
| 18791 | |||
| 18792 | \(fn X)" nil nil) | ||
| 18793 | |||
| 18794 | (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | ||
| 18795 | Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements. | ||
| 18796 | |||
| 18797 | \(fn SIZE)" nil nil) | ||
| 18798 | |||
| 18799 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18800 | |||
| 18801 | ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16511 35558)) | ||
| 18802 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | ||
| 18803 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | ||
| 18804 | |||
| 18805 | (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | ||
| 18806 | Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | ||
| 18807 | INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | ||
| 18808 | other arguments for `rlogin'. | ||
| 18809 | |||
| 18810 | Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | ||
| 18811 | |||
| 18812 | Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | ||
| 18813 | \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | ||
| 18814 | If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | ||
| 18815 | a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | ||
| 18816 | |||
| 18817 | When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | ||
| 18818 | a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | ||
| 18819 | |||
| 18820 | The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | ||
| 18821 | run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | ||
| 18822 | |||
| 18823 | The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | ||
| 18824 | the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | ||
| 18825 | INPUT-ARGS. | ||
| 18826 | |||
| 18827 | If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | ||
| 18828 | default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | ||
| 18829 | access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | ||
| 18830 | an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | ||
| 18831 | error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | ||
| 18832 | |||
| 18833 | If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | ||
| 18834 | directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | ||
| 18835 | This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | ||
| 18836 | share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | ||
| 18837 | |||
| 18838 | If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | ||
| 18839 | function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | ||
| 18840 | variable. | ||
| 18841 | |||
| 18842 | \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 18843 | |||
| 18844 | ;;;*** | ||
| 18845 | |||
| 18846 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | ||
| 18847 | ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge | ||
| 18848 | ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | ||
| 18849 | ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | ||
| 18850 | ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | ||
| 18851 | ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | ||
| 18852 | ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16511 32573)) | ||
| 18853 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el | ||
| 18854 | |||
| 18855 | (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | ||
| 18856 | *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message. | ||
| 18857 | A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address | ||
| 18858 | plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | ||
| 18859 | |||
| 18860 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail") | ||
| 18861 | |||
| 18862 | (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\ | ||
| 18863 | A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the | ||
| 18864 | variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | ||
| 18865 | `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | ||
| 18866 | value is the user's email address and name.) | ||
| 18867 | It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | ||
| 18868 | |||
| 18869 | (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\ | ||
| 18870 | *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | ||
| 18871 | This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | ||
| 18872 | which normally happens once for each message, | ||
| 18873 | when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | ||
| 18874 | To make a change in this variable take effect | ||
| 18875 | for a message that you have already viewed, | ||
| 18876 | go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | ||
| 18877 | |||
| 18878 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail") | ||
| 18879 | |||
| 18880 | (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | ||
| 18881 | *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | ||
| 18882 | If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | ||
| 18883 | `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | ||
| 18884 | |||
| 18885 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail") | ||
| 18886 | |||
| 18887 | (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\ | ||
| 18888 | *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | ||
| 18889 | |||
| 18890 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail") | ||
| 18891 | |||
| 18892 | (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | ||
| 18893 | *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | ||
| 18894 | A value of nil means don't highlight. | ||
| 18895 | See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | ||
| 18896 | |||
| 18897 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail") | ||
| 18898 | |||
| 18899 | (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | ||
| 18900 | *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | ||
| 18901 | |||
| 18902 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail") | ||
| 18903 | |||
| 18904 | (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | ||
| 18905 | *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | ||
| 18906 | |||
| 18907 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail") | ||
| 18908 | |||
| 18909 | (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | ||
| 18910 | *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | ||
| 18911 | nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | ||
| 18912 | \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | ||
| 18913 | and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | ||
| 18914 | |||
| 18915 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail") | ||
| 18916 | |||
| 18917 | (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | ||
| 18918 | *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | ||
| 18919 | |||
| 18920 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail") | ||
| 18921 | |||
| 18922 | (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | ||
| 18923 | *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | ||
| 18924 | |||
| 18925 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail") | ||
| 18926 | |||
| 18927 | (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | ||
| 18928 | *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | ||
| 18929 | |||
| 18930 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail") | ||
| 18931 | |||
| 18932 | (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\ | ||
| 18933 | *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") | ||
| 18934 | |||
| 18935 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail") | ||
| 18936 | |||
| 18937 | (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ | ||
| 18938 | List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | ||
| 18939 | |||
| 18940 | (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | ||
| 18941 | List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | ||
| 18942 | |||
| 18943 | (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | ||
| 18944 | List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | ||
| 18945 | |||
| 18946 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail") | ||
| 18947 | |||
| 18948 | (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ | ||
| 18949 | List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | ||
| 18950 | |||
| 18951 | (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ | ||
| 18952 | List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | ||
| 18953 | When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | ||
| 18954 | still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | ||
| 18955 | |||
| 18956 | (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | ||
| 18957 | Coding system used in RMAIL file. | ||
| 18958 | |||
| 18959 | This is set to nil by default.") | ||
| 18960 | |||
| 18961 | (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | ||
| 18962 | *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | ||
| 18963 | If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | ||
| 18964 | If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | ||
| 18965 | until a user explicitly requires it.") | ||
| 18966 | |||
| 18967 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail") | ||
| 18968 | |||
| 18969 | (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | ||
| 18970 | Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file. | ||
| 18971 | This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | ||
| 18972 | It is called with no argument.") | ||
| 18973 | |||
| 18974 | (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\ | ||
| 18975 | Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded. | ||
| 18976 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or | ||
| 18977 | `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil. | ||
| 18978 | It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | ||
| 18979 | buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | ||
| 18980 | is the outgoing mail buffer.") | ||
| 18981 | |||
| 18982 | (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\ | ||
| 18983 | Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent. | ||
| 18984 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | ||
| 18985 | It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | ||
| 18986 | buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | ||
| 18987 | is the outgoing mail buffer.") | ||
| 18988 | |||
| 18989 | (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\ | ||
| 18990 | Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message. | ||
| 18991 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | ||
| 18992 | It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where | ||
| 18993 | MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.") | ||
| 18994 | |||
| 18995 | (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\ | ||
| 18996 | Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message. | ||
| 18997 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | ||
| 18998 | It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where | ||
| 18999 | MSG is the message number, | ||
| 19000 | REGEXP is the regular expression, | ||
| 19001 | LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.") | ||
| 19002 | |||
| 19003 | (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | ||
| 19004 | Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | ||
| 19005 | When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | ||
| 19006 | this feature is required with `require'.") | ||
| 19007 | |||
| 19008 | (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | ||
| 19009 | *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | ||
| 19010 | If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | ||
| 19011 | the message is decoded as normal way. | ||
| 19012 | |||
| 19013 | If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | ||
| 19014 | ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | ||
| 19015 | the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | ||
| 19016 | |||
| 19017 | (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | ||
| 19018 | Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | ||
| 19019 | The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | ||
| 19020 | |||
| 19021 | (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | ||
| 19022 | Read and edit incoming mail. | ||
| 19023 | Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | ||
| 19024 | and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | ||
| 19025 | Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | ||
| 19026 | |||
| 19027 | May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | ||
| 19028 | that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | ||
| 19029 | Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | ||
| 19030 | have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | ||
| 19031 | |||
| 19032 | If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file. | ||
| 19033 | |||
| 19034 | \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 19035 | |||
| 19036 | (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | ||
| 19037 | Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | ||
| 19038 | All normal editing commands are turned off. | ||
| 19039 | Instead, these commands are available: | ||
| 19040 | |||
| 19041 | \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | ||
| 19042 | \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | ||
| 19043 | \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | ||
| 19044 | \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | ||
| 19045 | \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | ||
| 19046 | \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | ||
| 19047 | \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | ||
| 19048 | \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | ||
| 19049 | \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | ||
| 19050 | \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | ||
| 19051 | \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | ||
| 19052 | \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | ||
| 19053 | \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | ||
| 19054 | \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | ||
| 19055 | till a deleted message is found. | ||
| 19056 | \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | ||
| 19057 | \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | ||
| 19058 | \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | ||
| 19059 | \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | ||
| 19060 | \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | ||
| 19061 | \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | ||
| 19062 | \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | ||
| 19063 | \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | ||
| 19064 | \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | ||
| 19065 | \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | ||
| 19066 | \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | ||
| 19067 | \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | ||
| 19068 | \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | ||
| 19069 | \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | ||
| 19070 | \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | ||
| 19071 | \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | ||
| 19072 | \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | ||
| 19073 | \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | ||
| 19074 | (label defaults to last one specified). | ||
| 19075 | Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | ||
| 19076 | Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | ||
| 19077 | \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | ||
| 19078 | \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | ||
| 19079 | \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | ||
| 19080 | \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | ||
| 19081 | \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | ||
| 19082 | \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | ||
| 19083 | \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header. | ||
| 19084 | |||
| 19085 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19086 | |||
| 19087 | (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | ||
| 19088 | Run Rmail on file FILENAME. | ||
| 19089 | |||
| 19090 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) | ||
| 19091 | |||
| 19092 | (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | ||
| 19093 | Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server. | ||
| 19094 | |||
| 19095 | \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil) | ||
| 19096 | |||
| 19097 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19098 | |||
| 19099 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | ||
| 19100 | ;;;;;; (16511 32573)) | ||
| 19101 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el | ||
| 19102 | |||
| 19103 | (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | ||
| 19104 | Edit the contents of this message. | ||
| 19105 | |||
| 19106 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19107 | |||
| 19108 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19109 | |||
| 19110 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | ||
| 19111 | ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | ||
| 19112 | ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16511 32573)) | ||
| 19113 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el | ||
| 19114 | |||
| 19115 | (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | ||
| 19116 | Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | ||
| 19117 | Completion is performed over known labels when reading. | ||
| 19118 | |||
| 19119 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) | ||
| 19120 | |||
| 19121 | (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | ||
| 19122 | Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | ||
| 19123 | Completion is performed over known labels when reading. | ||
| 19124 | |||
| 19125 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) | ||
| 19126 | |||
| 19127 | (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | ||
| 19128 | Not documented | ||
| 19129 | |||
| 19130 | \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil) | ||
| 19131 | |||
| 19132 | (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | ||
| 19133 | Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | ||
| 19134 | LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | ||
| 19135 | If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | ||
| 19136 | With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels. | ||
| 19137 | |||
| 19138 | \(fn N LABELS)" t nil) | ||
| 19139 | |||
| 19140 | (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | ||
| 19141 | Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | ||
| 19142 | LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | ||
| 19143 | If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | ||
| 19144 | With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels. | ||
| 19145 | |||
| 19146 | \(fn N LABELS)" t nil) | ||
| 19147 | |||
| 19148 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19149 | |||
| 19150 | ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | ||
| 19151 | ;;;;;; (16511 32573)) | ||
| 19152 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el | ||
| 19153 | |||
| 19154 | (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | ||
| 19155 | Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | ||
| 19156 | You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | ||
| 19157 | If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list. | ||
| 19158 | |||
| 19159 | \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 19160 | |||
| 19161 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19162 | |||
| 19163 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | ||
| 19164 | ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | ||
| 19165 | ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16511 32573)) | ||
| 19166 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el | ||
| 19167 | |||
| 19168 | (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | ||
| 19169 | *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | ||
| 19170 | This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | ||
| 19171 | The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | ||
| 19172 | NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | ||
| 19173 | or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | ||
| 19174 | a file name as a string.") | ||
| 19175 | |||
| 19176 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout") | ||
| 19177 | |||
| 19178 | (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | ||
| 19179 | Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | ||
| 19180 | If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | ||
| 19181 | If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | ||
| 19182 | buffer visiting that file. | ||
| 19183 | If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | ||
| 19184 | appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | ||
| 19185 | |||
| 19186 | The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | ||
| 19187 | which is updated to the name you use in this command. | ||
| 19188 | |||
| 19189 | A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | ||
| 19190 | starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | ||
| 19191 | |||
| 19192 | If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | ||
| 19193 | mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message. | ||
| 19194 | |||
| 19195 | \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil) | ||
| 19196 | |||
| 19197 | (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | ||
| 19198 | *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | ||
| 19199 | |||
| 19200 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout") | ||
| 19201 | |||
| 19202 | (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | ||
| 19203 | Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | ||
| 19204 | A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | ||
| 19205 | starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | ||
| 19206 | When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | ||
| 19207 | |||
| 19208 | If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | ||
| 19209 | messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | ||
| 19210 | will be appended with their original headers. | ||
| 19211 | |||
| 19212 | The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | ||
| 19213 | which is updated to the name you use in this command. | ||
| 19214 | |||
| 19215 | The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | ||
| 19216 | to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | ||
| 19217 | |||
| 19218 | The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS. | ||
| 19219 | |||
| 19220 | \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil) | ||
| 19221 | |||
| 19222 | (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | ||
| 19223 | Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | ||
| 19224 | FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message. | ||
| 19225 | |||
| 19226 | \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 19227 | |||
| 19228 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19229 | |||
| 19230 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | ||
| 19231 | ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | ||
| 19232 | ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16511 | ||
| 19233 | ;;;;;; 32573)) | ||
| 19234 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el | ||
| 19235 | |||
| 19236 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | ||
| 19237 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | ||
| 19238 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | ||
| 19239 | |||
| 19240 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | ||
| 19241 | |||
| 19242 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | ||
| 19243 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | ||
| 19244 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | ||
| 19245 | |||
| 19246 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | ||
| 19247 | |||
| 19248 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | ||
| 19249 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | ||
| 19250 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | ||
| 19251 | |||
| 19252 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | ||
| 19253 | |||
| 19254 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | ||
| 19255 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | ||
| 19256 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | ||
| 19257 | |||
| 19258 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | ||
| 19259 | |||
| 19260 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | ||
| 19261 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | ||
| 19262 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | ||
| 19263 | |||
| 19264 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | ||
| 19265 | |||
| 19266 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | ||
| 19267 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | ||
| 19268 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | ||
| 19269 | |||
| 19270 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) | ||
| 19271 | |||
| 19272 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\ | ||
| 19273 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | ||
| 19274 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | ||
| 19275 | KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels. | ||
| 19276 | |||
| 19277 | \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil) | ||
| 19278 | |||
| 19279 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19280 | |||
| 19281 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder | ||
| 19282 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | ||
| 19283 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | ||
| 19284 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | ||
| 19285 | ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16511 32573)) | ||
| 19286 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el | ||
| 19287 | |||
| 19288 | (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | ||
| 19289 | *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | ||
| 19290 | |||
| 19291 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum") | ||
| 19292 | |||
| 19293 | (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | ||
| 19294 | *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | ||
| 19295 | |||
| 19296 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum") | ||
| 19297 | |||
| 19298 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | ||
| 19299 | Display a summary of all messages, one line per message. | ||
| 19300 | |||
| 19301 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19302 | |||
| 19303 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | ||
| 19304 | Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | ||
| 19305 | LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas. | ||
| 19306 | |||
| 19307 | \(fn LABELS)" t nil) | ||
| 19308 | |||
| 19309 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | ||
| 19310 | Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | ||
| 19311 | Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | ||
| 19312 | but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | ||
| 19313 | only look in the To and From fields. | ||
| 19314 | RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas. | ||
| 19315 | |||
| 19316 | \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 19317 | |||
| 19318 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | ||
| 19319 | Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | ||
| 19320 | If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | ||
| 19321 | \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | ||
| 19322 | Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary. | ||
| 19323 | |||
| 19324 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 19325 | |||
| 19326 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | ||
| 19327 | Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | ||
| 19328 | Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | ||
| 19329 | but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | ||
| 19330 | look in the whole message. | ||
| 19331 | SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas. | ||
| 19332 | |||
| 19333 | \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil) | ||
| 19334 | |||
| 19335 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | ||
| 19336 | Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | ||
| 19337 | SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas. | ||
| 19338 | |||
| 19339 | \(fn SENDERS)" t nil) | ||
| 19340 | |||
| 19341 | (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | ||
| 19342 | *Function to decode summary-line. | ||
| 19343 | |||
| 19344 | By default, `identity' is set.") | ||
| 19345 | |||
| 19346 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum") | ||
| 19347 | |||
| 19348 | (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ | ||
| 19349 | *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | ||
| 19350 | If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | ||
| 19351 | when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | ||
| 19352 | the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | ||
| 19353 | If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | ||
| 19354 | are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | ||
| 19355 | |||
| 19356 | Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | ||
| 19357 | sent by you under different user names. | ||
| 19358 | Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses. | ||
| 19359 | |||
| 19360 | Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | ||
| 19361 | |||
| 19362 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum") | ||
| 19363 | |||
| 19364 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19365 | |||
| 19366 | ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" | ||
| 19367 | ;;;;;; (16511 32591)) | ||
| 19368 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el | ||
| 19369 | |||
| 19370 | (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | ||
| 19371 | Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | ||
| 19372 | Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | ||
| 19373 | If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work. | ||
| 19374 | |||
| 19375 | \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil) | ||
| 19376 | |||
| 19377 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19378 | |||
| 19379 | ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region | ||
| 19380 | ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16511 32490)) | ||
| 19381 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el | ||
| 19382 | |||
| 19383 | (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\ | ||
| 19384 | Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string. | ||
| 19385 | |||
| 19386 | \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil) | ||
| 19387 | |||
| 19388 | (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\ | ||
| 19389 | Return Rot13 encryption of STRING. | ||
| 19390 | |||
| 19391 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 19392 | |||
| 19393 | (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\ | ||
| 19394 | Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer. | ||
| 19395 | |||
| 19396 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 19397 | |||
| 19398 | (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | ||
| 19399 | Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | ||
| 19400 | The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected. | ||
| 19401 | |||
| 19402 | To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window | ||
| 19403 | is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded | ||
| 19404 | in rot 13. | ||
| 19405 | |||
| 19406 | See also `toggle-rot13-mode'. | ||
| 19407 | |||
| 19408 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19409 | |||
| 19410 | (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | ||
| 19411 | Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window. | ||
| 19412 | |||
| 19413 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19414 | |||
| 19415 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19416 | |||
| 19417 | ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | ||
| 19418 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | ||
| 19419 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | ||
| 19420 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el" | ||
| 19421 | ;;;;;; (16511 35573)) | ||
| 19422 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el | ||
| 19423 | |||
| 19424 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | ||
| 19425 | *This variable is obsolete.") | ||
| 19426 | |||
| 19427 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini") | ||
| 19428 | |||
| 19429 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | ||
| 19430 | *This variable is obsolete.") | ||
| 19431 | |||
| 19432 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini") | ||
| 19433 | |||
| 19434 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | ||
| 19435 | *This variable is obsolete.") | ||
| 19436 | |||
| 19437 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini") | ||
| 19438 | |||
| 19439 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | ||
| 19440 | *This variable is obsolete.") | ||
| 19441 | |||
| 19442 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini") | ||
| 19443 | |||
| 19444 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | ||
| 19445 | *This variable is obsolete.") | ||
| 19446 | |||
| 19447 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini") | ||
| 19448 | |||
| 19449 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | ||
| 19450 | *This variable is obsolete.") | ||
| 19451 | |||
| 19452 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini") | ||
| 19453 | |||
| 19454 | (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | ||
| 19455 | This function is obsolete. | ||
| 19456 | |||
| 19457 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | ||
| 19458 | |||
| 19459 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19460 | |||
| 19461 | ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16511 | ||
| 19462 | ;;;;;; 32490)) | ||
| 19463 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el | ||
| 19464 | |||
| 19465 | (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\ | ||
| 19466 | Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0. | ||
| 19467 | |||
| 19468 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 19469 | |||
| 19470 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19471 | |||
| 19472 | ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16511 | ||
| 19473 | ;;;;;; 32546)) | ||
| 19474 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el | ||
| 19475 | |||
| 19476 | (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\ | ||
| 19477 | Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM. | ||
| 19478 | FORM is a regular expression in sexp form. | ||
| 19479 | NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result. | ||
| 19480 | |||
| 19481 | \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil) | ||
| 19482 | |||
| 19483 | (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\ | ||
| 19484 | Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string. | ||
| 19485 | See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time. | ||
| 19486 | |||
| 19487 | The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp | ||
| 19488 | notation. | ||
| 19489 | |||
| 19490 | STRING | ||
| 19491 | matches string STRING literally. | ||
| 19492 | |||
| 19493 | CHAR | ||
| 19494 | matches character CHAR literally. | ||
| 19495 | |||
| 19496 | `not-newline' | ||
| 19497 | matches any character except a newline. | ||
| 19498 | . | ||
| 19499 | `anything' | ||
| 19500 | matches any character | ||
| 19501 | |||
| 19502 | `(any SET)' | ||
| 19503 | matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string. | ||
| 19504 | Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. | ||
| 19505 | |||
| 19506 | '(in SET)' | ||
| 19507 | like `any'. | ||
| 19508 | |||
| 19509 | `(not (any SET))' | ||
| 19510 | matches any character not in SET | ||
| 19511 | |||
| 19512 | `line-start' | ||
| 19513 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line | ||
| 19514 | in the text being matched | ||
| 19515 | |||
| 19516 | `line-end' | ||
| 19517 | is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line | ||
| 19518 | |||
| 19519 | `string-start' | ||
| 19520 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | ||
| 19521 | string being matched against. | ||
| 19522 | |||
| 19523 | `string-end' | ||
| 19524 | matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | ||
| 19525 | string being matched against. | ||
| 19526 | |||
| 19527 | `buffer-start' | ||
| 19528 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | ||
| 19529 | buffer being matched against. | ||
| 19530 | |||
| 19531 | `buffer-end' | ||
| 19532 | matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | ||
| 19533 | buffer being matched against. | ||
| 19534 | |||
| 19535 | `point' | ||
| 19536 | matches the empty string, but only at point. | ||
| 19537 | |||
| 19538 | `word-start' | ||
| 19539 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | ||
| 19540 | word. | ||
| 19541 | |||
| 19542 | `word-end' | ||
| 19543 | matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. | ||
| 19544 | |||
| 19545 | `word-boundary' | ||
| 19546 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | ||
| 19547 | word. | ||
| 19548 | |||
| 19549 | `(not word-boundary)' | ||
| 19550 | matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a | ||
| 19551 | word. | ||
| 19552 | |||
| 19553 | `digit' | ||
| 19554 | matches 0 through 9. | ||
| 19555 | |||
| 19556 | `control' | ||
| 19557 | matches ASCII control characters. | ||
| 19558 | |||
| 19559 | `hex-digit' | ||
| 19560 | matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. | ||
| 19561 | |||
| 19562 | `blank' | ||
| 19563 | matches space and tab only. | ||
| 19564 | |||
| 19565 | `graphic' | ||
| 19566 | matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, | ||
| 19567 | space, and DEL. | ||
| 19568 | |||
| 19569 | `printing' | ||
| 19570 | matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars | ||
| 19571 | and DEL. | ||
| 19572 | |||
| 19573 | `alphanumeric' | ||
| 19574 | matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | ||
| 19575 | it matches anything that has word syntax.) | ||
| 19576 | |||
| 19577 | `letter' | ||
| 19578 | matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | ||
| 19579 | it matches anything that has word syntax.) | ||
| 19580 | |||
| 19581 | `ascii' | ||
| 19582 | matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. | ||
| 19583 | |||
| 19584 | `nonascii' | ||
| 19585 | matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. | ||
| 19586 | |||
| 19587 | `lower' | ||
| 19588 | matches anything lower-case. | ||
| 19589 | |||
| 19590 | `upper' | ||
| 19591 | matches anything upper-case. | ||
| 19592 | |||
| 19593 | `punctuation' | ||
| 19594 | matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | ||
| 19595 | it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) | ||
| 19596 | |||
| 19597 | `space' | ||
| 19598 | matches anything that has whitespace syntax. | ||
| 19599 | |||
| 19600 | `word' | ||
| 19601 | matches anything that has word syntax. | ||
| 19602 | |||
| 19603 | `(syntax SYNTAX)' | ||
| 19604 | matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one | ||
| 19605 | of the following symbols. | ||
| 19606 | |||
| 19607 | `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation) | ||
| 19608 | `punctuation' (\\s.) | ||
| 19609 | `word' (\\sw) | ||
| 19610 | `symbol' (\\s_) | ||
| 19611 | `open-parenthesis' (\\s() | ||
| 19612 | `close-parenthesis' (\\s)) | ||
| 19613 | `expression-prefix' (\\s') | ||
| 19614 | `string-quote' (\\s\") | ||
| 19615 | `paired-delimiter' (\\s$) | ||
| 19616 | `escape' (\\s\\) | ||
| 19617 | `character-quote' (\\s/) | ||
| 19618 | `comment-start' (\\s<) | ||
| 19619 | `comment-end' (\\s>) | ||
| 19620 | `string-delimiter' (\\s|) | ||
| 19621 | `comment-delimiter' (\\s!) | ||
| 19622 | |||
| 19623 | `(not (syntax SYNTAX))' | ||
| 19624 | matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX. | ||
| 19625 | |||
| 19626 | `(category CATEGORY)' | ||
| 19627 | matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be | ||
| 19628 | either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. | ||
| 19629 | |||
| 19630 | `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation) | ||
| 19631 | `base-vowel' (\\c1) | ||
| 19632 | `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2) | ||
| 19633 | `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3) | ||
| 19634 | `tone-mark' (\\c4) | ||
| 19635 | `symbol' (\\c5) | ||
| 19636 | `digit' (\\c6) | ||
| 19637 | `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7) | ||
| 19638 | `vowel-sign' (\\c8) | ||
| 19639 | `semivowel-lower' (\\c9) | ||
| 19640 | `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<) | ||
| 19641 | `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>) | ||
| 19642 | `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA) | ||
| 19643 | `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC) | ||
| 19644 | `greek-two-byte' (\\cG) | ||
| 19645 | `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH) | ||
| 19646 | `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI) | ||
| 19647 | `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK) | ||
| 19648 | `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN) | ||
| 19649 | `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY) | ||
| 19650 | `combining-diacritic' (\\c^) | ||
| 19651 | `ascii' (\\ca) | ||
| 19652 | `arabic' (\\cb) | ||
| 19653 | `chinese' (\\cc) | ||
| 19654 | `ethiopic' (\\ce) | ||
| 19655 | `greek' (\\cg) | ||
| 19656 | `korean' (\\ch) | ||
| 19657 | `indian' (\\ci) | ||
| 19658 | `japanese' (\\cj) | ||
| 19659 | `japanese-katakana' (\\ck) | ||
| 19660 | `latin' (\\cl) | ||
| 19661 | `lao' (\\co) | ||
| 19662 | `tibetan' (\\cq) | ||
| 19663 | `japanese-roman' (\\cr) | ||
| 19664 | `thai' (\\ct) | ||
| 19665 | `vietnamese' (\\cv) | ||
| 19666 | `hebrew' (\\cw) | ||
| 19667 | `cyrillic' (\\cy) | ||
| 19668 | `can-break' (\\c|) | ||
| 19669 | |||
| 19670 | `(not (category CATEGORY))' | ||
| 19671 | matches a character that has not category CATEGORY. | ||
| 19672 | |||
| 19673 | `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | ||
| 19674 | matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. | ||
| 19675 | |||
| 19676 | `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | ||
| 19677 | like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', | ||
| 19678 | `match-beginning', and `match-string'. | ||
| 19679 | |||
| 19680 | `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | ||
| 19681 | another name for `submatch'. | ||
| 19682 | |||
| 19683 | `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | ||
| 19684 | matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all | ||
| 19685 | args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting | ||
| 19686 | regular expression. | ||
| 19687 | |||
| 19688 | `(minimal-match SEXP)' | ||
| 19689 | produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching | ||
| 19690 | zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they | ||
| 19691 | match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can | ||
| 19692 | still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. | ||
| 19693 | |||
| 19694 | `(maximal-match SEXP)' | ||
| 19695 | produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. | ||
| 19696 | |||
| 19697 | `(zero-or-more SEXP)' | ||
| 19698 | matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches. | ||
| 19699 | |||
| 19700 | `(0+ SEXP)' | ||
| 19701 | like `zero-or-more'. | ||
| 19702 | |||
| 19703 | `(* SEXP)' | ||
| 19704 | like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | ||
| 19705 | |||
| 19706 | `(*? SEXP)' | ||
| 19707 | like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | ||
| 19708 | |||
| 19709 | `(one-or-more SEXP)' | ||
| 19710 | matches one or more occurrences of A. | ||
| 19711 | |||
| 19712 | `(1+ SEXP)' | ||
| 19713 | like `one-or-more'. | ||
| 19714 | |||
| 19715 | `(+ SEXP)' | ||
| 19716 | like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | ||
| 19717 | |||
| 19718 | `(+? SEXP)' | ||
| 19719 | like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | ||
| 19720 | |||
| 19721 | `(zero-or-one SEXP)' | ||
| 19722 | matches zero or one occurrences of A. | ||
| 19723 | |||
| 19724 | `(optional SEXP)' | ||
| 19725 | like `zero-or-one'. | ||
| 19726 | |||
| 19727 | `(? SEXP)' | ||
| 19728 | like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. | ||
| 19729 | |||
| 19730 | `(?? SEXP)' | ||
| 19731 | like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | ||
| 19732 | |||
| 19733 | `(repeat N SEXP)' | ||
| 19734 | matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches. | ||
| 19735 | |||
| 19736 | `(repeat N M SEXP)' | ||
| 19737 | matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches. | ||
| 19738 | |||
| 19739 | `(backref N)' | ||
| 19740 | matches what was matched previously by submatch N. | ||
| 19741 | |||
| 19742 | `(backref N)' | ||
| 19743 | matches what was matched previously by submatch N. | ||
| 19744 | |||
| 19745 | `(eval FORM)' | ||
| 19746 | evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, | ||
| 19747 | `regexp-quote' it. | ||
| 19748 | |||
| 19749 | `(regexp REGEXP)' | ||
| 19750 | include REGEXP in string notation in the result. | ||
| 19751 | |||
| 19752 | \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 19753 | |||
| 19754 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19755 | |||
| 19756 | ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | ||
| 19757 | ;;;;;; (16511 32626)) | ||
| 19758 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el | ||
| 19759 | |||
| 19760 | (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | ||
| 19761 | Major mode for editing Scheme code. | ||
| 19762 | Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. | ||
| 19763 | |||
| 19764 | In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | ||
| 19765 | commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | ||
| 19766 | the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | ||
| 19767 | modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | ||
| 19768 | with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT | ||
| 19769 | Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the | ||
| 19770 | documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to | ||
| 19771 | start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. | ||
| 19772 | |||
| 19773 | Commands: | ||
| 19774 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 19775 | Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | ||
| 19776 | \\{scheme-mode-map} | ||
| 19777 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' | ||
| 19778 | if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 19779 | |||
| 19780 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19781 | |||
| 19782 | (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | ||
| 19783 | Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | ||
| 19784 | Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. | ||
| 19785 | |||
| 19786 | Commands: | ||
| 19787 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 19788 | Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | ||
| 19789 | \\{scheme-mode-map} | ||
| 19790 | Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | ||
| 19791 | `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | ||
| 19792 | that variable's value is a string. | ||
| 19793 | |||
| 19794 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19795 | |||
| 19796 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19797 | |||
| 19798 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | ||
| 19799 | ;;;;;; (16464 65088)) | ||
| 19800 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el | ||
| 19801 | |||
| 19802 | (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | ||
| 19803 | Mode for editing Gnus score files. | ||
| 19804 | This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | ||
| 19805 | |||
| 19806 | \\{gnus-score-mode-map} | ||
| 19807 | |||
| 19808 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19809 | |||
| 19810 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19811 | |||
| 19812 | ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16511 | ||
| 19813 | ;;;;;; 32591)) | ||
| 19814 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el | ||
| 19815 | |||
| 19816 | (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | ||
| 19817 | Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | ||
| 19818 | Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. | ||
| 19819 | \\{scribe-mode-map} | ||
| 19820 | |||
| 19821 | Interesting variables: | ||
| 19822 | |||
| 19823 | `scribe-fancy-paragraphs' | ||
| 19824 | Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | ||
| 19825 | |||
| 19826 | `scribe-electric-quote' | ||
| 19827 | Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | ||
| 19828 | |||
| 19829 | `scribe-electric-parenthesis' | ||
| 19830 | Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | ||
| 19831 | automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form. | ||
| 19832 | |||
| 19833 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19834 | |||
| 19835 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19836 | |||
| 19837 | ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" | ||
| 19838 | ;;;;;; (16511 32490)) | ||
| 19839 | ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el | ||
| 19840 | |||
| 19841 | (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\ | ||
| 19842 | Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled. | ||
| 19843 | See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 19844 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 19845 | use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.") | ||
| 19846 | |||
| 19847 | (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all") | ||
| 19848 | |||
| 19849 | (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\ | ||
| 19850 | Toggle Scroll-All minor mode. | ||
| 19851 | With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 19852 | When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window | ||
| 19853 | apply to all visible windows in the same frame. | ||
| 19854 | |||
| 19855 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 19856 | |||
| 19857 | ;;;*** | ||
| 19858 | |||
| 19859 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | ||
| 19860 | ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file | ||
| 19861 | ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name | ||
| 19862 | ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers | ||
| 19863 | ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from | ||
| 19864 | ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16511 32574)) | ||
| 19865 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el | ||
| 19866 | |||
| 19867 | (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | ||
| 19868 | *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | ||
| 19869 | |||
| 19870 | If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | ||
| 19871 | king@grassland.com | ||
| 19872 | If `parens', they look like: | ||
| 19873 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | ||
| 19874 | If `angles', they look like: | ||
| 19875 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | ||
| 19876 | If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field | ||
| 19877 | derived from the envelope-from address. | ||
| 19878 | |||
| 19879 | In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | ||
| 19880 | Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | ||
| 19881 | to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | ||
| 19882 | controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | ||
| 19883 | |||
| 19884 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail") | ||
| 19885 | |||
| 19886 | (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ | ||
| 19887 | *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. | ||
| 19888 | The value used to specify it is whatever is found in | ||
| 19889 | the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback. | ||
| 19890 | |||
| 19891 | On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a | ||
| 19892 | privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and | ||
| 19893 | smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the | ||
| 19894 | variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.") | ||
| 19895 | |||
| 19896 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail") | ||
| 19897 | |||
| 19898 | (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | ||
| 19899 | *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | ||
| 19900 | This is done when the message is initialized, | ||
| 19901 | so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | ||
| 19902 | |||
| 19903 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail") | ||
| 19904 | |||
| 19905 | (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | ||
| 19906 | *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | ||
| 19907 | nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | ||
| 19908 | |||
| 19909 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail") | ||
| 19910 | |||
| 19911 | (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | ||
| 19912 | *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | ||
| 19913 | |||
| 19914 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail") | ||
| 19915 | |||
| 19916 | (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | ||
| 19917 | Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | ||
| 19918 | The headers should be delimited by a line which is | ||
| 19919 | not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line, | ||
| 19920 | that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'. | ||
| 19921 | This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also | ||
| 19922 | `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.") | ||
| 19923 | |||
| 19924 | (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail") | ||
| 19925 | |||
| 19926 | (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | ||
| 19927 | *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | ||
| 19928 | |||
| 19929 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail") | ||
| 19930 | |||
| 19931 | (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | ||
| 19932 | *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | ||
| 19933 | This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | ||
| 19934 | |||
| 19935 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail") | ||
| 19936 | |||
| 19937 | (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | ||
| 19938 | *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | ||
| 19939 | If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | ||
| 19940 | when you first send mail.") | ||
| 19941 | |||
| 19942 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail") | ||
| 19943 | |||
| 19944 | (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | ||
| 19945 | *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | ||
| 19946 | This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | ||
| 19947 | feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | ||
| 19948 | This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | ||
| 19949 | |||
| 19950 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail") | ||
| 19951 | |||
| 19952 | (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | ||
| 19953 | *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | ||
| 19954 | This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | ||
| 19955 | the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | ||
| 19956 | This file need not actually exist.") | ||
| 19957 | |||
| 19958 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail") | ||
| 19959 | |||
| 19960 | (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | ||
| 19961 | *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | ||
| 19962 | If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | ||
| 19963 | If a string, that string is inserted. | ||
| 19964 | (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | ||
| 19965 | which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | ||
| 19966 | Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | ||
| 19967 | and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | ||
| 19968 | |||
| 19969 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail") | ||
| 19970 | |||
| 19971 | (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\ | ||
| 19972 | *Directory for mail buffers. | ||
| 19973 | Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers. | ||
| 19974 | This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.") | ||
| 19975 | |||
| 19976 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail") | ||
| 19977 | |||
| 19978 | (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | ||
| 19979 | Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | ||
| 19980 | Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | ||
| 19981 | \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | ||
| 19982 | Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | ||
| 19983 | \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | ||
| 19984 | \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | ||
| 19985 | \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To: | ||
| 19986 | \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | ||
| 19987 | \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | ||
| 19988 | \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | ||
| 19989 | \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | ||
| 19990 | \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). | ||
| 19991 | Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and | ||
| 19992 | `mail-mode-hook' (in that order). | ||
| 19993 | |||
| 19994 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 19995 | |||
| 19996 | (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | ||
| 19997 | *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | ||
| 19998 | This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | ||
| 19999 | and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | ||
| 20000 | but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | ||
| 20001 | See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") | ||
| 20002 | |||
| 20003 | (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | ||
| 20004 | Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | ||
| 20005 | This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | ||
| 20006 | |||
| 20007 | This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | ||
| 20008 | User should not set this variable manually, | ||
| 20009 | instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | ||
| 20010 | of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | ||
| 20011 | See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") | ||
| 20012 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") | ||
| 20013 | |||
| 20014 | (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | ||
| 20015 | Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | ||
| 20016 | When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | ||
| 20017 | The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | ||
| 20018 | |||
| 20019 | Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | ||
| 20020 | end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | ||
| 20021 | |||
| 20022 | \\<mail-mode-map> | ||
| 20023 | While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | ||
| 20024 | |||
| 20025 | Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | ||
| 20026 | to move to message header fields: | ||
| 20027 | \\{mail-mode-map} | ||
| 20028 | |||
| 20029 | If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | ||
| 20030 | when the message is initialized. | ||
| 20031 | |||
| 20032 | If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | ||
| 20033 | a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | ||
| 20034 | |||
| 20035 | If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | ||
| 20036 | is inserted. | ||
| 20037 | |||
| 20038 | The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | ||
| 20039 | initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | ||
| 20040 | |||
| 20041 | When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | ||
| 20042 | not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | ||
| 20043 | |||
| 20044 | The second through fifth arguments, | ||
| 20045 | TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | ||
| 20046 | the initial contents of those header fields. | ||
| 20047 | These arguments should not have final newlines. | ||
| 20048 | The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | ||
| 20049 | original message being replied to, or else an action | ||
| 20050 | of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | ||
| 20051 | Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | ||
| 20052 | The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | ||
| 20053 | if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | ||
| 20054 | when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | ||
| 20055 | This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'. | ||
| 20056 | |||
| 20057 | \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil) | ||
| 20058 | |||
| 20059 | (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | ||
| 20060 | Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window. | ||
| 20061 | |||
| 20062 | \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil) | ||
| 20063 | |||
| 20064 | (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | ||
| 20065 | Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame. | ||
| 20066 | |||
| 20067 | \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil) | ||
| 20068 | |||
| 20069 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20070 | |||
| 20071 | ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el" | ||
| 20072 | ;;;;;; (16511 32490)) | ||
| 20073 | ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el | ||
| 20074 | |||
| 20075 | (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | ||
| 20076 | Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | ||
| 20077 | This starts a server communications subprocess through which | ||
| 20078 | client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | ||
| 20079 | To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | ||
| 20080 | Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | ||
| 20081 | |||
| 20082 | Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess. | ||
| 20083 | |||
| 20084 | \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil) | ||
| 20085 | |||
| 20086 | (defvar server-mode nil "\ | ||
| 20087 | Non-nil if Server mode is enabled. | ||
| 20088 | See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 20089 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 20090 | use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.") | ||
| 20091 | |||
| 20092 | (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server") | ||
| 20093 | |||
| 20094 | (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\ | ||
| 20095 | Toggle Server mode. | ||
| 20096 | With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | ||
| 20097 | Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the | ||
| 20098 | `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'. | ||
| 20099 | |||
| 20100 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 20101 | |||
| 20102 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20103 | |||
| 20104 | ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16511 32491)) | ||
| 20105 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el | ||
| 20106 | |||
| 20107 | (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\ | ||
| 20108 | Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. | ||
| 20109 | See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info. | ||
| 20110 | |||
| 20111 | Key definitions: | ||
| 20112 | \\{ses-mode-map} | ||
| 20113 | These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part): | ||
| 20114 | \\{ses-mode-print-map} | ||
| 20115 | These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula: | ||
| 20116 | \\{ses-mode-edit-map} | ||
| 20117 | |||
| 20118 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20119 | |||
| 20120 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20121 | |||
| 20122 | ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | ||
| 20123 | ;;;;;; (16511 32643)) | ||
| 20124 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el | ||
| 20125 | |||
| 20126 | (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | ||
| 20127 | Major mode for editing SGML documents. | ||
| 20128 | Makes > match <. | ||
| 20129 | Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on | ||
| 20130 | `sgml-quick-keys'. | ||
| 20131 | |||
| 20132 | An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | ||
| 20133 | the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | ||
| 20134 | N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | ||
| 20135 | |||
| 20136 | If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | ||
| 20137 | your `.emacs' file. | ||
| 20138 | |||
| 20139 | Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | ||
| 20140 | |||
| 20141 | Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | ||
| 20142 | Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | ||
| 20143 | \\{sgml-mode-map} | ||
| 20144 | |||
| 20145 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20146 | |||
| 20147 | (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode)) | ||
| 20148 | |||
| 20149 | (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | ||
| 20150 | Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | ||
| 20151 | This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | ||
| 20152 | completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | ||
| 20153 | \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | ||
| 20154 | which this is based. | ||
| 20155 | |||
| 20156 | Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | ||
| 20157 | |||
| 20158 | To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | ||
| 20159 | browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | ||
| 20160 | you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | ||
| 20161 | can also view with a browser to see what happens: | ||
| 20162 | |||
| 20163 | <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | ||
| 20164 | have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | ||
| 20165 | <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | ||
| 20166 | |||
| 20167 | <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | ||
| 20168 | ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | ||
| 20169 | <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | ||
| 20170 | Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | ||
| 20171 | |||
| 20172 | Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | ||
| 20173 | to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | ||
| 20174 | href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | ||
| 20175 | directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | ||
| 20176 | |||
| 20177 | Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | ||
| 20178 | |||
| 20179 | If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | ||
| 20180 | interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | ||
| 20181 | To work around that, do: | ||
| 20182 | (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | ||
| 20183 | |||
| 20184 | \\{html-mode-map} | ||
| 20185 | |||
| 20186 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20187 | |||
| 20188 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20189 | |||
| 20190 | ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | ||
| 20191 | ;;;;;; (16511 32627)) | ||
| 20192 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el | ||
| 20193 | |||
| 20194 | (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | ||
| 20195 | Major mode for editing shell scripts. | ||
| 20196 | This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | ||
| 20197 | as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | ||
| 20198 | Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | ||
| 20199 | assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | ||
| 20200 | |||
| 20201 | This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | ||
| 20202 | means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | ||
| 20203 | mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | ||
| 20204 | shell-specific features. | ||
| 20205 | |||
| 20206 | The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | ||
| 20207 | The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | ||
| 20208 | following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | ||
| 20209 | |||
| 20210 | \\[sh-case] case statement | ||
| 20211 | \\[sh-for] for loop | ||
| 20212 | \\[sh-function] function definition | ||
| 20213 | \\[sh-if] if statement | ||
| 20214 | \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | ||
| 20215 | \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | ||
| 20216 | \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | ||
| 20217 | \\[sh-select] select loop | ||
| 20218 | \\[sh-until] until loop | ||
| 20219 | \\[sh-while] while loop | ||
| 20220 | |||
| 20221 | For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: | ||
| 20222 | \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | ||
| 20223 | \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | ||
| 20224 | \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | ||
| 20225 | would indent to the way it currently is. | ||
| 20226 | \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | ||
| 20227 | buffer indents as it currently is indented. | ||
| 20228 | |||
| 20229 | |||
| 20230 | \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. | ||
| 20231 | \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | ||
| 20232 | \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | ||
| 20233 | \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | ||
| 20234 | \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | ||
| 20235 | \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | ||
| 20236 | |||
| 20237 | \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | ||
| 20238 | {, (, [, ', \", ` | ||
| 20239 | Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | ||
| 20240 | |||
| 20241 | If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | ||
| 20242 | set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | ||
| 20243 | indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | ||
| 20244 | |||
| 20245 | If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | ||
| 20246 | with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle. | ||
| 20247 | |||
| 20248 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20249 | |||
| 20250 | (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | ||
| 20251 | |||
| 20252 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20253 | |||
| 20254 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | ||
| 20255 | ;;;;;; (16511 32546)) | ||
| 20256 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el | ||
| 20257 | |||
| 20258 | (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | ||
| 20259 | Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | ||
| 20260 | |||
| 20261 | This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | ||
| 20262 | `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | ||
| 20263 | files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | ||
| 20264 | message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | ||
| 20265 | the earlier. | ||
| 20266 | |||
| 20267 | For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | ||
| 20268 | |||
| 20269 | \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | ||
| 20270 | |||
| 20271 | and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | ||
| 20272 | XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | ||
| 20273 | \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | ||
| 20274 | |||
| 20275 | The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | ||
| 20276 | the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | ||
| 20277 | |||
| 20278 | When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | ||
| 20279 | problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | ||
| 20280 | XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | ||
| 20281 | 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | ||
| 20282 | it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | ||
| 20283 | Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | ||
| 20284 | will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | ||
| 20285 | emacs version). | ||
| 20286 | |||
| 20287 | This function performs these checks and flags all possible | ||
| 20288 | shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | ||
| 20289 | \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | ||
| 20290 | XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | ||
| 20291 | considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | ||
| 20292 | |||
| 20293 | When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | ||
| 20294 | buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | ||
| 20295 | \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'. | ||
| 20296 | |||
| 20297 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20298 | |||
| 20299 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20300 | |||
| 20301 | ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group | ||
| 20302 | ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16511 | ||
| 20303 | ;;;;;; 32491)) | ||
| 20304 | ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el | ||
| 20305 | |||
| 20306 | (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\ | ||
| 20307 | Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME. | ||
| 20308 | This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from | ||
| 20309 | one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are | ||
| 20310 | defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy | ||
| 20311 | files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites | ||
| 20312 | in the cluster. | ||
| 20313 | |||
| 20314 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 20315 | |||
| 20316 | (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\ | ||
| 20317 | Declare a single file to be shared between sites. | ||
| 20318 | It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the | ||
| 20319 | new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be | ||
| 20320 | specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster'). | ||
| 20321 | |||
| 20322 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20323 | |||
| 20324 | (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\ | ||
| 20325 | Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts. | ||
| 20326 | Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list | ||
| 20327 | of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all | ||
| 20328 | hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function). | ||
| 20329 | Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see | ||
| 20330 | `shadow-define-cluster'). | ||
| 20331 | |||
| 20332 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20333 | |||
| 20334 | (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\ | ||
| 20335 | Set up file shadowing. | ||
| 20336 | |||
| 20337 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20338 | |||
| 20339 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20340 | |||
| 20341 | ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" | ||
| 20342 | ;;;;;; (16511 32492)) | ||
| 20343 | ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el | ||
| 20344 | |||
| 20345 | (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ | ||
| 20346 | Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and | ||
| 20347 | don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that | ||
| 20348 | match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the | ||
| 20349 | shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell | ||
| 20350 | arguments.") | ||
| 20351 | |||
| 20352 | (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell") | ||
| 20353 | |||
| 20354 | (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | ||
| 20355 | Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). | ||
| 20356 | Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. | ||
| 20357 | If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | ||
| 20358 | If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. | ||
| 20359 | Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | ||
| 20360 | or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | ||
| 20361 | or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | ||
| 20362 | If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | ||
| 20363 | (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | ||
| 20364 | discards input when it starts up.) | ||
| 20365 | The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | ||
| 20366 | and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | ||
| 20367 | See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | ||
| 20368 | |||
| 20369 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 20370 | in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 20371 | before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 20372 | in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | ||
| 20373 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 20374 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 20375 | |||
| 20376 | The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | ||
| 20377 | such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | ||
| 20378 | its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | ||
| 20379 | Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | ||
| 20380 | |||
| 20381 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 20382 | |||
| 20383 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 20384 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | ||
| 20385 | |||
| 20386 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20387 | |||
| 20388 | ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16511 | ||
| 20389 | ;;;;;; 32627)) | ||
| 20390 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el | ||
| 20391 | |||
| 20392 | (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | ||
| 20393 | Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | ||
| 20394 | \\{simula-mode-map} | ||
| 20395 | Variables controlling indentation style: | ||
| 20396 | `simula-tab-always-indent' | ||
| 20397 | Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | ||
| 20398 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | ||
| 20399 | `simula-indent-level' | ||
| 20400 | Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | ||
| 20401 | `simula-substatement-offset' | ||
| 20402 | Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | ||
| 20403 | `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3 | ||
| 20404 | Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | ||
| 20405 | e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | ||
| 20406 | line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | ||
| 20407 | with respect to the previous line of the statement. | ||
| 20408 | `simula-label-offset' -4711 | ||
| 20409 | Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | ||
| 20410 | `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0) | ||
| 20411 | Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | ||
| 20412 | Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | ||
| 20413 | extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | ||
| 20414 | `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0) | ||
| 20415 | Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | ||
| 20416 | corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | ||
| 20417 | extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | ||
| 20418 | `simula-electric-indent' nil | ||
| 20419 | If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | ||
| 20420 | will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | ||
| 20421 | `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase | ||
| 20422 | Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | ||
| 20423 | the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | ||
| 20424 | or nil if they should not be changed. | ||
| 20425 | `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table | ||
| 20426 | Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | ||
| 20427 | expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | ||
| 20428 | (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | ||
| 20429 | |||
| 20430 | Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | ||
| 20431 | with no arguments, if that value is non-nil. | ||
| 20432 | |||
| 20433 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20434 | |||
| 20435 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20436 | |||
| 20437 | ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new | ||
| 20438 | ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16511 32493)) | ||
| 20439 | ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el | ||
| 20440 | |||
| 20441 | (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | ||
| 20442 | Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | ||
| 20443 | |||
| 20444 | (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | ||
| 20445 | Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | ||
| 20446 | DOCUMENTATION is that of the command. | ||
| 20447 | SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'. | ||
| 20448 | |||
| 20449 | \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 20450 | |||
| 20451 | (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | ||
| 20452 | Insert SKELETON. | ||
| 20453 | Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | ||
| 20454 | If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | ||
| 20455 | on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | ||
| 20456 | This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | ||
| 20457 | \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | ||
| 20458 | |||
| 20459 | Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value | ||
| 20460 | of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored. | ||
| 20461 | |||
| 20462 | \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil) | ||
| 20463 | |||
| 20464 | (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | ||
| 20465 | Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | ||
| 20466 | |||
| 20467 | With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | ||
| 20468 | \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | ||
| 20469 | If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | ||
| 20470 | REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | ||
| 20471 | |||
| 20472 | An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | ||
| 20473 | points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | ||
| 20474 | alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | ||
| 20475 | But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | ||
| 20476 | |||
| 20477 | The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | ||
| 20478 | variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | ||
| 20479 | interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | ||
| 20480 | |||
| 20481 | SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | ||
| 20482 | not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | ||
| 20483 | |||
| 20484 | If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | ||
| 20485 | `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | ||
| 20486 | |||
| 20487 | \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | ||
| 20488 | _ interesting point, interregion here | ||
| 20489 | - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides | ||
| 20490 | interesting point set by _ | ||
| 20491 | > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | ||
| 20492 | @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | ||
| 20493 | & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point | ||
| 20494 | | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point | ||
| 20495 | -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | ||
| 20496 | resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | ||
| 20497 | nil skipped | ||
| 20498 | |||
| 20499 | After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of - | ||
| 20500 | or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text. | ||
| 20501 | |||
| 20502 | Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | ||
| 20503 | itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | ||
| 20504 | different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | ||
| 20505 | non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | ||
| 20506 | continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | ||
| 20507 | a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | ||
| 20508 | formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | ||
| 20509 | strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | ||
| 20510 | |||
| 20511 | Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | ||
| 20512 | Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | ||
| 20513 | Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an | ||
| 20514 | endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | ||
| 20515 | to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | ||
| 20516 | available: | ||
| 20517 | |||
| 20518 | str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | ||
| 20519 | then: insert previously read string once more | ||
| 20520 | help help-form during interaction with the user or nil | ||
| 20521 | input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | ||
| 20522 | v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | ||
| 20523 | |||
| 20524 | When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | ||
| 20525 | `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil. | ||
| 20526 | |||
| 20527 | \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 20528 | |||
| 20529 | (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | ||
| 20530 | Insert the character you type ARG times. | ||
| 20531 | |||
| 20532 | With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | ||
| 20533 | is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | ||
| 20534 | Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | ||
| 20535 | word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | ||
| 20536 | Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character | ||
| 20537 | such as backslash. | ||
| 20538 | |||
| 20539 | If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | ||
| 20540 | the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | ||
| 20541 | symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others. | ||
| 20542 | |||
| 20543 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 20544 | |||
| 20545 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20546 | |||
| 20547 | ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" | ||
| 20548 | ;;;;;; (16511 33063)) | ||
| 20549 | ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el | ||
| 20550 | |||
| 20551 | (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\ | ||
| 20552 | Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts. | ||
| 20553 | NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the | ||
| 20554 | buffer names. | ||
| 20555 | |||
| 20556 | \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil) | ||
| 20557 | |||
| 20558 | (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | ||
| 20559 | Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | ||
| 20560 | \\{smerge-mode-map} | ||
| 20561 | |||
| 20562 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 20563 | |||
| 20564 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20565 | |||
| 20566 | ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el" | ||
| 20567 | ;;;;;; (16464 65088)) | ||
| 20568 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el | ||
| 20569 | |||
| 20570 | (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\ | ||
| 20571 | Display textual smileys as images. | ||
| 20572 | START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values | ||
| 20573 | of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines | ||
| 20574 | which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them. | ||
| 20575 | |||
| 20576 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 20577 | |||
| 20578 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20579 | |||
| 20580 | ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" | ||
| 20581 | ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16511 32574)) | ||
| 20582 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el | ||
| 20583 | |||
| 20584 | (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\ | ||
| 20585 | Not documented | ||
| 20586 | |||
| 20587 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 20588 | |||
| 20589 | (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\ | ||
| 20590 | Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'. | ||
| 20591 | |||
| 20592 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20593 | |||
| 20594 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20595 | |||
| 20596 | ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16511 32595)) | ||
| 20597 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el | ||
| 20598 | |||
| 20599 | (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | ||
| 20600 | Play the Snake game. | ||
| 20601 | Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | ||
| 20602 | |||
| 20603 | Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | ||
| 20604 | |||
| 20605 | Snake mode keybindings: | ||
| 20606 | \\<snake-mode-map> | ||
| 20607 | \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | ||
| 20608 | \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | ||
| 20609 | \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | ||
| 20610 | \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | ||
| 20611 | \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | ||
| 20612 | \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | ||
| 20613 | \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | ||
| 20614 | |||
| 20615 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20616 | |||
| 20617 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20618 | |||
| 20619 | ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" | ||
| 20620 | ;;;;;; (16511 32586)) | ||
| 20621 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el | ||
| 20622 | |||
| 20623 | (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | ||
| 20624 | Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | ||
| 20625 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | ||
| 20626 | Tab indents for C code. | ||
| 20627 | Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | ||
| 20628 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 20629 | \\{snmp-mode-map} | ||
| 20630 | Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | ||
| 20631 | `snmp-mode-hook'. | ||
| 20632 | |||
| 20633 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20634 | |||
| 20635 | (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | ||
| 20636 | Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | ||
| 20637 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | ||
| 20638 | Tab indents for C code. | ||
| 20639 | Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | ||
| 20640 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 20641 | \\{snmp-mode-map} | ||
| 20642 | Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | ||
| 20643 | then `snmpv2-mode-hook'. | ||
| 20644 | |||
| 20645 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20646 | |||
| 20647 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20648 | |||
| 20649 | ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | ||
| 20650 | ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | ||
| 20651 | ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16511 32531)) | ||
| 20652 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | ||
| 20653 | |||
| 20654 | (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | ||
| 20655 | *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | ||
| 20656 | |||
| 20657 | A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | ||
| 20658 | `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | ||
| 20659 | and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | ||
| 20660 | |||
| 20661 | For example, the form | ||
| 20662 | |||
| 20663 | '(24-hours \":\" minutes | ||
| 20664 | (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | ||
| 20665 | |||
| 20666 | would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | ||
| 20667 | |||
| 20668 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar") | ||
| 20669 | |||
| 20670 | (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | ||
| 20671 | *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | ||
| 20672 | |||
| 20673 | The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | ||
| 20674 | sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | ||
| 20675 | can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | ||
| 20676 | York City. | ||
| 20677 | |||
| 20678 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | ||
| 20679 | |||
| 20680 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar") | ||
| 20681 | |||
| 20682 | (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | ||
| 20683 | *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | ||
| 20684 | |||
| 20685 | The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | ||
| 20686 | sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | ||
| 20687 | can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | ||
| 20688 | York City. | ||
| 20689 | |||
| 20690 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | ||
| 20691 | |||
| 20692 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar") | ||
| 20693 | |||
| 20694 | (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | ||
| 20695 | *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | ||
| 20696 | For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | ||
| 20697 | pair. | ||
| 20698 | |||
| 20699 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | ||
| 20700 | |||
| 20701 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar") | ||
| 20702 | |||
| 20703 | (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | ||
| 20704 | Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | ||
| 20705 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | ||
| 20706 | |||
| 20707 | If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | ||
| 20708 | latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | ||
| 20709 | |||
| 20710 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. | ||
| 20711 | |||
| 20712 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 20713 | |||
| 20714 | (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | ||
| 20715 | *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | ||
| 20716 | Requires floating point. | ||
| 20717 | |||
| 20718 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 20719 | |||
| 20720 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20721 | |||
| 20722 | ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16511 | ||
| 20723 | ;;;;;; 32595)) | ||
| 20724 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el | ||
| 20725 | |||
| 20726 | (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | ||
| 20727 | Play Solitaire. | ||
| 20728 | |||
| 20729 | To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | ||
| 20730 | \\<solitaire-mode-map> | ||
| 20731 | Move around the board using the cursor keys. | ||
| 20732 | Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | ||
| 20733 | Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | ||
| 20734 | Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | ||
| 20735 | \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | ||
| 20736 | check after each move or undo) | ||
| 20737 | |||
| 20738 | What is Solitaire? | ||
| 20739 | |||
| 20740 | I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | ||
| 20741 | its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | ||
| 20742 | Initially, the board will look similar to this: | ||
| 20743 | |||
| 20744 | Le Solitaire | ||
| 20745 | ============ | ||
| 20746 | |||
| 20747 | o o o | ||
| 20748 | |||
| 20749 | o o o | ||
| 20750 | |||
| 20751 | o o o o o o o | ||
| 20752 | |||
| 20753 | o o o . o o o | ||
| 20754 | |||
| 20755 | o o o o o o o | ||
| 20756 | |||
| 20757 | o o o | ||
| 20758 | |||
| 20759 | o o o | ||
| 20760 | |||
| 20761 | Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | ||
| 20762 | hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | ||
| 20763 | aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | ||
| 20764 | one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | ||
| 20765 | |||
| 20766 | A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | ||
| 20767 | after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | ||
| 20768 | horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | ||
| 20769 | this: o o . | ||
| 20770 | |||
| 20771 | Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | ||
| 20772 | which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | ||
| 20773 | |||
| 20774 | That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | ||
| 20775 | |||
| 20776 | o o o | ||
| 20777 | |||
| 20778 | . o o | ||
| 20779 | |||
| 20780 | o o . o o o o | ||
| 20781 | |||
| 20782 | o . o o o o o | ||
| 20783 | |||
| 20784 | o o o o o o o | ||
| 20785 | |||
| 20786 | o o o | ||
| 20787 | |||
| 20788 | o o o | ||
| 20789 | |||
| 20790 | Pick your favourite shortcuts: | ||
| 20791 | |||
| 20792 | \\{solitaire-mode-map} | ||
| 20793 | |||
| 20794 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 20795 | |||
| 20796 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20797 | |||
| 20798 | ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | ||
| 20799 | ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | ||
| 20800 | ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16511 32493)) | ||
| 20801 | ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el | ||
| 20802 | |||
| 20803 | (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20804 | General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | ||
| 20805 | |||
| 20806 | We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | ||
| 20807 | called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | ||
| 20808 | it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | ||
| 20809 | buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | ||
| 20810 | contiguous. | ||
| 20811 | |||
| 20812 | Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | ||
| 20813 | If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | ||
| 20814 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | ||
| 20815 | the sort order. | ||
| 20816 | |||
| 20817 | The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | ||
| 20818 | across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | ||
| 20819 | |||
| 20820 | NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | ||
| 20821 | It moves point to the start of the next record. | ||
| 20822 | It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | ||
| 20823 | The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | ||
| 20824 | is called. | ||
| 20825 | |||
| 20826 | ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | ||
| 20827 | It should move point to the end of the record. | ||
| 20828 | |||
| 20829 | STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | ||
| 20830 | It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | ||
| 20831 | else the key is the substring between the values of point after | ||
| 20832 | STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | ||
| 20833 | starts at the beginning of the record. | ||
| 20834 | |||
| 20835 | ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | ||
| 20836 | ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | ||
| 20837 | same as ENDRECFUN. | ||
| 20838 | |||
| 20839 | PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers, | ||
| 20840 | it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'. | ||
| 20841 | |||
| 20842 | \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil) | ||
| 20843 | |||
| 20844 | (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20845 | Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | ||
| 20846 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | ||
| 20847 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | ||
| 20848 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | ||
| 20849 | the sort order. | ||
| 20850 | |||
| 20851 | \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20852 | |||
| 20853 | (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20854 | Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | ||
| 20855 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | ||
| 20856 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | ||
| 20857 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | ||
| 20858 | the sort order. | ||
| 20859 | |||
| 20860 | \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20861 | |||
| 20862 | (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20863 | Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | ||
| 20864 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | ||
| 20865 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | ||
| 20866 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | ||
| 20867 | the sort order. | ||
| 20868 | |||
| 20869 | \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20870 | |||
| 20871 | (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20872 | Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | ||
| 20873 | Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | ||
| 20874 | Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, | ||
| 20875 | which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | ||
| 20876 | Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | ||
| 20877 | With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | ||
| 20878 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | ||
| 20879 | FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | ||
| 20880 | |||
| 20881 | \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20882 | |||
| 20883 | (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20884 | Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | ||
| 20885 | Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | ||
| 20886 | With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | ||
| 20887 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | ||
| 20888 | FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | ||
| 20889 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | ||
| 20890 | the sort order. | ||
| 20891 | |||
| 20892 | \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20893 | |||
| 20894 | (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20895 | Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | ||
| 20896 | RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | ||
| 20897 | For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | ||
| 20898 | KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | ||
| 20899 | is to be used for sorting. | ||
| 20900 | If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | ||
| 20901 | RECORD-REGEXP is used. | ||
| 20902 | If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | ||
| 20903 | Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | ||
| 20904 | If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | ||
| 20905 | |||
| 20906 | With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | ||
| 20907 | |||
| 20908 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | ||
| 20909 | the sort order. | ||
| 20910 | |||
| 20911 | For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | ||
| 20912 | starting with the letter \"f\", | ||
| 20913 | RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\" | ||
| 20914 | |||
| 20915 | \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20916 | |||
| 20917 | (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20918 | Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | ||
| 20919 | For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes | ||
| 20920 | the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | ||
| 20921 | The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | ||
| 20922 | A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. | ||
| 20923 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | ||
| 20924 | the sort order. | ||
| 20925 | |||
| 20926 | Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | ||
| 20927 | because tabs could be split across the specified columns | ||
| 20928 | and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | ||
| 20929 | it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | ||
| 20930 | Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting. | ||
| 20931 | |||
| 20932 | \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20933 | |||
| 20934 | (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | ||
| 20935 | Reverse the order of lines in a region. | ||
| 20936 | From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END. | ||
| 20937 | |||
| 20938 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 20939 | |||
| 20940 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20941 | |||
| 20942 | ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | ||
| 20943 | ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16511 32494)) | ||
| 20944 | ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el | ||
| 20945 | |||
| 20946 | (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | ||
| 20947 | |||
| 20948 | (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | ||
| 20949 | Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | ||
| 20950 | nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | ||
| 20951 | `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | ||
| 20952 | supported at a time. | ||
| 20953 | `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | ||
| 20954 | `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted. | ||
| 20955 | |||
| 20956 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 20957 | |||
| 20958 | (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | ||
| 20959 | Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | ||
| 20960 | If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | ||
| 20961 | selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame. | ||
| 20962 | |||
| 20963 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20964 | |||
| 20965 | ;;;*** | ||
| 20966 | |||
| 20967 | ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | ||
| 20968 | ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16511 32643)) | ||
| 20969 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el | ||
| 20970 | |||
| 20971 | (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | ||
| 20972 | |||
| 20973 | (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | ||
| 20974 | Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | ||
| 20975 | For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | ||
| 20976 | and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | ||
| 20977 | If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | ||
| 20978 | as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped. | ||
| 20979 | |||
| 20980 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20981 | |||
| 20982 | (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | ||
| 20983 | Check spelling of word at or before point. | ||
| 20984 | If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | ||
| 20985 | and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it. | ||
| 20986 | |||
| 20987 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 20988 | |||
| 20989 | (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | ||
| 20990 | Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | ||
| 20991 | Used in a program, applies from START to END. | ||
| 20992 | DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | ||
| 20993 | for example, \"word\". | ||
| 20994 | |||
| 20995 | \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil) | ||
| 20996 | |||
| 20997 | (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | ||
| 20998 | Check spelling of string supplied as argument. | ||
| 20999 | |||
| 21000 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) | ||
| 21001 | |||
| 21002 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21003 | |||
| 21004 | ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16511 | ||
| 21005 | ;;;;;; 32595)) | ||
| 21006 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el | ||
| 21007 | |||
| 21008 | (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | ||
| 21009 | Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail. | ||
| 21010 | |||
| 21011 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21012 | |||
| 21013 | (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | ||
| 21014 | Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'. | ||
| 21015 | |||
| 21016 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 21017 | |||
| 21018 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21019 | |||
| 21020 | ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres | ||
| 21021 | ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix | ||
| 21022 | ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help | ||
| 21023 | ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16511 | ||
| 21024 | ;;;;;; 32628)) | ||
| 21025 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el | ||
| 21026 | |||
| 21027 | (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21028 | Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined | ||
| 21029 | for the specified `product'. | ||
| 21030 | |||
| 21031 | \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil) | ||
| 21032 | |||
| 21033 | (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21034 | Show short help for the SQL modes. | ||
| 21035 | |||
| 21036 | Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | ||
| 21037 | usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | ||
| 21038 | |||
| 21039 | Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | ||
| 21040 | |||
| 21041 | PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | ||
| 21042 | MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | ||
| 21043 | SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite] | ||
| 21044 | |||
| 21045 | Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | ||
| 21046 | |||
| 21047 | Solid: \\[sql-solid] | ||
| 21048 | Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | ||
| 21049 | Informix: \\[sql-informix] | ||
| 21050 | Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | ||
| 21051 | Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | ||
| 21052 | Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | ||
| 21053 | DB2: \\[sql-db2] | ||
| 21054 | Interbase: \\[sql-interbase] | ||
| 21055 | Linter: \\[sql-linter] | ||
| 21056 | |||
| 21057 | But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | ||
| 21058 | |||
| 21059 | Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | ||
| 21060 | buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | ||
| 21061 | is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | ||
| 21062 | that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | ||
| 21063 | |||
| 21064 | If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | ||
| 21065 | procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | ||
| 21066 | `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | ||
| 21067 | anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | ||
| 21068 | |||
| 21069 | In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | ||
| 21070 | buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | ||
| 21071 | appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer. | ||
| 21072 | |||
| 21073 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21074 | |||
| 21075 | (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21076 | Major mode to edit SQL. | ||
| 21077 | |||
| 21078 | You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | ||
| 21079 | \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | ||
| 21080 | See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | ||
| 21081 | |||
| 21082 | \\{sql-mode-map} | ||
| 21083 | Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. | ||
| 21084 | |||
| 21085 | When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | ||
| 21086 | buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | ||
| 21087 | will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | ||
| 21088 | SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | ||
| 21089 | determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | ||
| 21090 | value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | ||
| 21091 | |||
| 21092 | For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | ||
| 21093 | `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21094 | |||
| 21095 | Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify | ||
| 21096 | one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, | ||
| 21097 | you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file: | ||
| 21098 | |||
| 21099 | \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook | ||
| 21100 | (lambda () | ||
| 21101 | (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table))) | ||
| 21102 | |||
| 21103 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21104 | |||
| 21105 | (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21106 | Run product interpreter as an inferior process. | ||
| 21107 | |||
| 21108 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21109 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21110 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21111 | |||
| 21112 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21113 | |||
| 21114 | \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil) | ||
| 21115 | |||
| 21116 | (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21117 | Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | ||
| 21118 | |||
| 21119 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21120 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21121 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21122 | |||
| 21123 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21124 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | ||
| 21125 | defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | ||
| 21126 | the list `sql-oracle-options'. | ||
| 21127 | |||
| 21128 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21129 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21130 | |||
| 21131 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21132 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21133 | before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21134 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21135 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21136 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21137 | |||
| 21138 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21139 | |||
| 21140 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21141 | |||
| 21142 | (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21143 | Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | ||
| 21144 | |||
| 21145 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21146 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21147 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21148 | |||
| 21149 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21150 | the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and | ||
| 21151 | `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | ||
| 21152 | can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'. | ||
| 21153 | |||
| 21154 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21155 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21156 | |||
| 21157 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21158 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21159 | before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21160 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21161 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21162 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21163 | |||
| 21164 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21165 | |||
| 21166 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21167 | |||
| 21168 | (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21169 | Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | ||
| 21170 | |||
| 21171 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21172 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21173 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21174 | |||
| 21175 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21176 | the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | ||
| 21177 | |||
| 21178 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21179 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21180 | |||
| 21181 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21182 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21183 | before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21184 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21185 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21186 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21187 | |||
| 21188 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21189 | |||
| 21190 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21191 | |||
| 21192 | (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21193 | Run sqlite as an inferior process. | ||
| 21194 | |||
| 21195 | SQLite is free software. | ||
| 21196 | |||
| 21197 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21198 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21199 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21200 | |||
| 21201 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21202 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | ||
| 21203 | `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | ||
| 21204 | can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'. | ||
| 21205 | |||
| 21206 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21207 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21208 | |||
| 21209 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21210 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21211 | before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21212 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21213 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21214 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21215 | |||
| 21216 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21217 | |||
| 21218 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21219 | |||
| 21220 | (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21221 | Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | ||
| 21222 | |||
| 21223 | Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software. | ||
| 21224 | |||
| 21225 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21226 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21227 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21228 | |||
| 21229 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21230 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | ||
| 21231 | `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | ||
| 21232 | can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'. | ||
| 21233 | |||
| 21234 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21235 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21236 | |||
| 21237 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21238 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21239 | before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21240 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21241 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21242 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21243 | |||
| 21244 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21245 | |||
| 21246 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21247 | |||
| 21248 | (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21249 | Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | ||
| 21250 | |||
| 21251 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21252 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21253 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21254 | |||
| 21255 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21256 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | ||
| 21257 | defaults, if set. | ||
| 21258 | |||
| 21259 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21260 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21261 | |||
| 21262 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21263 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21264 | before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21265 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21266 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21267 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21268 | |||
| 21269 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21270 | |||
| 21271 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21272 | |||
| 21273 | (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21274 | Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | ||
| 21275 | |||
| 21276 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21277 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21278 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21279 | |||
| 21280 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21281 | the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | ||
| 21282 | |||
| 21283 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21284 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21285 | |||
| 21286 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21287 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21288 | before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21289 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21290 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21291 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21292 | |||
| 21293 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21294 | |||
| 21295 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21296 | |||
| 21297 | (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21298 | Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | ||
| 21299 | |||
| 21300 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21301 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21302 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21303 | |||
| 21304 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | ||
| 21305 | variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | ||
| 21306 | as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored | ||
| 21307 | in the list `sql-ms-options'. | ||
| 21308 | |||
| 21309 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21310 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21311 | |||
| 21312 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21313 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21314 | before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21315 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21316 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21317 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21318 | |||
| 21319 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21320 | |||
| 21321 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21322 | |||
| 21323 | (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21324 | Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | ||
| 21325 | |||
| 21326 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21327 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21328 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21329 | |||
| 21330 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | ||
| 21331 | the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | ||
| 21332 | Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list | ||
| 21333 | `sql-postgres-options'. | ||
| 21334 | |||
| 21335 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21336 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21337 | |||
| 21338 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21339 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21340 | before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21341 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21342 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21343 | `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, | ||
| 21344 | your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, | ||
| 21345 | Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | ||
| 21346 | |||
| 21347 | \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | ||
| 21348 | '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | ||
| 21349 | |||
| 21350 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21351 | |||
| 21352 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21353 | |||
| 21354 | (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21355 | Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process. | ||
| 21356 | |||
| 21357 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21358 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21359 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21360 | |||
| 21361 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login | ||
| 21362 | uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | ||
| 21363 | defaults, if set. | ||
| 21364 | |||
| 21365 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21366 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21367 | |||
| 21368 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21369 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21370 | before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21371 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21372 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21373 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21374 | |||
| 21375 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21376 | |||
| 21377 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21378 | |||
| 21379 | (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21380 | Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process. | ||
| 21381 | |||
| 21382 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21383 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21384 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21385 | |||
| 21386 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not | ||
| 21387 | automatic login. | ||
| 21388 | |||
| 21389 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21390 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21391 | |||
| 21392 | If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to | ||
| 21393 | db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set | ||
| 21394 | `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after | ||
| 21395 | advice. See the elisp manual for more information. | ||
| 21396 | |||
| 21397 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | ||
| 21398 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | ||
| 21399 | before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | ||
| 21400 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | ||
| 21401 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | ||
| 21402 | `default-process-coding-system'. | ||
| 21403 | |||
| 21404 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21405 | |||
| 21406 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21407 | |||
| 21408 | (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\ | ||
| 21409 | Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process. | ||
| 21410 | |||
| 21411 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | ||
| 21412 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | ||
| 21413 | `*SQL*'. | ||
| 21414 | |||
| 21415 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'. | ||
| 21416 | Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and | ||
| 21417 | `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters | ||
| 21418 | can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on | ||
| 21419 | parameters. | ||
| 21420 | |||
| 21421 | `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for | ||
| 21422 | local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the | ||
| 21423 | `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run | ||
| 21424 | for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use | ||
| 21425 | an empty password. | ||
| 21426 | |||
| 21427 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | ||
| 21428 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 21429 | |||
| 21430 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) | ||
| 21431 | |||
| 21432 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21433 | |||
| 21434 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21435 | |||
| 21436 | ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer | ||
| 21437 | ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes | ||
| 21438 | ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke | ||
| 21439 | ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke | ||
| 21440 | ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16511 | ||
| 21441 | ;;;;;; 32495)) | ||
| 21442 | ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el | ||
| 21443 | |||
| 21444 | (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21445 | Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | ||
| 21446 | Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | ||
| 21447 | COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | ||
| 21448 | is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | ||
| 21449 | documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function. | ||
| 21450 | |||
| 21451 | See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'. | ||
| 21452 | |||
| 21453 | \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil) | ||
| 21454 | |||
| 21455 | (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21456 | Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | ||
| 21457 | Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | ||
| 21458 | This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | ||
| 21459 | entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | ||
| 21460 | `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | ||
| 21461 | Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke | ||
| 21462 | |||
| 21463 | \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil) | ||
| 21464 | |||
| 21465 | (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21466 | Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | ||
| 21467 | Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | ||
| 21468 | Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | ||
| 21469 | is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and | ||
| 21470 | then complete the stroke with button 3. | ||
| 21471 | Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke | ||
| 21472 | |||
| 21473 | \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil) | ||
| 21474 | |||
| 21475 | (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21476 | Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command. | ||
| 21477 | This must be bound to a mouse event. | ||
| 21478 | |||
| 21479 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 21480 | |||
| 21481 | (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21482 | Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command. | ||
| 21483 | This must be bound to a mouse event. | ||
| 21484 | |||
| 21485 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 21486 | |||
| 21487 | (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21488 | Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively. | ||
| 21489 | |||
| 21490 | \(fn STROKE)" t nil) | ||
| 21491 | |||
| 21492 | (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21493 | Get instruction on using the `strokes' package. | ||
| 21494 | |||
| 21495 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21496 | |||
| 21497 | (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21498 | Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'. | ||
| 21499 | |||
| 21500 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21501 | |||
| 21502 | (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21503 | Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. | ||
| 21504 | With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes | ||
| 21505 | chronologically by command name. | ||
| 21506 | If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead. | ||
| 21507 | |||
| 21508 | \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil) | ||
| 21509 | |||
| 21510 | (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | ||
| 21511 | Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled. | ||
| 21512 | See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 21513 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 21514 | use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.") | ||
| 21515 | |||
| 21516 | (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes") | ||
| 21517 | |||
| 21518 | (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21519 | Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map> | ||
| 21520 | With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 21521 | Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands. | ||
| 21522 | Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define | ||
| 21523 | new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also | ||
| 21524 | \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes. | ||
| 21525 | |||
| 21526 | To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | ||
| 21527 | \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them. | ||
| 21528 | Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer], | ||
| 21529 | \\[strokes-decode-buffer]. | ||
| 21530 | |||
| 21531 | \\{strokes-mode-map} | ||
| 21532 | |||
| 21533 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 21534 | |||
| 21535 | (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21536 | Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. | ||
| 21537 | Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | ||
| 21538 | Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status. | ||
| 21539 | |||
| 21540 | \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil) | ||
| 21541 | |||
| 21542 | (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | ||
| 21543 | Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer. | ||
| 21544 | |||
| 21545 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21546 | |||
| 21547 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21548 | |||
| 21549 | ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region) | ||
| 21550 | ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16511 32595)) | ||
| 21551 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el | ||
| 21552 | |||
| 21553 | (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ | ||
| 21554 | Studlify-case the region. | ||
| 21555 | |||
| 21556 | \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil) | ||
| 21557 | |||
| 21558 | (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ | ||
| 21559 | Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument. | ||
| 21560 | |||
| 21561 | \(fn COUNT)" t nil) | ||
| 21562 | |||
| 21563 | (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\ | ||
| 21564 | Studlify-case the current buffer. | ||
| 21565 | |||
| 21566 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21567 | |||
| 21568 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21569 | |||
| 21570 | ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | ||
| 21571 | ;;;;;; (16511 32574)) | ||
| 21572 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el | ||
| 21573 | |||
| 21574 | (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | ||
| 21575 | Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | ||
| 21576 | This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | ||
| 21577 | function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated | ||
| 21578 | info node `(SC)Top' for more details. | ||
| 21579 | `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | ||
| 21580 | original message but it does require a few things: | ||
| 21581 | |||
| 21582 | 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | ||
| 21583 | |||
| 21584 | 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | ||
| 21585 | reply buffer. | ||
| 21586 | |||
| 21587 | 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | ||
| 21588 | inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | ||
| 21589 | original message. | ||
| 21590 | |||
| 21591 | 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | ||
| 21592 | |||
| 21593 | 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | ||
| 21594 | |||
| 21595 | For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | ||
| 21596 | when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | ||
| 21597 | before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function. | ||
| 21598 | |||
| 21599 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 21600 | |||
| 21601 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21602 | |||
| 21603 | ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16511 | ||
| 21604 | ;;;;;; 32546)) | ||
| 21605 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el | ||
| 21606 | |||
| 21607 | (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\ | ||
| 21608 | Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS. | ||
| 21609 | The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that | ||
| 21610 | the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon. | ||
| 21611 | Point is at POS when this function returns. | ||
| 21612 | |||
| 21613 | \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil) | ||
| 21614 | |||
| 21615 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21616 | |||
| 21617 | ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16511 32501)) | ||
| 21618 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el | ||
| 21619 | |||
| 21620 | (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | ||
| 21621 | Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | ||
| 21622 | Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | ||
| 21623 | START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | ||
| 21624 | The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops. | ||
| 21625 | |||
| 21626 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 21627 | |||
| 21628 | (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | ||
| 21629 | Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | ||
| 21630 | A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | ||
| 21631 | when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | ||
| 21632 | Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | ||
| 21633 | START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | ||
| 21634 | The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops. | ||
| 21635 | |||
| 21636 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 21637 | |||
| 21638 | ;;;*** | ||
| 21639 | |||
| 21640 | ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column | ||
| 21641 | ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source | ||
| 21642 | ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column | ||
| 21643 | ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell | ||
| 21644 | ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically | ||
| 21645 | ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell | ||
| 21646 | ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell | ||
| 21647 | ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table | ||
| 21648 | ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize | ||
| 21649 | ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column | ||
| 21650 | ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook | ||
| 21651 | ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook) | ||
| 21652 | ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16511 32645)) | ||
| 21653 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el | ||
| 21654 | |||
| 21655 | (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\ | ||
| 21656 | *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'. | ||
| 21657 | User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.") | ||
| 21658 | |||
| 21659 | (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table") | ||
| 21660 | |||
| 21661 | (defvar table-load-hook nil "\ | ||
| 21662 | *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.") | ||
| 21663 | |||
| 21664 | (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table") | ||
| 21665 | |||
| 21666 | (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\ | ||
| 21667 | *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.") | ||
| 21668 | |||
| 21669 | (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table") | ||
| 21670 | |||
| 21671 | (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\ | ||
| 21672 | *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.") | ||
| 21673 | |||
| 21674 | (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table") | ||
| 21675 | |||
| 21676 | (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\ | ||
| 21677 | Insert an editable text table. | ||
| 21678 | Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional | ||
| 21679 | parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each | ||
| 21680 | cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size | ||
| 21681 | is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size | ||
| 21682 | for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is | ||
| 21683 | entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters | ||
| 21684 | delimiting them. | ||
| 21685 | |||
| 21686 | Examples: | ||
| 21687 | |||
| 21688 | \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location. | ||
| 21689 | |||
| 21690 | Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the | ||
| 21691 | location of point. | ||
| 21692 | |||
| 21693 | -!- | ||
| 21694 | |||
| 21695 | Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table | ||
| 21696 | specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows, | ||
| 21697 | 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next | ||
| 21698 | table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the | ||
| 21699 | first cell. | ||
| 21700 | |||
| 21701 | +-----+-----+-----+ | ||
| 21702 | |-!- | | | | ||
| 21703 | +-----+-----+-----+ | ||
| 21704 | |||
| 21705 | Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map> | ||
| 21706 | |||
| 21707 | M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character | ||
| 21708 | width, which results as | ||
| 21709 | |||
| 21710 | +--------------+-----+-----+ | ||
| 21711 | |-!- | | | | ||
| 21712 | +--------------+-----+-----+ | ||
| 21713 | |||
| 21714 | Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing | ||
| 21715 | TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this: | ||
| 21716 | |||
| 21717 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21718 | | | |-!- | | ||
| 21719 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21720 | |||
| 21721 | If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation, | ||
| 21722 | what you could have done better was to have had given the complete | ||
| 21723 | width information to `table-insert'. | ||
| 21724 | |||
| 21725 | Cell width(s): 14 6 32 | ||
| 21726 | |||
| 21727 | instead of | ||
| 21728 | |||
| 21729 | Cell width(s): 5 | ||
| 21730 | |||
| 21731 | This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment | ||
| 21732 | work all together. | ||
| 21733 | |||
| 21734 | If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the | ||
| 21735 | first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line. | ||
| 21736 | |||
| 21737 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21738 | |-!- | | | | ||
| 21739 | | | | | | ||
| 21740 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21741 | |||
| 21742 | Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row. | ||
| 21743 | |||
| 21744 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21745 | |-!- | | | | ||
| 21746 | | | | | | ||
| 21747 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21748 | | | | | | ||
| 21749 | | | | | | ||
| 21750 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21751 | |||
| 21752 | Move the point under the table as shown below. | ||
| 21753 | |||
| 21754 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21755 | | | | | | ||
| 21756 | | | | | | ||
| 21757 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21758 | | | | | | ||
| 21759 | | | | | | ||
| 21760 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21761 | -!- | ||
| 21762 | |||
| 21763 | Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work | ||
| 21764 | when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at | ||
| 21765 | outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end. | ||
| 21766 | |||
| 21767 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21768 | | | | | | ||
| 21769 | | | | | | ||
| 21770 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21771 | | | | | | ||
| 21772 | | | | | | ||
| 21773 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21774 | |-!- | | | | ||
| 21775 | | | | | | ||
| 21776 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21777 | |||
| 21778 | Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected | ||
| 21779 | results. | ||
| 21780 | |||
| 21781 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21782 | | | | | | ||
| 21783 | | | | | | ||
| 21784 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21785 | | | |Text editing inside the table | | ||
| 21786 | | | |cell produces reasonably | | ||
| 21787 | | | |expected results.-!- | | ||
| 21788 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21789 | | | | | | ||
| 21790 | | | | | | ||
| 21791 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ | ||
| 21792 | |||
| 21793 | Inside a table cell has a special keymap. | ||
| 21794 | |||
| 21795 | \\{table-cell-map} | ||
| 21796 | |||
| 21797 | \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil) | ||
| 21798 | |||
| 21799 | (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\ | ||
| 21800 | Insert N table row(s). | ||
| 21801 | When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above | ||
| 21802 | the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below | ||
| 21803 | the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s) | ||
| 21804 | are appended at the bottom of the table. | ||
| 21805 | |||
| 21806 | \(fn N)" t nil) | ||
| 21807 | |||
| 21808 | (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\ | ||
| 21809 | Insert N table column(s). | ||
| 21810 | When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left | ||
| 21811 | of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be | ||
| 21812 | right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly | ||
| 21813 | created column(s) are appended at the right of the table. | ||
| 21814 | |||
| 21815 | \(fn N)" t nil) | ||
| 21816 | |||
| 21817 | (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\ | ||
| 21818 | Insert row(s) or column(s). | ||
| 21819 | See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'. | ||
| 21820 | |||
| 21821 | \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil) | ||
| 21822 | |||
| 21823 | (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\ | ||
| 21824 | Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them. | ||
| 21825 | Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the | ||
| 21826 | optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the | ||
| 21827 | buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses | ||
| 21828 | all the table specific features. | ||
| 21829 | |||
| 21830 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 21831 | |||
| 21832 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\ | ||
| 21833 | Not documented | ||
| 21834 | |||
| 21835 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21836 | |||
| 21837 | (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\ | ||
| 21838 | Recognize all tables within region. | ||
| 21839 | BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric | ||
| 21840 | prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become | ||
| 21841 | inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table | ||
| 21842 | specific features. | ||
| 21843 | |||
| 21844 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 21845 | |||
| 21846 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\ | ||
| 21847 | Not documented | ||
| 21848 | |||
| 21849 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 21850 | |||
| 21851 | (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\ | ||
| 21852 | Recognize a table at point. | ||
| 21853 | If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table | ||
| 21854 | becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all | ||
| 21855 | the table specific features. | ||
| 21856 | |||
| 21857 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 21858 | |||
| 21859 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\ | ||
| 21860 | Not documented | ||
| 21861 | |||
| 21862 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21863 | |||
| 21864 | (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21865 | Recognize a table cell that contains current point. | ||
| 21866 | Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The | ||
| 21867 | optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and | ||
| 21868 | must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG | ||
| 21869 | is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes | ||
| 21870 | plain text and loses all the table specific features. | ||
| 21871 | |||
| 21872 | \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 21873 | |||
| 21874 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21875 | Not documented | ||
| 21876 | |||
| 21877 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21878 | |||
| 21879 | (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21880 | Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically. | ||
| 21881 | Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current | ||
| 21882 | cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also | ||
| 21883 | heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The | ||
| 21884 | optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be | ||
| 21885 | specified. | ||
| 21886 | |||
| 21887 | \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil) | ||
| 21888 | |||
| 21889 | (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21890 | Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically. | ||
| 21891 | Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell | ||
| 21892 | and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell | ||
| 21893 | must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This | ||
| 21894 | is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current | ||
| 21895 | one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular | ||
| 21896 | table structure. | ||
| 21897 | |||
| 21898 | \(fn N)" t nil) | ||
| 21899 | |||
| 21900 | (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21901 | Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally. | ||
| 21902 | Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the | ||
| 21903 | table's rectangle structure. | ||
| 21904 | |||
| 21905 | \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil) | ||
| 21906 | |||
| 21907 | (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21908 | Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally. | ||
| 21909 | Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the | ||
| 21910 | table's rectangle structure. | ||
| 21911 | |||
| 21912 | \(fn N)" t nil) | ||
| 21913 | |||
| 21914 | (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21915 | Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell. | ||
| 21916 | With argument ARG, do it ARG times; | ||
| 21917 | a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells. | ||
| 21918 | Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only. | ||
| 21919 | |||
| 21920 | Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases) | ||
| 21921 | |||
| 21922 | You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press | ||
| 21923 | \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press | ||
| 21924 | \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key. | ||
| 21925 | |||
| 21926 | +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+ | ||
| 21927 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 | | ||
| 21928 | +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+ | ||
| 21929 | |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 | | ||
| 21930 | | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+ | ||
| 21931 | | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 | | ||
| 21932 | +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+ | ||
| 21933 | |||
| 21934 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ | ||
| 21935 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | | ||
| 21936 | | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+ | ||
| 21937 | +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 | | ||
| 21938 | |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+ | ||
| 21939 | | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 | | ||
| 21940 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ | ||
| 21941 | |||
| 21942 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+ | ||
| 21943 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | | ||
| 21944 | | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ | | ||
| 21945 | | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+ | ||
| 21946 | +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 | | ||
| 21947 | |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | | | ||
| 21948 | | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ | ||
| 21949 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ | ||
| 21950 | |||
| 21951 | \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil) | ||
| 21952 | |||
| 21953 | (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21954 | Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell. | ||
| 21955 | With argument ARG, do it ARG times; | ||
| 21956 | a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells. | ||
| 21957 | |||
| 21958 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 21959 | |||
| 21960 | (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21961 | Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION. | ||
| 21962 | DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below. | ||
| 21963 | |||
| 21964 | \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil) | ||
| 21965 | |||
| 21966 | (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\ | ||
| 21967 | Split current cell vertically. | ||
| 21968 | Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location. | ||
| 21969 | |||
| 21970 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21971 | |||
| 21972 | (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\ | ||
| 21973 | Split current cell horizontally. | ||
| 21974 | Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location. | ||
| 21975 | |||
| 21976 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 21977 | |||
| 21978 | (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21979 | Split current cell in ORIENTATION. | ||
| 21980 | ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically. | ||
| 21981 | |||
| 21982 | \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil) | ||
| 21983 | |||
| 21984 | (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\ | ||
| 21985 | Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells. | ||
| 21986 | WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, | ||
| 21987 | 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none. | ||
| 21988 | |||
| 21989 | \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil) | ||
| 21990 | |||
| 21991 | (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\ | ||
| 21992 | Justify cell contents. | ||
| 21993 | JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top, | ||
| 21994 | 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is | ||
| 21995 | non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph, | ||
| 21996 | otherwise the entire cell contents is justified. | ||
| 21997 | |||
| 21998 | \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil) | ||
| 21999 | |||
| 22000 | (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\ | ||
| 22001 | Justify cells of a row. | ||
| 22002 | JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top, | ||
| 22003 | 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. | ||
| 22004 | |||
| 22005 | \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil) | ||
| 22006 | |||
| 22007 | (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\ | ||
| 22008 | Justify cells of a column. | ||
| 22009 | JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top, | ||
| 22010 | 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. | ||
| 22011 | |||
| 22012 | \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil) | ||
| 22013 | |||
| 22014 | (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\ | ||
| 22015 | Toggle fixing width mode. | ||
| 22016 | In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell | ||
| 22017 | width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in | ||
| 22018 | order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines. | ||
| 22019 | |||
| 22020 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 22021 | |||
| 22022 | (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\ | ||
| 22023 | Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table. | ||
| 22024 | The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell | ||
| 22025 | width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table | ||
| 22026 | height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells | ||
| 22027 | is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell | ||
| 22028 | frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns | ||
| 22029 | and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore | ||
| 22030 | the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with | ||
| 22031 | non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional | ||
| 22032 | WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported. | ||
| 22033 | |||
| 22034 | \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil) | ||
| 22035 | |||
| 22036 | (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\ | ||
| 22037 | Generate source of the current table in the specified language. | ||
| 22038 | LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the | ||
| 22039 | structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals. | ||
| 22040 | The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer | ||
| 22041 | object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default | ||
| 22042 | buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case | ||
| 22043 | the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation. | ||
| 22044 | When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination | ||
| 22045 | buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the | ||
| 22046 | generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination | ||
| 22047 | buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are | ||
| 22048 | untouched. | ||
| 22049 | |||
| 22050 | References used for this implementation: | ||
| 22051 | |||
| 22052 | HTML: | ||
| 22053 | http://www.w3.org | ||
| 22054 | |||
| 22055 | LaTeX: | ||
| 22056 | http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html | ||
| 22057 | |||
| 22058 | CALS (DocBook DTD): | ||
| 22059 | http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm | ||
| 22060 | http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751 | ||
| 22061 | |||
| 22062 | \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil) | ||
| 22063 | |||
| 22064 | (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\ | ||
| 22065 | Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell. | ||
| 22066 | STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an | ||
| 22067 | empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with | ||
| 22068 | numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of | ||
| 22069 | parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the | ||
| 22070 | last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the | ||
| 22071 | number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell | ||
| 22072 | traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward | ||
| 22073 | entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence | ||
| 22074 | elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing. | ||
| 22075 | INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element | ||
| 22076 | insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for | ||
| 22077 | INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence | ||
| 22078 | is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell | ||
| 22079 | structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or | ||
| 22080 | 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string. | ||
| 22081 | |||
| 22082 | Example: | ||
| 22083 | |||
| 22084 | (progn | ||
| 22085 | (table-insert 16 3 5 1) | ||
| 22086 | (table-forward-cell 15) | ||
| 22087 | (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center) | ||
| 22088 | (table-forward-cell 16) | ||
| 22089 | (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center) | ||
| 22090 | (table-forward-cell 1) | ||
| 22091 | (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center)) | ||
| 22092 | |||
| 22093 | (progn | ||
| 22094 | (table-insert 16 8 5 1) | ||
| 22095 | (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right) | ||
| 22096 | (table-forward-cell 1) | ||
| 22097 | (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left)) | ||
| 22098 | |||
| 22099 | \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil) | ||
| 22100 | |||
| 22101 | (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\ | ||
| 22102 | Delete N row(s) of cells. | ||
| 22103 | Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row | ||
| 22104 | contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must | ||
| 22105 | consists from cells of same height. | ||
| 22106 | |||
| 22107 | \(fn N)" t nil) | ||
| 22108 | |||
| 22109 | (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\ | ||
| 22110 | Delete N column(s) of cells. | ||
| 22111 | Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is | ||
| 22112 | the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each | ||
| 22113 | column must consists from cells of same width. | ||
| 22114 | |||
| 22115 | \(fn N)" t nil) | ||
| 22116 | |||
| 22117 | (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\ | ||
| 22118 | Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region. | ||
| 22119 | Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END | ||
| 22120 | specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table. | ||
| 22121 | The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional | ||
| 22122 | COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents | ||
| 22123 | is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the | ||
| 22124 | delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of | ||
| 22125 | columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and | ||
| 22126 | ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and | ||
| 22127 | the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY | ||
| 22128 | is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell | ||
| 22129 | justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell | ||
| 22130 | width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when | ||
| 22131 | ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified. | ||
| 22132 | |||
| 22133 | |||
| 22134 | Example 1: | ||
| 22135 | |||
| 22136 | 1, 2, 3, 4 | ||
| 22137 | 5, 6, 7, 8 | ||
| 22138 | , 9, 10 | ||
| 22139 | |||
| 22140 | Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP | ||
| 22141 | \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In | ||
| 22142 | this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is | ||
| 22143 | specified as 5. | ||
| 22144 | |||
| 22145 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | ||
| 22146 | | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | | ||
| 22147 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | ||
| 22148 | | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | | ||
| 22149 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | ||
| 22150 | | | 9 | 10 | | | ||
| 22151 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ | ||
| 22152 | |||
| 22153 | Note: | ||
| 22154 | |||
| 22155 | In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert' | ||
| 22156 | in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end | ||
| 22157 | of each row is optional. | ||
| 22158 | |||
| 22159 | |||
| 22160 | Example 2: | ||
| 22161 | |||
| 22162 | This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing. | ||
| 22163 | Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from | ||
| 22164 | -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item | ||
| 22165 | name headers. This time specify empty string for both | ||
| 22166 | COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP. | ||
| 22167 | |||
| 22168 | -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power | ||
| 22169 | requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | ||
| 22170 | |||
| 22171 | Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular | ||
| 22172 | expression and raw delimiter regular | ||
| 22173 | expression, it parses the specified text | ||
| 22174 | area and extracts cell items from | ||
| 22175 | non-table text and then forms a table out | ||
| 22176 | of them. | ||
| 22177 | |||
| 22178 | Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it | ||
| 22179 | creates a single cell table. The text in | ||
| 22180 | the specified region is placed in that | ||
| 22181 | cell.-*- | ||
| 22182 | |||
| 22183 | Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table | ||
| 22184 | like this. | ||
| 22185 | |||
| 22186 | +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ | ||
| 22187 | |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power| | ||
| 22188 | |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | | ||
| 22189 | | | | ||
| 22190 | |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular | | ||
| 22191 | | expression and raw delimiter regular | | ||
| 22192 | | expression, it parses the specified text | | ||
| 22193 | | area and extracts cell items from | | ||
| 22194 | | non-table text and then forms a table out | | ||
| 22195 | | of them. | | ||
| 22196 | | | | ||
| 22197 | |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it | | ||
| 22198 | | creates a single cell table. The text in | | ||
| 22199 | | the specified region is placed in that | | ||
| 22200 | | cell. | | ||
| 22201 | +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ | ||
| 22202 | |||
| 22203 | By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of | ||
| 22204 | paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited | ||
| 22205 | independently. | ||
| 22206 | |||
| 22207 | +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ | ||
| 22208 | |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power| | ||
| 22209 | |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | | ||
| 22210 | +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ | ||
| 22211 | |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular | | ||
| 22212 | | |expression and raw delimiter regular | | ||
| 22213 | | |expression, it parses the specified text | | ||
| 22214 | | |area and extracts cell items from | | ||
| 22215 | | |non-table text and then forms a table out | | ||
| 22216 | | |of them. | | ||
| 22217 | +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ | ||
| 22218 | |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it | | ||
| 22219 | | |creates a single cell table. The text in | | ||
| 22220 | | |the specified region is placed in that | | ||
| 22221 | | |cell. | | ||
| 22222 | +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ | ||
| 22223 | |||
| 22224 | By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the | ||
| 22225 | contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as | ||
| 22226 | companion command to `table-capture' this way. | ||
| 22227 | |||
| 22228 | \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil) | ||
| 22229 | |||
| 22230 | (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\ | ||
| 22231 | Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table. | ||
| 22232 | Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command | ||
| 22233 | converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to | ||
| 22234 | `table-capture' which does the opposite process. | ||
| 22235 | |||
| 22236 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22237 | |||
| 22238 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22239 | |||
| 22240 | ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16511 32502)) | ||
| 22241 | ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el | ||
| 22242 | |||
| 22243 | (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | ||
| 22244 | Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group. | ||
| 22245 | |||
| 22246 | \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil) | ||
| 22247 | |||
| 22248 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22249 | |||
| 22250 | ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16511 35097)) | ||
| 22251 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el | ||
| 22252 | |||
| 22253 | (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | ||
| 22254 | Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | ||
| 22255 | You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | ||
| 22256 | Letters no longer insert themselves. | ||
| 22257 | Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | ||
| 22258 | or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | ||
| 22259 | Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | ||
| 22260 | |||
| 22261 | If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | ||
| 22262 | save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | ||
| 22263 | saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | ||
| 22264 | inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | ||
| 22265 | |||
| 22266 | See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | ||
| 22267 | \\{tar-mode-map} | ||
| 22268 | |||
| 22269 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22270 | |||
| 22271 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22272 | |||
| 22273 | ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" | ||
| 22274 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16511 35714)) | ||
| 22275 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el | ||
| 22276 | |||
| 22277 | (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | ||
| 22278 | Major mode for editing Tcl code. | ||
| 22279 | Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | ||
| 22280 | Tab indents for Tcl code. | ||
| 22281 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | ||
| 22282 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | ||
| 22283 | |||
| 22284 | Variables controlling indentation style: | ||
| 22285 | `tcl-indent-level' | ||
| 22286 | Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | ||
| 22287 | `tcl-continued-indent-level' | ||
| 22288 | Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | ||
| 22289 | |||
| 22290 | Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | ||
| 22291 | documentation for details): | ||
| 22292 | `tcl-tab-always-indent' | ||
| 22293 | Controls action of TAB key. | ||
| 22294 | `tcl-auto-newline' | ||
| 22295 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | ||
| 22296 | and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | ||
| 22297 | `tcl-use-smart-word-finder' | ||
| 22298 | If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | ||
| 22299 | word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | ||
| 22300 | |||
| 22301 | Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for | ||
| 22302 | `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | ||
| 22303 | already exist. | ||
| 22304 | |||
| 22305 | Commands: | ||
| 22306 | \\{tcl-mode-map} | ||
| 22307 | |||
| 22308 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22309 | |||
| 22310 | (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | ||
| 22311 | Run inferior Tcl process. | ||
| 22312 | Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | ||
| 22313 | See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information. | ||
| 22314 | |||
| 22315 | \(fn CMD)" t nil) | ||
| 22316 | |||
| 22317 | (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | ||
| 22318 | Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | ||
| 22319 | Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'. | ||
| 22320 | |||
| 22321 | \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 22322 | |||
| 22323 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22324 | |||
| 22325 | ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16511 32586)) | ||
| 22326 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el | ||
| 22327 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | ||
| 22328 | |||
| 22329 | (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | ||
| 22330 | Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | ||
| 22331 | Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | ||
| 22332 | where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | ||
| 22333 | is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | ||
| 22334 | falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | ||
| 22335 | Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time. | ||
| 22336 | |||
| 22337 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 22338 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | ||
| 22339 | |||
| 22340 | (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | ||
| 22341 | Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | ||
| 22342 | Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | ||
| 22343 | Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time. | ||
| 22344 | |||
| 22345 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) | ||
| 22346 | |||
| 22347 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22348 | |||
| 22349 | ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16511 | ||
| 22350 | ;;;;;; 32504)) | ||
| 22351 | ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el | ||
| 22352 | |||
| 22353 | (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | ||
| 22354 | Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | ||
| 22355 | The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | ||
| 22356 | If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | ||
| 22357 | Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | ||
| 22358 | the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. | ||
| 22359 | |||
| 22360 | \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) | ||
| 22361 | |||
| 22362 | (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | ||
| 22363 | Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer. | ||
| 22364 | The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the | ||
| 22365 | commands to use in that buffer. | ||
| 22366 | |||
| 22367 | \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer. | ||
| 22368 | |||
| 22369 | \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil) | ||
| 22370 | |||
| 22371 | (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | ||
| 22372 | Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer. | ||
| 22373 | |||
| 22374 | \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 22375 | |||
| 22376 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22377 | |||
| 22378 | ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16511 | ||
| 22379 | ;;;;;; 32505)) | ||
| 22380 | ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el | ||
| 22381 | |||
| 22382 | (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | ||
| 22383 | Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | ||
| 22384 | ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | ||
| 22385 | BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | ||
| 22386 | and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | ||
| 22387 | program as keyboard input. | ||
| 22388 | |||
| 22389 | Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | ||
| 22390 | are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | ||
| 22391 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | ||
| 22392 | -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | ||
| 22393 | |||
| 22394 | To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | ||
| 22395 | to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | ||
| 22396 | type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | ||
| 22397 | Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | ||
| 22398 | This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | ||
| 22399 | |||
| 22400 | `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | ||
| 22401 | |||
| 22402 | Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | ||
| 22403 | of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | ||
| 22404 | terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | ||
| 22405 | terminal-redisplay-interval. | ||
| 22406 | |||
| 22407 | This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | ||
| 22408 | and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | ||
| 22409 | subprocess started. | ||
| 22410 | |||
| 22411 | \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil) | ||
| 22412 | |||
| 22413 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22414 | |||
| 22415 | ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" | ||
| 22416 | ;;;;;; (16511 32546)) | ||
| 22417 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el | ||
| 22418 | |||
| 22419 | (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\ | ||
| 22420 | Start coverage on function under point. | ||
| 22421 | |||
| 22422 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22423 | |||
| 22424 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22425 | |||
| 22426 | ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16511 32595)) | ||
| 22427 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el | ||
| 22428 | |||
| 22429 | (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | ||
| 22430 | Play the Tetris game. | ||
| 22431 | Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | ||
| 22432 | rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | ||
| 22433 | as to form complete rows. | ||
| 22434 | |||
| 22435 | tetris-mode keybindings: | ||
| 22436 | \\<tetris-mode-map> | ||
| 22437 | \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | ||
| 22438 | \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | ||
| 22439 | \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | ||
| 22440 | \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | ||
| 22441 | \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | ||
| 22442 | \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | ||
| 22443 | \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | ||
| 22444 | \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | ||
| 22445 | |||
| 22446 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22447 | |||
| 22448 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22449 | |||
| 22450 | ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode | ||
| 22451 | ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | ||
| 22452 | ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22453 | ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | ||
| 22454 | ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command | ||
| 22455 | ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | ||
| 22456 | ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | ||
| 22457 | ;;;;;; (16511 32645)) | ||
| 22458 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el | ||
| 22459 | |||
| 22460 | (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | ||
| 22461 | *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | ||
| 22462 | |||
| 22463 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22464 | |||
| 22465 | (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | ||
| 22466 | *Directory in which temporary files are written. | ||
| 22467 | You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | ||
| 22468 | and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | ||
| 22469 | `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | ||
| 22470 | |||
| 22471 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22472 | |||
| 22473 | (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | ||
| 22474 | Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | ||
| 22475 | If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | ||
| 22476 | if it matches the first line of the file, | ||
| 22477 | `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | ||
| 22478 | |||
| 22479 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22480 | |||
| 22481 | (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | ||
| 22482 | *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | ||
| 22483 | The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | ||
| 22484 | if the variable is non-nil.") | ||
| 22485 | |||
| 22486 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22487 | |||
| 22488 | (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | ||
| 22489 | *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | ||
| 22490 | |||
| 22491 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22492 | |||
| 22493 | (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | ||
| 22494 | *Command used to run TeX subjob. | ||
| 22495 | TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | ||
| 22496 | See the documentation of that variable.") | ||
| 22497 | |||
| 22498 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22499 | |||
| 22500 | (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | ||
| 22501 | *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | ||
| 22502 | LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | ||
| 22503 | See the documentation of that variable.") | ||
| 22504 | |||
| 22505 | (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22506 | |||
| 22507 | (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | ||
| 22508 | *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | ||
| 22509 | SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | ||
| 22510 | See the documentation of that variable.") | ||
| 22511 | |||
| 22512 | (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22513 | |||
| 22514 | (defvar tex-start-options "" "\ | ||
| 22515 | *TeX options to use when starting TeX. | ||
| 22516 | These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands' | ||
| 22517 | and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted. | ||
| 22518 | If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | ||
| 22519 | |||
| 22520 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22521 | |||
| 22522 | (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | ||
| 22523 | *TeX commands to use when starting TeX. | ||
| 22524 | They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space. | ||
| 22525 | If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | ||
| 22526 | |||
| 22527 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22528 | |||
| 22529 | (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | ||
| 22530 | *User defined LaTeX block names. | ||
| 22531 | Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | ||
| 22532 | |||
| 22533 | (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22534 | |||
| 22535 | (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | ||
| 22536 | *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | ||
| 22537 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | ||
| 22538 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | ||
| 22539 | |||
| 22540 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22541 | |||
| 22542 | (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | ||
| 22543 | *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22544 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | ||
| 22545 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | ||
| 22546 | |||
| 22547 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22548 | |||
| 22549 | (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | ||
| 22550 | *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22551 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | ||
| 22552 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | ||
| 22553 | |||
| 22554 | If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | ||
| 22555 | `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | ||
| 22556 | for example, | ||
| 22557 | |||
| 22558 | (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22559 | '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | ||
| 22560 | |||
| 22561 | would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | ||
| 22562 | use.") | ||
| 22563 | |||
| 22564 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22565 | |||
| 22566 | (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\ | ||
| 22567 | *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | ||
| 22568 | If it is a string, that specifies the command directly. | ||
| 22569 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | ||
| 22570 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end. | ||
| 22571 | |||
| 22572 | If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.") | ||
| 22573 | |||
| 22574 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22575 | |||
| 22576 | (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | ||
| 22577 | *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | ||
| 22578 | Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | ||
| 22579 | |||
| 22580 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22581 | |||
| 22582 | (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ | ||
| 22583 | *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. | ||
| 22584 | This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | ||
| 22585 | is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | ||
| 22586 | Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | ||
| 22587 | |||
| 22588 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22589 | |||
| 22590 | (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | ||
| 22591 | *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | ||
| 22592 | |||
| 22593 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22594 | |||
| 22595 | (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | ||
| 22596 | *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | ||
| 22597 | |||
| 22598 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode") | ||
| 22599 | |||
| 22600 | (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | ||
| 22601 | Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | ||
| 22602 | Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | ||
| 22603 | this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | ||
| 22604 | `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | ||
| 22605 | such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | ||
| 22606 | says which mode to use. | ||
| 22607 | |||
| 22608 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22609 | |||
| 22610 | (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | ||
| 22611 | |||
| 22612 | (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | ||
| 22613 | |||
| 22614 | (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | ||
| 22615 | |||
| 22616 | (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | ||
| 22617 | Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | ||
| 22618 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | ||
| 22619 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | ||
| 22620 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | ||
| 22621 | |||
| 22622 | Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | ||
| 22623 | copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | ||
| 22624 | running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | ||
| 22625 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | ||
| 22626 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | ||
| 22627 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | ||
| 22628 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | ||
| 22629 | |||
| 22630 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | ||
| 22631 | mismatched $'s or braces. | ||
| 22632 | |||
| 22633 | Special commands: | ||
| 22634 | \\{plain-tex-mode-map} | ||
| 22635 | |||
| 22636 | Mode variables: | ||
| 22637 | tex-run-command | ||
| 22638 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | ||
| 22639 | tex-directory | ||
| 22640 | Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | ||
| 22641 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | ||
| 22642 | tex-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22643 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22644 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22645 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | ||
| 22646 | argument) to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22647 | tex-dvi-view-command | ||
| 22648 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | ||
| 22649 | tex-show-queue-command | ||
| 22650 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | ||
| 22651 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | ||
| 22652 | |||
| 22653 | Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | ||
| 22654 | `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | ||
| 22655 | special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run. | ||
| 22656 | |||
| 22657 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22658 | |||
| 22659 | (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | ||
| 22660 | Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | ||
| 22661 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | ||
| 22662 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | ||
| 22663 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | ||
| 22664 | |||
| 22665 | Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | ||
| 22666 | copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | ||
| 22667 | running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | ||
| 22668 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | ||
| 22669 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | ||
| 22670 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | ||
| 22671 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | ||
| 22672 | |||
| 22673 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | ||
| 22674 | mismatched $'s or braces. | ||
| 22675 | |||
| 22676 | Special commands: | ||
| 22677 | \\{latex-mode-map} | ||
| 22678 | |||
| 22679 | Mode variables: | ||
| 22680 | latex-run-command | ||
| 22681 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | ||
| 22682 | tex-directory | ||
| 22683 | Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | ||
| 22684 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | ||
| 22685 | tex-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22686 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22687 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22688 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | ||
| 22689 | argument) to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22690 | tex-dvi-view-command | ||
| 22691 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | ||
| 22692 | tex-show-queue-command | ||
| 22693 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | ||
| 22694 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | ||
| 22695 | |||
| 22696 | Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | ||
| 22697 | `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | ||
| 22698 | subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run. | ||
| 22699 | |||
| 22700 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22701 | |||
| 22702 | (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | ||
| 22703 | Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | ||
| 22704 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | ||
| 22705 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | ||
| 22706 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | ||
| 22707 | |||
| 22708 | Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | ||
| 22709 | copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | ||
| 22710 | running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | ||
| 22711 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | ||
| 22712 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | ||
| 22713 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | ||
| 22714 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | ||
| 22715 | |||
| 22716 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | ||
| 22717 | mismatched $'s or braces. | ||
| 22718 | |||
| 22719 | Special commands: | ||
| 22720 | \\{slitex-mode-map} | ||
| 22721 | |||
| 22722 | Mode variables: | ||
| 22723 | slitex-run-command | ||
| 22724 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | ||
| 22725 | tex-directory | ||
| 22726 | Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | ||
| 22727 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | ||
| 22728 | tex-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22729 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22730 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command | ||
| 22731 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | ||
| 22732 | argument) to print a .dvi file. | ||
| 22733 | tex-dvi-view-command | ||
| 22734 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | ||
| 22735 | tex-show-queue-command | ||
| 22736 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | ||
| 22737 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | ||
| 22738 | |||
| 22739 | Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | ||
| 22740 | `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | ||
| 22741 | `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | ||
| 22742 | `tex-shell-hook' is run. | ||
| 22743 | |||
| 22744 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22745 | |||
| 22746 | (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\ | ||
| 22747 | Not documented | ||
| 22748 | |||
| 22749 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 22750 | |||
| 22751 | (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | ||
| 22752 | Major mode to edit DocTeX files. | ||
| 22753 | |||
| 22754 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22755 | |||
| 22756 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22757 | |||
| 22758 | ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | ||
| 22759 | ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16511 32646)) | ||
| 22760 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el | ||
| 22761 | |||
| 22762 | (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | ||
| 22763 | Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | ||
| 22764 | The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | ||
| 22765 | name specified in the @setfilename command. | ||
| 22766 | |||
| 22767 | Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | ||
| 22768 | and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | ||
| 22769 | Info-split to do these manually. | ||
| 22770 | |||
| 22771 | \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil) | ||
| 22772 | |||
| 22773 | (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | ||
| 22774 | Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | ||
| 22775 | This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | ||
| 22776 | The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | ||
| 22777 | converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer. | ||
| 22778 | |||
| 22779 | \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil) | ||
| 22780 | |||
| 22781 | (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | ||
| 22782 | Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | ||
| 22783 | The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | ||
| 22784 | names specified in the @setfilename command. | ||
| 22785 | |||
| 22786 | This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | ||
| 22787 | creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | ||
| 22788 | is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | ||
| 22789 | Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | ||
| 22790 | |||
| 22791 | Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | ||
| 22792 | if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually. | ||
| 22793 | |||
| 22794 | \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil) | ||
| 22795 | |||
| 22796 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22797 | |||
| 22798 | ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote) | ||
| 22799 | ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16511 32647)) | ||
| 22800 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el | ||
| 22801 | |||
| 22802 | (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\ | ||
| 22803 | *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | ||
| 22804 | |||
| 22805 | (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo") | ||
| 22806 | |||
| 22807 | (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\ | ||
| 22808 | *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | ||
| 22809 | |||
| 22810 | (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo") | ||
| 22811 | |||
| 22812 | (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | ||
| 22813 | Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | ||
| 22814 | |||
| 22815 | It has these extra commands: | ||
| 22816 | \\{texinfo-mode-map} | ||
| 22817 | |||
| 22818 | These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | ||
| 22819 | and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | ||
| 22820 | the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | ||
| 22821 | modified version of TeX input format. | ||
| 22822 | |||
| 22823 | Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | ||
| 22824 | set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | ||
| 22825 | what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | ||
| 22826 | use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | ||
| 22827 | |||
| 22828 | You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | ||
| 22829 | This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | ||
| 22830 | lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | ||
| 22831 | These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | ||
| 22832 | In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | ||
| 22833 | use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | ||
| 22834 | in the Texinfo file. | ||
| 22835 | |||
| 22836 | In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | ||
| 22837 | frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | ||
| 22838 | commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | ||
| 22839 | \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | ||
| 22840 | move forward past the closing brace. | ||
| 22841 | |||
| 22842 | Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | ||
| 22843 | updating menus and node pointers. These functions | ||
| 22844 | |||
| 22845 | * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | ||
| 22846 | * insert or update the menu for a section, and | ||
| 22847 | * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | ||
| 22848 | |||
| 22849 | Here are the functions: | ||
| 22850 | |||
| 22851 | texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | ||
| 22852 | texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | ||
| 22853 | texinfo-sequential-node-update | ||
| 22854 | |||
| 22855 | texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | ||
| 22856 | texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | ||
| 22857 | texinfo-master-menu | ||
| 22858 | |||
| 22859 | texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | ||
| 22860 | |||
| 22861 | The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | ||
| 22862 | which menu descriptions are indented. | ||
| 22863 | |||
| 22864 | Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | ||
| 22865 | `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | ||
| 22866 | in the region. | ||
| 22867 | |||
| 22868 | To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | ||
| 22869 | hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | ||
| 22870 | Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | ||
| 22871 | `@chapter' or `@section' line. | ||
| 22872 | |||
| 22873 | If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | ||
| 22874 | be the first node in the file. | ||
| 22875 | |||
| 22876 | Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the | ||
| 22877 | value of `texinfo-mode-hook'. | ||
| 22878 | |||
| 22879 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22880 | |||
| 22881 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22882 | |||
| 22883 | ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer | ||
| 22884 | ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" | ||
| 22885 | ;;;;;; (16511 25865)) | ||
| 22886 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el | ||
| 22887 | |||
| 22888 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | ||
| 22889 | Compose Thai characters in the region. | ||
| 22890 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | ||
| 22891 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the region. | ||
| 22892 | |||
| 22893 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 22894 | |||
| 22895 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | ||
| 22896 | Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string. | ||
| 22897 | |||
| 22898 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 22899 | |||
| 22900 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | ||
| 22901 | Compose Thai characters in the current buffer. | ||
| 22902 | |||
| 22903 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22904 | |||
| 22905 | (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ | ||
| 22906 | Not documented | ||
| 22907 | |||
| 22908 | \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 22909 | |||
| 22910 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22911 | |||
| 22912 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point | ||
| 22913 | ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | ||
| 22914 | ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16511 32505)) | ||
| 22915 | ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el | ||
| 22916 | |||
| 22917 | (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | ||
| 22918 | Move forward to the end of the next THING. | ||
| 22919 | |||
| 22920 | \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil) | ||
| 22921 | |||
| 22922 | (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | ||
| 22923 | Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | ||
| 22924 | THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | ||
| 22925 | Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | ||
| 22926 | `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | ||
| 22927 | |||
| 22928 | See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | ||
| 22929 | a symbol as a valid THING. | ||
| 22930 | |||
| 22931 | The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | ||
| 22932 | of the textual entity that was found. | ||
| 22933 | |||
| 22934 | \(fn THING)" nil nil) | ||
| 22935 | |||
| 22936 | (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | ||
| 22937 | Return the THING at point. | ||
| 22938 | THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | ||
| 22939 | Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | ||
| 22940 | `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | ||
| 22941 | |||
| 22942 | See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | ||
| 22943 | a symbol as a valid THING. | ||
| 22944 | |||
| 22945 | \(fn THING)" nil nil) | ||
| 22946 | |||
| 22947 | (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | ||
| 22948 | Not documented | ||
| 22949 | |||
| 22950 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 22951 | |||
| 22952 | (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | ||
| 22953 | Not documented | ||
| 22954 | |||
| 22955 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 22956 | |||
| 22957 | (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | ||
| 22958 | Not documented | ||
| 22959 | |||
| 22960 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 22961 | |||
| 22962 | (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | ||
| 22963 | Not documented | ||
| 22964 | |||
| 22965 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 22966 | |||
| 22967 | ;;;*** | ||
| 22968 | |||
| 22969 | ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked | ||
| 22970 | ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el" | ||
| 22971 | ;;;;;; (16511 32505)) | ||
| 22972 | ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el | ||
| 22973 | |||
| 22974 | (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\ | ||
| 22975 | Display the thumbnail for IMG. | ||
| 22976 | |||
| 22977 | \(fn IMG)" t nil) | ||
| 22978 | |||
| 22979 | (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\ | ||
| 22980 | Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR. | ||
| 22981 | Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp, | ||
| 22982 | and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window. | ||
| 22983 | |||
| 22984 | \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil) | ||
| 22985 | |||
| 22986 | (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\ | ||
| 22987 | In Dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files. | ||
| 22988 | |||
| 22989 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22990 | |||
| 22991 | (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\ | ||
| 22992 | In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory. | ||
| 22993 | |||
| 22994 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 22995 | |||
| 22996 | (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir)) | ||
| 22997 | |||
| 22998 | (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\ | ||
| 22999 | In dired, Call the setroot program on the image at point. | ||
| 23000 | |||
| 23001 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23002 | |||
| 23003 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23004 | |||
| 23005 | ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion | ||
| 23006 | ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer | ||
| 23007 | ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region | ||
| 23008 | ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan | ||
| 23009 | ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" | ||
| 23010 | ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16511 25865)) | ||
| 23011 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el | ||
| 23012 | |||
| 23013 | (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23014 | Check if char CH is Tibetan character. | ||
| 23015 | Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil. | ||
| 23016 | |||
| 23017 | \(fn CH)" nil nil) | ||
| 23018 | |||
| 23019 | (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23020 | Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string. | ||
| 23021 | |||
| 23022 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 23023 | |||
| 23024 | (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23025 | Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | ||
| 23026 | The returned string has no composition information. | ||
| 23027 | |||
| 23028 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 23029 | |||
| 23030 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23031 | Compose Tibetan string STR. | ||
| 23032 | |||
| 23033 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 23034 | |||
| 23035 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23036 | Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END. | ||
| 23037 | |||
| 23038 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 23039 | |||
| 23040 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23041 | Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | ||
| 23042 | This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | ||
| 23043 | are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences. | ||
| 23044 | |||
| 23045 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 23046 | |||
| 23047 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23048 | Decompose Tibetan string STR. | ||
| 23049 | This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | ||
| 23050 | are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences. | ||
| 23051 | |||
| 23052 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) | ||
| 23053 | |||
| 23054 | (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23055 | Not documented | ||
| 23056 | |||
| 23057 | \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 23058 | |||
| 23059 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23060 | Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | ||
| 23061 | See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'. | ||
| 23062 | |||
| 23063 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23064 | |||
| 23065 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23066 | Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | ||
| 23067 | See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region. | ||
| 23068 | |||
| 23069 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23070 | |||
| 23071 | (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23072 | Not documented | ||
| 23073 | |||
| 23074 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 23075 | |||
| 23076 | (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23077 | Not documented | ||
| 23078 | |||
| 23079 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 23080 | |||
| 23081 | (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\ | ||
| 23082 | Not documented | ||
| 23083 | |||
| 23084 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 23085 | |||
| 23086 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23087 | |||
| 23088 | ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" | ||
| 23089 | ;;;;;; (16511 32647)) | ||
| 23090 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el | ||
| 23091 | |||
| 23092 | (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | ||
| 23093 | Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | ||
| 23094 | See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | ||
| 23095 | `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | ||
| 23096 | parameters. | ||
| 23097 | This function performs no refilling of the changed text. | ||
| 23098 | |||
| 23099 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) | ||
| 23100 | |||
| 23101 | (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | ||
| 23102 | Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | ||
| 23103 | See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | ||
| 23104 | `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | ||
| 23105 | parameters. | ||
| 23106 | This function performs no refilling of the changed text. | ||
| 23107 | |||
| 23108 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23109 | |||
| 23110 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23111 | |||
| 23112 | ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) | ||
| 23113 | ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16511 32505)) | ||
| 23114 | ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el | ||
| 23115 | |||
| 23116 | (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ | ||
| 23117 | *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | ||
| 23118 | |||
| 23119 | (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time") | ||
| 23120 | |||
| 23121 | (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | ||
| 23122 | Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | ||
| 23123 | This display updates automatically every minute. | ||
| 23124 | If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | ||
| 23125 | are displayed as well. | ||
| 23126 | This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update. | ||
| 23127 | |||
| 23128 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23129 | |||
| 23130 | (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ | ||
| 23131 | Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled. | ||
| 23132 | See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 23133 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 23134 | use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | ||
| 23135 | |||
| 23136 | (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time") | ||
| 23137 | |||
| 23138 | (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | ||
| 23139 | Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | ||
| 23140 | With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | ||
| 23141 | |||
| 23142 | When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | ||
| 23143 | If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | ||
| 23144 | are displayed as well. | ||
| 23145 | This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update. | ||
| 23146 | |||
| 23147 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 23148 | |||
| 23149 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23150 | |||
| 23151 | ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year | ||
| 23152 | ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract | ||
| 23153 | ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time) | ||
| 23154 | ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16511 32531)) | ||
| 23155 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el | ||
| 23156 | |||
| 23157 | (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23158 | Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value. | ||
| 23159 | |||
| 23160 | \(fn DATE)" nil nil) | ||
| 23161 | |||
| 23162 | (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23163 | Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value. | ||
| 23164 | |||
| 23165 | \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23166 | |||
| 23167 | (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23168 | Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2. | ||
| 23169 | |||
| 23170 | \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) | ||
| 23171 | |||
| 23172 | (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23173 | Convert DAYS into a time value. | ||
| 23174 | |||
| 23175 | \(fn DAYS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23176 | |||
| 23177 | (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23178 | Return the time elapsed since TIME. | ||
| 23179 | TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string. | ||
| 23180 | |||
| 23181 | \(fn TIME)" nil nil) | ||
| 23182 | |||
| 23183 | (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract)) | ||
| 23184 | |||
| 23185 | (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23186 | Subtract two time values. | ||
| 23187 | Return the difference in the format of a time value. | ||
| 23188 | |||
| 23189 | \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) | ||
| 23190 | |||
| 23191 | (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23192 | Add two time values. One should represent a time difference. | ||
| 23193 | |||
| 23194 | \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) | ||
| 23195 | |||
| 23196 | (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23197 | Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE. | ||
| 23198 | DATE should be a date-time string. | ||
| 23199 | |||
| 23200 | \(fn DATE)" nil nil) | ||
| 23201 | |||
| 23202 | (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23203 | Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2. | ||
| 23204 | DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings. | ||
| 23205 | |||
| 23206 | \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil) | ||
| 23207 | |||
| 23208 | (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23209 | Return t if YEAR is a leap year. | ||
| 23210 | |||
| 23211 | \(fn YEAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 23212 | |||
| 23213 | (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23214 | Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year. | ||
| 23215 | |||
| 23216 | \(fn TIME)" nil nil) | ||
| 23217 | |||
| 23218 | (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23219 | The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME. | ||
| 23220 | TIME should be a time value. | ||
| 23221 | The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary. | ||
| 23222 | |||
| 23223 | \(fn TIME)" nil nil) | ||
| 23224 | |||
| 23225 | (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | ||
| 23226 | Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value. | ||
| 23227 | If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros. | ||
| 23228 | |||
| 23229 | \(fn DATE)" nil nil) | ||
| 23230 | |||
| 23231 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23232 | |||
| 23233 | ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | ||
| 23234 | ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16511 32505)) | ||
| 23235 | ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el | ||
| 23236 | |||
| 23237 | (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | ||
| 23238 | Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. | ||
| 23239 | A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp | ||
| 23240 | every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | ||
| 23241 | (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | ||
| 23242 | Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | ||
| 23243 | look like one of the following: | ||
| 23244 | Time-stamp: <> | ||
| 23245 | Time-stamp: \" \" | ||
| 23246 | The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | ||
| 23247 | Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | ||
| 23248 | The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | ||
| 23249 | The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | ||
| 23250 | The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', | ||
| 23251 | `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | ||
| 23252 | template. | ||
| 23253 | |||
| 23254 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23255 | |||
| 23256 | (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | ||
| 23257 | Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | ||
| 23258 | With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 23259 | |||
| 23260 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 23261 | |||
| 23262 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23263 | |||
| 23264 | ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string | ||
| 23265 | ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | ||
| 23266 | ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | ||
| 23267 | ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | ||
| 23268 | ;;;;;; (16511 32531)) | ||
| 23269 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el | ||
| 23270 | |||
| 23271 | (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23272 | Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | ||
| 23273 | If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then | ||
| 23274 | the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline | ||
| 23275 | will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, | ||
| 23276 | the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its | ||
| 23277 | updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only | ||
| 23278 | if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline | ||
| 23279 | display (non-nil means on). | ||
| 23280 | |||
| 23281 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 23282 | |||
| 23283 | (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23284 | Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | ||
| 23285 | With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | ||
| 23286 | many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | ||
| 23287 | \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | ||
| 23288 | weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | ||
| 23289 | _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | ||
| 23290 | this function is called within a day. | ||
| 23291 | |||
| 23292 | PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | ||
| 23293 | FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | ||
| 23294 | interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | ||
| 23295 | discover the name of the project. | ||
| 23296 | |||
| 23297 | \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil) | ||
| 23298 | |||
| 23299 | (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23300 | Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | ||
| 23301 | If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | ||
| 23302 | begun during the last time segment. | ||
| 23303 | |||
| 23304 | REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | ||
| 23305 | FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | ||
| 23306 | interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | ||
| 23307 | discover the reason. | ||
| 23308 | |||
| 23309 | \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil) | ||
| 23310 | |||
| 23311 | (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23312 | Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment. | ||
| 23313 | If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution. | ||
| 23314 | If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time | ||
| 23315 | worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days. | ||
| 23316 | |||
| 23317 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 23318 | |||
| 23319 | (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23320 | Change to working on a different project. | ||
| 23321 | This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one. | ||
| 23322 | With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the | ||
| 23323 | time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were | ||
| 23324 | working on. | ||
| 23325 | |||
| 23326 | \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil) | ||
| 23327 | |||
| 23328 | (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23329 | Ask the user whether to clock out. | ||
| 23330 | This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'. | ||
| 23331 | |||
| 23332 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 23333 | |||
| 23334 | (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23335 | Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | ||
| 23336 | Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'. | ||
| 23337 | |||
| 23338 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23339 | |||
| 23340 | (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23341 | Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | ||
| 23342 | Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | ||
| 23343 | is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | ||
| 23344 | See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | ||
| 23345 | \"relative to today\". | ||
| 23346 | |||
| 23347 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 23348 | |||
| 23349 | (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23350 | Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | ||
| 23351 | Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | ||
| 23352 | non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked. | ||
| 23353 | |||
| 23354 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil) | ||
| 23355 | |||
| 23356 | (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | ||
| 23357 | Return a string representing the end of today's workday. | ||
| 23358 | This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | ||
| 23359 | SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include | ||
| 23360 | seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be | ||
| 23361 | relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | ||
| 23362 | |||
| 23363 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) | ||
| 23364 | |||
| 23365 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23366 | |||
| 23367 | ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer | ||
| 23368 | ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | ||
| 23369 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16511 32546)) | ||
| 23370 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el | ||
| 23371 | |||
| 23372 | (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | ||
| 23373 | |||
| 23374 | (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | ||
| 23375 | Remove TIMER from the list of active timers. | ||
| 23376 | |||
| 23377 | \(fn TIMER)" nil nil) | ||
| 23378 | |||
| 23379 | (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | ||
| 23380 | Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION. | ||
| 23381 | |||
| 23382 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) | ||
| 23383 | |||
| 23384 | (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | ||
| 23385 | Perform an action at time TIME. | ||
| 23386 | Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | ||
| 23387 | TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | ||
| 23388 | from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | ||
| 23389 | meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | ||
| 23390 | REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | ||
| 23391 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | ||
| 23392 | |||
| 23393 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. | ||
| 23394 | |||
| 23395 | \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 23396 | |||
| 23397 | (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | ||
| 23398 | Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | ||
| 23399 | Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | ||
| 23400 | SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | ||
| 23401 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | ||
| 23402 | |||
| 23403 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. | ||
| 23404 | |||
| 23405 | \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 23406 | |||
| 23407 | (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | ||
| 23408 | Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | ||
| 23409 | If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | ||
| 23410 | This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'. | ||
| 23411 | |||
| 23412 | \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil) | ||
| 23413 | |||
| 23414 | (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | ||
| 23415 | Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | ||
| 23416 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | ||
| 23417 | SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. | ||
| 23418 | |||
| 23419 | If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | ||
| 23420 | exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | ||
| 23421 | |||
| 23422 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. | ||
| 23423 | |||
| 23424 | \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 23425 | (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | ||
| 23426 | |||
| 23427 | (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | ||
| 23428 | Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | ||
| 23429 | If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | ||
| 23430 | The call should look like: | ||
| 23431 | (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | ||
| 23432 | The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | ||
| 23433 | event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | ||
| 23434 | if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | ||
| 23435 | be detected. | ||
| 23436 | |||
| 23437 | \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 23438 | |||
| 23439 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23440 | |||
| 23441 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | ||
| 23442 | ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16511 30646)) | ||
| 23443 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el | ||
| 23444 | |||
| 23445 | (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | ||
| 23446 | Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | ||
| 23447 | Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | ||
| 23448 | the generated Quail package is saved. | ||
| 23449 | |||
| 23450 | \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil) | ||
| 23451 | |||
| 23452 | (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | ||
| 23453 | Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | ||
| 23454 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | ||
| 23455 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | ||
| 23456 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | ||
| 23457 | generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | ||
| 23458 | To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\". | ||
| 23459 | |||
| 23460 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil) | ||
| 23461 | |||
| 23462 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23463 | |||
| 23464 | ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion | ||
| 23465 | ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16511 | ||
| 23466 | ;;;;;; 25866)) | ||
| 23467 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el | ||
| 23468 | |||
| 23469 | (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\ | ||
| 23470 | Not documented | ||
| 23471 | |||
| 23472 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 23473 | |||
| 23474 | (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\ | ||
| 23475 | Not documented | ||
| 23476 | |||
| 23477 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 23478 | |||
| 23479 | (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\ | ||
| 23480 | Compose Tamil characters after the position POS. | ||
| 23481 | If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string. | ||
| 23482 | In this case, compose characters after POS of the string. | ||
| 23483 | |||
| 23484 | \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil) | ||
| 23485 | |||
| 23486 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23487 | |||
| 23488 | ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | ||
| 23489 | ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16511 32505)) | ||
| 23490 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el | ||
| 23491 | (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | ||
| 23492 | (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | ||
| 23493 | (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | ||
| 23494 | |||
| 23495 | (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | ||
| 23496 | Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | ||
| 23497 | See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | ||
| 23498 | X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | ||
| 23499 | we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice. | ||
| 23500 | |||
| 23501 | \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil) | ||
| 23502 | |||
| 23503 | (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | ||
| 23504 | Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | ||
| 23505 | This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | ||
| 23506 | on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | ||
| 23507 | See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | ||
| 23508 | |||
| 23509 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) | ||
| 23510 | |||
| 23511 | (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | ||
| 23512 | Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | ||
| 23513 | Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | ||
| 23514 | in the menu in two ways: | ||
| 23515 | *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | ||
| 23516 | *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | ||
| 23517 | The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | ||
| 23518 | |||
| 23519 | MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | ||
| 23520 | keymap or an alist of alists. | ||
| 23521 | DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | ||
| 23522 | Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU. | ||
| 23523 | |||
| 23524 | \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil) | ||
| 23525 | |||
| 23526 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23527 | |||
| 23528 | ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities | ||
| 23529 | ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category) | ||
| 23530 | ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16511 35215)) | ||
| 23531 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el | ||
| 23532 | |||
| 23533 | (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23534 | Add new category CAT to the TODO list. | ||
| 23535 | |||
| 23536 | \(fn CAT)" t nil) | ||
| 23537 | |||
| 23538 | (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23539 | Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY. | ||
| 23540 | |||
| 23541 | \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil) | ||
| 23542 | |||
| 23543 | (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23544 | Insert new TODO list entry. | ||
| 23545 | With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current | ||
| 23546 | category. | ||
| 23547 | |||
| 23548 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 23549 | |||
| 23550 | (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23551 | List top priorities for each category. | ||
| 23552 | |||
| 23553 | Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | ||
| 23554 | defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | ||
| 23555 | |||
| 23556 | If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | ||
| 23557 | between each category. | ||
| 23558 | |||
| 23559 | \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil) | ||
| 23560 | |||
| 23561 | (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23562 | Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. | ||
| 23563 | If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted | ||
| 23564 | between each category. | ||
| 23565 | |||
| 23566 | Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'. | ||
| 23567 | |||
| 23568 | \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil) | ||
| 23569 | |||
| 23570 | (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23571 | Major mode for editing TODO lists. | ||
| 23572 | |||
| 23573 | \\{todo-mode-map} | ||
| 23574 | |||
| 23575 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23576 | |||
| 23577 | (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23578 | Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary. | ||
| 23579 | |||
| 23580 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 23581 | |||
| 23582 | (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ | ||
| 23583 | Show TODO list. | ||
| 23584 | |||
| 23585 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23586 | |||
| 23587 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23588 | |||
| 23589 | ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu | ||
| 23590 | ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" | ||
| 23591 | ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16511 32647)) | ||
| 23592 | ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el | ||
| 23593 | |||
| 23594 | (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ | ||
| 23595 | Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled. | ||
| 23596 | See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 23597 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 23598 | use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") | ||
| 23599 | |||
| 23600 | (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar") | ||
| 23601 | |||
| 23602 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ | ||
| 23603 | Toggle use of the tool bar. | ||
| 23604 | With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 23605 | |||
| 23606 | See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for | ||
| 23607 | conveniently adding tool bar items. | ||
| 23608 | |||
| 23609 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 23610 | |||
| 23611 | (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t))) | ||
| 23612 | |||
| 23613 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ | ||
| 23614 | Add an item to the tool bar. | ||
| 23615 | ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | ||
| 23616 | for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments | ||
| 23617 | PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | ||
| 23618 | Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | ||
| 23619 | |||
| 23620 | ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The | ||
| 23621 | function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally | ||
| 23622 | ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. | ||
| 23623 | |||
| 23624 | Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'. | ||
| 23625 | To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'. | ||
| 23626 | |||
| 23627 | \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23628 | |||
| 23629 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\ | ||
| 23630 | Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP. | ||
| 23631 | ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | ||
| 23632 | for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments | ||
| 23633 | PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | ||
| 23634 | Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | ||
| 23635 | |||
| 23636 | ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The | ||
| 23637 | function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally | ||
| 23638 | ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. | ||
| 23639 | |||
| 23640 | \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23641 | |||
| 23642 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | ||
| 23643 | Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | ||
| 23644 | This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its | ||
| 23645 | binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but | ||
| 23646 | modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It | ||
| 23647 | finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional | ||
| 23648 | properties to add to the binding. | ||
| 23649 | |||
| 23650 | MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap. | ||
| 23651 | |||
| 23652 | Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'. | ||
| 23653 | To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'. | ||
| 23654 | |||
| 23655 | \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23656 | |||
| 23657 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | ||
| 23658 | Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | ||
| 23659 | This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from | ||
| 23660 | the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but | ||
| 23661 | modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It | ||
| 23662 | finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional | ||
| 23663 | properties to add to the binding. | ||
| 23664 | |||
| 23665 | MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap. | ||
| 23666 | |||
| 23667 | \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23668 | |||
| 23669 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23670 | |||
| 23671 | ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" | ||
| 23672 | ;;;;;; (16511 32505)) | ||
| 23673 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el | ||
| 23674 | |||
| 23675 | (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | ||
| 23676 | Mode for tooltip display. | ||
| 23677 | With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | ||
| 23678 | |||
| 23679 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 23680 | |||
| 23681 | (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ | ||
| 23682 | Toggle tooltip-mode. | ||
| 23683 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 23684 | use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | ||
| 23685 | |||
| 23686 | (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip") | ||
| 23687 | |||
| 23688 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23689 | |||
| 23690 | ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16511 | ||
| 23691 | ;;;;;; 32550)) | ||
| 23692 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el | ||
| 23693 | |||
| 23694 | (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | ||
| 23695 | |||
| 23696 | (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | ||
| 23697 | |||
| 23698 | (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | ||
| 23699 | Turn on TPU/edt emulation. | ||
| 23700 | |||
| 23701 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23702 | |||
| 23703 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23704 | |||
| 23705 | ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | ||
| 23706 | ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16511 32551)) | ||
| 23707 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el | ||
| 23708 | |||
| 23709 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | ||
| 23710 | Set scroll margins. | ||
| 23711 | |||
| 23712 | \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil) | ||
| 23713 | |||
| 23714 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | ||
| 23715 | Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen. | ||
| 23716 | |||
| 23717 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23718 | |||
| 23719 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | ||
| 23720 | Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text. | ||
| 23721 | |||
| 23722 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23723 | |||
| 23724 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23725 | |||
| 23726 | ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16511 32547)) | ||
| 23727 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el | ||
| 23728 | |||
| 23729 | (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | ||
| 23730 | Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | ||
| 23731 | PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | ||
| 23732 | streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | ||
| 23733 | to a tcp server on another machine. | ||
| 23734 | |||
| 23735 | \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23736 | |||
| 23737 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23738 | |||
| 23739 | ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | ||
| 23740 | ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16511 32547)) | ||
| 23741 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el | ||
| 23742 | |||
| 23743 | (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | ||
| 23744 | *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | ||
| 23745 | |||
| 23746 | (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace") | ||
| 23747 | |||
| 23748 | (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | ||
| 23749 | Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | ||
| 23750 | For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | ||
| 23751 | and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | ||
| 23752 | trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | ||
| 23753 | there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | ||
| 23754 | Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | ||
| 23755 | display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead. | ||
| 23756 | |||
| 23757 | \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 23758 | |||
| 23759 | (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | ||
| 23760 | Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | ||
| 23761 | For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | ||
| 23762 | and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | ||
| 23763 | trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | ||
| 23764 | there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | ||
| 23765 | the window or buffer configuration at all. | ||
| 23766 | |||
| 23767 | \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 23768 | |||
| 23769 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23770 | |||
| 23771 | ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler | ||
| 23772 | ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp) | ||
| 23773 | ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16511 32589)) | ||
| 23774 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el | ||
| 23775 | |||
| 23776 | (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\ | ||
| 23777 | Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax. | ||
| 23778 | Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.") | ||
| 23779 | |||
| 23780 | (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\ | ||
| 23781 | Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting. | ||
| 23782 | Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and | ||
| 23783 | Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.") | ||
| 23784 | |||
| 23785 | (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\ | ||
| 23786 | Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting. | ||
| 23787 | XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS. | ||
| 23788 | See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.") | ||
| 23789 | |||
| 23790 | (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\ | ||
| 23791 | *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp. | ||
| 23792 | This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names. | ||
| 23793 | \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to | ||
| 23794 | `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus, | ||
| 23795 | if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist' | ||
| 23796 | and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp | ||
| 23797 | files which are not really tramp files. | ||
| 23798 | |||
| 23799 | Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when | ||
| 23800 | this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set | ||
| 23801 | before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be | ||
| 23802 | updated after changing this variable. | ||
| 23803 | |||
| 23804 | Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.") | ||
| 23805 | |||
| 23806 | (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp") | ||
| 23807 | |||
| 23808 | (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\ | ||
| 23809 | Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting. | ||
| 23810 | Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and | ||
| 23811 | Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.") | ||
| 23812 | |||
| 23813 | (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\ | ||
| 23814 | Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting. | ||
| 23815 | XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS. | ||
| 23816 | See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.") | ||
| 23817 | |||
| 23818 | (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\ | ||
| 23819 | *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion. | ||
| 23820 | This regexp should match partial tramp file names only. | ||
| 23821 | |||
| 23822 | Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when | ||
| 23823 | this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set | ||
| 23824 | before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be | ||
| 23825 | updated after changing this variable. | ||
| 23826 | |||
| 23827 | Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.") | ||
| 23828 | |||
| 23829 | (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp") | ||
| 23830 | |||
| 23831 | (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\ | ||
| 23832 | Invoke Tramp file name handler. | ||
| 23833 | Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists. | ||
| 23834 | |||
| 23835 | \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23836 | |||
| 23837 | (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t) | ||
| 23838 | |||
| 23839 | (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\ | ||
| 23840 | Invoke tramp file name completion handler. | ||
| 23841 | Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists. | ||
| 23842 | |||
| 23843 | \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 23844 | |||
| 23845 | (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) | ||
| 23846 | |||
| 23847 | (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) | ||
| 23848 | |||
| 23849 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23850 | |||
| 23851 | ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | ||
| 23852 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16511 32647)) | ||
| 23853 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el | ||
| 23854 | (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | ||
| 23855 | (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | ||
| 23856 | (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | ||
| 23857 | |||
| 23858 | (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | ||
| 23859 | Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | ||
| 23860 | When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | ||
| 23861 | buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | ||
| 23862 | Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | ||
| 23863 | When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | ||
| 23864 | first and the associated buffer to its right. | ||
| 23865 | |||
| 23866 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) | ||
| 23867 | |||
| 23868 | (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | ||
| 23869 | Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | ||
| 23870 | Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | ||
| 23871 | accepting the proposed default buffer. | ||
| 23872 | |||
| 23873 | \(See \\[describe-mode] .) | ||
| 23874 | |||
| 23875 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 23876 | |||
| 23877 | (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | ||
| 23878 | Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | ||
| 23879 | Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | ||
| 23880 | have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | ||
| 23881 | ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | ||
| 23882 | value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | ||
| 23883 | columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | ||
| 23884 | |||
| 23885 | This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | ||
| 23886 | write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | ||
| 23887 | |||
| 23888 | First column's text sSs Second column's text | ||
| 23889 | \\___/\\ | ||
| 23890 | / \\ | ||
| 23891 | 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | ||
| 23892 | |||
| 23893 | \(See \\[describe-mode] .) | ||
| 23894 | |||
| 23895 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 23896 | |||
| 23897 | ;;;*** | ||
| 23898 | |||
| 23899 | ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | ||
| 23900 | ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | ||
| 23901 | ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | ||
| 23902 | ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16511 35111)) | ||
| 23903 | ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el | ||
| 23904 | |||
| 23905 | (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | ||
| 23906 | Toggle typing break mode. | ||
| 23907 | See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | ||
| 23908 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 23909 | use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | ||
| 23910 | |||
| 23911 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break") | ||
| 23912 | |||
| 23913 | (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | ||
| 23914 | *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | ||
| 23915 | |||
| 23916 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break") | ||
| 23917 | |||
| 23918 | (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | ||
| 23919 | *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | ||
| 23920 | |||
| 23921 | When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between | ||
| 23922 | keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | ||
| 23923 | rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | ||
| 23924 | |||
| 23925 | If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | ||
| 23926 | asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | ||
| 23927 | |||
| 23928 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break") | ||
| 23929 | |||
| 23930 | (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | ||
| 23931 | *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | ||
| 23932 | This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | ||
| 23933 | |||
| 23934 | The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | ||
| 23935 | entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | ||
| 23936 | the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | ||
| 23937 | if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | ||
| 23938 | then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | ||
| 23939 | elapsed, the user will always be queried. | ||
| 23940 | |||
| 23941 | The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | ||
| 23942 | before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | ||
| 23943 | scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | ||
| 23944 | will occur; only scheduled ones will. | ||
| 23945 | |||
| 23946 | Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | ||
| 23947 | keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | ||
| 23948 | |||
| 23949 | The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | ||
| 23950 | guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | ||
| 23951 | |||
| 23952 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break") | ||
| 23953 | |||
| 23954 | (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | ||
| 23955 | Enable or disable typing-break mode. | ||
| 23956 | This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | ||
| 23957 | |||
| 23958 | When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | ||
| 23959 | appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | ||
| 23960 | user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | ||
| 23961 | is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | ||
| 23962 | again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | ||
| 23963 | to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | ||
| 23964 | annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | ||
| 23965 | |||
| 23966 | A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | ||
| 23967 | No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | ||
| 23968 | |||
| 23969 | The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | ||
| 23970 | same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | ||
| 23971 | reset the keystroke counter. | ||
| 23972 | |||
| 23973 | If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | ||
| 23974 | calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | ||
| 23975 | make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | ||
| 23976 | break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | ||
| 23977 | |||
| 23978 | The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | ||
| 23979 | schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | ||
| 23980 | affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | ||
| 23981 | `type-break-schedule' command. | ||
| 23982 | |||
| 23983 | If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | ||
| 23984 | amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | ||
| 23985 | that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | ||
| 23986 | later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | ||
| 23987 | is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | ||
| 23988 | or not to continue. | ||
| 23989 | |||
| 23990 | The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | ||
| 23991 | thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | ||
| 23992 | the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | ||
| 23993 | approximate good values for this. | ||
| 23994 | |||
| 23995 | There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | ||
| 23996 | imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | ||
| 23997 | |||
| 23998 | `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | ||
| 23999 | `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | ||
| 24000 | `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | ||
| 24001 | `type-break-warning-repeat' | ||
| 24002 | `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | ||
| 24003 | `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | ||
| 24004 | |||
| 24005 | There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | ||
| 24006 | a typing break occur. They include: | ||
| 24007 | |||
| 24008 | `type-break-query-mode' | ||
| 24009 | `type-break-query-function' | ||
| 24010 | `type-break-query-interval' | ||
| 24011 | |||
| 24012 | Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things. | ||
| 24013 | |||
| 24014 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) | ||
| 24015 | |||
| 24016 | (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | ||
| 24017 | Take a typing break. | ||
| 24018 | |||
| 24019 | During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | ||
| 24020 | `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | ||
| 24021 | |||
| 24022 | After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | ||
| 24023 | as per the function `type-break-schedule'. | ||
| 24024 | |||
| 24025 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24026 | |||
| 24027 | (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | ||
| 24028 | Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | ||
| 24029 | This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | ||
| 24030 | scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc. | ||
| 24031 | |||
| 24032 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24033 | |||
| 24034 | (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | ||
| 24035 | Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | ||
| 24036 | |||
| 24037 | If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | ||
| 24038 | many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | ||
| 24039 | maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | ||
| 24040 | can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | ||
| 24041 | tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | ||
| 24042 | documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | ||
| 24043 | average typing speed.) | ||
| 24044 | |||
| 24045 | From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | ||
| 24046 | based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | ||
| 24047 | length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | ||
| 24048 | the computed maximum threshold. | ||
| 24049 | |||
| 24050 | When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | ||
| 24051 | used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | ||
| 24052 | fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | ||
| 24053 | FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | ||
| 24054 | 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc. | ||
| 24055 | |||
| 24056 | \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil) | ||
| 24057 | |||
| 24058 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24059 | |||
| 24060 | ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | ||
| 24061 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16511 32647)) | ||
| 24062 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el | ||
| 24063 | |||
| 24064 | (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | ||
| 24065 | Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | ||
| 24066 | Works by overstriking underscores. | ||
| 24067 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | ||
| 24068 | which specify the range to operate on. | ||
| 24069 | |||
| 24070 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 24071 | |||
| 24072 | (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | ||
| 24073 | Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | ||
| 24074 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | ||
| 24075 | which specify the range to operate on. | ||
| 24076 | |||
| 24077 | \(fn START END)" t nil) | ||
| 24078 | |||
| 24079 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24080 | |||
| 24081 | ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | ||
| 24082 | ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16511 32575)) | ||
| 24083 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el | ||
| 24084 | |||
| 24085 | (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | ||
| 24086 | Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | ||
| 24087 | Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages. | ||
| 24088 | |||
| 24089 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24090 | |||
| 24091 | (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | ||
| 24092 | Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | ||
| 24093 | This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | ||
| 24094 | following the containing message. | ||
| 24095 | |||
| 24096 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24097 | |||
| 24098 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24099 | |||
| 24100 | ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | ||
| 24101 | ;;;;;; (16511 32575)) | ||
| 24102 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el | ||
| 24103 | |||
| 24104 | (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | ||
| 24105 | Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | ||
| 24106 | Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | ||
| 24107 | For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | ||
| 24108 | is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | ||
| 24109 | For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'. | ||
| 24110 | |||
| 24111 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 24112 | |||
| 24113 | (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | ||
| 24114 | Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE. | ||
| 24115 | |||
| 24116 | \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 24117 | |||
| 24118 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24119 | |||
| 24120 | ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16511 | ||
| 24121 | ;;;;;; 32547)) | ||
| 24122 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el | ||
| 24123 | |||
| 24124 | (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\ | ||
| 24125 | Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm; | ||
| 24126 | otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list | ||
| 24127 | of symbols with local bindings. | ||
| 24128 | |||
| 24129 | \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil) | ||
| 24130 | |||
| 24131 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24132 | |||
| 24133 | ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | ||
| 24134 | ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16511 32506)) | ||
| 24135 | ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el | ||
| 24136 | |||
| 24137 | (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | ||
| 24138 | Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | ||
| 24139 | This function has a choice of three things to do: | ||
| 24140 | do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) | ||
| 24141 | to refrain from editing the file | ||
| 24142 | return t (grab the lock on the file) | ||
| 24143 | return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | ||
| 24144 | You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | ||
| 24145 | in any way you like. | ||
| 24146 | |||
| 24147 | \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil) | ||
| 24148 | |||
| 24149 | (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | ||
| 24150 | Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | ||
| 24151 | This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | ||
| 24152 | of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | ||
| 24153 | in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | ||
| 24154 | |||
| 24155 | You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | ||
| 24156 | The buffer in question is current when this function is called. | ||
| 24157 | |||
| 24158 | \(fn FN)" nil nil) | ||
| 24159 | |||
| 24160 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24161 | |||
| 24162 | ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external) | ||
| 24163 | ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16464 65088)) | ||
| 24164 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el | ||
| 24165 | |||
| 24166 | (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ | ||
| 24167 | Uudecode region between START and END using external program. | ||
| 24168 | If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program | ||
| 24169 | used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'. | ||
| 24170 | |||
| 24171 | \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 24172 | |||
| 24173 | (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ | ||
| 24174 | Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. | ||
| 24175 | If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. | ||
| 24176 | |||
| 24177 | \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 24178 | |||
| 24179 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24180 | |||
| 24181 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | ||
| 24182 | ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update | ||
| 24183 | ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot | ||
| 24184 | ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window | ||
| 24185 | ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file | ||
| 24186 | ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook | ||
| 24187 | ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16511 35175)) | ||
| 24188 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el | ||
| 24189 | |||
| 24190 | (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\ | ||
| 24191 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file. | ||
| 24192 | See `run-hooks'.") | ||
| 24193 | |||
| 24194 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc") | ||
| 24195 | |||
| 24196 | (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | ||
| 24197 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | ||
| 24198 | See also `log-edit-done-hook'.") | ||
| 24199 | |||
| 24200 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc") | ||
| 24201 | |||
| 24202 | (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | ||
| 24203 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in. | ||
| 24204 | See `run-hooks'.") | ||
| 24205 | |||
| 24206 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc") | ||
| 24207 | |||
| 24208 | (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24209 | Return the branch part of a revision number REV. | ||
| 24210 | |||
| 24211 | \(fn REV)" nil nil) | ||
| 24212 | |||
| 24213 | (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24214 | Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY. | ||
| 24215 | Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. | ||
| 24216 | FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | ||
| 24217 | `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | ||
| 24218 | somebody else, signal error. | ||
| 24219 | |||
| 24220 | \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 24221 | |||
| 24222 | (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24223 | Edit FILE under version control, executing body. | ||
| 24224 | Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | ||
| 24225 | This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. | ||
| 24226 | However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer. | ||
| 24227 | |||
| 24228 | \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) | ||
| 24229 | |||
| 24230 | (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24231 | Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors. | ||
| 24232 | Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the | ||
| 24233 | current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not | ||
| 24234 | already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is | ||
| 24235 | considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if | ||
| 24236 | OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that | ||
| 24237 | means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the | ||
| 24238 | name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that | ||
| 24239 | don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present, | ||
| 24240 | that is inserted into the command line before the filename. | ||
| 24241 | |||
| 24242 | \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 24243 | |||
| 24244 | (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24245 | Do the next logical version control operation on the current file. | ||
| 24246 | |||
| 24247 | If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | ||
| 24248 | it will operate on the file in the current line. | ||
| 24249 | |||
| 24250 | If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | ||
| 24251 | files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on | ||
| 24252 | each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | ||
| 24253 | or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | ||
| 24254 | lock steals will raise an error. | ||
| 24255 | |||
| 24256 | A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | ||
| 24257 | |||
| 24258 | For RCS and SCCS files: | ||
| 24259 | If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | ||
| 24260 | control. | ||
| 24261 | If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | ||
| 24262 | a writable and locked file ready for editing. | ||
| 24263 | If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | ||
| 24264 | first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | ||
| 24265 | it performs a revert. | ||
| 24266 | If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | ||
| 24267 | of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | ||
| 24268 | resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | ||
| 24269 | the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | ||
| 24270 | read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | ||
| 24271 | If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | ||
| 24272 | the option to steal the lock. | ||
| 24273 | |||
| 24274 | For CVS files: | ||
| 24275 | If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | ||
| 24276 | control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | ||
| 24277 | If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | ||
| 24278 | If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | ||
| 24279 | unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | ||
| 24280 | message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | ||
| 24281 | with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | ||
| 24282 | If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | ||
| 24283 | merge in the changes into your working copy. | ||
| 24284 | |||
| 24285 | \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil) | ||
| 24286 | |||
| 24287 | (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24288 | Register the current file into a version control system. | ||
| 24289 | With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | ||
| 24290 | level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. | ||
| 24291 | |||
| 24292 | The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list | ||
| 24293 | `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares | ||
| 24294 | itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | ||
| 24295 | directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | ||
| 24296 | register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | ||
| 24297 | first backend that could register the file is used. | ||
| 24298 | |||
| 24299 | \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil) | ||
| 24300 | |||
| 24301 | (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24302 | Display diffs between file versions. | ||
| 24303 | Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most | ||
| 24304 | recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With | ||
| 24305 | a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two | ||
| 24306 | version designators specifying which versions to compare. The | ||
| 24307 | optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to | ||
| 24308 | saving the buffer. | ||
| 24309 | |||
| 24310 | \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil) | ||
| 24311 | |||
| 24312 | (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24313 | Visit version REV of the current file in another window. | ||
| 24314 | If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | ||
| 24315 | If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again. | ||
| 24316 | |||
| 24317 | \(fn REV)" t nil) | ||
| 24318 | |||
| 24319 | (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24320 | Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system. | ||
| 24321 | Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | ||
| 24322 | the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'. | ||
| 24323 | |||
| 24324 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24325 | |||
| 24326 | (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24327 | Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. | ||
| 24328 | This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the | ||
| 24329 | first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that | ||
| 24330 | branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes | ||
| 24331 | from the current branch. | ||
| 24332 | |||
| 24333 | See Info node `Merging'. | ||
| 24334 | |||
| 24335 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24336 | |||
| 24337 | (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff)) | ||
| 24338 | |||
| 24339 | (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24340 | Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | ||
| 24341 | |||
| 24342 | See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | ||
| 24343 | |||
| 24344 | With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | ||
| 24345 | `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing. | ||
| 24346 | |||
| 24347 | \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil) | ||
| 24348 | |||
| 24349 | (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24350 | Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. | ||
| 24351 | For each registered file, the version level of its latest version | ||
| 24352 | becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | ||
| 24353 | BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | ||
| 24354 | are checked out in that new branch. | ||
| 24355 | |||
| 24356 | \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil) | ||
| 24357 | |||
| 24358 | (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24359 | Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. | ||
| 24360 | If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. | ||
| 24361 | If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any | ||
| 24362 | locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are | ||
| 24363 | allowed and simply skipped). | ||
| 24364 | |||
| 24365 | \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil) | ||
| 24366 | |||
| 24367 | (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24368 | List the change log of the current buffer in a window. | ||
| 24369 | If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision. | ||
| 24370 | |||
| 24371 | \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil) | ||
| 24372 | |||
| 24373 | (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24374 | Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on. | ||
| 24375 | This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | ||
| 24376 | to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer | ||
| 24377 | changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so. | ||
| 24378 | |||
| 24379 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24380 | |||
| 24381 | (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24382 | Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch. | ||
| 24383 | If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces | ||
| 24384 | the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains | ||
| 24385 | changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from | ||
| 24386 | the current branch are merged into the working file. | ||
| 24387 | |||
| 24388 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 24389 | |||
| 24390 | (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24391 | Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | ||
| 24392 | A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards. | ||
| 24393 | |||
| 24394 | \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil) | ||
| 24395 | |||
| 24396 | (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24397 | Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE. | ||
| 24398 | FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not | ||
| 24399 | permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes | ||
| 24400 | VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it. | ||
| 24401 | By default, this command cycles through the registered backends. | ||
| 24402 | To get a prompt, use a prefix argument. | ||
| 24403 | |||
| 24404 | \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil) | ||
| 24405 | |||
| 24406 | (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24407 | Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND. | ||
| 24408 | If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend | ||
| 24409 | \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in | ||
| 24410 | NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the | ||
| 24411 | base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current | ||
| 24412 | backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current | ||
| 24413 | backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend. | ||
| 24414 | \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.) | ||
| 24415 | |||
| 24416 | \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil) | ||
| 24417 | |||
| 24418 | (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24419 | Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise. | ||
| 24420 | |||
| 24421 | \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil) | ||
| 24422 | |||
| 24423 | (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24424 | Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. | ||
| 24425 | Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default | ||
| 24426 | directory. | ||
| 24427 | |||
| 24428 | With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | ||
| 24429 | |||
| 24430 | With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | ||
| 24431 | files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | ||
| 24432 | log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | ||
| 24433 | |||
| 24434 | From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which | ||
| 24435 | log entries should be gathered. | ||
| 24436 | |||
| 24437 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil) | ||
| 24438 | |||
| 24439 | (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | ||
| 24440 | Display the edit history of the current file using colours. | ||
| 24441 | |||
| 24442 | This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current | ||
| 24443 | file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are | ||
| 24444 | used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means | ||
| 24445 | youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By | ||
| 24446 | default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past; | ||
| 24447 | everything that is older than that is shown in blue. | ||
| 24448 | |||
| 24449 | With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the | ||
| 24450 | minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer | ||
| 24451 | displays and annotates that version instead of the current version | ||
| 24452 | \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then, | ||
| 24453 | you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range | ||
| 24454 | should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes | ||
| 24455 | over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their | ||
| 24456 | age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue. | ||
| 24457 | |||
| 24458 | Customization variables: | ||
| 24459 | |||
| 24460 | `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | ||
| 24461 | mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | ||
| 24462 | `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | ||
| 24463 | colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color. | ||
| 24464 | |||
| 24465 | \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil) | ||
| 24466 | |||
| 24467 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24468 | |||
| 24469 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (16511 32506)) | ||
| 24470 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el | ||
| 24471 | (defun vc-arch-registered (file) | ||
| 24472 | (let ((dir file)) | ||
| 24473 | (while (and (stringp dir) | ||
| 24474 | (not (equal | ||
| 24475 | dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir)))) | ||
| 24476 | dir) | ||
| 24477 | (setq dir (if (file-directory-p | ||
| 24478 | (expand-file-name "{arch}" dir)) | ||
| 24479 | t (directory-file-name dir)))) | ||
| 24480 | (if (eq dir t) | ||
| 24481 | (progn | ||
| 24482 | (load "vc-arch") | ||
| 24483 | (vc-arch-registered file))))) | ||
| 24484 | |||
| 24485 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24486 | |||
| 24487 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16511 35131)) | ||
| 24488 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el | ||
| 24489 | (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | ||
| 24490 | (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | ||
| 24491 | "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | ||
| 24492 | (load "vc-cvs") | ||
| 24493 | (vc-cvs-registered f))) | ||
| 24494 | |||
| 24495 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24496 | |||
| 24497 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16511 32507)) | ||
| 24498 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el | ||
| 24499 | (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file) | ||
| 24500 | (let ((dir file)) | ||
| 24501 | (while (and (stringp dir) | ||
| 24502 | (not (equal | ||
| 24503 | dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir)))) | ||
| 24504 | dir) | ||
| 24505 | (setq dir (if (file-directory-p | ||
| 24506 | (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir)) | ||
| 24507 | t (directory-file-name dir)))) | ||
| 24508 | (if (eq dir t) | ||
| 24509 | (progn | ||
| 24510 | (load "vc-mcvs") | ||
| 24511 | (vc-mcvs-registered file))))) | ||
| 24512 | |||
| 24513 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24514 | |||
| 24515 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | ||
| 24516 | ;;;;;; (16511 35154)) | ||
| 24517 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el | ||
| 24518 | |||
| 24519 | (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | ||
| 24520 | *Where to look for RCS master files. | ||
| 24521 | For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | ||
| 24522 | |||
| 24523 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs") | ||
| 24524 | (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f)) | ||
| 24525 | |||
| 24526 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24527 | |||
| 24528 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | ||
| 24529 | ;;;;;; (16511 35166)) | ||
| 24530 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el | ||
| 24531 | |||
| 24532 | (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | ||
| 24533 | *Where to look for SCCS master files. | ||
| 24534 | For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | ||
| 24535 | |||
| 24536 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs") | ||
| 24537 | (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f)) | ||
| 24538 | |||
| 24539 | (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | ||
| 24540 | Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | ||
| 24541 | Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | ||
| 24542 | find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | ||
| 24543 | |||
| 24544 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24545 | |||
| 24546 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16511 32507)) | ||
| 24547 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el | ||
| 24548 | (defun vc-svn-registered (f) | ||
| 24549 | (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | ||
| 24550 | ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f))) | ||
| 24551 | (load "vc-svn") | ||
| 24552 | (vc-svn-registered f))) | ||
| 24553 | |||
| 24554 | (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/") | ||
| 24555 | |||
| 24556 | ;;;*** | ||
| 24557 | |||
| 24558 | ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" | ||
| 24559 | ;;;;;; (16511 35726)) | ||
| 24560 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el | ||
| 24561 | |||
| 24562 | (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | ||
| 24563 | Major mode for editing VHDL code. | ||
| 24564 | |||
| 24565 | Usage: | ||
| 24566 | ------ | ||
| 24567 | |||
| 24568 | TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): | ||
| 24569 | After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for | ||
| 24570 | arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing | ||
| 24571 | `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current | ||
| 24572 | template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square | ||
| 24573 | brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for | ||
| 24574 | mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left | ||
| 24575 | empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled | ||
| 24576 | electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | ||
| 24577 | |||
| 24578 | Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the | ||
| 24579 | template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. | ||
| 24580 | electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by | ||
| 24581 | setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS). | ||
| 24582 | |||
| 24583 | Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key | ||
| 24584 | bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing | ||
| 24585 | the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and | ||
| 24586 | `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond, | ||
| 24587 | conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | ||
| 24588 | |||
| 24589 | Template styles can be customized in customization group | ||
| 24590 | `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS). | ||
| 24591 | |||
| 24592 | |||
| 24593 | HEADER INSERTION: | ||
| 24594 | A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer | ||
| 24595 | (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'. | ||
| 24596 | See customization group `vhdl-header'. | ||
| 24597 | |||
| 24598 | |||
| 24599 | STUTTERING: | ||
| 24600 | Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements. | ||
| 24601 | Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by | ||
| 24602 | option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | ||
| 24603 | the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | ||
| 24604 | |||
| 24605 | ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | ||
| 24606 | ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | ||
| 24607 | .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | ||
| 24608 | ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | ||
| 24609 | == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | ||
| 24610 | |||
| 24611 | |||
| 24612 | WORD COMPLETION: | ||
| 24613 | Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a | ||
| 24614 | word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case. | ||
| 24615 | Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also | ||
| 24616 | works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | ||
| 24617 | |||
| 24618 | Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | ||
| 24619 | expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as | ||
| 24620 | standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations | ||
| 24621 | (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types | ||
| 24622 | beginning with \"std\"). | ||
| 24623 | |||
| 24624 | Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the | ||
| 24625 | beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and | ||
| 24626 | inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator | ||
| 24627 | stop. | ||
| 24628 | |||
| 24629 | |||
| 24630 | COMMENTS: | ||
| 24631 | `--' puts a single comment. | ||
| 24632 | `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | ||
| 24633 | `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines | ||
| 24634 | with a comment in between. | ||
| 24635 | `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments | ||
| 24636 | out following lines. | ||
| 24637 | `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out, | ||
| 24638 | uncomments a region if already commented out. | ||
| 24639 | |||
| 24640 | You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | ||
| 24641 | variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process | ||
| 24642 | specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. | ||
| 24643 | Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after | ||
| 24644 | begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is | ||
| 24645 | non-nil. | ||
| 24646 | |||
| 24647 | Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) | ||
| 24648 | are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at | ||
| 24649 | maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment | ||
| 24650 | will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' | ||
| 24651 | in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills | ||
| 24652 | multi-line comments. | ||
| 24653 | |||
| 24654 | |||
| 24655 | INDENTATION: | ||
| 24656 | `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of | ||
| 24657 | indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l' | ||
| 24658 | always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option | ||
| 24659 | `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). | ||
| 24660 | |||
| 24661 | Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region | ||
| 24662 | (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are | ||
| 24663 | indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) | ||
| 24664 | according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. | ||
| 24665 | |||
| 24666 | If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of | ||
| 24667 | tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs | ||
| 24668 | and vice versa. | ||
| 24669 | |||
| 24670 | Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option | ||
| 24671 | `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation. | ||
| 24672 | |||
| 24673 | |||
| 24674 | ALIGNMENT: | ||
| 24675 | The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments | ||
| 24676 | to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines | ||
| 24677 | separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same | ||
| 24678 | indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by | ||
| 24679 | a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c | ||
| 24680 | C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c | ||
| 24681 | C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments | ||
| 24682 | for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region. | ||
| 24683 | |||
| 24684 | If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines | ||
| 24685 | separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are | ||
| 24686 | aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil, | ||
| 24687 | blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates | ||
| 24688 | are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align' | ||
| 24689 | is non-nil. | ||
| 24690 | |||
| 24691 | Alignment tries to align inline comments at | ||
| 24692 | `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed | ||
| 24693 | `vhdl-end-comment-column'. | ||
| 24694 | |||
| 24695 | `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator | ||
| 24696 | symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | ||
| 24697 | |||
| 24698 | |||
| 24699 | | CODE FILLING: | ||
| 24700 | | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port | ||
| 24701 | | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all | ||
| 24702 | | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list | ||
| 24703 | | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by | ||
| 24704 | | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and | ||
| 24705 | | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region. | ||
| 24706 | |||
| 24707 | |||
| 24708 | CODE BEAUTIFICATION: | ||
| 24709 | `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire | ||
| 24710 | buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case | ||
| 24711 | fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the | ||
| 24712 | command: | ||
| 24713 | |||
| 24714 | emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer | ||
| 24715 | |||
| 24716 | |||
| 24717 | PORT TRANSLATION: | ||
| 24718 | Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be | ||
| 24719 | copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations, | ||
| 24720 | as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and | ||
| 24721 | signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as | ||
| 24722 | internal signal initializations (menu). | ||
| 24723 | |||
| 24724 | To include formals in component instantiations, see option | ||
| 24725 | `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting, | ||
| 24726 | see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'. | ||
| 24727 | |||
| 24728 | A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be | ||
| 24729 | flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The | ||
| 24730 | | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become | ||
| 24731 | | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This | ||
| 24732 | | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected | ||
| 24733 | | in subsequent paste operations.) | ||
| 24734 | |||
| 24735 | Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and | ||
| 24736 | design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according | ||
| 24737 | to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'. | ||
| 24738 | |||
| 24739 | |||
| 24740 | | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION: | ||
| 24741 | | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of | ||
| 24742 | | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied | ||
| 24743 | | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses | ||
| 24744 | | association list with formals). | ||
| 24745 | |||
| 24746 | |||
| 24747 | TESTBENCH GENERATION: | ||
| 24748 | A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated | ||
| 24749 | testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional | ||
| 24750 | configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and | ||
| 24751 | instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal | ||
| 24752 | declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The | ||
| 24753 | names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file | ||
| 24754 | structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group | ||
| 24755 | `vhdl-testbench'. | ||
| 24756 | |||
| 24757 | |||
| 24758 | KEY BINDINGS: | ||
| 24759 | Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu). | ||
| 24760 | |||
| 24761 | |||
| 24762 | VHDL MENU: | ||
| 24763 | All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings. | ||
| 24764 | |||
| 24765 | |||
| 24766 | FILE BROWSER: | ||
| 24767 | The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can | ||
| 24768 | be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option | ||
| 24769 | `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil. | ||
| 24770 | |||
| 24771 | In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | ||
| 24772 | browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | ||
| 24773 | |||
| 24774 | |||
| 24775 | DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: | ||
| 24776 | The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units | ||
| 24777 | contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified | ||
| 24778 | projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist'). | ||
| 24779 | |||
| 24780 | The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and | ||
| 24781 | project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f', | ||
| 24782 | `h' or `H' in speedbar. | ||
| 24783 | |||
| 24784 | In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse | ||
| 24785 | their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied | ||
| 24786 | from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and | ||
| 24787 | complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry). | ||
| 24788 | |||
| 24789 | The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source | ||
| 24790 | file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The | ||
| 24791 | hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the | ||
| 24792 | speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see | ||
| 24793 | options in group `vhdl-speedbar'). | ||
| 24794 | |||
| 24795 | Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as | ||
| 24796 | multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are | ||
| 24797 | required by secondary units. | ||
| 24798 | |||
| 24799 | |||
| 24800 | | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION: | ||
| 24801 | | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton | ||
| 24802 | | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and | ||
| 24803 | | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port | ||
| 24804 | | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally, | ||
| 24805 | | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals | ||
| 24806 | | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules: | ||
| 24807 | | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be | ||
| 24808 | | connected by a signal (internal signal or port) | ||
| 24809 | | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as | ||
| 24810 | | inputs to this component -> input port created | ||
| 24811 | | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as | ||
| 24812 | | outputs from this component -> output port created | ||
| 24813 | | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are | ||
| 24814 | | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created | ||
| 24815 | | | ||
| 24816 | | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option | ||
| 24817 | | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for | ||
| 24818 | | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct | ||
| 24819 | | component instantiation is also supported (option | ||
| 24820 | | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation'). | ||
| 24821 | | | ||
| 24822 | | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to | ||
| 24823 | | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key | ||
| 24824 | | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new | ||
| 24825 | | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy | ||
| 24826 | | browser, and wiring everything automatically. | ||
| 24827 | | | ||
| 24828 | | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new | ||
| 24829 | | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode. | ||
| 24830 | | | ||
| 24831 | | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options. | ||
| 24832 | |||
| 24833 | |||
| 24834 | SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: | ||
| 24835 | The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL | ||
| 24836 | compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by | ||
| 24837 | option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option | ||
| 24838 | `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | ||
| 24839 | command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax | ||
| 24840 | information. New compilers can be added. | ||
| 24841 | |||
| 24842 | All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make' | ||
| 24843 | command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists. | ||
| 24844 | |||
| 24845 | |||
| 24846 | MAKEFILE GENERATION: | ||
| 24847 | Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation | ||
| 24848 | routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is | ||
| 24849 | obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be | ||
| 24850 | customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | ||
| 24851 | |||
| 24852 | Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the | ||
| 24853 | command: | ||
| 24854 | |||
| 24855 | emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode | ||
| 24856 | [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname] | ||
| 24857 | -f vhdl-generate-makefile | ||
| 24858 | |||
| 24859 | The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the | ||
| 24860 | target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the | ||
| 24861 | library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target | ||
| 24862 | for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this | ||
| 24863 | unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of | ||
| 24864 | a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be | ||
| 24865 | inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'. | ||
| 24866 | |||
| 24867 | Limitations: | ||
| 24868 | - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are | ||
| 24869 | considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are | ||
| 24870 | not (yet) supported. | ||
| 24871 | - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical), | ||
| 24872 | but configurations that go down several levels are not. | ||
| 24873 | - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported. | ||
| 24874 | |||
| 24875 | |||
| 24876 | PROJECTS: | ||
| 24877 | Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current | ||
| 24878 | project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from | ||
| 24879 | the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and | ||
| 24880 | description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories | ||
| 24881 | (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and | ||
| 24882 | compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be | ||
| 24883 | specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option | ||
| 24884 | `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | ||
| 24885 | |||
| 24886 | Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported. | ||
| 24887 | Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but | ||
| 24888 | can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting | ||
| 24889 | Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l | ||
| 24890 | vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is | ||
| 24891 | automatically loaded and its project activated if option | ||
| 24892 | `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup | ||
| 24893 | files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple | ||
| 24894 | project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories. | ||
| 24895 | This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option | ||
| 24896 | `vhdl-project-alist'. | ||
| 24897 | |||
| 24898 | |||
| 24899 | SPECIAL MENUES: | ||
| 24900 | As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set | ||
| 24901 | option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu | ||
| 24902 | (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up | ||
| 24903 | file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is | ||
| 24904 | larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be | ||
| 24905 | added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the | ||
| 24906 | current directory for VHDL source files. | ||
| 24907 | |||
| 24908 | |||
| 24909 | VHDL STANDARDS: | ||
| 24910 | The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'. | ||
| 24911 | Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages. | ||
| 24912 | |||
| 24913 | |||
| 24914 | KEYWORD CASE: | ||
| 24915 | Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes, | ||
| 24916 | and enumeration values is supported. If the option | ||
| 24917 | `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in | ||
| 24918 | lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for | ||
| 24919 | types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, | ||
| 24920 | types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire | ||
| 24921 | region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options | ||
| 24922 | `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | ||
| 24923 | |||
| 24924 | |||
| 24925 | HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): | ||
| 24926 | Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and | ||
| 24927 | function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well | ||
| 24928 | as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using | ||
| 24929 | different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant, | ||
| 24930 | parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are | ||
| 24931 | highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | ||
| 24932 | |||
| 24933 | Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words | ||
| 24934 | that should be avoided) can be specified in option | ||
| 24935 | `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in | ||
| 24936 | a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog | ||
| 24937 | keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option | ||
| 24938 | `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | ||
| 24939 | |||
| 24940 | Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their | ||
| 24941 | syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting | ||
| 24942 | option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to | ||
| 24943 | establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds | ||
| 24944 | of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them | ||
| 24945 | visually. | ||
| 24946 | |||
| 24947 | Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order | ||
| 24948 | to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | ||
| 24949 | highlighted if written in lower case. | ||
| 24950 | |||
| 24951 | Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is | ||
| 24952 | highlighted using a different background color if option | ||
| 24953 | `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil. | ||
| 24954 | |||
| 24955 | For documentation and customization of the used colors see | ||
| 24956 | customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For | ||
| 24957 | highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | ||
| 24958 | `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by | ||
| 24959 | option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs). | ||
| 24960 | |||
| 24961 | |||
| 24962 | USER MODELS: | ||
| 24963 | VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible | ||
| 24964 | in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | ||
| 24965 | electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'. | ||
| 24966 | |||
| 24967 | |||
| 24968 | HIDE/SHOW: | ||
| 24969 | The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and | ||
| 24970 | instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can | ||
| 24971 | be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within | ||
| 24972 | the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited | ||
| 24973 | functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package. | ||
| 24974 | |||
| 24975 | |||
| 24976 | CODE UPDATING: | ||
| 24977 | - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the | ||
| 24978 | current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer. | ||
| 24979 | Limitations: | ||
| 24980 | - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in | ||
| 24981 | architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted. | ||
| 24982 | - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted. | ||
| 24983 | Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards). | ||
| 24984 | - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read. | ||
| 24985 | Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name | ||
| 24986 | (used to obtain the port names). | ||
| 24987 | |||
| 24988 | |||
| 24989 | CODE FIXING: | ||
| 24990 | `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause | ||
| 24991 | (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing). | ||
| 24992 | |||
| 24993 | |||
| 24994 | PRINTING: | ||
| 24995 | Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is | ||
| 24996 | used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if | ||
| 24997 | `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | ||
| 24998 | postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | ||
| 24999 | appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. | ||
| 25000 | The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | ||
| 25001 | switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white | ||
| 25002 | printers. | ||
| 25003 | |||
| 25004 | |||
| 25005 | OPTIONS: | ||
| 25006 | User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are | ||
| 25007 | accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches | ||
| 25008 | and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a | ||
| 25009 | customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future | ||
| 25010 | sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry. | ||
| 25011 | |||
| 25012 | Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using | ||
| 25013 | the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x | ||
| 25014 | customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect | ||
| 25015 | after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation). | ||
| 25016 | Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the | ||
| 25017 | INSTALL file). | ||
| 25018 | |||
| 25019 | Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see | ||
| 25020 | what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)! | ||
| 25021 | |||
| 25022 | |||
| 25023 | FILE EXTENSIONS: | ||
| 25024 | As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | ||
| 25025 | automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension | ||
| 25026 | \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | ||
| 25027 | |||
| 25028 | (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | ||
| 25029 | |||
| 25030 | |||
| 25031 | HINTS: | ||
| 25032 | - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load | ||
| 25033 | a VHDL file first, use the command: | ||
| 25034 | |||
| 25035 | emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode | ||
| 25036 | |||
| 25037 | - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | ||
| 25038 | |||
| 25039 | - Some features only work on properly indented code. | ||
| 25040 | |||
| 25041 | |||
| 25042 | RELEASE NOTES: | ||
| 25043 | See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases. | ||
| 25044 | |||
| 25045 | |||
| 25046 | Maintenance: | ||
| 25047 | ------------ | ||
| 25048 | |||
| 25049 | To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode. | ||
| 25050 | Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | ||
| 25051 | |||
| 25052 | Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>. | ||
| 25053 | |||
| 25054 | The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | ||
| 25055 | The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta | ||
| 25056 | releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe | ||
| 25057 | to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>. | ||
| 25058 | |||
| 25059 | VHDL Mode is officially distributed at | ||
| 25060 | http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html | ||
| 25061 | where the latest version can be found. | ||
| 25062 | |||
| 25063 | |||
| 25064 | Known problems: | ||
| 25065 | --------------- | ||
| 25066 | |||
| 25067 | - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | ||
| 25068 | - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar. | ||
| 25069 | - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher). | ||
| 25070 | |||
| 25071 | |||
| 25072 | The VHDL Mode Authors | ||
| 25073 | Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | ||
| 25074 | |||
| 25075 | Key bindings: | ||
| 25076 | ------------- | ||
| 25077 | |||
| 25078 | \\{vhdl-mode-map} | ||
| 25079 | |||
| 25080 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25081 | |||
| 25082 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25083 | |||
| 25084 | ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16511 32551)) | ||
| 25085 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el | ||
| 25086 | |||
| 25087 | (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | ||
| 25088 | Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | ||
| 25089 | The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | ||
| 25090 | the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | ||
| 25091 | |||
| 25092 | This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | ||
| 25093 | It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | ||
| 25094 | \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | ||
| 25095 | Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | ||
| 25096 | is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | ||
| 25097 | |||
| 25098 | To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | ||
| 25099 | Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | ||
| 25100 | |||
| 25101 | Major differences between this mode and real vi : | ||
| 25102 | |||
| 25103 | * Limitations and unsupported features | ||
| 25104 | - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | ||
| 25105 | not supported. | ||
| 25106 | - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | ||
| 25107 | - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | ||
| 25108 | |||
| 25109 | * Modifications | ||
| 25110 | - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | ||
| 25111 | pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | ||
| 25112 | Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | ||
| 25113 | - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | ||
| 25114 | to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | ||
| 25115 | for undoing a repeated change command. | ||
| 25116 | - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | ||
| 25117 | in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | ||
| 25118 | - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | ||
| 25119 | |||
| 25120 | * Extensions | ||
| 25121 | - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | ||
| 25122 | incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | ||
| 25123 | - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | ||
| 25124 | esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | ||
| 25125 | - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | ||
| 25126 | `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | ||
| 25127 | `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | ||
| 25128 | - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | ||
| 25129 | |||
| 25130 | Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs. | ||
| 25131 | |||
| 25132 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25133 | |||
| 25134 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25135 | |||
| 25136 | ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | ||
| 25137 | ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | ||
| 25138 | ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" | ||
| 25139 | ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16511 25867)) | ||
| 25140 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el | ||
| 25141 | |||
| 25142 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | ||
| 25143 | Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate. | ||
| 25144 | |||
| 25145 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) | ||
| 25146 | |||
| 25147 | (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | ||
| 25148 | Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters. | ||
| 25149 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | ||
| 25150 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region. | ||
| 25151 | |||
| 25152 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 25153 | |||
| 25154 | (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | ||
| 25155 | Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters. | ||
| 25156 | |||
| 25157 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25158 | |||
| 25159 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | ||
| 25160 | Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | ||
| 25161 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | ||
| 25162 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region. | ||
| 25163 | |||
| 25164 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) | ||
| 25165 | |||
| 25166 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | ||
| 25167 | Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics. | ||
| 25168 | |||
| 25169 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25170 | |||
| 25171 | (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\ | ||
| 25172 | Not documented | ||
| 25173 | |||
| 25174 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) | ||
| 25175 | |||
| 25176 | (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\ | ||
| 25177 | Not documented | ||
| 25178 | |||
| 25179 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) | ||
| 25180 | |||
| 25181 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25182 | |||
| 25183 | ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | ||
| 25184 | ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | ||
| 25185 | ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16511 | ||
| 25186 | ;;;;;; 32509)) | ||
| 25187 | ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el | ||
| 25188 | |||
| 25189 | (defvar view-mode nil "\ | ||
| 25190 | Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | ||
| 25191 | Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | ||
| 25192 | functions that enable or disable view mode.") | ||
| 25193 | |||
| 25194 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | ||
| 25195 | |||
| 25196 | (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | ||
| 25197 | View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | ||
| 25198 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | ||
| 25199 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | ||
| 25200 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | ||
| 25201 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | ||
| 25202 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | ||
| 25203 | |||
| 25204 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25205 | |||
| 25206 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 25207 | |||
| 25208 | (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | ||
| 25209 | View FILE in View mode in another window. | ||
| 25210 | Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | ||
| 25211 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | ||
| 25212 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | ||
| 25213 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | ||
| 25214 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | ||
| 25215 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | ||
| 25216 | |||
| 25217 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25218 | |||
| 25219 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 25220 | |||
| 25221 | (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | ||
| 25222 | View FILE in View mode in another frame. | ||
| 25223 | Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | ||
| 25224 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | ||
| 25225 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | ||
| 25226 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | ||
| 25227 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | ||
| 25228 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | ||
| 25229 | |||
| 25230 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25231 | |||
| 25232 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) | ||
| 25233 | |||
| 25234 | (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | ||
| 25235 | View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | ||
| 25236 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | ||
| 25237 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | ||
| 25238 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | ||
| 25239 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | ||
| 25240 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | ||
| 25241 | |||
| 25242 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25243 | |||
| 25244 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | ||
| 25245 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | ||
| 25246 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. | ||
| 25247 | |||
| 25248 | \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) | ||
| 25249 | |||
| 25250 | (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | ||
| 25251 | View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | ||
| 25252 | Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | ||
| 25253 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | ||
| 25254 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | ||
| 25255 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | ||
| 25256 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | ||
| 25257 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | ||
| 25258 | |||
| 25259 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25260 | |||
| 25261 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | ||
| 25262 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | ||
| 25263 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. | ||
| 25264 | |||
| 25265 | \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) | ||
| 25266 | |||
| 25267 | (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | ||
| 25268 | View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | ||
| 25269 | Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | ||
| 25270 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | ||
| 25271 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | ||
| 25272 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | ||
| 25273 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | ||
| 25274 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | ||
| 25275 | |||
| 25276 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25277 | |||
| 25278 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | ||
| 25279 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | ||
| 25280 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. | ||
| 25281 | |||
| 25282 | \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) | ||
| 25283 | |||
| 25284 | (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | ||
| 25285 | Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | ||
| 25286 | With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. | ||
| 25287 | |||
| 25288 | Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | ||
| 25289 | Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | ||
| 25290 | \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | ||
| 25291 | read-only. | ||
| 25292 | \\<view-mode-map> | ||
| 25293 | The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | ||
| 25294 | arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | ||
| 25295 | window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | ||
| 25296 | and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | ||
| 25297 | commands default to a repeat count of one. | ||
| 25298 | |||
| 25299 | H, h, ? This message. | ||
| 25300 | Digits provide prefix arguments. | ||
| 25301 | \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | ||
| 25302 | \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | ||
| 25303 | > move to the end of buffer. | ||
| 25304 | \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | ||
| 25305 | SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. | ||
| 25306 | With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | ||
| 25307 | DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | ||
| 25308 | With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | ||
| 25309 | \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | ||
| 25310 | \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | ||
| 25311 | \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | ||
| 25312 | \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | ||
| 25313 | \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | ||
| 25314 | \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | ||
| 25315 | RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | ||
| 25316 | y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | ||
| 25317 | \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. | ||
| 25318 | Use this to view a changing file. | ||
| 25319 | \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | ||
| 25320 | \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | ||
| 25321 | \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | ||
| 25322 | . set the mark. | ||
| 25323 | x exchanges point and mark. | ||
| 25324 | \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | ||
| 25325 | Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | ||
| 25326 | jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | ||
| 25327 | \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | ||
| 25328 | ' go to position saved in character register. | ||
| 25329 | s do forward incremental search. | ||
| 25330 | r do reverse incremental search. | ||
| 25331 | \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | ||
| 25332 | ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | ||
| 25333 | ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | ||
| 25334 | search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | ||
| 25335 | \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | ||
| 25336 | \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | ||
| 25337 | p searches backward for last regular expression. | ||
| 25338 | \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state. | ||
| 25339 | \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | ||
| 25340 | \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | ||
| 25341 | viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | ||
| 25342 | This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer. | ||
| 25343 | \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable | ||
| 25344 | even if it was not editable before entry to View mode. | ||
| 25345 | \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state. | ||
| 25346 | \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | ||
| 25347 | \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | ||
| 25348 | |||
| 25349 | The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | ||
| 25350 | entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame | ||
| 25351 | \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | ||
| 25352 | try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | ||
| 25353 | as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | ||
| 25354 | View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | ||
| 25355 | will return to that buffer. | ||
| 25356 | |||
| 25357 | Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25358 | |||
| 25359 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25360 | |||
| 25361 | (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | ||
| 25362 | Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | ||
| 25363 | If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | ||
| 25364 | `view-return-to-alist'. | ||
| 25365 | Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | ||
| 25366 | It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | ||
| 25367 | This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | ||
| 25368 | |||
| 25369 | RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | ||
| 25370 | it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | ||
| 25371 | WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | ||
| 25372 | OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | ||
| 25373 | OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | ||
| 25374 | 1) nil Do nothing. | ||
| 25375 | 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | ||
| 25376 | 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | ||
| 25377 | starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | ||
| 25378 | 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. | ||
| 25379 | |||
| 25380 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | ||
| 25381 | |||
| 25382 | This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | ||
| 25383 | |||
| 25384 | \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil) | ||
| 25385 | |||
| 25386 | (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | ||
| 25387 | Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | ||
| 25388 | |||
| 25389 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25390 | |||
| 25391 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25392 | |||
| 25393 | ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16511 | ||
| 25394 | ;;;;;; 32552)) | ||
| 25395 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el | ||
| 25396 | |||
| 25397 | (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\ | ||
| 25398 | Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users. | ||
| 25399 | |||
| 25400 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 25401 | |||
| 25402 | (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | ||
| 25403 | Turn on VIP emulation of VI. | ||
| 25404 | |||
| 25405 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25406 | |||
| 25407 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25408 | |||
| 25409 | ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | ||
| 25410 | ;;;;;; (16511 32555)) | ||
| 25411 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el | ||
| 25412 | |||
| 25413 | (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | ||
| 25414 | Toggle Viper on/off. | ||
| 25415 | If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on. | ||
| 25416 | |||
| 25417 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25418 | |||
| 25419 | (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | ||
| 25420 | Turn on Viper emulation of Vi. | ||
| 25421 | |||
| 25422 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25423 | |||
| 25424 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25425 | |||
| 25426 | ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" | ||
| 25427 | ;;;;;; (16511 32547)) | ||
| 25428 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el | ||
| 25429 | |||
| 25430 | (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\ | ||
| 25431 | Function to generate warning prefixes. | ||
| 25432 | This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments, | ||
| 25433 | the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels', | ||
| 25434 | and should return the entry that should actually be used. | ||
| 25435 | The warnings buffer is current when this function is called | ||
| 25436 | and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes | ||
| 25437 | the beginning of the warning.") | ||
| 25438 | |||
| 25439 | (defvar warning-series nil "\ | ||
| 25440 | Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series. | ||
| 25441 | A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer | ||
| 25442 | which is the start of the current series; it means that | ||
| 25443 | additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point. | ||
| 25444 | t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here). | ||
| 25445 | A symbol with a function definition is like t, except | ||
| 25446 | also call that function before the next warning.") | ||
| 25447 | |||
| 25448 | (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\ | ||
| 25449 | Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.") | ||
| 25450 | |||
| 25451 | (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\ | ||
| 25452 | Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message. | ||
| 25453 | The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the | ||
| 25454 | message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.") | ||
| 25455 | |||
| 25456 | (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\ | ||
| 25457 | Display a warning message, MESSAGE. | ||
| 25458 | TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol), | ||
| 25459 | or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name. | ||
| 25460 | \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes | ||
| 25461 | only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.) | ||
| 25462 | |||
| 25463 | LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency. | ||
| 25464 | :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon | ||
| 25465 | if you do not attend to it promptly. | ||
| 25466 | :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong. | ||
| 25467 | :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong, | ||
| 25468 | but raise suspicion of a possible problem. | ||
| 25469 | :debug -- info for debugging only. | ||
| 25470 | |||
| 25471 | BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the | ||
| 25472 | warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. | ||
| 25473 | |||
| 25474 | See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features. | ||
| 25475 | |||
| 25476 | See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and | ||
| 25477 | `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features. | ||
| 25478 | |||
| 25479 | \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil) | ||
| 25480 | |||
| 25481 | (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\ | ||
| 25482 | Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...). | ||
| 25483 | Aside from generating the message with `format', | ||
| 25484 | this is equivalent to `display-warning'. | ||
| 25485 | |||
| 25486 | TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol). | ||
| 25487 | or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name. | ||
| 25488 | \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and | ||
| 25489 | can be whatever you like.) | ||
| 25490 | |||
| 25491 | LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency. | ||
| 25492 | :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon | ||
| 25493 | if you do not attend to it promptly. | ||
| 25494 | :error -- invalid data or circumstances. | ||
| 25495 | :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances. | ||
| 25496 | |||
| 25497 | \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 25498 | |||
| 25499 | (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\ | ||
| 25500 | Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...). | ||
| 25501 | Aside from generating the message with `format', | ||
| 25502 | this is equivalent to `display-warning', using | ||
| 25503 | `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level. | ||
| 25504 | |||
| 25505 | \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 25506 | |||
| 25507 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25508 | |||
| 25509 | ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16511 32589)) | ||
| 25510 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el | ||
| 25511 | |||
| 25512 | (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | ||
| 25513 | Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | ||
| 25514 | |||
| 25515 | See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | ||
| 25516 | hotlist. | ||
| 25517 | |||
| 25518 | Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | ||
| 25519 | <nwv@acm.org>. | ||
| 25520 | |||
| 25521 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25522 | |||
| 25523 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25524 | |||
| 25525 | ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" | ||
| 25526 | ;;;;;; (16511 32632)) | ||
| 25527 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el | ||
| 25528 | (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t) | ||
| 25529 | (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t) | ||
| 25530 | |||
| 25531 | (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode)) | ||
| 25532 | |||
| 25533 | (defvar which-function-mode nil "\ | ||
| 25534 | Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled. | ||
| 25535 | See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 25536 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 25537 | use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.") | ||
| 25538 | |||
| 25539 | (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func") | ||
| 25540 | |||
| 25541 | (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\ | ||
| 25542 | Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | ||
| 25543 | When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | ||
| 25544 | continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | ||
| 25545 | |||
| 25546 | With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | ||
| 25547 | and off otherwise. | ||
| 25548 | |||
| 25549 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25550 | |||
| 25551 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25552 | |||
| 25553 | ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode | ||
| 25554 | ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region | ||
| 25555 | ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check | ||
| 25556 | ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check | ||
| 25557 | ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" | ||
| 25558 | ;;;;;; (16511 35189)) | ||
| 25559 | ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el | ||
| 25560 | |||
| 25561 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25562 | Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer. | ||
| 25563 | |||
| 25564 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25565 | |||
| 25566 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25567 | Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer. | ||
| 25568 | |||
| 25569 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25570 | |||
| 25571 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25572 | Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer. | ||
| 25573 | |||
| 25574 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25575 | |||
| 25576 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25577 | Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer. | ||
| 25578 | |||
| 25579 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25580 | |||
| 25581 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25582 | Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer. | ||
| 25583 | |||
| 25584 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25585 | |||
| 25586 | (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25587 | Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. | ||
| 25588 | These are: | ||
| 25589 | 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | ||
| 25590 | 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | ||
| 25591 | 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | ||
| 25592 | 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | ||
| 25593 | 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | ||
| 25594 | |||
| 25595 | Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | ||
| 25596 | and: | ||
| 25597 | 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | ||
| 25598 | 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument. | ||
| 25599 | |||
| 25600 | \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil) | ||
| 25601 | |||
| 25602 | (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25603 | Check the region for whitespace errors. | ||
| 25604 | |||
| 25605 | \(fn S E)" t nil) | ||
| 25606 | |||
| 25607 | (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25608 | Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | ||
| 25609 | |||
| 25610 | Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | ||
| 25611 | whitespace problems. | ||
| 25612 | |||
| 25613 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25614 | |||
| 25615 | (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25616 | Whitespace cleanup on the region. | ||
| 25617 | |||
| 25618 | \(fn S E)" t nil) | ||
| 25619 | |||
| 25620 | (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ | ||
| 25621 | Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled. | ||
| 25622 | See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 25623 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 25624 | use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.") | ||
| 25625 | |||
| 25626 | (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace") | ||
| 25627 | |||
| 25628 | (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25629 | Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers. | ||
| 25630 | With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive. | ||
| 25631 | |||
| 25632 | When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to | ||
| 25633 | `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'. | ||
| 25634 | |||
| 25635 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25636 | |||
| 25637 | (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\ | ||
| 25638 | Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled. | ||
| 25639 | This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'. | ||
| 25640 | |||
| 25641 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25642 | |||
| 25643 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25644 | |||
| 25645 | ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse | ||
| 25646 | ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16511 32509)) | ||
| 25647 | ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el | ||
| 25648 | |||
| 25649 | (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | ||
| 25650 | Browse the widget under point. | ||
| 25651 | |||
| 25652 | \(fn POS)" t nil) | ||
| 25653 | |||
| 25654 | (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | ||
| 25655 | Create a widget browser for WIDGET. | ||
| 25656 | |||
| 25657 | \(fn WIDGET)" t nil) | ||
| 25658 | |||
| 25659 | (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | ||
| 25660 | Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window. | ||
| 25661 | |||
| 25662 | \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil) | ||
| 25663 | |||
| 25664 | (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | ||
| 25665 | Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | ||
| 25666 | With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 25667 | |||
| 25668 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25669 | |||
| 25670 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25671 | |||
| 25672 | ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create | ||
| 25673 | ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16511 | ||
| 25674 | ;;;;;; 32510)) | ||
| 25675 | ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el | ||
| 25676 | |||
| 25677 | (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\ | ||
| 25678 | Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget. | ||
| 25679 | |||
| 25680 | \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil) | ||
| 25681 | |||
| 25682 | (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | ||
| 25683 | Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | ||
| 25684 | The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil. | ||
| 25685 | |||
| 25686 | \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil) | ||
| 25687 | |||
| 25688 | (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | ||
| 25689 | Create widget of TYPE. | ||
| 25690 | The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments. | ||
| 25691 | |||
| 25692 | \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 25693 | |||
| 25694 | (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | ||
| 25695 | Delete WIDGET. | ||
| 25696 | |||
| 25697 | \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil) | ||
| 25698 | |||
| 25699 | (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\ | ||
| 25700 | Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only. | ||
| 25701 | |||
| 25702 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) | ||
| 25703 | |||
| 25704 | (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\ | ||
| 25705 | Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets. | ||
| 25706 | Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.") | ||
| 25707 | |||
| 25708 | (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\ | ||
| 25709 | Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works. | ||
| 25710 | |||
| 25711 | \(fn)" nil nil) | ||
| 25712 | |||
| 25713 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25714 | |||
| 25715 | ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right | ||
| 25716 | ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16511 | ||
| 25717 | ;;;;;; 32510)) | ||
| 25718 | ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el | ||
| 25719 | |||
| 25720 | (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | ||
| 25721 | Select the window to the left of the current one. | ||
| 25722 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | ||
| 25723 | \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | ||
| 25724 | it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | ||
| 25725 | \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | ||
| 25726 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | ||
| 25727 | |||
| 25728 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25729 | |||
| 25730 | (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | ||
| 25731 | Select the window above the current one. | ||
| 25732 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | ||
| 25733 | is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | ||
| 25734 | relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | ||
| 25735 | negative ARG) of the current window. | ||
| 25736 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | ||
| 25737 | |||
| 25738 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25739 | |||
| 25740 | (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | ||
| 25741 | Select the window to the right of the current one. | ||
| 25742 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | ||
| 25743 | \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | ||
| 25744 | otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | ||
| 25745 | bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | ||
| 25746 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | ||
| 25747 | |||
| 25748 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25749 | |||
| 25750 | (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | ||
| 25751 | Select the window below the current one. | ||
| 25752 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | ||
| 25753 | \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | ||
| 25754 | it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | ||
| 25755 | \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | ||
| 25756 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. | ||
| 25757 | |||
| 25758 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25759 | |||
| 25760 | (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | ||
| 25761 | Set up keybindings for `windmove'. | ||
| 25762 | Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}. | ||
| 25763 | Default MODIFIER is 'shift. | ||
| 25764 | |||
| 25765 | \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil) | ||
| 25766 | |||
| 25767 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25768 | |||
| 25769 | ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" | ||
| 25770 | ;;;;;; (16511 32510)) | ||
| 25771 | ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el | ||
| 25772 | |||
| 25773 | (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | ||
| 25774 | Toggle winner-mode. | ||
| 25775 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 25776 | use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | ||
| 25777 | |||
| 25778 | (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner") | ||
| 25779 | |||
| 25780 | (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | ||
| 25781 | Toggle Winner mode. | ||
| 25782 | With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive. | ||
| 25783 | |||
| 25784 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25785 | |||
| 25786 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25787 | |||
| 25788 | ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" | ||
| 25789 | ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16511 32511)) | ||
| 25790 | ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el | ||
| 25791 | |||
| 25792 | (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | ||
| 25793 | Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). | ||
| 25794 | The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. | ||
| 25795 | Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | ||
| 25796 | topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | ||
| 25797 | `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | ||
| 25798 | speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | ||
| 25799 | updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | ||
| 25800 | |||
| 25801 | Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC | ||
| 25802 | should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching. | ||
| 25803 | |||
| 25804 | \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil) | ||
| 25805 | |||
| 25806 | (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | ||
| 25807 | In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file. | ||
| 25808 | |||
| 25809 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25810 | |||
| 25811 | (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | ||
| 25812 | Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | ||
| 25813 | Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | ||
| 25814 | When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | ||
| 25815 | of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. | ||
| 25816 | No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to | ||
| 25817 | decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | ||
| 25818 | `woman' command for further details. | ||
| 25819 | |||
| 25820 | \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil) | ||
| 25821 | |||
| 25822 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25823 | |||
| 25824 | ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" | ||
| 25825 | ;;;;;; (16511 32555)) | ||
| 25826 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el | ||
| 25827 | |||
| 25828 | (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | ||
| 25829 | Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | ||
| 25830 | |||
| 25831 | BUGS: | ||
| 25832 | - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | ||
| 25833 | are not implemented | ||
| 25834 | - Options for search and replace | ||
| 25835 | - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | ||
| 25836 | - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | ||
| 25837 | |||
| 25838 | No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | ||
| 25839 | Emacs-like. | ||
| 25840 | |||
| 25841 | The key bindings are: | ||
| 25842 | |||
| 25843 | C-a backward-word | ||
| 25844 | C-b fill-paragraph | ||
| 25845 | C-c scroll-up-line | ||
| 25846 | C-d forward-char | ||
| 25847 | C-e previous-line | ||
| 25848 | C-f forward-word | ||
| 25849 | C-g delete-char | ||
| 25850 | C-h backward-char | ||
| 25851 | C-i indent-for-tab-command | ||
| 25852 | C-j help-for-help | ||
| 25853 | C-k ordstar-C-k-map | ||
| 25854 | C-l ws-repeat-search | ||
| 25855 | C-n open-line | ||
| 25856 | C-p quoted-insert | ||
| 25857 | C-r scroll-down-line | ||
| 25858 | C-s backward-char | ||
| 25859 | C-t kill-word | ||
| 25860 | C-u keyboard-quit | ||
| 25861 | C-v overwrite-mode | ||
| 25862 | C-w scroll-down | ||
| 25863 | C-x next-line | ||
| 25864 | C-y kill-complete-line | ||
| 25865 | C-z scroll-up | ||
| 25866 | |||
| 25867 | C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | ||
| 25868 | C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | ||
| 25869 | C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | ||
| 25870 | C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | ||
| 25871 | C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | ||
| 25872 | C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | ||
| 25873 | C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | ||
| 25874 | C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | ||
| 25875 | C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | ||
| 25876 | C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | ||
| 25877 | C-k b ws-begin-block | ||
| 25878 | C-k c ws-copy-block | ||
| 25879 | C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | ||
| 25880 | C-k f find-file | ||
| 25881 | C-k h ws-show-markers | ||
| 25882 | C-k i ws-indent-block | ||
| 25883 | C-k k ws-end-block | ||
| 25884 | C-k p ws-print-block | ||
| 25885 | C-k q kill-emacs | ||
| 25886 | C-k r insert-file | ||
| 25887 | C-k s save-some-buffers | ||
| 25888 | C-k t ws-mark-word | ||
| 25889 | C-k u ws-exdent-block | ||
| 25890 | C-k C-u keyboard-quit | ||
| 25891 | C-k v ws-move-block | ||
| 25892 | C-k w ws-write-block | ||
| 25893 | C-k x kill-emacs | ||
| 25894 | C-k y ws-delete-block | ||
| 25895 | |||
| 25896 | C-o c wordstar-center-line | ||
| 25897 | C-o b switch-to-buffer | ||
| 25898 | C-o j justify-current-line | ||
| 25899 | C-o k kill-buffer | ||
| 25900 | C-o l list-buffers | ||
| 25901 | C-o m auto-fill-mode | ||
| 25902 | C-o r set-fill-column | ||
| 25903 | C-o C-u keyboard-quit | ||
| 25904 | C-o wd delete-other-windows | ||
| 25905 | C-o wh split-window-horizontally | ||
| 25906 | C-o wo other-window | ||
| 25907 | C-o wv split-window-vertically | ||
| 25908 | |||
| 25909 | C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | ||
| 25910 | C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | ||
| 25911 | C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | ||
| 25912 | C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | ||
| 25913 | C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | ||
| 25914 | C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | ||
| 25915 | C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | ||
| 25916 | C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | ||
| 25917 | C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | ||
| 25918 | C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | ||
| 25919 | C-q a ws-query-replace | ||
| 25920 | C-q b ws-to-block-begin | ||
| 25921 | C-q c end-of-buffer | ||
| 25922 | C-q d end-of-line | ||
| 25923 | C-q f ws-search | ||
| 25924 | C-q k ws-to-block-end | ||
| 25925 | C-q l ws-undo | ||
| 25926 | C-q p ws-last-cursorp | ||
| 25927 | C-q r beginning-of-buffer | ||
| 25928 | C-q C-u keyboard-quit | ||
| 25929 | C-q w ws-last-error | ||
| 25930 | C-q y ws-kill-eol | ||
| 25931 | C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | ||
| 25932 | |||
| 25933 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 25934 | |||
| 25935 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25936 | |||
| 25937 | ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el" | ||
| 25938 | ;;;;;; (16511 32512)) | ||
| 25939 | ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el | ||
| 25940 | |||
| 25941 | (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\ | ||
| 25942 | Parse the well-formed XML file FILE. | ||
| 25943 | If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it. | ||
| 25944 | Returns the top node with all its children. | ||
| 25945 | If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped. | ||
| 25946 | If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. | ||
| 25947 | |||
| 25948 | \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil) | ||
| 25949 | |||
| 25950 | (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\ | ||
| 25951 | Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER. | ||
| 25952 | If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer. | ||
| 25953 | Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region | ||
| 25954 | is not well-formed XML. | ||
| 25955 | If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped, | ||
| 25956 | and returned as the first element of the list. | ||
| 25957 | If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. | ||
| 25958 | |||
| 25959 | \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil) | ||
| 25960 | |||
| 25961 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25962 | |||
| 25963 | ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16511 | ||
| 25964 | ;;;;;; 32512)) | ||
| 25965 | ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el | ||
| 25966 | |||
| 25967 | (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\ | ||
| 25968 | Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled. | ||
| 25969 | See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | ||
| 25970 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | ||
| 25971 | use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.") | ||
| 25972 | |||
| 25973 | (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse") | ||
| 25974 | |||
| 25975 | (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | ||
| 25976 | Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | ||
| 25977 | With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | ||
| 25978 | |||
| 25979 | Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands. | ||
| 25980 | |||
| 25981 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) | ||
| 25982 | |||
| 25983 | ;;;*** | ||
| 25984 | |||
| 25985 | ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | ||
| 25986 | ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16511 32595)) | ||
| 25987 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el | ||
| 25988 | |||
| 25989 | (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | ||
| 25990 | Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it. | ||
| 25991 | |||
| 25992 | \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil) | ||
| 25993 | |||
| 25994 | (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | ||
| 25995 | Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point. | ||
| 25996 | |||
| 25997 | \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil) | ||
| 25998 | |||
| 25999 | (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | ||
| 26000 | Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | ||
| 26001 | If called interactively, display a list of matches. | ||
| 26002 | |||
| 26003 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) | ||
| 26004 | |||
| 26005 | (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | ||
| 26006 | Zippy goes to the analyst. | ||
| 26007 | |||
| 26008 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 26009 | |||
| 26010 | ;;;*** | ||
| 26011 | |||
| 26012 | ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16511 32595)) | ||
| 26013 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el | ||
| 26014 | |||
| 26015 | (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | ||
| 26016 | Zone out, completely. | ||
| 26017 | |||
| 26018 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 26019 | |||
| 26020 | ;;;*** | ||
| 26021 | |||
| 26022 | ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" | ||
| 26023 | ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16511 32589)) | ||
| 26024 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el | ||
| 26025 | |||
| 26026 | (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | ||
| 26027 | Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified. | ||
| 26028 | |||
| 26029 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 26030 | |||
| 26031 | (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ | ||
| 26032 | A mode for editing DNS zone files. | ||
| 26033 | |||
| 26034 | Zone-mode does two things: | ||
| 26035 | |||
| 26036 | - automatically update the serial number for a zone | ||
| 26037 | when saving the file | ||
| 26038 | |||
| 26039 | - fontification | ||
| 26040 | |||
| 26041 | \(fn)" t nil) | ||
| 26042 | |||
| 26043 | ;;;*** | ||
| 26044 | |||
| 26045 | ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el" | ||
| 26046 | ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" | ||
| 26047 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" | ||
| 26048 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" | ||
| 26049 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" | ||
| 26050 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" | ||
| 26051 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el" | ||
| 26052 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" | ||
| 26053 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" | ||
| 26054 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" | ||
| 26055 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" | ||
| 26056 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" | ||
| 26057 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" | ||
| 26058 | ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" | ||
| 26059 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" | ||
| 26060 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" | ||
| 26061 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" | ||
| 26062 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" | ||
| 26063 | ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "composite.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" | ||
| 26064 | ;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" | ||
| 26065 | ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" | ||
| 26066 | ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" | ||
| 26067 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" | ||
| 26068 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" | ||
| 26069 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" | ||
| 26070 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" | ||
| 26071 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" | ||
| 26072 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" | ||
| 26073 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" | ||
| 26074 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" | ||
| 26075 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" | ||
| 26076 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" | ||
| 26077 | ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" | ||
| 26078 | ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" | ||
| 26079 | ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" | ||
| 26080 | ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" | ||
| 26081 | ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" | ||
| 26082 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" | ||
| 26083 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" | ||
| 26084 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" | ||
| 26085 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" | ||
| 26086 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" | ||
| 26087 | ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" | ||
| 26088 | ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" | ||
| 26089 | ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" | ||
| 26090 | ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" | ||
| 26091 | ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" | ||
| 26092 | ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" | ||
| 26093 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" | ||
| 26094 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" | ||
| 26095 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" | ||
| 26096 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" | ||
| 26097 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el" | ||
| 26098 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" | ||
| 26099 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" | ||
| 26100 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" | ||
| 26101 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" | ||
| 26102 | ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" | ||
| 26103 | ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" | ||
| 26104 | ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el" | ||
| 26105 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" | ||
| 26106 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" | ||
| 26107 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" | ||
| 26108 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" | ||
| 26109 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" | ||
| 26110 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" | ||
| 26111 | ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" | ||
| 26112 | ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" | ||
| 26113 | ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/cp51932.el" | ||
| 26114 | ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" | ||
| 26115 | ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-swed.el" | ||
| 26116 | ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el" | ||
| 26117 | ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el" | ||
| 26118 | ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el" | ||
| 26119 | ;;;;;; "international/utf-7.el" "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" | ||
| 26120 | ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" | ||
| 26121 | ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" | ||
| 26122 | ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" | ||
| 26123 | ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" | ||
| 26124 | ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" | ||
| 26125 | ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" | ||
| 26126 | ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" | ||
| 26127 | ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" | ||
| 26128 | ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" | ||
| 26129 | ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" | ||
| 26130 | ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el" | ||
| 26131 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" | ||
| 26132 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" | ||
| 26133 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" | ||
| 26134 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el" | ||
| 26135 | ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" | ||
| 26136 | ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" | ||
| 26137 | ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" | ||
| 26138 | ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" | ||
| 26139 | ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el" | ||
| 26140 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" | ||
| 26141 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" | ||
| 26142 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" | ||
| 26143 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" | ||
| 26144 | ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" | ||
| 26145 | ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" | ||
| 26146 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" | ||
| 26147 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" | ||
| 26148 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" | ||
| 26149 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" | ||
| 26150 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" | ||
| 26151 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" | ||
| 26152 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" | ||
| 26153 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el" | ||
| 26154 | ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" | ||
| 26155 | ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" | ||
| 26156 | ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" | ||
| 26157 | ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" | ||
| 26158 | ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" | ||
| 26159 | ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" | ||
| 26160 | ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" | ||
| 26161 | ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" | ||
| 26162 | ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" | ||
| 26163 | ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" | ||
| 26164 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" | ||
| 26165 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" | ||
| 26166 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" | ||
| 26167 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" | ||
| 26168 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" | ||
| 26169 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" | ||
| 26170 | ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" | ||
| 26171 | ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" | ||
| 26172 | ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (16511 | ||
| 26173 | ;;;;;; 51891 823190)) | ||
| 26174 | |||
| 26175 | ;;;*** | ||
| 26176 | |||
| 26177 | ;;; Local Variables: | ||
| 26178 | ;;; version-control: never | ||
| 26179 | ;;; no-byte-compile: t | ||
| 26180 | ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | ||
| 26181 | ;;; End: | ||
| 26182 | ;;; loaddefs.el ends here | ||
diff --git a/src/ChangeLog.22 b/src/ChangeLog.22 index c8c57beca6e..9395315921b 100644 --- a/src/ChangeLog.22 +++ b/src/ChangeLog.22 | |||
| @@ -1,3 +1,12 @@ | |||
| 1 | 2004-10-12 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | * coding.c (setup_coding_system): If coding_system is nil, use | ||
| 4 | Qundecided. | ||
| 5 | (Fterminal_coding_system): Return nil if terminal coding system is | ||
| 6 | `undecided'. | ||
| 7 | (syms_of_coding): Define coding-system `undecided' here. Setup | ||
| 8 | terminal_coding as `undecided'. | ||
| 9 | |||
| 1 | 2004-10-04 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> | 10 | 2004-10-04 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> |
| 2 | 11 | ||
| 3 | * xdisp.c (message_dolog, set_message_1): Call | 12 | * xdisp.c (message_dolog, set_message_1): Call |